Skip to main content

Full text of "The Bryologist"

See other formats 


. 


The  Bryologist 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY 

DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


Volume  XI  1908 


Editor 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


£0  A-o-iT'] 


Published  by  the  Editor 
78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


INDEX'  1908 


Acarospora  chlorophana 56 

Acaulon 98 

Alectoria 88 

“ divergens 106 

“ jubata  chalybeiformis . 

88,  106 

“ jubata  implexa 38,  111 

“ “ “ vera.  . Ill 

“ ochroleuca 106 

“ Oregana.  57 

Aloina  rigida 79 

Amblystegium  (Genus) 4 

“ adnatum 5,28,97 

“ “ Nelsonii  59 

“ confervoides.'. ...  4,  5 

“ irriguum 28 

“ Lescurii 28 

“ minutissimum  . . 5 

“ Sprucei 4,5 

“ subtile 4,  5 

“ varium -4,28 

Amblystegiella 4 

Amblystegiella  adnata 5 

“ confervoides  ..  5 

“ minutissima  . 5 

“ Sprucei 5 

“ subtilis 5 

Amphigymniae 94 

Amphoridium 61,  62 

“ gracile 65 

“ Sullivantii 66 

Anacamptodon  splachnoides . ...  30 

Andreaea  crassinervia 26 

“ petrophila 99 

“ Rothii 26 

Anguillulae  31 

Anguillulidse 31 

Anomodonteae 25 

Anomodon 99 

apiculatus 25,  28 

attenuatus 25,  28 

minor 25 

rostratus .25,  28,  99 

tristis 28 

viticulosus 25 

Anthocerotaceae 103 

Anthoceros  laevis 103,  104 

“ punctatus 103 

Anzia 87 

Aphanoregma 98 

Aplozia  atrovirens  gracilis 79 

Arthonia  asteroides . 35 

Asterella  tenella 104 

Astomum 98 

Aulacomnium  acuminatum 79,  83 

“ heterostichum . . . . 27 

Aulacomnium  palustre 27 


Bacidia  milliaria 55 

Baeomyces  aeruginosus. ........  Ill 

Bartramia  Oederi.  . 27 

“ pomiformis 27,  54 

Barbula  reflexa 65 

Bazzania  tricrenata 114 

“ trilobata 102,  104,  114 

Biatora  cuprea Ill 

“ spheroides Ill 

“ vernalis Ill 

Biatorella  clavus 6 

resinae 56 

Bilimbia  Ill 

Blasia  pusilla 101,  104,  113 

Blastenia  ferruginea  57 

Blepharostoma  trichophyllum.  103,114 
“ k‘  brevirete  80 

Brachythecium  acuminatum. . . .28,  97 

collinum 97 

cyrtophyllum  . .28,  97 

digastrum 28 

oxycladon  ....  28,  29 
“ dentatum.  28 

plumosum. 29 

rivulare .29,  99 

‘ ‘ colpo- 

phylloides 58 

salebrosum 29 

“ binervium  78 
velutinum  curvi- 

rameum 58 

Bruchia  * 98 

Bryhnia 99 

“ Novae-Angliae 29 

1 “ fontinalis.  ..  29 

Bryopogon 87,  106,111 

Bryum  agattuense 82 

angustidens 78,  81 

arcticum  latiannulatum . 83 

argenteum 28 

autumnale ...79,  81 

bimum 28 

brachythecium 78,  81 

campylocarpum 79 

“ arctica. . 82 

cancelliforme 78,  81 

capillare.  . . • 28 

confluens 79,  83 

corioideum, 78,  81 

crispulum  densifolium ...  82 

curvatum 79,  81 

cyclophylloides 78,  82 

Bryum  densum 78,  82 

“ Fridtzii 79,  83 

“ gemmaceum 78,  81 

“ glaciale 58 

“ glomeratum 78,  82 


— 4 — 


Bryum  Graefianum 

. . .79,  82 

“ hyperboreum 

..78,  81 

“ intermedium  ovatifolium.  58 

“ julaceum  

. . . . 58 

“ Lapponicum 

. .79,  82 

“ laxirete 

..78,  81 

“ liliputanum 

. ..78,  81 

‘ ‘ Lowii 

. . . . 58 

‘ ‘ nano-caespiticium . . . 

. . 58 

“ nodosum 

...78,  82 

“ nitidulum  fenestratum.  82 

“ oeneum  subelimbatum.  82 

“ opdalense 

..79,  81 

“ “ carneum... 

. . . . 81 

“ paganum 

...78,  82 

“ parvum  

..78,  81 

“ penduliforme  

..78,  83 

“ pendulum  arctobryoides.  83 

“ •*  longipes. . 

. . . . 58 

“ “ parvulum 

. . . . 58 

“ “ striolatum 

...  83 

“ pertenellum 

“ salinum 

..79,  82 

“ semiovatum 

..78,  81 

“ Simmonsii 

..,78,  82 

stenodon  

. .79,  82 

“ subfoveolatum 

. . . . 78 

“ subtumidum. 

. .79,  82 

“ teretinerve  ......  . . 

. . 78,  82 

“ tomentosum  subsphaeri- 

cum 83 

“ ventri cosum  subtereg. .. . 82 

Buellia  alboatra 57 

“ myriocarpa „ Ill 

“ “ ecrustacea...  57 

“ “ punctiformis.  57 

“ papillata  Ill 

*■  parasema 57 

“ pulchella 57,  111 

Burnettia  subcapillata ....  7 

Caespitibryum 58 

Calicium  pusillum ...  55 

Calliergon 4 

Callopisma . 108 

Caloplaca  aurantiaca 57 

“ murorum 57 

Calypogeia  sueccia .113, 114 

“ tenuis  112,  113,  114 

“ Trichomanis.102, 104, 114 

Campanopsis 7 

Campanula  7 

Camptothecium ....  97 

Campylium  chrysophyllum 29 

“ “ Caro= 

linianum  var.  nov  . 29 

“ hispidulum 29 

“ Stellatum 99 

Campylopus  introflexus 26 


Campylopus  Virginicus ...  26 

Campylostelium  saxicola. . 26 

Candelaria  vitellina 57 

Catharinea  98 

“ angustata 26 

“ undulata 26 

Catillaria  lenticularis  ecrustacea  6 
Catocarpon  myriocarpum  f.  ecrus- 
tacea   6 

“ myriocarpum  puncti- 
formis   6 

Catolechia  Ill 

Ceanothus  divaricatus 6 

Cenomyce 109 

Cephalozia  bicuspidata 114 

“ arctica 80 

biloba i.79,  80 

“ Bryhnii  80 

“ connivens. . . . 102,104 

“ curvifolia  102,104,112,114 

“ divaricata  verrucosa . 80 

fluitans 112,  114 

“ lunulaefolia 114 

“ pleniceps 112.  114 

“ serriflora.102,  104, 113,  114 

“ verrucosa 79,80 

Cephaloziella  myrantha 113 

Ceratodon  purpureus 26 

Cetraria 37 

“ aleurites  37 

“ arctica 105 

“ aurescens 37 

“ Californica 57 

“ ciliaris 34,37 

“ cucullata  105 

“ Fahlunensis . 105 

“ glauca 37 

“ “ stenophylla. . . . Ill 

“ Islandica 37,  105 

“ juniperina  37 

“ Pinastri. 37,94,106 

‘ ■ “ terrestris. . . . 106 

“ lacunosa 34,  37 

“ “ Atlantica  37 

“ “ stenophylla..  37 

“ nivalis.. 105 

“ Oakesiana 37 

“ Richardsonii  105 

“ saepincola 37 

tristis..., 87 

Chasmariae 110  * 

Cheilolejeunea 69 

Cheilo-Lejeunea 68,69 

Chiloscyphus  pallescens. 114 

polyanthus  114 

“ “ “ rivu- 

laris 102,  104 

Chrysohypnum 4 


Cinclidium  arcticum 83 

“ “ polare  ....  83 

“ polare 79,  83 


Cladonia 109 

alpestris  m.  sphagnoides  109 
amaurocrae  f.  celotea. . . 109 
“ f.  furcati- 

formis....  110 
“ f.  oxyceras  . 110 

bellidiflora 21,  23,  24 

“ f.  coccocephala-  24 
“ ramulosa 24 


Boryi . 21 

caespiticia. 6 

cariosaf.  cribosa. 110 

m.  corticata 110 

carneola Ill 

cenotea  f.  crossota 110 

coccifera. . . . 21 

coccinea  pleurota. : 21 

coccifera  stemmatina  f. 

grandis 109 

cornuta 110 

cornucopioides  pleurota.  23 

crispata  f.  dilacerata 110 

“ gracilescens. . . . 110 

“ f.  infundibuli- 


fera 110 

“ “ infundibulifera 

albo=punctata.  110 

“ f.  schistopoda. . 110 

“ cristatellae 24 

“ decorticata 110 

* “ deformis 21,  22,  24 

“ “ m.  extensa 109 

“ degenerans  f.  cladomor- 

pha... Ill 

“ digitata ...  21 

“ “ ceruchoides  . . . . 22 

“ “ monstrosa, 22 

“ furcata  a crispata 110 

“ “ f.  corymbosa. . . . 110 

“ “ racemosa 110 

“ gracilis  chordalis 110 

“ ‘v  dilatata 110 

“ leporina  21 

‘ multiformis 110 

Cladonia  papillaria 21 

“ pyxidata  f.  lophyra. ....  6 

“ “ neglecta 110 

“ “ f.  syntheta.  ...  6 

“ rangiferina 109 

“ “ f.  leucosticta 

109,  110 

“ ' reticulata 21 

“ Santensis 21 

“ sylvatica  sylvestris  . . . 109 


Cladonia  sylvatica  f,  valida 109 

“ uncialis  adunca 110 

“ “ m.  turgescens.,  110 

Claopodium  leuconeuron 25 

Cleistocarpi 97,  98,  100 

Climacium  dendroides 9 

Cocciferae 109 

Collema  melaenum  108 

Cololejeunea  Biddlecomiae 114 

Conocephalum  conicum  . .101,104,113 

Cratoneuron 4 

Cyclocheilae 88 

Cyclodictyon  lsetevirens 24 

Cynodontium  gracilescens 79 

“ strumiferum 78 

Cyphelium  tigillare ...  55 

“ Carolinianum 55 

Dactylina 105 

Dermatocarpum  miniatum 55 

Dermatocarpum  rufescens 55 

Dichodontium  Nelsonii 58 

Dicranaceae  62,  98 

Dicranellaheteromalla 27 

Dicranum  31 

“ Bonjeani  27 

“ condensatum 99 

“ flagellare 27 

“ longifolium 27,  63 

“ fulvum  27 

“ fuscescens 27 

“ scoparium 27 

“ spurium... 99 

Didymodon  subalpinus 65 

Diplophylleia  apiculata, . ..32,102, 

103,104 

“ taxifolia 114 

Diplophyllumgymnostomopilum  79 

“ incurvum 78,  80 

Ditrichum  tortile 27 

Drepanocladus  . 4,  99 

Drummondia  clavellata 27 

Emberiza  nivalis  . . 77 

Entodon 98,  100 

“ brevisetus 29 

“ cladorrhizans  29 

“ Sulhvantii  29 

Ephebe  pubescens ..  87 

Eualectoria 106 

Euanzia  87 

Eubiatora Ill 

Eubuellia ....  Ill 

Eucetraria 105 

Eucollema 108 

Euhomalothecium 7,  97 

Eulecanora  108 

Eu-Lejeunea 67 

Eunephroma 107 


* Star  indicates  illustrations 


— 6— 


Euosmolejeunea .68,  69 

“ clausa 69 

‘ ‘ opaca 69 

Eupannaria 108 

Euparmelia  87,  106 

Eupeltigera 107 

Euphyscia . ...  107 

Euplacodium 108 

Eurhynchium  myosuroides 99 

“ glaciale  angusti- 

folium. ...  58 

“ “ infraal- 

pinum.  ...  58 

“ hians 29 

“ rusciforme 29 

“ serrulatum 29 

“ Swartzii 31 

Eurinodina  108,109 

Evernia 37 

“ jubata  chalybeiformis.  38 

furfuracea 37 

“ prunastri 34,  37 

“ vulpina 37 

Fabroniaceae 97 

Fissidens  adiantoides 26 

“ • arcticus 78,  80 

“ cristatus 26 

“ exiguus 79 

“ subbasilaris 26 

Fontinalis  dalecarlica  30 

“ Novae- Angliae 30 

Frullania  Asagrayana.  .103,  104,  114 

“ Eboracensis.  .103,  104,  114 

“ Brittoniae 103,  104 

“ brunnea 70 

“ Caroliniana .67,  70 

“ Martiana. 70 

“ Nisquallensis 34 

Oakesiana 114 

“ obcordata 67,69,  70 

“ plana 103,  104 

Funaria  hygrometrica 10,  27 

“ polaris 78,81 

Geocalyx  graveolens. . . .102,  104,  114 

Georgia 98 

Georgia  pellucida 26 

Graphis  scripta 34 

Grimmiaceae 98 

Grimmia 100 

“ apocarpa 27 

elatior  rufescens 58 

“ papillinervis 58 

*•  Pennsylvanica 27 

“ serrata  ...  58 

Gymnomitrium  concinnatum.112, 113 

Gymnostomum  curvirostre 27 

“ laeve .78,80 


Gyrophora 107 

“ hirsuta  grisea.  56 

“ phaea 56 

“ polyphylla 56 

“ rugifera 56 

Haematomma 108 

Haplohymenium  triste 25 

Haplocladium  microphyllum, . . . 25 

“ virginianum 25 

Harpanthus  scutatus 114 

Harpidia 31 

Harpidium 30 

Hedwigia  albicans 27 

Helicophyllaceae 24 

Heppia  Bolanderi  6 

Herberta  adunca 63 

Herpetineuron  Toccoae 25 

Heterocladieae 25 

Heterocladium 25 

“ heteropterioides. . 25 

“ heteropterum  ...  25 

“ Macounii 25,  79 

“ procurrens 25 

“ squarrosulum . . . . 25 

Homalia 10 

Homalotheciella. 7 

Homalothecium 7,  97,  100 

Homalotheciella  subcapillata. . .7,  29 

Hookeriaceae 24 

Hookeria  Sullivantii 30 

Hygrohypnum 4 

Hylocomium  brevirostre 29 

“ loreum  34 

“ proliferum 29 

“ triquetrum 29 

Hypnaceae f. . 97 

Hypnum 4,  97 

“ adnatum 5 

“ aduncum 31 

“ “ pseudosendtneri 

f.  minuta 29 

“ confervoides 5 

“ crista-castrensis 30 

Hypnum  curvifolium. 30 

“ cupressiforme 31 

“ eugyrium 30 

“ “ Mackayi 30 

“ fluitans 31 

“ hyperboreum . . . 78,  83 

“ imponens 30 

“ Jamesii-Macounii 58 

“ latinerve .79,  83 

“ minutissimum 5 

“ molluscum 30 

“ nemorosum 30 

“ pallescens  30 

“ polare  leptodictyon. . . . 83 


— 7— 


Hypnum  pseudorufescens..  .78,  79,  88 

Lecanora  sordida  bicincta 

. . 56 

“ reptile 30,98 

“ subfusca 

34,  56 

“ revolutum  subjulaceum 

83 

“ subfusca  allophana. 

. . 56 

“ sarmentosum  acumina- 

“ 44  coilocarpa. 

. . 108 

turn 

83 

“ 44  hypnorum. 

. . 108 

*•  Sendtneri 

30 

“ varia  symmicta  .... 

..  56 

“ splendens 

10 

“ tartarea 

. . 108 

“ Sprucei 

5 

“ varia 56,  108 

“ subdensum  

58 

“ 44  saepincola.. . . 

. . 56 

“ subtile 

5 

“ ventosa 

. . 108 

“ triquetrum 

10 

Lecidea  atrobrunnea.  • ...... 

. 55 

4 4 tundrae 

78 

“ auriculata  f.  diducens.  55 

“ uncinatum  

10 

44  “ paupera.. 

...  55 

Hypopterygiaceae 

24 

“ (sect.  Biatora)  etfusa  6 

Hypopterygium  Canadense.  . . . 

24 

44  enteroleuca 

. . 55 

Hypotrachynae 

88 

“ 44  achrista 

. . 55 

Icmadophila 

111 

“ “ pilularis 

. . 6 

Ilex  opaca 

103 

44  tlexuosa 

. . 55 

Irregulares 

92 

“ fusco-atra 

. 55 

Isothecium 

99 

4 ‘ granulosa 

. . 55 

Jamesoniella  autumnalis 103,  113 

44  Manni  .... 

..  6 

*Jubula  Pennsylvanica.  .46,  47, 

“ polycarpa 

. . 55 

103,  104 

44  rubiformis 

. . 55 

Jungermanniaceae 101, 

113 

“ (sect.  Biatora)  virides- 

Jungermannia  acuta  

2 

cens . . ........ 

6 

4 4 bantriensis  acuta .... 

2 

Lejeunea  cavifolia.. 9,  112,  114 

“ bantriensis  Muelleri 

2 

“ clausa 67,68,69 

‘ ■ colpodes 

1 

44  commutata 

. . 69 

“ Hornschuchiana 

“ glaucophylla 

.67,  68 

Muelleri 

2 

“ laete-virens  

.67,  68 

“ Kunzeana 

1 

44  laxiuscula 

. . 69 

“ Kunzei  plicata. . . 

1 

“ lucens  

.67,  68 

“ lanceolata  

113 

44  lutea 

. . 69 

“ Laurentiana 

2 

4 4 Mohrii 

. . 69 

“ Libertae 

2 

44  opaca 

68,  69 

44  Muelleri.  

2 

“ parvistipula 

. . 68 

44  obcordata 

70 

44  unciloba  

. . 67 

“ plicata  

1 

44  reptans  . .......  103, 114 

“ \‘  Kunzeana... 

1 

44  setacea.  103,  112,  113,  114 

“ porphyroleuca. . . 

3 

44  sylvatica  ....  102,  103,  104 

“ pumila 112,  113 

Leptodon  trichomitrion 

. . 30 

“ ventricosa  por- 

Leptodontium  ...... 

.62,  66 

phyroleuca 

3 

“ brevisetum 

..  66 

Kalmia  latifolia 

103 

44  excelsus 

. 66 

Lecanactis  Salicinia. ...  .... 

7 

44  gracile. 

. . 65 

Lecanora  atra 

108 

44  squarrosum  . . . . 

. . 66 

44  calcarea  

57 

Leptogium  saturninum  tomen- 

44  gibbosa 

56 

tosum  . . . 

..  108 

44  Hageni 

56 

Lescuraea  substriata 

..  25 

rubina  melanoph- 

Leskeaceae  ....  

24,  97 

thalma  . 

56 

Leskea  arenicola . 

. . 25 

orosthea 

34 

44  confervoides. .....  . . 

5 

“ pallescens 

108 

“ denticulata 

. . 28 

44  rosella 

6 

“ gracilescens 

. . 25 

pallida 

34 

44  microcarpa 

..  25 

“ saxicola 

56 

44  nervosa  

..  25 

“ “ diffracta.  ... 

56 

44  polycarpa  ... 

. . 25 

* Star  indicates  illustrations 


•8— 


Leskea  (Serpo-Leskea)  Sprucei . . 5 

“ (Serpo-Leskea)  subtiiis. . . 5 


“ tectorum.. 25 

Leskeella 25 

Letharia  vulpina -. 57 

Leucobryum . . . 9 

glaucum 26 

Leucodon 10 

“ brachypus 30 

Leucodontaceae  . 97 

Leucolejeunea  unciloba 103,  104 

Lichen  calicaris 49 

“ caperatus 94 

dubius 90 

“ complanatus 50 

“ fariaaceus  . 49 

“ fraxineus 49 

“ lanatus : 87 

“ linearis 50 

“ Pinastri 94 

“ pollinarius 51 

“ polymorphus 51 

“ rigidus 52 

Lindbergia  Austini 25 

“ brachyptera 25 

Lobaria  dilacerata 51 

Lophocolea  bidentata 103 

“ heterophylla.102, 104, 114 

Lopholejeunea  Muelleriana 45,  46 

Lophozia  acuta 2 

“ alpestris 112,  113 

“ attenuata  113 

“ barbata 1,  113 

“ Baueriana 78,  79 

“ bicrenata 1,  112,  113 

“ excisa 1,  3 

“ Floerkii . 1,  2 

“ gracilis 1 

“ harpanthoides . 78,  79 

“ heterocolpa 2 

“ incisa 113 

“ inflata .2,  112,  113 

* “ Kunzeana 1,  2,  114 

“ Libertae 2 

“ longidens 112,  114 

“ lycopodioides 1 

“ Lyoni 1,112,114 

“ Marchica. . . .1,  79,  113,  114 

* “ Muelleri 1,  2,  3 

“ Murmanica 79 

* “ porphyroleuca 1,  3,  114 

“ quadriloba  hetero- 

phylla 80 

“ ventricosa. ...3,114 

“ violascens 78,  79 

Lunularia  cruciata 101,  104 

Mallotium 108 


Marchantia  polymorpha.  101,  104,  113 


Marchantaceae  100,  113 

Marsupella  arctica 79 

“ emarginata 2,113 

* “ sphacelata 72,  73 

* Sullivantii.71,  73,  112,113 

“ ustutata 112,  113 

Melaenoparmelia 87 

Menegazzia 85,  106 

Metzgeriaceae.  101,  113 

Metzgeria  conjugata 101,104,  113 

“ myriopoda 103 

“ pubescens 113 

Microlejeunea  laete-virens, 

comb,  nov  68 

“ lucens 67,  68,  103 

Mnium  affine  54 

“ “ ciliare 28,  53,  54 

“ “ rugicum 28 

“ cuspidatum 28 

“ Drummondii 54 

“ hornum  . 10,  28 

“ punctatum 28 

“ “ elatum  28 

“ rostratum  28 

“ subglobosum  subelim- 

batum 83 

“ sylvaticum 53,  54 

Myliaanomola 112 

“ Tavlori . . 114 

Myurella  gracilis 25 

“ julacea 25 

“ tenerrima 25 

Nardia  crenulata 101,  102,  104 

hyalina 112,  113 

Nardia  obovata 101,  104 

Neckeraceae  97 

Neckera  pennata 29,30 

Nematode 31 

Nephroma  arcticum 107 

“ expallidum  . 107 

“ Helveticum 107 

“ laevigatum 107 

“ Isevigatum  parile,  37. 

107,  111 

“ tomentosum Ill 

Nephromium 107,  111 

Normandia  laetevirens Ill 

Ochrolechia 108 

Ochroleucae .....  Ill 

Odontoschisma  denudatum.  .102,  104 

prostratum ..  102,  104 

Oncophorus  Wahlenbergii 27 

Orthothecium  . 100 

“ acuminatum.  ...78.  83 
Orthotrichum  99,  100 


affine  subrivale ....  58 


* Star  indicates  illustrations 


— 9 — 


Pallavicinia  Lyellii .101,  104 

Pannaria 6 

“ brunnea 108 

“ hypnorum 108 

Parmelia  aleurites. 37 

“ ambigua 88 

“ “ albescens..  88,  106 

“ austeroides .86,  106 

“ Borreri 90 

“ “ rudecta 90 

“ “ ulophylla 91 

“ caperata 92,  94 

“ “ olivetorum.  ..  92 

“ “ ulophylla....  91 

“ centrifuga 88,  106 

“ cetrarioides..... 95 

“ colpodes 87 

“ conspersa  87,  88 


f.  imbricata.  87 
f.  isidiata...  88 
f.  steno- 


phylla 87,  88,  106 

conspurcata. . . 89,  90 

crinita 90,  95 

“ f.  pilosella 95 

“ f.  varians 95 


dubia. . . . : 90,  91 

diffusa 88,  106 


enteromorpha 86 

exasperata 57 

frondifera 91 

fuliginosa  f.  laete- 

virens 90 

glabra  89 

hyperopta 88,  106 

lanata 87 

lugubris 86 

molliuscula 88 


olivacea.,33,  57,  88,  90, 

92,  94,  106 
“ f.  cetrarioides  95 

“ corticola  con- 
spurcata . . 89 

“ imparispora. . 84 

“ prolixa  .....  90 

“ sorediata 90 

perforata 85 

perlata  olivaria 94 

“ olivetorum  ....  94 

pertusa 34,  86 

physodes . 34,  57,  84,  85, 

86,  106 

“ f.  austerodes.  106 

“ enteromorpha  86 


f.  rugosa. . . 86 

f.  labrosa..85, 

86,  106 


Parmelia  physodes  f.  platyphylla  85 

“ “ f.  subisi- 


dioides...  86 

“ vittata  f. 

hypotry- 

podes. 86 

“ vittata  86 

pilosella 90 

placordia  ...  37 

proboscidea 95 

prolixa 90 

“ f.  panniformis. . 90 

pseudo-omphalodes. ...  93 

rudecta 90,  91 

reddenda 91 

rufescens . 107 

“ spuria 107 

saxatilis 34,  92 

“ f.furfuracea  93 

“ laevis 93 

“ omphalodes  93 
“ omphalodes 
f.  caesio- 
pruinosa..  93 
“ omphalodes 
f.  panni- 
formis.. 93,  106 


‘ ‘ sulcata 93 

sorediata 90 

stygia 87,  106 

subquercifolia 85 

sulcata .93,106 

sulphurata 90 

tiliacea. 37,  92 


sublaevigata...  92 
subquercifolia  . 92 

vicinior 92 


“ tristis 87 

“ ulophylla 91 

“ usneoides 50 

“ verruculifera  89 

‘ ‘ vicinior 92 

“ vittata 106 

Pellia  epiphylla 101,104,113 

Peltidea 107 

Peltigera  aphthosa 107 

“ pulverulenta 107 

“ scutata 107 

“ venosa 107 

Pertusaria  dactylina 109 

“ glomerata 109 

“ sub=velata. .>  . Ill 

“ velata Ill 

“ Wulfenii 56 


Phascum 98 

Philonotis  fontana 28 

“ “ ampliretis. . . 28 

Physcia  attenuata 52 


— 10  — 


Physcia  ciliaris 57 

“ hispida 34 

“ obscura 107 

'•  “ ulothrix 107 

“ pulverulenta 107 

“ “ f.  deminuta  . . 57 

“ isidiigera 57 

“ “ f . muscigena. . . 57 

“ “ panniformis. . . . 57 

“ “ pityrea 57 

“ suvenusta 57 

“ stellaris 34,  111 

Physcomitrium 98 

Picea  rubra.  63 

Pilophorus  cereolus  acicularis.109,111 

Placodium  cerinum  34 

“ “ pyracea 108 

“ elegans  74,108 

“ eugyrum 6 

“ Jungermanniae 108 

“ sinapispermum 108 

Plagiochila  arctica 78,  80 

“ asplenioides.  .101,104,114 

Plagiothecium  denticulatum. ..10,  30 

elegans 30,34 

“ striatellum 30 

“ Muellerianum...l0,  30 

Platygyrium  repens 30 

Platysma 105,  106,  111 

Pleuridium  98 

Podostelides 110 

Pogonatum  brevicaule 26 

Pohlia  elongata 28 

“ nutans 28 

“ polygama 59 

Polypodium  occidentale 34 

Polytrichum 9,  98,  99 

“ commune  26 

“ fragile 78,  83 

“ gracile 26 

“ Ohioense  26 

Porella  navicularis 34 

“ pinnata 103,  104 

“ platyphylla 103,  104,  114 

Porotrichum  alopecurum 31 

Pottia 98 

Pottiaceae. 62 

Preissia  quadrata 113 

Pseudoleskea  atrovirens 25 

“ denudata 25 

“ “ Holzingeri  25 

“ pallida  25 

“ rigescens 25 

“ stenophylla 25 

Pseudoleskeella  25 

“ glaberrima 58 

Pseudotsuga  macrocarpa 6,  57 

Psoroma 108 

* — 

Star  indicates  illustrations 


Ptilidium  ciliare 103,  114 

“ pulcherrimum.102,  103, 

104,  114 

Ptycomitrium  incurvum 27 

Pylaisia 97,  100 

“ intricata 30,99 

“ Schimperi 30,  99 

“ subdenticulata 30 

“ velutina  29,  30,  99 

Radula  complanata 103,104 

* “ tenax 8,  9 

Ramalina * 36 

alludens 50 

anceps  50 

calicaris  canaliculata.36,  49 

“ farinacea 36,  49 

‘ fastigiata 36 

‘ fraxinea 36,  49 

‘ subampliata. . . 49 

subfastigiata . 49 

canaliculata 50 

ceruchis 37 

ciliaris * 34,  48,  49 

complanata 50 

cuspidata- 51 

denticulata 50 

dilacerata  51 

“ f.  pollinariella.51,  52 
farinacea..  .34,  48,  49,  51,  52 
“ forma  latus  ...  49 

fastigiata 48,  49,  52 

fraxinea 48,  49 

“ forma  monophylla  49 

“ Yemensis 50 

gracilenta 52,  53 

gracilis  ...  53 

inflata  sored  ians 52 

Javanica 51 

laevigata 50 

linearis  ....  50 

“ forma  spinulosa  50 

Menziesii 34,  37 

minuscula 36,  51,  52 

polymorpha 36,  51 

“ emplecta...  51 

pollinaria 36,  51 

“ f.  humilis  . . .6,  51 

pollinariella 51 

pusilla 48,  51,  52 

“ geniculata.36, 

37  51  52 

rigida.  ..37,  48,  49,  52,’  53,’  74 

reticulata 37 

scopulorum  cuspidata..  51 

tenuis 53 

usneoides 50 

Yemensis 50 


— II>— 


Ramalina  Yemensis  forma  latior  50 
“ “ “ subline- 


aris 50 

Raphidostegium ....  4 

*■  Carolinianum 30 

“ cylindricarpum. . 30 

“ delicatulum 30 

“ Marylandicum  . . 30 

“ Novae- Casareae.  30 

“ recurvans 30 

Rauia  scita 25 

Reboulia  hemisphaerica 100,  104 

Rhabdoweisia  denticulata 27 

Rhacopilaceae 24 

Rhacopilum  tomentosum 24 

Rhacomitrium  brevisetum  . 79,  84 

Rhodobryum  roseum 28,  54 

Rhynchostegium 4 

Rhytidium  rugosum 99 

Riccardia  latifrons 101,  104,  113 

multifida 113 

“ palmata 113 

“ pinguis. 112,  113 

Riccia  fluitans 100,  104 

“ lutescens 103 

“ trichocarpa 32 

Rinodinia  confragosa 57 

“ exigua  57 

radiata  fimbriata 6 

“ sophodes 57 

“ “ confragosa.  109 

“ “ exigua 109 

“ succedens  57 

“ turfacea  108 

Sarcogyne 6 

Sarcoscyphus  emarginatus  arcti- 

* cus 79 

Scapania  apiculata 112,  114 

“ curta 112,  114 

‘ ‘ heterophylla 32 

irrigua 112,114 

“ nemorosa.102,  103,  104,  114 

“ Simmonsii 78,80 

“ umbrosa 112,114 

“ undulata 114 


Schistidium  apocarpum  abrupti- 

costatum...  81 
“ “ ovatum....  81 

“ “ scabrius 81 


Scleropodium  obtusifolium 99 

Sematophyllum 4 

Serpo-Leskea 4 

Serpoleskea  confervoides. .......  6 

“ Sprucei 5 

“ subtilis 5 

Solorina  crocea 108 

“ saccata 108 

Sphaerangium 98 


Sphaerophorus  globiferus 34}  m 

Sphenolobus  exsectaeformis 114 

“ exsectus 112,  114 

Hellerianus 112,'  114 

4<  Kunzeanus \ 

“ Michauxii 2,  114 

“ minutus  114 

Stereocaulon  paschale 109 

“ tomentosum...  . 109 

“ “ alpinum.  109 

Sticta  Oregana 35 

“ pulmonaria 35 

Subflavescentes. 94 

Subglaucentes  . , 94 

Syrrhopodon 62 

“ excelsus 66 

Tayloria  acuminata. ■ 79 

Temnoma  setiforme.  ...  112,  114 
Tetraplodon  urceolatus  sub- 

mnioides 53 

Tetrodontium iq 

Thallostelides no 

Thelia '.’.’.i*0,  99 

“ asprella 25 

“ compacta 25 

“ birtella 25 

“ Lescurii. 25 

“ robusta 25 

Theloschistes  aureola. 74 

chrysophthalmus. . 74 

(parietina)  citrin- 

ella  74 

‘ ‘ concolor 74 

“ effuse...  74 

“ lychneus 34,  74 

“ pygmaeus.  6 

parietinus  74 

polycarpus 74 

“ ramulosus 57 

Thelotrema  lepadinum ...  34 

leprocarpum.. 34 

Thuidieae 25 

Thuidium 99 

“ delicatulum 25,  28,  99 

“ erectum 25 

“ microphyllum 28 

“ recognitum 28 

“ scitum 28 

“ Virginianum 28 

Timmia  Norvegica  excurrens.  ...  83 

Tortella  caespitosa 27 

Tortulaceae  98 

Trichoeolea  tomentella.  *102,  104,  114 

Trichostomum  cylindricum 27 

“ gracile 65 

Ulota  Americana 27 

“ crispa 27 

“ “ crispula  27 


— 12 — 


Ulota  Ludwigii 27 

Umbellularia 6 

U mbilicaria  anthracina  reticulata  107 

arctica 107 

hyperborea 107 

proboscidea  arctica...  107 

Semitensis 56 

vellea * 107 

“ tylorrhiza 107 

Unciales  109 

Urceolaria  scruposa 109 

Usnea 37 

angulata  38 

barbata  ceratina 35 

dasypoga 38 

florida 37 

“ hirta 38 

“ rubiginia. . 38 

strigosa. 


hirta 35 


longissima. 


38 

Wahlenbergia 7 

Webera  sessilis 26 

Weisia 98 

“ viridula 27 

Xanthoparmelia 87 

Xanthoria  polycarpa . 57 

Zygodon  conoideus 27,  61,  62,  63 

excelsus 27,  61,  66 

gracilis 27,  61,  62,  65 

Nowellii 65 

rupestris 61,  62,  63 

rufo-tomentosus* 61 

Sullivantii 61,  62,  66 

viridissimus..,.61,  62,  63,  64 
“ australis ..  . . 64 

“ f.  borealis. 63,  64 

“ rupestris 63 


SUBJECT  INDEX. 

Additions  to  Lichen  Flora  of 
Southern  California.  Dr.  H. 

E.  Hasse 6,  7 

Alnus  Oregana  as  Cryptogamic 

Host.  A.  S.  Foster.. ...33,  34,  35 
Books  and  Exsiccati  from  Prof. 

Cummings  Estate .....  17,  18,  19 
^Further  Notes  on  Cladonias  XIV. 

Bruce  Fink 21,  22,  38,  24 

*Gray.  Asa  (Portrait) 100 

Helpful  Hepatic  Literature 46 

Helpful  Literature  for  Students 
of  N.  A.  Hepatics.  Caroline 

Coventry  Haynes  32,33 

Lichen  Notes,  Nos.  V.  VI.  VII. 

48,  49,  50,  51,  52,  53,  84,  85 
86,  87,  88,  89,  90,  91,  92,  93, 

94,  95,  105,  106,  107,108,109, 

HO.  Ill 

Lichens  Collected  in  Tehachapi 
Mts.,  Cal.,  1907,  Dr.  H.  E. 

Hasse .55,  56.  57,  74 

Lichens  of  Mt.  Monadnock  Re- 
gion, N.  H.,  R.  H.  Howe. 

Jr 35,  36,  37,  38,  74 


Lopholejeunea  Muelleriana  in 

Florida.  Alex.  W.  Evans. 45,  46 
*Lophozias,  Ten,  III.  Caroline 

Coventry  Haynes  1,  2,  3 

Mosses  Collected  in  Mountains  of 
Western  North  Carolina.  A. 

J.  Grout 25,  26,  27,  28,  29,  30 

Members  S.  M.  Society..  13, 14, 15, 16, 17 
Nematode  Galls  on  Mosses.  H. 

N.  Dixon.  31 

Nomenclature  Note.  John  M. 

Holzinger 7 

Nomenclature,  Notes  on,  IX. 

Elizabeth  G.  Britton 24,  25 

Notes  on  Fruiting  Season  of 
Some  Mosses.  Phebe  M. 

Towle 53,  54 

*Notes  on  Jubula  Pennsylvan- 
ia'. Annie  Lorenz 46,47 

*Notes  on  Radula  tenax.  Annie 

Lorenz 8,  9 

North  American  Species  of  Am- 
blystegiella.  George  E. 

Nichols 4,  5 

Obituary.  Mr.  T.  W.  Naylor 

Beckett 38 

Obituary.  Prof.  Wm.  A.  Kel- 

lerman 59 

Offerings  ...  .17,  39,  40,  60,  75,  96,116 

Preliminary  List  Hepatics  near 
Baltimore.  Ch.  C.  Plitt.,100, 

101,  102,  103,  104 
^Report  on  Second  Norwegian 
Expedition  in  Fram  (Map). 

Per  Axel  Rydberg 77,  78, 

79,  80,  81,  82,  83 

Report  on  Hepaticae  Franconia 

Mts.  Annie  Lorenz.  ..112,113,114  , 
Reviews — Mosses  and  Lichens 
by  Nina  L.  Marshall.  A.  J. 

Grout 9,  10 

Musci  Acrocarpi  Boreali-Ameri- 
cana  by  J.  M.  Holzinger. 

Edward  B.  Chamberlain 96 

Recent  Botanical  Literature.58,59,76 
*Some  New  England  Marsu- 
pellae,  No.  I.  Annie  Lorenz, 

71.  72,  73 

Some  Relations  Between  Habi- 
tats of  Mosses  and  their 
Structure.  A.  J.  Grout. ..97, 

98,  99,  100 

Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  Notes 
and  Annual  Reports....  10, 11. 

12,  13,  38,  39,  59,  75,  96,  115,  116 
Synonymy  of  Three  American 
Hepaticae.  Alex.W  Evans. 

67,  67,  69,  70 

^Underwood,  Lucien  Marcus, 
with  Bibliography  and  Por- 
trait. Caroline  Coventry 

Haynes  41, 42.  43,  44 

*Zygoyon  in  North  America 
(The  Genus).  Elizabeth  G. 
Britton 61,  62,  63,  64.  65,  66 


* Star  indicates  illustrations 


rnjuu  mjTJTJTJT.rmjTJTJTJTJTJT.njTjxnJTTLrmjTj^jTJT.jTnjTr^^ 

VOLUME  XI  NUMBER  1 § 


^ffjf  JANUARY  1908 


m 


The  BRY0L0GI5T 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


CONTENTS 

Ten  Lophozias  111.  {Conclusion)  Illus.  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes  1 

North  American  Species  of  Amblystegielia  George  E.  Nichols  ^ 

Additions  to  Lichen  Flora  of  Southern  California 

Dr.  H.  E.  Hasse  6 

A Nomenclature  Note  ....  John  M.  Holzinger  7 

Notes  on  Radula  tenax  ( Illustrated)  . . Annie  Lorenz  8 

Review  of  MOSSES  & LICHENS  by  N.  L.  Marshall 

A.  J.  Grout  9 

Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  Annual  Reports 10 

List  of  S.  M.  C.  Members 13 

Offerings,  Etc.  . 17 


£ Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail  5 
h matter,  tinder  Act  of  March  8,  1879.  *2 

h Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A.  s 

SLruTJxrTJTXLTiJTJxriJTJLnjTJTJTJxnjTJTJTj^^  mrb 


PRE88  OF  MCBRIDE  & STERN,  97-99  CLIFF  8TREET . NEW  YORK 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

gUmmxtTxltj  gomnxal 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER 


EDITOR 

Mrs  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


ASSISTED  BY 

Mr.  A.  J.  Grout,  Ph.D.  '/ 

Dr.  J.  W.  Bailey  ) 

Mr.  G.  K.  Merrill 

Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes  . . . 


Mosses 

Lichens 

Hepatics 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

Four  Vols.  1898-1901—81.50  Six  Vols.  1902- 190T— $6.00 


Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1907,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year — this,  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  1908 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington, 

Seattle.  Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson, 3964  Laclede  Avenue 

St.  Louis , Mo. 

’ Treasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


Plate  I. 

Figs.  1-3.  Lophozia  Kunzeana  1— Plant,  showing  underleaves  and  inno- 
vations X 22.  2 —Leaf,  dorsal  view  X 70.  3 —Leaf  cells  X 365. 

Figs.  4-9  Lophozia  Muelleri.  4 —Plant,  showing  perianth  X 22.  5 — 

Male  plant,  dorsal  view  X 22.  6 — Plant  X 22.  7 — Leaf,  dorsal  view  X 

70.  8— Leaf,  ventral  view  X 70.  9 —Leaf  cells  X 365. 

Figs.  10-14  Lophozia  porphyroleuca  10 — Plant,  showing  perianth  X 22. 
11— Male  plant,  dorsal  view  X 22.  12  -Plant  X 22.  13 — Leaf,  dorsal 

view  X 70.  14— Leaf  cells  X 365.  All  reduced  one-half . 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


VOL.  XI 


January  1908 


No.  1 


TEN  LOPHOZIAS  III. 

From  “Notes  on  New  England  Hepaticae.” 

Dr.  A.  W.  Evans  in  Rhodora. 

Selected  and  Illustrated  by  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes. 

[By  permission.] 

These  Lophozias  have  been  illustrated  in  various  publications,  but  for 
two  reasons  I have  figured  them  again:  for  the  student  as  a handy  reference, 
as  well  as  for  the  sake  of  showing  their  comparative  size.  One  magnifica- 
tion having  been  used,  namely,  X 22  in  all  figures  of  plants;  X 70  in  all  fig- 
ures of  leaves;  X 365  in  all  figures  of  cell  structures. 

No.  1 appeared  in  The  Bryologist  for  November,  1906.  Three  species 
figured  on  Plate  IX.  L.  Marchica , L.  bicrenata,  L.  excisa . Reproduced  in 
January,  1907,  as  Plate  III.  with  corrected  magnifications. 

No.  2 in  January,  1907.  Five  species  figured  on  Plate  II.  L.  Floerkii , L. 
lycopodioides , L.  Lyoni , L.  gracilis , L.  barb  at  a. 

In  conclusion,  L.  Kunzeana  and  L.  Muelleri  are  given  with  L.  porphy- 
roleuca  added  to  the  original  selection.  Figured  on  Plate  I. 

“ Lophozia  Kunzeana  (Hiiben.)  Evans,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  2;  305.  1900. 
Jungermannia  Kunzeana  Hiiben.  Hep.  Germ.  115.  1834.  J.  plicata  Hartm. 
FI.  Scand.  Ed.  III.  2:  329.  1838.  J.  colpodes  Tayl.  Lond.  Jour.  Bot.  5;  280. 
1S46.  J.  plicata * Kunzeana  Hartm.  FI.  Scand.  Ed.  X.  2;  137.  1871.  J. 
Kunzei  [3  plicata  Lindb.  Muse.  Scand.  8.  1879.  Sphenolobus  Kunzeanus 
Steph.  Bull,  de  l’Herb.  Boissier,  II.  2;  168.  1902.  Mt.  Washington,  New 
Hampshire  ( W.  G.  Far  low).  Lophozia  Kunzeana  has  a wide  distribution 
in  the  alpine  and  arctic  regions  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere,  although  it  is 
rarely  abundant  in  one  locality.  In  North  America  it  has  already  been 
recorded  from  Greenland,  from  several  widely  scattered  stations  in  British 
America,  and  from  the  Adirondack  Mountains  of  New  York.  It  is,  however, 
new  to  New  England.  Professor  Farlow’s  specimens  represent  a gemmipar- 
ous  and  rather  slender  form  of  the  species. 

The  leaves  of  L.  Kunzeana  vary  in  form  from  rotund  to  quadrate ; they 
are  subequally  bifid  and  tend  to  be  complicate,  although  this  condition  is  not 
always  apparent.  In  rare  cases  there  is  a third  lobe  supplementary  to  one  of 
the  others.  The  sinus  is  narrow  and  extends  to  the  middle  or  a little  less. 
The  divisions  are  typically  rounded  at  the  apex  but  are  often  obtusely 
pointed  or,  on  slender  branches,  even  acute.  The  leaf-cells  have  small  but 
distinct  trigones,  and  the  cuticle  is  minutely  verruculose  or  striate.  The 
underleaves  vary  in  size  but  can  usually  be  demonstrated  without  much  diffi- 
culty in  spite  of  the  numerous  rhizoids.  They  are  either  subulate  and  long- 
acuminate  or  else  deeply  bifid  with  slender  divisions.  The  gemmae  when 
mature  are  thick-walled  and  angular:  as  a rule  they  are  unicellular  but  are 


The  November  Bryologist  was  issued  November  2,  1907. 


— 2 — 


sometimes  divided  by  a delicate  wall  into  two  cells.  In  exposed  localities  the 
stems,  leaves  and  gemmae  acquire  a characteristic  brownish  yellow  colora- 
tion. 

The  presence  of  underleaves  will  at  once  distinguish  L.  Kunzeanairova 
such  species  as  Sphenolobus  Michauxii,  Marsupella  emarginata  and 
Lophozia  uiflata , ail  of  which  it  somewhat  resembles  in  general  appearance. 
Among  New  England  species  its  closest  relative  is  undoubtedly  L.  Fioerkii , 
which  has  trifid  or  quadrifid  leaves  with  a little  group  of  marginal  cilia  close 
to  the  postical  base.  There  is  usually  no  indication  whatever  of  basal  cilia 
in  L.  Kunzeana , although  sometimes  one  or  two  minute  and  indistinct  teeth 
may  be  found  in  this  position.1 *  Its  relationship  to  L.  Fioerkii  and  to 
other  members  of  the  barbatae-gvonp  is  clearly  shown  by  the  occasional  pres- 
ence of  a third  lobe  and  by  the  constant  occurrence  of  underleaves,  and  it 
would  seem  as  if  these  characters  were  sufficient  to  exclude  it  from  the  genus 
Sphenolobus,  where  it  is  placed  by  Stephani.”  Evans,  Rhodora,  7:  52.  1905. 
Plate  I.  Figs.  1-3.  1 — Plant,  showing  underleaves  and  innovation  X 22. 

2— Leaf,  dorsal  view  X 7o.  3 — Leaf  cells  X 365.  Drawn  from  material 

collected  by  M.  C.  A.  Grape,  Sweden,  1905.  Sulliv.  Moss  Chapter  Herb. 

“ Lophozia  Muelleri  (Nees)  Dumort.  Recueil  d’Obs.  sur  les  Jung.  17. 
1835.  Jungermannia  Muelleri  Nees:  Lindenberg,  Nova  Acta  Acad.  Caes. 
Leop. -Carol.  14:  suppl. : 39.  1829.  J.  acuta  Lindenb.  1.  c.  88  (in  part).  J. 
Liber tae  Hiiben.  Flora  15:  305.  1832.  Lophozia  acuta  Dumort.  Recueil 
d’Obs.  sur  les  Jung.  17.  1835  (in  part).  J.  Laicrentiana  DeNot.  Mem.  Accad. 
Tor.  II.  18:  497 . /.  10.  1859.  Lophozia  Libertae  Cogn.  Bull.  Soc.  roy.  Bot. 
de  Belgique  10:  278.  1872.  J.  bantriensis , vars.  Muelleri  and  acuta  Lindb. 
Acta  Soc.  Sci.  Fenn.  10:  528.  1875.  J.  Hornschuchiana  Muelleri  Massal. 
Ann.  R.  1st.  Bot.  di  Roma  3:  (8).  1888.  On  limestone  rocks.  Banks  of  the 
Housatonic  River  (opposite  Falls  Village),  Salisbury,  Connecticut  (A.  W.  E.). 
Already  reported  from  Miquelon  Island,  from  a few  stations  in  Canada  and 
from  Colorado,  but  apparently  new  to  the  eastern  United  States*  Lophozia 
Muelleri  is  a member  of  a group  of  closely  related  species  which  have  long 
been  a puzzle  to  European  hepaticologists.  The  group  has  recently  been 
studied  by  Schiffner,3  who  ascribes  to  it  the  following  characters:  leaves 
always  bind:  underleaves  more  or  less  developed  even  on  slender  stems: 
perichaetial  bracts  usually  but  little  differentiated  from  the  leaves:  perianth 
(Cylindrical  or  barrel-shaped,  terete  (or  slightly  plicate  in  the  upper  part),  con- 
tracted into  a tubular  beak;  perigonal  bracts  with  a third  dorsal  tooth. 
[Schiffner  recognizes  seven  species,  five  of  which  have  been  recorded  from 
North  America.  L.  Muelleri  is  distinguished  from  its  allies  by  its  relatively 
small  size,  by  its  more  or  less  acute  leaf-lobes,  by  its  rather  thin-walled 
feaf-cells  with  small  but  distinct  trigones  and  a minutely  verruculose  or 
striate  cuticle,  by  its  dioicous  inflorescence  and  by  its  lack  of  gemmae.  Its 
nearest  relative  is  doubtless  L . heterocolpa  (Thed.')  M,  A.  Howe,  which  is 
known  in  North  America  from  Greenland,  from  the  shores  of  Lake  Superior, 

1.  See  Schiffner,  Lotos,  49:  51.  1901. 

9-.  Verhandl.  der  k.  k.  Zool.-Bot.  Gesellsch.  in  Wien.  54:  381-405.  1904. 


and,  in  the  Pacific  Coast  region,  from  Yukon  to  California.  This  species  is  a 
little  larger  than  L.  Mueller i,  the  lobes  of  its  leaves  are  commonly  obtuse, 
and  it  produces  gemmae  abundantly.  Among  New  England  species  L . excisa 
and  L.  ventricosa  both  bear  some  resemblance  to  L.  Muelleri.  These 
species,  however,  are  destitute  of  underleaves  and  their  perianths  are  widely 
open  and  dentate  at  the  mouth.  Other  members  of  the  L.  Muelleri-growp 
are  perhaps  to  be  expected  in  New  England,  especially  in  limestone  dis- 
tricts.” Evans,  Rhodora  8:  35.  1906. 

Figs.  4-9.  4— Plant,  showing  perianth  X 22.  5 — Male  plant,  dorsal  view 

X 22.  6 — Plant  X 22.  7 — Leaf,  dorsal  view  X 70.  8 — Leaf,  ventral  view 
X 70.  9 — Leaf  cells  X 365.  Drawn  from  material  collected  by  Dr.  A. 

W.  Evans,  Salisbury,  Conn.,  1897:  fruiting  specimens  collected  by  Drs 
Chas.  Lacouture,  France,  1904.  Sulliv.  Moss  Chapter  Herb. 

“Lophozia  porphyroleuca  (Nees)  Schiffn.  Lotos  51 : (61).  1903.  Junger- 
mannia  porphyroleuca , Nees,  Naturgeschichte  der  europ.  Leberm.  2:  78. 
1836.  J.  ventricosa  b.  porphyroleuea  Limpr. ; Cohn,  Krypt. -Flora  von 
Schlesien  1:  280.  1876.  Mt.  Bigelow,  Maine  (J.  F.  Collins  and  M.  L.  Fer- 
nald,  i4g8,  1573).  White  Mountains  ( W:  Oakes).  Guilford,  New  Hamp- 
shire (Mrs.  Corter).  Although  this  species  was  recorded  from  New  England 
by  Austin1 2  many  years  ago,  it  has  received  but  scant  attention  from  North 
American  writers  and  has  usually  been  considered  a simple  synonym  of  L, 
ventricosa.  Even  in  Europe  it  has  been  looked  upon  as  a species  of  doubt- 
ful validity.  When  Arnell3  studied  the  forms  belonging  to  the  ventricosa- 
groupe  a few  years  ago  he  found  that  the  leaf-cells  in  L.  porphyroleuca  had 
large  trigones  while  those  of  L.  ventricosa  had  small  trigones  or  were  thin- 
walled  throughout.  Since  these  differences  were  inconstant  and  he  could  find 
no  others  to  support  them,  he  decided  that  L.  porphyroleuca  was  hardly 
worthy  of  specific  rank.  Recently,  however,  Schiffner  has  shown  that  other 
differential  characters  may  be  derived  from  the  mouth  of  the  perianth.  In 
L.  p'orphyroleucdthis  is  split  into  numerous  acute  lobes;  the  margins  of  these 
lobes  are  thickly  and  irregularly  ciliate-dentate,  some  of  the  teeth  attaining 
a length  of  three  or  four  cells.  In  L.  ventricosa  the  lobes  are  indistinct,  and 
the  marginal  teeth  are  scattered  and  usually  unicellular.  It  may  be  added 
that  L.  porphyroleuca  grows  on  rotten  wood  and  is  commonly  more  or  less 
tinged  with  red,  while  L.  ventricosa  usually  grows  on  the  ground  or  on  rocks 
and  is  mostly  dark  green  in  color  Although  reported  from  so  few  localities 
L.  porphyroleuca  is  probably  widely  distributed  in  the  mountains  of  New 
England.”  Evans,  Rhodora  8:  36.  1906. 

Figs.  10-14.  10 — Plant,  showing  perianth  X 22.  n - Male  plant,  dorsal  view 

X 22.  12 — Plant  X 22.  13—  Leaf,  dorsal  view  X 70.  14— Leaf  cells  X 365. 

Drawn  from  material  (F'igs.io,  14.)  collected  by  Miss  A.  Lorenz,  Vermont, 
1904.  (Figs.  11,  13.)  collected  by  Mrs.  L.  A.  Carter,  New  Hampshire, 
1902.  (Fig.  12.)  collected  by  C.  C.  Haynes,  Adir.  Mts.  1902.  Above 
specimens  in  Sulliv.  Moss  Chapter  Herb.  New  York  City. 

(Conclusion.) 

1.  Proc.  Acad.  Philadelphia  for  1869:  220. 

2,  Bot.  Not.  1820:  195.  E.  Bauer  has  published  a German  translation  of  Arnell’s  paper 

in  Lotos  41.  1893. 


— 4— 


NORTH  AMERICAN  SPECIES  OF  AMBLYSTEQIELLA. 

By  George  E.  Nichols. 

The  genus  Amblystegium,  as  proposed  by  Bruch  & Schimper1  in  1858, 
comprised  sixteen  species  which,  up  to  that  time,  had  been  included  under 
Hypnum  and  Leskea.  Four  of  these  have  since  been  reduced  to  varietal 
rank.  Seven  years  later  Schimper2  adopted  the  genus,  excluding,  however, 
three  species  and  adding  three  others.  The  limits  of  the  genus  have  been 
variously  considered  by  later  authors.  De  Notaris3,  followed  by  Mitten, 
Lindberg  and  Braithwaite,  extended  its  boundaries  to  include  many  species 
formerly  referred  to  Hyftnum,  but  which  bryologists  of  the  present  day  tend  to 
distribute  among  Chrysohypnum , Cratoneuron , Calliergon , Drepanocladus , 
and  Hygrohypnum.  The  generic  limits  recognized  by  Schimper,  however, 
seem  to  be  more  natural,  and  he  has  been  followed  by  the  majority  of 
recent  European  and  American  writers. 

As  defined  by  Schimper,  and  recently  treated  by  Cheney4,  the  genus 
Amblystegium  embraces  two  distinct  groups  of  mosses.  One  group,  of 
which  A.  subtile  may  be  considered  typical,  comprises  species  of  small  size, 
characterized  by  the  absence  of  a central-strand  in  the  stem  and  by  the 
greatly  reduced,  usually  obsolete,  nerve  in  the  leaves.  In  the  other  group, 
which  includes  A.  variujn  and  the  allied  species,  in  addition  to  the  larger 
size  of  the  plants,  the  stem  possesses  a distinct  central-strand,  while  the 
nerve  of  the  leaves  is  clearly  defined,  reaching  to  the  middle  of  the  leaf  or 
beyond. 

Hampe,  in  T8715,  although  recognizing  Amblystegium,  transferred  the 
species  A.  subtile  and  A.  Sprucei  to  Leskea , giving  to  the  group  thus 
formed  the  subgeneric  title  Serpo-Leskea.  Both  Limpricht6  and  Roth7  have 
recognized  Hampe’s  sub-genus,  but  place  it  under  Amblystegium. 

Loeske,  in  1903 8 , raised  Serpo-Leskea  to  generic  rank,  proposing  the  name 
Amblystegiella  for  the  genus  and  adding  a third  species,  Amblystegium 
confervoides.  Loeske’s  opinion  evidently  changed  regarding  the  untenabil- 
^ty  of  Hampe's  name,  for,  in  19049,  he  retracted  A?nblystegiella , sub- 
stituting Serpoleskea  Hampe.  Warnstorf  also,  in  1905 10,  designated  the 
genus  as  Serpoleskea.  The  application  of  Articles  38  and  39  of  the  Vienna 
Rules  of  Nomenclature,  however,  made  it  apparent  that,  as  a generic 
title,  Amblystegiella  Loeske  had  priority  over  Serpoleskea  (Hampe)  Loeske, 
and,  in  190711,  Loeske  again  brought  forward  Amblystegiella. 

Loeske’s  genus  is  based  chiefly  on  the  absence  of  central-strand  in 
the  stem  and  the  lack,  or  obscure  development,  of  the  nerve  in  the  leaves. 
The  same  distinction  serves  primarily  to  separate  Rhynchostegium  Br.  & 
Sch.  and  Sematophyllum  Mitt.  {Raphidostegium  (Br.  & Sch.)  De  Not.), 
according  to  the  conception  of  these  genera  as  given  by  Roth13  and  Warns- 
torf13. In  the  opinion  of  the  writer,  Ainblystegiella  Loeske  ought  there- 
fore to  be  accepted. 


— 5— 


The  synonymy  of  North  American  species  which  should  be  referred  to 
this  genus  is  given  below : 

1.  Amblystegiella  minutissima  (Sulliv.  & Lesq.)  Comb.  nov. 

Hypmim  minutissimum  Sulliv.  & Lesq.  in  Gray,  Man.  Ed.  II.  678.  1856. 
Amblystegiiun  minutissimum  Jaeg.  & Sauerb.  Adumb.  Flor.  Muse. 
2:  547-  1878. 

2.  Amblystegiella  Sprucei  (Bruch)  Loeske,  Moosfl.  d Harzes,  295.  1903. 
Leskea  Sprucei  Bruch  in  Spruce,  Lond.  Journ.  Bot.  4:  180.  1845. 
Hypnum  Sprucei  Bruch  in  C.  Mii.ll.  Syn.  Muse.  Frond.  2:  415.  1851. 
Amblystegium  Sprucei  Br.  & Sch.  Br.  Eur.  fasc.  55-56:  5.  pi.  1.  1853. 
Leskea  ( Serpo-Leskea ) Sprucei  Hampe,  Verhandl.  d.  k,  k.  Zool.-Bot. 

Gesellsch,  Wien.  21:  390.  1871. 

Serpoleskea  Sprucei  Loeske,  Verhandl.  d.  Bot.  Ver.  d.  Prov.  Brandenb. 
46:  190.  1904. 

3 Amblystegiella  confervoides  (Brid.)  Loeske,  Moosfl.  d.  Harzes  295.1903. 
Hypnum  confervoides  Brid.  Spec.  Muse.  2:  153.  1812. 

Leskea  confervoides  Spruce,  Lond.  Journ.  Bot.  4:  182.  1845. 
Amblystegium  confervoides  Br.  & Sch.  Br.  Eur.  fasc.  55-56:  6 , pi.  3. 

1853. 

Serpoleskea  confervoides  Loeske,  Verhandl.  d.  Bot.  Ver.  d.  Prov. 
Brandenb.  46:  190.  1904. 

4.  Amblystegiella  subtilis  (Hedw.)  Loeske,  Moosfl.  d.  Harzes  295.  1903. 
Leskea  subtilis  Hedw.  Muse.  Frond.  4;  23 . pi.  g.  1793. 

Hypnum  subtile  Hoffm.  Deutschl.  FI.  2:  70.  1796. 

Amblystegium  subtile  Br.  & Sch.  Br.  Eur.  fasc.  55-56:  4//.  /.  1853. 
Leskea  ( Serpo-Leskea ) subtilis  Hampe,  Verhandl.  d.  k.  k.  Zool-Bot. 
Gesellsch.  Wien.  21:  390.  1871. 

Serpoleskea  subtilis  Loeske,  Verhandl.  d.  Bot.  Ver.  d.  Prov.  Brandenb. 
46:  190.  1904. 

5.  Amblystegiella  adnata  (Hedw.)  Comb.  nov. 

Hypnum  adnatum  Hedw.  Spec.  Muse.  258.//.  64,  f.  5-10.  1901. 
Amblystegium  adnatum  Mac.  & Kindb.  Cat.  Can.  PI.  6:  210.  1892. 

Yale  University. 

1.  Br.  Eur.  fasc.  55-56.  1853. 

2.  Synops.  Muse.  Eur.  704-720.  i860. 

3.  Epil.  d.  Bri.  Ital.  1869. 

4.  Bot.  Gazette  24:  236-291,  pi.  11-13.  1897. 

5.  Verhandl.  d.  k.  k.  Zool.-Bot.  Gesellsch.  Wien  21:  390.  1871. 

6.  Rabenhorst,  Krytogamenfl.  v.  Deutschl.  Laubm.  3:  295.  1904. 

7.  Eur.  Laubm.  4:  508.  1905. 

8.  Moosfl.  d.  Harzes  294.  1903. 

9.  Verhandl.  d.  Bot.  Ver.  d.  Prov.  Mark  Brandenb.  46:  190.  1904. 

10.  Kryptogamenfl.  v.  Mark  Brandenb.  Laubm.  2:  848.  1905. 

11.  Verhandl.  d.  Bot.  Ver.  d.  Prov.  Mark  Brandenb.  49:  61.  1907. 

T2.  1.  c.  pp.  423,  599. 

13.  1.  c.  p.  764. 


— 6— 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  LICHEN  FLORA  OF  SOUTHERN  CALIFORNIA. 

By  Dr.  H.  E.  Hasse. 

Ramalina  pollinaria  (Ach.)  f.  humilis  Ach.  (Cromb.  Bri.  Li.  I,  94.  Fr.  Li. 
Scand.  39).  Shrubs  on  bluffs  back  of  Newport. 

Heppia  Bolanderi  (Tuck.)  Wainio.  Pannaria  Tuck.  Can.  Li.  51).  Not 
uncommon  on  calcarious  rock  in  the  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Theloschistes  lynchneus  pygmaeus  Fr.  Maritime  sandstone  at  Newport. 

Placodium  eugyrum  Tuck.  Thallus  of  small  radiate  squamules,  lobes 
rounded  at  circumference  and  contiguous.  Matilija  Canon,  Ventura  Co. 

Lecanora  pallescens  (L.)  Schaer.  var.  roselta  Tuck.  With  the  type  on  trap 
rock,  Topanga  Canon,  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Biatorella  ( Sarcogyne ) clavus  (DC.)  Flk.  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Rinodina  radiata  fimbriata  Tuck.  Trap  rock,  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Cladonia  caespititia  (Pesr.)  Flk.  Earth  at  base  of  rocks. 

“ pyxidata  Fr.  forma  syntheta  Ach.  and  lophyra  Coem.  (Crombie 
1.  c.). 

All  three  in  the  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Lecidea  (sect.  Biatord)  efpusa  (Sm.)  Hepp.  On  Umbellularia  and  Ceano- 
thus  divaricatus . Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Lecidea  (sect.  Biatord)  viridescens  (Schrad.)  Fr.  On  charred  bark  of 
Pseudotsuga.  In  the  San  Gabriel  Mts. 

Lecidea  Manni  Tuck.  Thallus  cartilaginous  of  round,  convex  sordid,  yellow- 
ish-brown squamules.  Apothecia  middling  size,  disk  flat,  black  with  a 
bloom  and  a moderately  thick,  cinerascent,  irregular  and  sinuous  mar-, 
gin.  Hymen  100 11  high.  Hypotheeium  brown,  much  thicker  than  the 
thecium.  Paraphyses  thick,  coherent.  Epithecium  brown  gradually 
paling  downward.  Thecae  half  as  high  as  the  paraphyses  and  io^u 
thick.  Spores  ellipsoid,  simple,  colorless,  20/1  long  and  5//  thick.  On 
calcarious  rock,  Matilija  Canon,  Ventura  Co. 

Lecidea  enteroleuca  pilularis  (Th.  Fr.)  (Fr.  Li.  Scand.  p.  543).  Thallus 
pale  greenish-gray,  verruculose-areolate  with  a black  hypothallus. 
Apothecia  deeply  sessile,  flat  to  slightly  convex  and  then  immarginate. 
Hypotheeium  pale.  The  closely  crowded  verrucae  of  the  deeply  areo- 
late  crust  make  this  a marked  form.  Sandstone,  Topanga  Canon,  Santa 
Monica  Mts. 

Catillaria  lenticularis  (Ach.)  ecrustacea  Hepp,  Leighton  1,  c.  336. 
Thallus  absent.  Apothecia  velvety,  black  with  a thin,  entire,  black, 
finally  disappearing  margin,  disk  at  times  sinuate  and  even  somewhat 
umbilicated.  Hymenium  80 11  high;  paraphyses  coherent;  epithecium 
light  brown,  granulose.  Thecae  of  nearly  the  same  length  with  the  par- 
aphyses and  16 n thick.  Spores  8nae,  bilocular,  16/z  long,  6 thick. 
Hypotheeium  colorless.  Sand  rock,  Catalina  Island. 

Catocarpon  myriocarpum  (Mudd)  f.  ecrustacea  (Leight.)  (Leighton  1.  c. 
p.  320).  Decomposed  granite,  Verdugo  hills. 

Catocarpon  myriocarpum  (Mudd)  v.  punctiformis  (Mudd)  Fr.  1.  c.  p.  595). 
Sandstone,  Santa  Monica  Mts. 


— 7— 


Lecanactis  Salicina  A.  Zahlbruckner,  sp.  nov.  in  litt.  Conspicuously  dis- 
tinguished by  a densely  white  pruinose  disk.  On  Salix  lasiolepis,  Rus- 
tic Canon,  Santa  Monica  Mts.  Sawtelle,  California. 


A NOMENCLATURE  NOTE. 

John  M.  Holzinger. 

The  vicissitudes  of  scientific  names  are  curiously  illustrated  by  the  way 
Homalotheciella  subcapillata  (Hedw.)  Card.  (1904)  came  to  displace  Bur- 
nettia  subcapillata  (Hedw.)  Grout  (1903).  When  the  writer  chose  the  former 
generic  name  for  the  D.  C.  moss  published  in  the  September,  1907,  Bryolo- 
gist,  he  considered  as  correct  Mr.  Cardot’s  contention  in  The  Bryologist  of 
March,  1904.  And  the  statement  in  Dr.  Sudworth’s  published  comments  (l.c. 
p.  91)  that  “ Grout’s  position  in  passing  over  these  two  section  names  of  Car- 
dot’s  is  unsupported,  etc.”  seemed  also  eminently  fair  and  correct.  The  cor- 
respondence brought  on  by  this  publication,  however,  has,  together  with 
repeated  study  of  the  Vienna  Code,  led  to  a different  conclusion. 

It  appears  that  it  was  Dr.  Grout’s  discovery  that  Homalothecium  is  not 
tenable.  He  therefore  published  Burnettia  in  July,  1903  (Bryologist,  p.  65). 
At  the  time  of  this  publication  this  author  was  not  aware  that  Mr.  Cardot 
had,  in  1899,  four  years  before,  established  two  sections  of  the  genus  Homal- 
othecium; Homalotheciella , and  Euhomalothecium  (Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  Vol.  7, 
p.  374).  And  even  had  he  known  of  Mr.  Cardot’s  section  names,  Dr.  Grout 
was  not  compelled,  by  any  rule  in  the  Code  of  Vienna  at  least,  to  adopt 
Homalotheciella  in  place  of  Homalothecium.  This  of  course  is  indicated 
only  in  Recommendations  XXI3£,  p.  47,  of  that  Code.  It  must  therefore  be 
admitted  that  he  was  quite  within  his  right  as  author  to  establish  Burnettia . 
And,  according  to  the  Vienna  Code  it  seems  that,  other  things  being  equals 
Burnettia  would  stand  even  against  Mr.  Cardot’s  contention  on  behalf  of  his 
own  first  section  name  superceding  Homalothecium , in  The  Bryologist, 
March,  1904.  In  corroboration  of  this,  note  the  first  example  under  Art.  49,  p. 
48,  where  the  section  Campanopsis  R.  Br.  (1810)  of  the  genus  Campanula 
was  in  1814  first  raised  to  generic  rank  by  Schrader,  who  called  the 
genus  thus  split  off  Wahlenbergia;  it  helped  Mr.  Otto  Kuntz  not  a bit  to 
resuscitate  Robert  Brown’s  Campanopsis.  This  author  had  used  Cainpan- 
opsis  surely  not  as  a generic  name.  Thus  Schrader’s  is  the  first  generic 
name  really  published,  and  so  stands , although  published  four  years  later 
than  “Campanopsis.” 

Here,  however,  the  parallelism  ends.  For,  correspondence  has  un- 
earthed the  fact  that  Burnettia  Grout  is  antedated  by  over  fifty  years  by 
Burnettia  Lindb.,  for  a genus  of  Orchids,  and  “ has  been  in  continuous  use 
ever  since.”  The  next  earliest  tenable  name  published  for  Homalothecium 
as  a genus  name  is,  therefore,  Homalotheciella  Cardot,  1904;  this  is 
because  Burnettia  1903  was  preoccupied,  not  because  Mr.  Cardot’s  ..argu- 
ment was  right. 

Curiously,  in  this  little  quadrangular  affair,  every  one  involved  appears 
to  have  been  partly  wrong.  At  least  the  writer  cheerfully  confesses  himself 
to  have  been  in  error  as  herein  stated.  Winona,  Minn. 


— 8— 


Radula  tenax  Lindb.  Fig.  i,  plant,  antical  view,  X 80;  Fig.  2,  plant,  pos- 
tical  view,  X 80;  Fig.  3,  single  leaf,  X 80.  Fig.  4,  cells  from  middle  of 
leaf,  X 480. 

These  figures  were  drawn  from  specimens  collected  by  the  writer  at 
Waterville,  New  Hampshire  (No.  228). 


— 9 — 


NOTES  ON  RADULA  TENAX  LINDB. 

Annie  Lorenz. 

As  the  species  under  consideration  has  not  heretofore  been  figured,  some 
drawings  and  notes.on  the  subject  may  be  of  interest. 

The  writer  has  found  R.  tenax  at  two  stations  at  Water-ville,  New 
Hampshire:  in  both  cases  it  was  upon  grantite  and  at  an  altitude  of  1800  ft. 
At  the  Cascades,  the  plants  grew  on  the  southern  and  western  faces  of  the 
rocks,  while  at  Greeley  Pond  they  had  chiefly  a northern  exposure. 

Radula  tenax  prefers  the  vertical  faces  of  the  rocks,  and  a moist  atmos- 
phere, but  not  wet  rocks.  All  the  descriptions  consulted  give  its  habitat  as 
old  logs,  but  all  the  Waterville  specimens  were  on  rocks.  It  has  the  general 
appearance  of  Lej eunea  cavifo lia  (Ehrh.)  Lindb.  and  is  bronze  green  in  color. 
Leaves  with  minute  trigones.  The  perianth  is  unknown.  Its  New  England 
distribution,  as  hitherto  reported,  is — N.  H.,  Mass.,  Conn. 

The  following  description  is  taken  from  Underwood,  Descriptive  Cata- 
logue of  N.  Am.  Hepaticae  north  of  Mexico.  Bull,  of  111.  State  Lab.  of  Nat. 
Hist.  Vol.  II.  Art.  1 (1883). 

• Radula  tenax  Lindb.  Hep.  Hibern,  p,  492.  1875. 

“Dioecious:  stems  brownish -green,  rigid,  tenacious;  leaves  remote, 
scarcely  decurrent,  obliquely  elliptic-ovate,  opaque,  the  cells  rounded  and 
strongly  chlorophylliferous,  the  posterior  lobe  rotund-ovate,  scarcely  half  the 
breadth  of  the  stem,  the  interior  margin  free,  rotund,  equal  to  the  width  of 
the  stem  or  more,  the  apex  plane  or  scarcely  incurved:  male  spike  borne  on 
the  side  of  the  stem  below  the  carina  of  the  leaf,  long-linear,  somewhat 
obtuse. 

On  rotten  trunks,  Md.  N.  C.  Catskills,  mostly  in  mountain  regions. 

Exsic.  Musci  All.  No.  261.  Hep.  Bor.  Am.  No.  87.” 

Hartford,  Conn. 

BOOK  REVIEW. 

Mosses  and  Lichens.  By  Nina  L.  Marshall,  profusely  illustrated  in  color, 

half-tones  and  line.  8vo.  New  York.  Doubleday,  Page  & Co.  $4.00. 

The  introductory  chapters  are  well  written  and  are  interesting  and  gen- 
erally accurate. 

, The  drawings  are  many  of  them  decidedly  poor  and  some  have  a famil- 
iar look,  though  there  are  no  acknowledgments. 

I will  defy  anybody  however  familiar  with  the  mosses  to  put  the  right 
labels  on  the  greater  proportion  of  the  colored  plates  and  other  photographs 
without  seeing  them  previously  labeled.  Even  the  author  has  labeled  as 
Climacium  dendroides  one  of  the  colored  figures  which  is  not  that  species  and 
is  probably  meant  for  Leucobryum  to  judge  from  the  quotation  below  it.  On 
page  55  the  explanation  of  the  action  of  the  peristome  of  Poly  trichum  is 
decidedly  original  as  I recall  no  such  facts  in  literature  or  elsewhere. 

The  arrangement  of  genera  and  species  in  the  mosses  is  unlike  that  in 
any  other  work  and  has  the  merit  of  originality.  I hope  some  day  to  have 
the  plan  explained  to  me. 


IO — 


Tetrodonlium , one  of  the  very  rarest  and  least  collected  of  our  genera 
is  described,  but  Leucodon  and  TJielia,  two  very  common  and  easily  recog- 
nized genera  are  omitted,  as  are  also  P hilonotis  and  Horn  alia.  Under 
P lagiothecium.  P.  Muellerianum  alone  is  mentioned  although  a rare  and 
difficult  species,  while  the  omnipresent  P.  denticulatum  will  be  collected  by 
almost  every  student  on  his  first  serious  collecting  trip. 

The  colored  plates  of  mosses,  lichens  and  hepatics  are  scattered  through- 
out the  work  with  apparently  little  reference  to  the  accompanying  text,  a 
most  inconvenient  arrangement  for  students;  possibly  it  was  not  planned  for 
such. 

Some  of  the  common  names  given  are  interesting  as  well  as  original  and 
the  author  evidently  has  not  exhausted  her  talent  for  she  is  able  to  catt 
Funaria  hygrometrica  “ The  Golden  Cordmoss”  and  the  “ Watermeasuring 
Cordmoss.”  FTypnum  uncinatum  becomes  the  “ Hooked  Boat  hooked  Moss,” 
H.  splendens  the  “Glittering  Feather  Moss  ” and  H.  triquetrum , the  “ Tri- 
angular Woodreveler.” 

A figure  of  the  seta  and  capsule  of  Mnium  hornuin  with  calyptra 
clasped  around  the  upper  part  of  seta  is  described  as  a seta  bearing  a bract. 

Our  readers  are  advised  to  spend  an  hour  or  two  studying  this  book  as 
many  other  points  of  interest  will  doubtless  be  discovered. 

It  is  greatly  to  be  regretted  that  popular  scientific  books  should  be  so 
often  written  by  people  who  do  not  have  a first-hand  knowledge  of  the  sub- 
ject, and  that  publishers  with  the  resources  of  Doubleday,  Page  & Co.  should 
issue  such  an  inferior  book  when  a first  class  book  of  this  nature  would  have , 
been  so  helpful  to  the  people  whom  the  Bryologist  and  its  editors  are  striv- 
ing to  interest  in  the  study  of  these  plants.  A.  J.  Grout, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

SULLIVAN  F MOSS  CHAPTER  ANNUAL  REPORTS. 

Report  of  the  President. 

To  the  Members  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter: 

The  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  now  stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  second 
decade  in  its  life.  The  membership  is  nearly  seven  times  that  of  the  first 
year;  the  field  of  work,  from  a correspondence  study  of  common  mosses,  has 
broadened  to  include  material  in  any  way  connected  with  the  bryophytes  or 
lichens  of  North  America;  the  Bryologist  has  quadrupled  in  the  number  of 
pages,  and  advanced  from  a quarterly  department  in  the  Fern  Bulletin  to  an 
independent  bimonthly.  Perhaps  the  Chapter  was  founded  at  the  psycho- 
logical moment,  doubtless  the  great  increase  of  popular  interest  in  nature 
has  been  a favoring  factor,  but  be  that  as  it  may,  the  success  of  the  Chapter 
has  been  due  to  the  energy  and  self-sacrifice  of  the  early  members. 

Regarding  the  future,  two  things  are  to  be  urged  upon  the  members. 
First,  a more  intensive  study  of  geographical  distribution,  in  which  each 
member  can  help  by  the  careful  investigation  of  any  locality.  Secondly,  an 
increase  of  the  interest  in  the  Exchange  Department,  The  past  year  has 
seen  the  beginning  of  the  distribution  of  specimens  from  foreign  localities. 


I — 


To  continue  this  it  is  necessary  to  offer  more  frequently  those  species  that  are 
peculiar  to  this  continent,  especially  those  of  limited  range.  It  is  hoped  that 
a general  effort  can  be  made  to  stimulate  this  department  into  full  activity. 

The  opening  of  the  new  year  brings  to  a close  my  tenure  of  office  as 
President  of  the  Chapter.  At  this  time  I wish  to  assure  all  members  of  my 
sincere  appreciation  of  the  help  that  they  have  given  me  during  the  three 
years  just  past.  Without  their  ready  cooperation,  which  was  always  forth- 
coming, the  prosecution  of  the  chapter  work  would  have  been  impossible. 
Most  of  all  do  I acknowledge  the  kindness  of  those  who  have  so  patiently 
borne  with  me  during  the  delays  in  the  determination  of  mosses;  the 
demands  of  school  work  have,  I fear,  too  often  crowded  out  other  things. 
To  the  Chapter  and  to  all  its  members  I extend  hearty  greetings  for  the  new 
year.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain, 

Retiring  President. 


Report  of  the  Secretary. 

During  the  past  year,  the  Chapter  has  added  twenty-five  new  members 
to  its  roll,  many  of  whom  live  in  other  countries  than  the  United  States. 
The  Chapter  has  lost  thirteen  by  withdrawal  and  five  by  death,  therefore 
begins  the  year  1908  with  one  hundred  and  seventy-two  members. 

The  herbarium  has  been  increased  by  a number  of  foreign  contributions. 
Mr.  Nicholson  has  sent  a packet  of  British  mosses,  Mons.  Renauld  a packet 
of  European  mosses,  and  Mr.  Okamura  a fine  lot  of  Japanese  mosses.  Very 
few  of  these  last  are  of  species  found  in  North  America. 

An  effort  has  been  made  to  insure  the  herbarium  but  the  insurance  com- 
panies are  unwilling  to  do  so  until  the  herbarium  is  better  housed  and  pro- 
vided for. 

Through  one  of  our  French  colleagues,  all  the  Philonotisin  our  collection 
will  soon  be  correctly  determined. 

A great  many  of  the  contributions  from  North  America  are  duplicates 
of  what  is  already  in  the  herbarium.  These  should  by  some  means  be  avail- 
able to  Chapter  Members  for  increasing  their  collections. 

The  thanks  of  the  Chapter  are  due  Mr.  Chamberlain  for  his  efforts  in 
■conducting  exchanges  with  foreign  members. 

The  herbarium  is  again  the  richer  this  year  by  contributions  from  many 
of  our  American  members;  Messrs  Chamberlain,  Foster,  Dupret,  Bonser, 
Brenckle,  Holzinger,  Haydock,  Nichols,  Mrs.  Smith,  and  many  others  who 
have  listed  exchanges  in  the  Bryologist.  The  secretary  wishes  to  thank 
the  others  officers  for  their  help  and  suggestions. 

Seattle,  Wash.  John  W.  Bailey. 

The  Report  of  the  Lichen  Department  by  Mr.  G.  K.  Merrill,  is  promised 
for  the  March  number. 


— 12 — 


REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER. 

The  following  statement  for  the  year  beginning  December  i,  1906,  and 
ending  December  1,  1907,  is  respectfully  submitted: 

RECEIPTS, 

By  cash  on  hand  December  1,  1906 $ 47.80 

By  dues  from  members ....  192.50 

$240.30 

DISBURSEMENTS. 

To  The  Bryologist $157.50 

To  Expressage  (A.  A.  A.  S.  Meeting) 75 

To  E.  B.  Chamberlain,  Printing,  Postage,  etc 3.25 

To  Treasurer,  Postage,  Stationary,  etc 5.00 

• $166.50 

To  cash  on  hand  December  1,  1907 73-8o 

$240.30 

Annie  Morrill  Smith,  Treasurer. 


REPORT  OF  THE  HEPATIC  DEPARTMENT. 

Interest  continues.  The  Herbarium  numbers  one  thousand  and  sixty- 
seven  specimens;  of  these  two  hundred  and  ninety-eight  were  turned  in  this 
year.  The  whole  collection  represents  eighty-three  genera  and  three  hun- 
dred and  ten  species.  There  remain  perhaps  one  hundred  not  ready  to  be 
placed  in  the  Herbarium  until  next  year.  There  are  many  duplicates  and  I 
have  been  distributing  four  hundred  of  these  recently  with  duplicates  of  my 
collecting. 

The  following  States,  etc.,  are  more  or  less  represented:  Canada,  Con- 

necticut, District  of  Columbia,  Florida,  Georgia,  Maryland,  Maine,  New  Jer- 
sey, New  York,  New  Hampshire,  North  Carolina,  Nova  Scotia,  Pennsylvania, 
Rhode  Island  and  West  Virginia.  We  have  but  a few  specimens  from  Iowa, 
Massachusetts,  Minnesota  and  Mississippi.  Will  members  from  these  and 
unrepresented  States  send  in  specimens  during  the  coming  year? 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes, 

Highlands,  New  Jersey. 


REPORT  OF  JUDGE  OF  ELECTION. 


The  following  report  of  the  elections  of  officers  of  the  Sullivant  Moss 
Chapter  for  the  year  1908  is  respectfully  submitted: 


Whole  number  of  votes  cast 11 

For  President,  Dr.  T.  C.  Frye  11 

For  Vice-President,  Miss  C.  C.  Haynes 11 

For  Secretary,  Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson 11 

For  Treasurer,  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 11 


Lydia  Prichett  Borden, 

Judge  of  Elections. 


LIST  OF  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER  MEMBERS. 

Star  * indicates  Charter  Members. 

Adams,  Miss.  Carrie  E . . . R.  F.  D.  1,  Hinsdale,  N.  H. 

Adams,  Mr.  F.  M Box  515,  Sharon,  Mass- 

Ames,  Mr.  Oakes.  North  Easton,  Mass. 

Anderson,  Mr.  John  A High  School,  Dubuque,  Iowa. 

Annand,  Mr.  George  P 39  Brown  street,  Waltham,  Mass. 


Bade,  Dr.  William  Frederic 

Bailey,  Dr.  John  W 

Baker,  Prof.  C.  F 

*Barbour,  Mr.  Wm.  C 

Barnes,  Prof.  Charles  R. . . 


. . .2616  College  Avenue,  Berkeley,  California. 

4541  Fourteenth  Avenue,  Seattle,  Wash. 

..  Museu  Goeldi,  Para,  Brazil,  South  America. 

Sayre,  Pa. 

Dept.  Botany,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111. 

Beckett,  Mr.  T.  W.  Naylor  . Fendalton,  Christ  Church,  New  Zealand, 

Best,  Dr.  George  N Rosemont,  New  Jersey. 

Bethel,  Mr.  E. 270  S.  Marion  street,  Denver,  Colorado. 

Bonser,  Prof.  Thomas  A E.  12  Nora  Avenue,  Spokane,  Wash. 

Borden,  Miss  Lydia  Prichett Manoa,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa. 

Brenckle,  Dr.  J.  F Kulm,  North  Dakota. 

Brigham,  Miss  Julia  P ...138  Pleasant  street,  Marlborough,  Mass. 

*Britton,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  G.  . . N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden,  Bronx  Park,  N.  Y.  City. 

Brotherus,  Dr.  V.  F Helsingfors,  Finland,  Sweden. 

Browne,  Mrs.  A.  F . . .Sandy  Cove,  Digby  Co.,  Nova  Scotia. 

Bruce,  Mr.  C.  Stanley Shelburne,  Nova  Scotia. 

Bryant,  Miss  Elizabeth  B . . .32  Reedsdale  street,  Allston,  Mass. 

Burnham,  Mr.  Stewart  H . . Geological  Hall,  State  Bot.  Office,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

Calkins,  Mr.  W.  W Berwyn,  Illinois.- 

Cardot,  M.  Jules Square  du  Petit  Bois,  Charleville,  Ardennes,  France. 

Carr,  Miss  C.  M.,  R.  F.  D.  3 South  Framingham,  Mass. 

^Carter,  Mrs.  H.  R 37  Church  street,  Laconia,  N.  H. 

^Chamberlain,  Mr.  Edward  B 38  West  59th  street,  New  York  City. 

*Chapin,  Mrs.  Louis  N Brooklyn,  New  York. 

Chase,  Mrs.  Agnes n6  Florida  Avenue,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Chase,  Mr.  Virginius  H Wady  Petra,  Stark  Co.,  Illinois. 

Chatterton,  Mr.  F.  W 227  Townsend  Ave.,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Cheever,  Dr.  Clarence  A.  . . . . ...  1531  Blue  Hill  Avenue,  Mattapan,  Mass. 


—14— 


Choate,  Miss  Alice  D 523  Pendleton  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Clapp,  Mrs.  J.  B 52  Hartford  street,  Dorchester,  Mass. 

Clark,  Mr.  H.  S 16  Lynden  Place,  Hartford,  Conn. 

Clarke,  Miss  Cora  H 91  Mt.  Vernon  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

^Collins,  Prof.  J.  Franklin 468  Hope  street,  Providence,  R.  I. 

Copeland,  Mr.  W.  F Ohio  University,  Athens,  Ohio. 

Craig,  F.  R.  M.  S.,  Mr.  T 1013  Sherbrooke  street,  Montreal,  Canada. 

*Crockett,  Miss  Alice  L Camden,  Maine. 

Croswell,  Miss  Emily  L 20  St.  James  Avenue,  Boston,  Mass. 

Curtis,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  B Box  47,  Hendersonville,  N.  C. 

Cushman,  MissH.  Mary 300  N.  Fifth  street,  Reading,  Pa. 

*Dacy,  Miss  Alice  E 28  Ward  street,  South  Boston,  Mass. 

Dautun,  Mr.  Henry 139  Franklin  street,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

Day,  Prof.  Alfred  Ely Syrian  Protestant  College,  Beirut,  Syria. 

*Demetrio,  Rev.  Charles  H Emma,  Lafayette  Co.,  Mo. 

Dixon,  Mr,  H.  N 23  East  Park  Parade,  Northampton,  England. 

Dunham,  Mrs.  H.  C 53  Maple  street,  Auburndale,  Mass. 

Dupret,  Rev.  H Seminary  of  Philosophy,  Montreal,  Canada. 

Eby,  Mrs.  Amelia  F 141  North  Duke  street,  Lancaster,  Pa. 

Eckfeldt,  Mr.  John  W.  245  North  65th  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Evans,  Dr.  Alexander  W 67  Mansfield  street,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Fink,  Prof.  Bruce  . ...  .Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio. 

Fitzpatrick,  Prof.  T.  J Box  434,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Fleischer.  Max Potsdamerstrasse,  105 A,  Berlin,  Germany. 

Fletcher,  Mr.  S.  W Pepperell,  Mass. 

Flett,  Mr.  J.  B 231  North  Tacoma  Ave.,  Tacoma,  Wash. 

Foster,  Mr.  A.  S Summit,  Wash. 

Frye,  Prof.  T.  C University  Station,  Seattle,  Wash- 

Gerritson,  Mr.  Walter  . . 66  Robbins  street,  Waltham,  Mass. 

Gilman,  Mr.  Charles  W Palisades,  Rockland  Co.,  New  York. 

Gilson,  Miss  Helen  S 50  Williams  street,  Rutland,  Vermont. 

Graves,  Mr.  James  A Lock  Box  126.,  Susquehanna,  Pa. 

Gray,  Mr.  R.  S .....201  Bacon  Block,  Oakland,  California. 

Green,  Prof.  H.  A Tryon,  North  Carolina. 

^Greenalch,  Mr.  Wallace  14  Manning  Boulevard,  North,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

Greever,  Mr.  C.  0 1345  East  9th  street,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

*Grout,  Dr.  A.  J 360  Lenox  Road,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Groves,  Mrs.  Clara  A Thorsby  Institute,  Thorsby,  Alabama. 

Hadley,  Mrs.  Sarah  B R.  F.  D.  1,  South  Canterbury,  Conn. 

Harris,  Mrs.  Carolyn  W 221  Forest  Avenue,  Lakewood,  N.  J. 

Hasse,  Dr.  H.  E. .« Box  265,  Sawtelle,  California. 

Haughwout,  Miss  Mary  R Atlantic  Highlands,  N.  J. 

Haydock,  Mr.  William  E 1328  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Haynes,  Miss  Caroline  C.  .16  E.  36th  street,  N.  Y.  City,  and  Highlands,  N.  J. 

Henschen,  Mr.  G. 269  Herr  street,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Hagen,  Dr.  I Natural  History  Museum,  Trondhjem,  Norway. 


-15- 


Hill,  Mr.  Albert  J New  Westminster,  British  Columbia. 

Hill,  Mr.  E.  J 7100  Eggleston  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 

Holt,  Prof.  William  P ..1004  Jefferson  Ave.,  Toledo,  Ohio. 

*Holzinger,  Prof.  John  M Winona,  Minnesota. 

Horr,  Mrs.  Ella  L.... 12  State  street,  Worcester,  Mass. 

Howe,  Dr.  Marshall  A .New  York  Botanical  Garden,  Bronx  Park,  N.  Y.  City. 
Howe,  Jr.,  Mr.  R.  H...Thoreau  Museum,  Middlesex  School,  Concord,  Mass. 

^Huntington,  Mr.  J.  Warren Amesbury,  Mass. 

Jackson,  Mr.  A.  Bruce Mapledene,  Buks,  England, 

^Jackson,  Mr.  Joseph 15  Woodland  street,  Worcester,  Mass. 

Jenks,  Miss  Anna ..Sec.  Bot.  Club,  Southern  Pines,  N.  C. 

Jennings,  Mr.  Otto  E.  Asst.  Curator  of  Bot.,  Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburg, Pa. 

Joline,  Mrs.  A.  H 1 W.  72nd  street,  New  York  City. 

Jones,  Mr.  William  Lock  Box  120,  Lewistown,  111. 

Kawasaki,  Mr.  Mitsujiro  ..Nishimachi,  Yokkaichi,  Ise,  Japan.. 

Kendall,  Miss  Alice  C. Birds  Oak,  Auburndale,  Mass. 

Kennedy,  Mr.  George  G Readville,  Mass. 

Kono,  Mr.  Gakuichi.. 4th  Buddhist  Middle  School,  Hiroshima,  Japan. 

Koyama,  Mr.  Genji  Higashisa  Kuramachi,  Kioto,  Japan. 

Krout,  Prof.  A.  F.  K Glenolden,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa. 

Lachenaud,  M.  Georges Nexon,  Haute-Vienne,  France. 

Lamprey.  Mrs,.  E.  S 2 Guild  street,  Concord,  N.  H. 

Leavitt,  Mrs.  Byron  C ......  Millbrook.  Mass. 

Lett,  Rev. Canon  H.  W.  Aghaderg  Glebe,  Loughbrickland,Co.  Down,  Ireland. 

*Lippincott,  Charles  D SwTedesboro,  N.  J. 

Lorenz,  Miss  Annie 96  Garden  street,  Hartford,  Conn. 

*Lowe,  Mrs.  Josephine  D Noroton,  Fairfield,  Co.,  Conn. 

Macoun,  Prof.  John Geological  Survey,  Sussex  street,  Ottawa,  Canada. 

MacKay,  Dr.  A H Education  Office,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia. 

McConnell,  Mrs.  S.  D Easton,  Maryland. 

•^McDonald,  Mr.  Frank  E 417  California  Ave.,  Peoria,  111. 

Marshall,  Miss  M.  Alice Box  57,  Still  River,  Mass. 

Martens,  Jr.,  Mr.  J.  W Shrub  Oak,  Westchester  Co.,  N.  Y. 

*Maxon,  Mr.  W.  R. . . ...U.  S.  Nat.  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Merrill,  Mr.  G.  K 564  Main  street,  Rockland,  Maine. 

Metcalf,  Mrs.  Rest  E Hinsdale,  N.  H. 

Miller,  Miss  Mary  F ....  1109  M street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

*Mirick,  Miss  Nellie  28  East  Walnut  street,  Oneida,  N.  Y. 

Moir,  Mr.  William 48  Spring  Park  Avenue,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.. 

Monkemeyer, Wilhelm.  Inspector  Royal  Botanical  Gardens,  Leipzig, Germany. 

Morgan,  Mr.  Ernest  ! 314  Main  street,  Worcester,  Mass. 

Naylor,  Mr.  J.  P Greencastle,  Indiana. 

Nelson,  Mr.  N.  L.  T 3964  Laclede  Ave.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Newman,  Rev.  S.  M 1818  M street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Nichols,  Mr.  George  E Box  569,  Yale  Station,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Nicholson,  Mr.  Wm.  Edward Lewes,  Sussex,  England. 


— 16 — 


-O'Connor,  Mrs.  J.  T Garden  City,  N.  Y. 

Okamura,  Prof.  Shutai  ..ist  Middle  School,  Kochi- Ken,  K6chi,  Japan. 

Oleson,  Mr.  O.  M Fort  Dodge,  Iowa. 

Palmer,  Mrs.  Rebecca  L ..81  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Pendleton,  Mr.  George  M....P.  O.  Box  163,  Sisson,  Siskiyou  Co.,  California. 

*Perrine,  Miss  Lura  L .609  Normal  Ave.,  Valley  City,  North  Dakota. 

Plitt,  Mr.  Charles  C 1706  Hanover  street,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 

Pollard,  Mr.  Charles  Louis Jackson  Park,  New  Brighton,  N.  Y.  City. 

Puffer,  Mrs.  James  J , Box  36,  Sudbury,  Mass.  . 

Rapp,  Mr.  Severin Sanford,  Orange  Co.,  Florida. 

Rau,  Mr.  Eugene  A Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Read,  Mrs.  R.  M 399  High  street,  West  Medford,  Mass. 

Renauld,  Mons.  T 3 Rue  Miron,  Nice,  France. 

Reynolds,  Mr.  L.  Russell. Box  1293,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Robinson,  Mr.  C.  B. . . . Bureau  of  Science,  Manila,  P.  I. 

Rohrabacker,  Mrs.  L.  E.  C...“  Wellington  Court,”  cor.  12th  Ave., 

and  Olin  street,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Rondthaler,  Miss  E.  W Moravian  Seminary,  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Sanborn,  Supt.  H.  C 11  Winthrop  street,  Danvers,  Mass. 

Schumacher,  Miss  Rosalie  Millington,  N.  J. 

Seely,  Mrs.  John  A 62  Washington  street,  Ogdensburg,  N.  Y. 

Sheldon,  Dr.  John  L West  Virginia  University,  Morgantown,  W.  Va. 

Sherman,  Dr.  Lewis 448  Jackson  street,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Sherwood,  Mr.  Wm.  L 36  Washington  Place,  N.  Y.  City. 

Shreve,  Mr.  Forrest Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 

*Smith,  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill 78  Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Smith,  Mrs.  Charles  C 286  Marlborough  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Stevens,  Mrs.  O.  H ...  32  Pleasant  street,  Marlboro,  Mass. 

Stockberger,  Prof.  W.  W Bureau  Plant  Industry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Streeter,  Mrs.  Hannah .504  North  Marshall  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Streeter,  Mrs.  Milford  B 113  Hooper  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Sweetzer,  Prof.  Albert  R University  of  Oregon,  Eugene,  Oregon. 

Taylor,  Mrs.  Augustus  P Thomasville,  Georgia. 

Theriot,  Mons.  I . . . 1 Rue  Dicquemare,  Havre,  France. 

^Thompson,  Miss  Esthfer  H Box  407,  Litchfield,  Conn. 

Towle,  Miss  Phebe  M. . . 19  Orchard  Terrace,  Burlington,  Vermont. 

Vander  Eike,  Mr.  Paul. ..... .Principal  of  Schools,  Marine  Mills,  Minnesota. 

Waddell,  Rev.  C.  H. .The  Vicarage,  Saintfield,  Co.  Down,  Ireland. 

* Warner,  Miss  Edith  A 78  Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Watts,  Rev.  W.  Walter. 23  Yorkstreet,  Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  Australia. 

Webster,  Mr.  Hollis 16  Prentiss  street,  North  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Wheeler,  Miss  Jane. 248  Lark  street,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

Wheeler,  Miss  Harriet  Chatham,  Columbia  Co.,  N.  Y. 

Williams,  Mrs.  Mary  E “The  Preston,”  Wernersville,  Pa. 

Williams,  Mr.  R.  S New  York  Botanical  Garden,  Bronx  Park,  N.  Y.  City. 

Winslow,  Mr.  E.  J 523^  West  4th  street,  Elmira,  N.  Y. 

Wright,  Mr.  Wilbur  H 6338  Ellis  Ave. , Chicago,  111. 

Young,  Mrs.  H.  E ..., Atlin,  British  Columbia. 


—17- 


DECEASED  MEMBERS 

Daring  the  year  1907:  Prof.  E.  E.  Bogue,  Agricultural  P.  O.,  Michigan; 

Mrs.  L.  M.  Coomes,  Queens,  N.  Y.  ; Prof.  Clara  E.  Cummings,  Wellesley, 
Mass.;  Mr.  B.  D.  Gilbert,  Clayville,  N.  Y.  ; Mrs.  Mary  L.  Stevens,  Brookline, 
Mass. 

1899-1906:  Mrs.  E.  C.  Anthony,  Gouveneur,  N.  Y. ; Miss  H.  B.  Bailey, 

New  York  City;  Miss  Edith  Barnes,  Northboro,  Mass.;  Mrs.  Sarah  L.  Clarke, 
New  York  City;  Mrs.  H.  T.  Gregory,  Southern  Pines,  N.  C.:  Rev.  George 
D.  Hulst,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. ; Henri  de  Poli,  Paris,  France;  Mr.  A.  G.  Weth- 
erby,  Magnetic  City,  N.  C.  ; Mr.  Thomas  A.  Williams,  Tacoma  Park,  D.  C. 
Total. loss  by  death  fourteen. 

OFFERINGS. 

(To  Chapter  Members  only.  For  postage.) 

Mr.  A.  S.  Foster,  Summit,  Wash.  Alsia  Californica  Sulliv.:  Ramalina 
reticulata  (Ach.)  Nyl.  ; Alectoria  ochroleuca\ Ehrh.)  Nyl.  Collected 
Mt.  Hood,  Oregon. 

Postage  two  cents  for  each  pair,  four  cents  for  all. 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  street,  New  York  City.  Macrom- 
itriiim  incurvum  Paris,  c.fr.  ' Collected  in  Tosa,  Japan,  by  Prof.  Oka- 
mura. , 

Miss  Alice  L.  Crockett,  Camden,  Maine.  Fissidens  minutulus  Sulliv., 
Leptobryum  pyriforme  Schimp.,  a peculiar  sterile  form:  Placodium 
vitellinum  (Ehrh.)  Naeg.  & Hupp.  All  collected  in  Camden,  Maine. 
Miss  E.  A.  Warner,  78  Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Hypnum  fertile 
Sendt.  c.fr.  Collected  Mr.  A.  J.  Hill  in  British  Columbia.  Hylo- 
comium  umbratum  B.  & S.  st.  Collected  by  Mrs.  Britton  in  the  Adiron- 
dacks.  Au  lac  omnium  androgynum  Schwaegr.  c.fr.  Collected  Prof. 
C.  F.  Baker,  near  Stanford  University,  Cal.  Trichocolea  tomentella 
Dumort.  Collected  by  Mrs.  Smith  in  the  Adirondacks. 


BOOKS  AND  EXSICCATI  FROM  PROF.  CUMMINGS’  ESTATE 


FOR  SALE. 

t.  Lehrbuch  der  Botanik  fur  Hochschulen.  By  Strasburger,  Noll, 

Schenck,  Schimper.  Jena,  1895  $ 2 00 

2.  Handbuch  der  Systematischen  Botanik.  Dr.  Chas.  Luerssen.  1879  3 00 

3.  Flora  Cestrica.  An  Herborizing  Companion  for  the  Young  Botanists 

of  Chester  County,  Pa.  Wm.  Darlington.  1853 3 00 

4.  Introduction  to  Elementary  Practical  Biology.  Chas.  W.  Dodge. 

Harper  Bros.  1894  1 00 

5.  A Laboratory  Manual  of  High  School  Botany.  Frederick  E.  Clem- 

ents. The  University  Publishing  Co.  1900  50 


6.  Handbook  of  Practical  Botany.  Dr.  E Strasburger.  The  McMil- 

lan Co.  New  York.  1900 

7.  Bergen’s  Foundations  of  Botany.  J.  F,  Bergen,  Ginn  & Co.  1901. 


1 50 
50 


— 18— 


8.  A General  History  of  Rome.  Chas.  Merivale,  D.D.  Harper  Bros. 

1876  1 00 

9.  A Handbook  of  Cryptogamic  Botany.  Alfred  W.  Bennett.  Long- 

mans, Green  & Co.  1889 2 00 

10.  Latin  English  Dictionary.  Rev.  P.  Bullions.  Sheldon  & Co.  New 

York.  1875 2 00 

11.  German  Grammar.  Wm.  D.  Whitney.  Henry  Holt  & Co.  New 

York  75 

12.  German  Reader.  Wm.  D.  Whitney 75 

13.  Dictionary  of  the  German  and  English  Languages.  B.  J.  Adler. 

D.  Appleton  & Co.  1874 ....  2 00 

14.  An  Introduction  to  Structural  Botany..  B.  Duckenfield  & Henry 

Scott.  Adams  & Chas.  Black.  London.  1896 1 50 

15.  Elementary  Introduction  in  Practical  Botany.  T.  H.  Huxley.  Mc- 

Millan & Co.  1879 . . 125 

16.  A University  Text  Book  of  Botany.  D.  L.  Campbell.  The  McMil- 

lan Co.  1902  3 00 

17.  A Text  Book  of  Plant  Physiology.  Geo.  J.  Pierce.  Henry  Holt 

& Co.  New  York.  1903.. 1 50' 

18.  Outlines  of  Classification  and  Special  Morphology  of  Plants.  D.  K. 

Goebel.  Clarendon  Press.  Oxford.  1887 3 00 

19.  Gray’s  Botanical  Text  Book.  Vol.  2.  Geo.  L.  Goodale.  New 

York  and  Chicago.  1885  1 00 

20.  Dust  and  Its  Dangers.  T.  Mitchell  Prudden.  New  York.  190 1...  50 

21.  A Fern  Book  for  Everybody.  M.  C.  Cooke.  London  and  New 

York  50 

22.  Introduction  to  Structural  and  Systematic  Botany.  Asa  Gray. 

New  York  and  Chicago.  I.  B.  Taylor  & Co.  1876 1 00 

23.  Botany  for  High  Schools  and  Colleges.  Chas.  E.  Bessey.  Henry 

Holt  & Co.  New  York.  188  r 1 25 

24.  Recreations  in  Botany.  Caroline  A.  Creevey.  Harper  & Bros. 

New  York.  1893 75 

25.  The  British  Moss  Flora.  R.  Braithwaite,  M.D.  Vol.  1.  London, 

1887  9 00 

26.  The  Sphagnaceae  or  Peat  Mosses  of  Europe  and  North  America. 

R.  Braithwaite,  M.D.  London.  1880  3 00 

27.  A Handbook  of  Cryptogamic  Botany.  Alfred  W.  Bennett.  Long- 

mans, Green  & Co 2 00 

28.  Studies  of  Plant  Life.  Pepoon,  Mitchell  & Maxwell.  Boston.  1900.  25 

29.  Field  Book  of  American  Wild  Flowers.  F.  S.  Mathews.  1902....  1 00 

30.  A Laboratory  Manual  of  Botany.  G.  W.  Caldwell.  1902  . 40 

31.  A Text  Book  of  College  Botany.  G.  F.  Atkinson.  New  York.  1905.  1 50 

32.  Drinking  Water  and  Ice  Supplies.  T.  M.  Prudden.  New  York. 

1899...! 25 

33.  Outlines  of  Botany.  R.  G.  Leavitt.  Am.  Book  Co 50 

34.  Research  Methods  in  Ecology.  F.  E.  Clements.  Lincoln,  Neb. 

1905 2 00 


35.  Gray’s  Lessons  in  Botany.  1876 25 

36.  Our  Secret  Friends  and  Foes.  P.  F.  Frankland.  1897.. 50 

37.  Elementary  Botany.  G.  F.  Atkinson.  Henry  Holt  & Co.  1899..  75 

38.  Practical  Agriculture.  C.  C.  James.  U.  Appleton  & Co.  1900....  40 

39.  Plants.  John  M.  Coulter.  D.  Appleton  & Co.  1900 75 

40.  Outlines  of  Dairy  Bacteriology.  H.  L.  Russell.  Madison,  Wis. 

1899 50 

41.  Introduction  to  Botany.  V.  M.  Spaulding.  D.  C.  Heath  & Co. 

1894 40 

42.  Gray’s  Manual  of  Botany  1890 1 00 

43.  Romance  of  Low  Life  Among  Plants.  M.  C.  Cooke.  Young  & 

Co.  1893 1 00 

44.  1000  American  Fungi.  Chas.  Mcllvane.  1900.  Author’s  Edition. 

Signed  by  the  Author.  No.  332  of  750  copies 5 00 

45.  Practical  Forestry.  John  Gifford.  D.  Appleton  & Co.  1902.  .....  50 

46.  Introduction  to  Botany.  W.  C.  Stevens.  D.  C.  Heath  & Co.  1902...  75 

47.  Elementary  Meteorology.  Frank  Waldo.  Am.  Book  Co.  1896 1 00 

48.  Report  of  the  State  Botanist  of  New  York,  1894 1 00 


There  is  also  offered  for  sale,  two  complete  sets  of  the  late  Prof.  Clara  E. 
Cummings’  exsiccati,  Lichenes  Boreali  Americani.  The  sets  comprise  280 
numbers  and  are  particularly  interesting  from  the  fact  that  for  the  most  part 
they  are  illustrative  of  Tuckerman’s  specific  conceptions.  Originally  pub- 
lished at  $7.50  per  century,  they  are  now  offered  at  $10.00  per  set.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  foregoing,  two  incomplete  sets,  the  numbers  in  each  comprising  1 
to  140,  191  to  210  and  220  to  280,  are  offered  at  a price  of  $6.00  for  each  set. 
The  prices  are  net.  Make  checks  payable  to,  and  address  for  further  parti- 
culars regarding  special  prices  if  entire  lot  be  taken, 

Mr.  Walter  C.  Whitney, 

10  Maple  street.  Newton,  Mass. 


— 20 — 


FOR  SALE. 

Synopsis  of  North  American  Lichens.  E.  Tuckerman.  Boston,  1882. 

Four  copies  of  Part  I.  and  two  of  Part  II.  on  hand  at  present,  all 
same  as  new. 

Synopsis  of  1848.  Same  Author.  2 copies .each.$  4 00 

Lichens  of  Labrador.  E.  Arnold 50 

Lichens  of  Dillenius’s  “ Historia  Muscorum,”  as  Illustrated  by  his  Herb- 
arium. Rev.  J.  M.  Crombie 1 00 

A List  of  Lichens  Collected  by  Mr.  Robert  Reuleaux  in  the  Western 

parts  of  North  America.  Stizenberger 50 

Monograph  of  British  Graphideae.  Rev.  W.  A.  Leighton 2 00 

Monographia  Stereocaulorum  et  Pilophororum.  Th.  M.  Fries 1 75 

Lichenes  Arctoi.  Same  author  1 50 

Graphideae  Feeanae.  Dr.  J.  Arg.  Muller 1 25 

Pyrenocarpeae  Feeanae.  Same  author 1 00 


Correspondence  invited  regarding  Tuckerman’s  publications.  Books  or 
pamphlets  relating  to  Lichens  or  Mosses,  bought,  sold  and  exchanged.  Send 
a list  of  your  desiderata.  G.  K.  Merrill, 

564  Main  street.  Rockland,  Maine. 


FOR  SALE — A named  and  mounted  collection  of  pressed  plants  mostly  from  Lancaster 
County,  Pa.  Many  are  new  to  Pennsylvania.  A few  are  from  other  states.  For  further 
particulars  address  Mrs.  Simon  P.  Eby,  141  North  Duke  Street,  Lancaster,  Pa. 


FOR  SALE — A perfect  copy  of  Sullivant’s  Supplement,  81  Plates,  and  Text.  Bound. 
$6.00,  Carriage  extra.  Address  Prof.  John  M.  Holzinger,  Winona,  Minnesota. 


rnnru  UTnjTJTJT.rmjTJTJTjTJxrinj-ijTjTjTnjTJ^njiJXRnjxi^^ 

VOLUME  XI  NUMBER  2 5 


MARCH  1908 


m 


The  BRY0L0GI5T 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 
ASSOCIATE 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D, 


CONTENTS 

Further  Notes  on  Cfadonias  XIV.  (. Illus .)  Concluded.  Bruce  Fink 

Notes  on  Nomenclature  IX.  ...  Elizabeth  G.  Britton 
A List  of  Mosses  Collected  in  North  Carolina  . A.  J.  Grout 
Nematode  Galls  on  Mosses H.  A.  Dixon 

Helpful  Literature  for  Students  of  N.  A.  Hepaticae 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes 


21 

2k 

25 

31 

32 


Alnus  Oregana  as  Cryptogamic  Host  . . A.  S.  Foster  jj 

Lichens  of  the  Mount  Monadnock  Region  N.  H. 

Reginald  Heber  Howe , Jr.  35 

Obituary — Mr.  T.  W.  Naylor  Beckett  . . ' . . . .38 

Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  Notes 38 

Report  of  the  Lichen  Department  for  1907  G.  K.  Merrill  39 

Offerings,  Etc 39. 


Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2, 1900,  as  second  class  of  mail  ja 
matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879. 


I 


t Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 

OTjTiiJTJLriJTnjTminjuiJTJTJTJTJiJTJTrLrinjT^ 

PRES8  OF  MC  BRIDE  * STERN,  97-99  CLIFF  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

gimmxtltlyr  gxr uvnat 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

FOUR  Vols.  1898-1901-11.50  Six  Vols.  1902-1907— $6.00 


Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1908,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  1908 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington, 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson, 3964  Laclede  Avenue 

St.  Louis , Mo. 

Treasurer — Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Of  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  3964  Laclede  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Of  the  Hepatic  Department  atid  Hepatic  Herbarium: 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  16  East  36th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  III.  Fig.  i.  Cladonia  deformis  X i.  Fig.  2.  Cl.  bellidiflora  X 1. 


2 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


VOL.  XI 


March  1908 


No.  2 


FURTHER  NOTES  ON  CLADONIAS.  XIV. 

Cladonia  digitata,  Cladonia  defer  mis  and  Cladonia  bellidiflora. 

Bruce  Fink. 

In  closing  this  series  of  papers  with  the  present  one,  it  seems  necessary 
to  consider  three  lichens  which  are  somewhat  closely  related,  have  a very 
similar  geographical  distribution,  and  are  quite  closely  related  through 
Cladonia  deformis  to  Cladonia  coccifera,  considered  in  the  last  paper. 
While  the  relation  between  these  two  lichens  is  not  close  enough  to  cause 
any  difficulty  as  a rule,  certain  conditions  may  easily  be  confused,  especially 
when  immature.  L.Scribasays  in  a letter,  “but  C.  deformis  is  covered  by 
mealy  (farinose)  soredia  and  C.  coccinea  pleurota  by  granulose  soredia.” 
Also,  while  the  first  two  lichens  of  the  present  paper  are  usually  distinct 
enough,  the  writer  has  collected  specimens  that  were  very  difficult  to  locate, 
seeming  to  occupy  a medium  place  between  the  two  species.  Cladonia 
bellidiflora  does  not  grow  with  the  other  two  usually,  and  could  scarcely  be 
confused  with  them,  but  it  is  very  frequently  found  growing  with  Cladonia 
coccifera , as  the  writer  found  in  Washington  and  in  Alberta  in  the  summer 
of  1906.  However,  Cladonia  bellidiflora  is  quite  distinct  from  Cladonia 
coccifera , and  would  not  be  confused  with  it  by  one  fairly  well  acquainted 
with  lichens. 

There  are  a number  of  scarlet-fruited  Cladonias  that  might  well  receive 
attention  in  this  series  of  papers,  but  they  are  southern  in  distribution,  for 
most  part,  and  have  not  been  studied  very  closely  by  the  writer,  nor  has 
more  than  one  of  them  been  submitted  to  Dr.  Wainio.  They  are  Cladonia 
leporina,  Cladonia  reticulata  (~C.  Boryi ),  Cladonia  papillaria  and 
Cladonia  Santensis. 

There  has  been  no  attempt  made  in  this  series  of  papers  to  consider  all 
of  the  North  American  Cladonias,  but  the  object  has  been  rather  to  discuss 
those  species  which  the  writer  has  come  in  contact  with  most  by  collecting 
and  through  specimens  for  determination  and  on  which  he  has  the  aid  of  Dr. 
Wainio  very  extensively. 

In  closing  the  series,  the  writer  wishes  once  more  to  express  our  very 
great  indebtedness  to  Dr.  Wainio  for  the  aid  so  freely  given  to  our  study  of 
the  Cladonias,  to  L.  Scriba,  whose  European  specimens  and  determinations' 
have  also  aided  greatly,  to  many  persons  who  have  aided  by  their  collecting, 
to  the  editor  of  The  Bryologist  for  excellent  service,  and  to  those  who  have 
aided  with  photographs. 

Cladonia  digitata  (Auctt.)  Schaer.  Lich.  Helv.  Spic,  22.  1823.  Primary 
thallus  persistent  or  finally  dying,  composed  of  lobed  or  incised,  large  or 
medium  sized  squamules,  which  are  2-15  mm.  long  and  wide;  involute  or 


The  January  BRYOLOGIST  was  issued  January  2,  1908. 


— 22  — 


somewhat  flat ; scattered  or  clustered:  sea-green  or  rarely  olivaceous  above, 
white  below  or  dull  or  yellowish  toward  the  base:  sometimes  sorediate  at  the 
margin  and  below.  Podetia  arising  from  the  surface  of  the  primary  thallus ; 
rather  short  but  well  developed,  10-50  mm.  long;  the  lower  part,  0.5-4  mm. 
in  diameter  and  cylindrical  or  often  incrassate  below  the  cups;  erect  or 
decumbent ; simple  or  repeatedly  proliferous ; the  upper  part  and  especially 
the  cups  sorediate  or  the  cavity  of  the  cups  often  corticate ; the  lower  part  or 
sometimes  the  whole  podetium  covered  with  a continuous  cortex;  without 
squamules  or  more  or  less  squamulose,  whitish  or  yellowish-sea-green.  Cups 
medium  sized,  3-10  .mm,  in  diameter,  2-5  mm.  high;  commonly  abruptly 
dilate,  regular  or  irregular ; the  margin  commonly  somewhat  incurved,  sub- 
entire, dentate,  radiate  or  proliferate:  imperforate.  Apothecia  medium  sized, 
large  or  rarely  small,  0.5-5  mm.  in  diameter:  at  the  apices  of  the  branches  or 
rarely  on  the  margin  of  the  cups;  simple  or  clustered;  convex  or  immargin- 
ate ; scarlet.  Hypothecium  pale.  Hymenium  scarlet  above,  pale  red  below. 
Paraphyses  simple  or  rarely  branched,  somewhat  enlarged  toward  the  apex. 
Asci  cylindrico-clavate. 

On  trunks  and  decaying  wood  in  forests.  Examined  by  the  writer  from 
Minnesota  and  Alberta  (Bruce  Fink),  White  Mountains  (W.  G.  Farlow). 
Newfoundland  (A.  C.  Waghorne).  J.  Macoun’s  catalogue  of  Canadian  plants 
reeords  several  localities  from  British  America.  The  distribution  for  this 
species  and  Clcidonia  deformis  is  about  the  same,  both  American  and  for- 
eign, both  plants  being  confined  to  cold  regions,  but  Cladonia  deformis  is  by 
far  the  more  common  plant,  at  least  in  North  America.  Besides  Cladonia 
digit ata  monstrosa  (Ach.)  Wainio  Mon.  Clad.  Univ.  1 ; 128.  1887,  which  is  the 
common  form  and  which  we  will  consider  the  species,  the  following  variety 
has  been  noted  in  North  America: 

Cladonia  digitata  ceruchoides  Wainio  Mon.  Clad.  Univ.  1.  133. 
Podetia  at  least  in  part  cupless  with  obtuse  or  subulate  apices. 

Dr.  Wainio  records  this  variety  from  Oregon,  collected  by  Dr.  Lyall. 
He  also  records  from  three  localities  in  Europe 

Cladonia  deformis  (L.)  Hoffm.  Deutschl.  FI.  120.  1796.  Primary  thallus 
usually  dying  away,  when  present  composed  of  incised,  crenate  or  lobed, 
medium  sized  squamules,  2-7  mm.  long  and  wide;  ascending  or  depressed, 
flat  or  somewhat  involute  or  convex;  sometimes  lacunose;  scattered  or  clus- 
tered; sea-green  varying  toward  lighter  or  reddish,  or  even  light  red  toward 
the  base;  below  pale  or  brownish  and  sometimes  sorediate.  Podetia  arising 
from  the  surface  of  the  primary  thallus,  25-85  mm.  in  length  and  1-5  mm.  in 
diameter;  subcylindrical  or  rarely  elongate-turbinate,  cup-bearing  or  rarely 
cupless ; erect ; partly  or  entirely  and  uniformly  sorediate,  the  lower  portion 
usually  corticate,  the  cortex  continuous  and  lacunose,  or  rimose;  the  lower 
portion  sometimes  squamulose;  the  corticate  portion  yellow  straw-colored  to 
sea-green,  the  sorediate  part  sulphureous  or  straw-yellow.  Cups  gradually 
or  abruptly  dilated,  imperforate,  medium  sized  or  small,  3-10  mm.  in  diam- 
eter; the  margin  subentire,  dentate  or  often  irregularly  lacerate  or  prolifer- 
ate: the  proliferations  solitary  or  numerous  and  their  apices  minutely 


—23  — 


cup-bearing  or  obtuse;  from  one  to  three  ranks,  the  lower  rank  long,  the  upper 
ranks  and  proliferations  short;  the  cavity  of  the  cups  usually  minutely 
farinose.  Apothecia  usually  medium  sized  0.5-5  mm.  in  diameter;  scattered 
on  the  margins  of  the  cups,  or  clustered  at  the  dilated  apices  of  the  prolifera- 
tions; convex  or  depressed;  commonly  having  a thin  margin;  scarlet.  Hypo- 
thecium  pale.  Hymenium  pale  below  and  pale  scarlet  above.  Paraphyses 
sometimes  branched,  not  often  enlarged  or  colored  toward  the  apex.  Asci 
cylindrico-clavate.  Plate  III.  Fig.  1. 

On  earth  or  rarely  on  rotting  wood,  on  earth  over  rocks  or  in  burned  woods. 
Examined  by  the  writer  from  Maine  (Clara  E.  Cummings),  New  Hampshire 
(W.  G.  Farlow,  Clara  E.  Cummings,  G.  K.  Merrill,  and  Miss  Cumming’s 
specimen  was  a .rather  immature  one  referred  to  Cladonia  cornucopioides 
pleurota  in  L.  B.  A.),  Minnesota,  Washington  and  Alberta  (Bruce  Fink), 
Wyoming  (Aven  Nelson),  Montana  (L.  H.  Pammel),  Newfoundland  (A.  C. 
Waghorne),  Alaska  (Wm.  Trelease),  Canada  (J.  Macoun).  C.  H.  Peck 
records  from  New  York,  and  J.  Macoun  adds  many  localities  in  British 
America  in  his  catalogue.  Thus  the  distribution  is  throughout  the  northern 
United  States  and  British  America  and  southward  in  the  mountains.  Found 
in  all  the  grand  divisions. 

Cladonia  bellidiflora  (Ach.)  Schaer.  Lich.  Helv.  Spic.  21,  1823. 
Primary  thallus  finally  disappearing  or  rarely  persistent,  composed  of  laciniate 
or  incised  crenate,  medium  sized  or  small  squamules,  which  are  2-5  mm.  in 
length  and  0.5-1  mm.  in  width;  ascending  or  nearly  erect:  nearly  flat  or 
somewhat  involute ; scattered  or  clustered ; sea-green  varying  toward  straw- 
colored,  yellowish  or  whitish  above  and  white  below,  or  varying  toward  yel- 
lowish or  brownish  toward  the  base  of  the  squamules ; without  soredia. 
Pedetia  arising  from  the  squamules  of  the  primary  thallus  or  from  those 
at  the  base  of  old  podetia,  or  even  as  branches  of  old  podetia;  commonly 
elongated,  20-75  mm.  in  length  and  0.5-5  mm.  in  diameter,  subcylin- 
drical  or  tubaeform,  cup-bearing  or  without  cups  and  subulate;  ranks  usually 
1-3,  the  lowest  and  sometimes  all  of  them  elongated;  sometimes  branched: 
sides  sometimes  perforate;  clustered  or  scattered;  erect  (with  erect  branches 
if  present)  or  decumbent  curved  or  flexuous ; corticate  and  without  soredia, 
the  cortex  smooth  or  verrucose,  continuous  to  dispersed-hreolate,  or  partly 
decorticate;  more  or  less  squamulose;  corticate  portions  sea  green,  varying 
toward  yellow,  straw-colored  or  whitish,  the  decorticate  portions  whitish  or 
straw-colored.  Cups  small,  about  2-7  mm.  in  diameter;  abruptly  dilated,  or 
scarcely  wider  than  the  tops  of  the  podetia;  quite  regular  or  oblique;  the 
margin  subentire  or  dentate,  or  rarely  proliferate  with  one  to  several  prolifer- 
ation from  the  margin  of  the  cup  or  rarely  from  the  centre.  Apothecia  small 
or  medium  sized,  about  0.5-4 mm.  in  diameter;  clustered  or  conglomerate  on 
the  apex  of  the  somewhat  dilated  podetium  or  on  the  margin  of  the  cup;  at 
first  flat  and  thinly  margined,  but  soon  becoming  convex  and  immarginate 
(?),  often  becoming  irregular  and  perforate;  scarlet.  Hypothecium  pale  or 
cloudy.  Hymenium  pale  below  and  reddish  above.  Paraphyses  usually 
simple  and  but  little  thickened  toward  the  apex.  Asci  clavate  or  cylindrico- 
clavate.  Plate  III.  Fig.  2. 


On  earth  or  on  earth  over  rocks,  especially  in  high  and  open  places. 
Examined  by  the  writer  from  Washington  and  Alberta  (Bruce  Fink),  Van- 
couver Island  (J.  Macoun),  Alaska  (Trevor  Kincaid).  J.  Macoun  records 
from  quite  a number  of  localities  throughout  British  America,  Clara  E.  Cum- 
mings from  many  localities  in  Alaska,  and  Dr.  Wainio  adds  California.  This 
gives  a general  distribution  throughout  British  America  and  Alaska,  and 
from  two  states  on  the  Pacific  coast.  This  is  the  form  coccocephala  (Ach.) 
Wainio  Mon.  Clad.  Univ.  i:  204.  1894,  which  is  found  in  Europe,  Asia  and 
South  America. 

Cladonia  bellidiflora  Hookeri  (Tuck.)  Nyl.  Syn.  Lich.  221.  i860 
Podetia  elongated,  cup-bearing,  destitute  of  squamules  (or  finally  sparsely 
squamulose). 

Recorded  from  Newfoundland  and  western  arctic  America  by  Dr. 
Wainio,  and  Clara  E.  Cummings  reports  it  from  several  localities  in  her 
Lichens  of  Alaska.  Known  also  in  Europe,  Asia  and  South  America. 

Cladonia  bellidiflora  ramulosa  Wainio  Mon.  Clad.  Univ.  2;  210,  1894. 
Podetia  quite  short,  about  10-20  mm.  long  and  0.7-2  mm  in  diameter,  cupless 
and  apices  quite  obtuse,  radiately,  fasciculately  or  dichotomously  branched 
at  or  near  the  apex,  with  divaricate  and  quite  short  branches ; destitute  of 
squamules  or  sparsely  squamulose. 

Recorded  from  Finland  by  Dr.  Wainio  and  from  Alaska  by  Clara  E. 
Cummings,  Of  this  plant  Dr.  Wainio  says,  “ Habitu  subsimilis  est  Cl.  cris- 
tatellae  Tuck.,  sed  sine  dubio  e Cl.  bellidiflora  est  evolute.” 

The  illustration  of  Cladonia  deformis  is  from  No.  66,  ‘ ‘ Lichenes  Boreali- 
Americani,”  and  that  for  Cladonia  bellidiflora  is  from  a collection  made  by 
the  writer  at  Glacier,  British  Columbia. 

Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio. 

Concluded. 


NOTES  ON  NOMENCLATURE  IX. 

Elizabeth  G.  Britton. 

Part  229  of  Brotherus’  Mosses  in  Engler  and  Prantl  Pflanzenfamilien 
was  received  on  October  25th,  1907.  It  includes  pages  961-1008,  completes 
the  Hookeriaceae  and  takes  up  the  Hypopterygiaceae , Helicophyllaceae , 
Rhacopilaceae  and  Leskeaceae. 

All  but  the  last  are  tropical  or  subtropical  in  their  distribution  with  one 
remarkable  exception:  Hypopterygium  Canadense  Kindb.,  from  Queen 
Charlotte  Island,  British  Columbia,  is  the  only  representative  of  this  genus 
further  north  than  Mexico  or  Cuba.  Through  the  kindness  of  Professor 
Macoun,  I have  recently  seen  the  type  specimens  and  they  undoubtedly 
belong  to  this  tropical  genus.  It  is  one  of  those  anomalous  cases  of  distri- 
bution which  finds  its  parallel  at  Killarney,  Ireland,  where  a filmy  fern  and 
one  of  the  Hookeriaceae , Cyclodictyo7i  Icetevirens , are  unique  examples. 
This  may  be  a survival  of  a tropical  flora  extending  northward  to  the  Yukon. 
Rhacopilum  tomentosum  is  known  to  occur  in  Louisiana  and  will  probably 
be  discovered  in  some  other  of  our  Southern  States.  It  ranges  throughout 
the  West  Indies  also. 


-25— 


The  Leskeaceae  are  divided  into  five  subfamilies ; the  Heterocladieae, 
The  lie ae,  Anomodonteae , Leskeae  and  Thuidieae.  Heterocladium  has  five 
North  American  species;  H.  procurrens , H.  squctrrosulum , H.  heterop - 
terum,  H.  Macounii  and  H.  heteropterioides.  Thelia  four;  Th.  hirtella , 
Th.  compacta , Th.  robusta,  and  Th.  asprella,  Th.  Lescurii  being  reduced 
to  the  latter.  Myurella  three  species ; M.  julacea,  M.  lenerrima  and  M. 
gracillis. 

Anomodon,  as  given  by  Lesqx.  and  James,  is  divided  into  three  genera 
with  Haplohymenium  Doz.  and  Molk.  to  include  H.  triste  (Cesat.)  Kindb. 
and  Anomodon  with  five  species;  A.  apiculatus.  A.  minor , A.  viticulosus , 
A.  attenuatus  and  A.  rostratus  and  Herpetineuron  Toccoae  (Sull.)  Cardot. 

The  Leskeae  Jnclude  Lindbergia  with  L.  brachyptera  and  L.  Austini 
(Sull.)  Broth.  Leskea  has  four  species;  L.  microcarpa,  L.  polycarpa,  L. 
arenicola,  L.  gracilescens.  Leskea  nervosa  is  transferred  to  Leskeella 
Limpr.  and  L tectorum  to  P seudoleskeella.  Lescuraea  takes  one  species, 
L.  substriata.  Pseudoleskea  has  five  species:  P.  atrovirens,  P . pallida.  P. 
denudata , and  the  variety  PLolzingeri,  P.  rigescens  and  P.  stenophylla. 

The  Thuidieae  are  also  subdivided  more  than  usual,  the  genus  Rauia 
Aust.  being  recognized  for  R.  scita.  Thuidium  ereclum  has  been  over- 
looked as  it  was  reduced  to  a synonym  of  Th.  delicatum  by  Dr.  Best  in  1896. 
The  genus  Haplocladium  C.M.  is  also  maintained  with  two  species,  H.  vir- 
gmianum  and  H.  microphyllujn  (Sw.)  Broth.  This  part  concludes  with 
the  generic  description  of  Claopodium  and  figure  of  C.  leuconeuron. 

New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


A LIST  OF  MOSSES  COLLECTED  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS  OF  WESTERN 
NORTH  CAROLINA  IN  THE  SUMMER  OF  1907. 

By  A.  J.  Grout,  Ph.D. 

All  the  mosses  here  listed  were  collected  during  July  and  the  first  two 
weeks  in  August.  They  were  all  collected  in  or  near  the  estate  of  Geo.  W. 
Vanderbilt,  and  mostly  in  Transylvania  County,  though  some  collected  on 
and  near.  Green  Knob  and  Pigeon  Gap  were  in  Haywood  Co.  Chestnut  Bald 
is  the  highest  of  the  group  of  what  is  generally  called  “The  Balsams,” 
because  the  summits  are  covered  with  balsam  fir  and  spruce.  Probably 
some  of  the  collections  made  here  were,  over  the  line  in  Jackson  County. 
All  collections  from  Chestnut  Bald  were  at  about  6000  ft.  altitude. 

The  Pink  Beds,  which  were  headquarters,  is  an  elevated  mountain 
valley  about  3300  ft.  above  sea  level  on  the  average  and  about  12  miles  north- 
west of  Brevard  and  about  40  miles  from  Asheville.  The  life  of  these  moun- 
tains, both  animal  and  vegetable,  is  an  interesting  combination  of  northern 
and  southern  forms.  Many  forms  found  here  which  were  originally  identi- 
fied with  northern  forms  have  proved  on  closer  study  to  be  well  marked 
varieties. or  even  distinct  species.  Many  of  the  mosses  listed  here  differ  con- 
siderably from  northern  forms  and  are  probably  good  varieties,  to  say  the 
least.  The  thirteenth  fascicle  (Nos.  301-325)  of  my  “ North  American  Musci 


—26  — 


Pleurocarpi  ” is  almost  exclusively  composed  of  specimens  from  this  region 
and  contains  many  of  these  interesting  aberrant  forms. 

Undoubtedly  some  of  the  common  mosses  were  omitted  from  my  collec- 
tions and  from  the  list,  as  the  collection  of  the  commonest  things  was  apt  to 
be  put  off  until  some  more  convenient  time.  Fruiting  Polytrichum  coin- 
mune  was  faithfully  sought  for  but  was  not  encountered  and  all  sterile  speci- 
mens collected  proved  to  be  something  else.  The  abundant  rains  and  moist 
climate  of  this  region  make  it  an  excellent  locality  for  mosses  and  the  num- 
ber of  these  plants  is  almost  equal  to  that  in  our  northern  mountains,  but  it 
seemed  to  me  that  the  number  of  species  was  far  less. 

In  a given  locality  the  soil  for  many  rods  would  appear  covered  with 
mosses  but  on  investigation  there  seemed  to  be  far  less  variety  than  in  a 
similar  area  in  the  north. 

My  visit  to  this  region  was  made  possible  and  comfortable  through  the 
kindness  of  Dr.  Clifton  D.  Howe,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Biltmore  School 
of  Forestry,  which  holds  its  summer  sessions  in  the  Pink  Beds. 

I found  the  climate  in  the  region  delightful  except  for  the  almost  daily 
thunder  shower,  but  the  extent  of  my  collections  was  materially  lessened  by 
lack  of  strength  to  undergo  any  very  strenuous  trips  into  the  numerous  wild 
and  attractive  regions  beyond  easy  access. 

Sphagnum  Dill.  Peat  bogs  are  rare  in  this  region  but  in  the  bottom  of  the 
Pink  Beds  valley  there  were,  bogs  containing  three  or  four  species,  which 
unfortunately  were  not  collected. 

Andreaea  crassinervia  Bruch,  cfr.  Bare  cliffs,  summit  of  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ Rothii,  W.  & M.  With  the  last.  Possibly  the  entire  collection  is 
this  species. 

Georgia  pellucida  (L.)  Rabenh.  Common. 

Catharinea  angustata  Brid.  Common. 

“ undulata  (L.)  W.  & M.  Collected  only  once  at  the  summit  of 
Chestnut  Bald  and  apparently  infrequent. 
Pogonatum  brevicaule  (Brid.)  Beauv.  Pink  Beds.  No  specimens  pre- 
served. 

Polytrichum  Ohioense  R.  & C.  Common  everywhere  in  the  region. 

“ gracile  Dicks.  Summit  of  Chestnut  Bald. 

Webera  sessilis  (Schmid.)  Lindb.  Common. 

Fissidens  adiantiodes  (L.)  Hedw,  Collected  in  the  Pink  Beds. 

“ cristatus  Wils.  Frequent. 

“ subbasilaris  Hedw.  Very  common  on  bark  of  trees. 

Leucobryum  glaucum  (L.)  Schimp.  Collected  in  the  Pink  Beds.  No  speci- 
mens preserved. 

Campylopus  introflexus  (Hedw.)  Brid.  On  bare  cliffs,  summit  of  Chestnut 
Bald. 

“ Virginicus  (Aust.)  L.  & J.  Same  as  the  last  but  in  more  moist 
situations. 

Campylostelium  saxicola  (Web.  & Mohr.)  B.  & S.  On  stone,  Pink  Beds. 
Ceratodon  purpureus  (L.)  Brid.  No  specimen  preserved. 


—27— 


Dicranella  heteromalla  (L.)  Schimp.  Frequent.  On  the  mountain  sum- 
mits the  form  with  strongly  recurved  setae  de- 
scribed by  Mrs.  Britton  in  Bulletin  Torr.  Bot. 
Club.  Nov.  1895,  is  common. 

Dicranum  Bonjeani  DeNot.  Edges  of  cliffs,  Chestnut  Bald.  Back  of  leaf 
with  serrate  lamellae. 

Dicranum  flagellare  Hedw.  Common. 

“ fulvum  Hook.  Common. 

“ fuscescens  Turn.  On  rotten  wood,  summit  of  jChestnut  Bald. 

“ longifolium  Ehrh.  Common  on  the  higher  peaks. 

“ scoparium  (L.)  Hedw.  Common. 

DitRichum  tortile  var.  vaginans  (Sulliv.)  Grout.  A peculiar  form  hav- 
ing denticulate  leaves  with  margins  strongly  but  nar- 
rowly revolute,  somewhat  curved  capsules,  very  large 
double  annulus  and  nearly  smooth  peristome  teeth. 
Spores  maturing  in  early  autumn.  Pink  Beds. 
Oncophorus  Walenbergii  Brid.  Pink  Beds. 

Rhabdoweisia  denticulata  (Brid.)  B.  & S.  Near  Green  Knob,  alt.  5000  ft. 
Grimmia  apocarpa  (L.)  Hedw.  Pink  Beds.  No  specimen  preserved. 

“ Pennsylvania  Schwaegr.  Frequent. 

Hedwigia  albicans  (Web.)Lindb.  Common. 

Ptycomitrium  incOrvum  (Schwaegr.)  Sulliv.  Pigeon  Gap. 

Gymnostomum  curvirostre  (Ehrh.)  Hedw.  Cliffs,  summit  of  Chestnut  Bald. 
Tortella  caespitosa  (Schwaegr.)  Limpr.  Common  at  base  of  trees. 
Trichostomum  cylindricum  J Bruch.)  Lindb.  Abundant  at  summit  of  Chest- 
nut Bald. 

Weisia  viridula  (L.)  Hedw.  Green  Knob,  alt.  5000  ft. 

Drummondia  clavellata  Hook.  Pigeon  Gap. 

Ulota  Americana  (Beauv.)  Lindb.  Common. 

“ crispa  Brid.  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ “ var.  crispula  (Bruch.)  Hammar.  Pink  Beds. 

“ Ludwigii  Brid.  Pink  Beds. 

Zygodon  conoideus  (Dicks.)  Hook.  With  the  next.  Determination  some- 
what doubtful. 

“ excelsus  (Sulliv.)  E.  G.  B.  Very  common  on  bark  of  small  trees, 
Chestnut  Bald.  • 

“ gracilis  Wils.  Very  abundant  on  ledges,  summitof  Chestnut  Bald. 
Determination  doubtful. 

Funaria  hygrometrica  (L.)  Sibth.  Common. 

Aulacomnium  heterostichum  (Hedw.)  B.  & S.  Memory  says  common  in 

Pink  Beds  but  no  other  record. 

“ palustre  Schwaegr.  Much  less  common  than  in  the  north. 
Pink  Beds. 

Bartramia  Oederi  (Gunn.)  Schwartz.  Pink  Beds. 

“ pomiformis  )L.)  Hedw.  Common. 


—28  — 


Philonotis  fontana  Brid.  Pink  Beds.  A form  collected  around  a cool 
spring  under  overhanging  rocks  agrees  very  closely 
with  descriptions  of  var.  ampliretis  Dixon. 

Bryum  argenteum  L.  Common  in  its  usual  habitats. 

“ bimum  Schreb.  Pink  Beds. 

“ capillare  L.  Pigeon  Gap,  alt.  4500  ft. 

Mnium  affine  var.  rugicum  B.  & S.  Moist  rocks.  Pink  Beds. 

“ “ “ ciliare  (Grev.)  C.  M.  Common. 

“ cuspidatum  (L.)  Leyss.  Pink  Beds. 

“ hornum  L.  Frequent. 

punctatum  L.  Pink  Beds. 

“ “ var.  elatum  Schimp.  Pink  Beds. 

“ rostratum  Schrad.  Pink  Beds. 

Pohlia  elongata  Hedw.  Common  in  woods  along  the  mountain  summits. 

“ nutans  (Schreb.)  Lindb.  Common.  Specimens  from  Chestnut  Bald 
had  the  terminal  leaves  infolded  into  a body  appearing  like  a 
cleistocarpous  capsule  but  which  proved  to  be  filled  with 
minute  round  worms.  See  article  this  issue  by  H.  N.  Dixon. 

Rhodobryum  roseum  (Weis.)  Limpr.  Common. 

Anomodon  apiculatus  B.  & S.  Pink  Beds. 

“ attenuatus  (Schreb.)  Huebn.  Common. 

“ rostratus  (Hedw.)  Schimp.  Common. 

“ tristis  (Cesat.)  Sulliv.  Pink  Beds. 

Leskea  denticulata  Sulliv.  Crevices  of  moist  ledges,  Pigeon  Gap,  alt. 
4500  ft. 

Thuidium  delicatulum  (L.)  Mitt.  Very  common. 

“ microphyllum  (Sw.)  Best.  Near  Green  Knob,  alt.  5000  ft. 

“ recognitum  (Hedw.)  Lindb.  Pink  Beds. 

“ scitum  (Beauv.)  Aust.  Pink  Beds. 

“ V irginianum  (Brid.)  Lindb.  Common. 

Amblystegium  adnatum  (Hedw.)  T-  & S.  On  rocks  near  Green  Knob, 
alt.  5000  ft. 

“ irriguum  (Hook.  & Wils.)  B.  & S.  Pink  Beds. 

“ Lescurii  (Sulliv.)  Aust.  Common  in  brooks. 

“ varium  (Hedw.)  Lindb.  forma.  Base  of  trees.  Pink  Beds. 

Brachythecium  / acuminatum  (Hedw.)  Kindb.  Common  on  trees.  Pink 

Beds. 

cyrtophyllum  Kindb.  On  trees.  Pink  Beds. 

“ digastrum  Kindb.  On  moist  rocks,  Green  Knob,  alt. 

5000  ft. 

“ oxycladon  (Brid.)  J.  & S.  Frequent  on  moist  soil  and 

rocks. 

“ oxycladon  dentatum  (L.  & J. ) Grout.  On  moist  rocks 

near  Green  Knob,  alt.  5000  ft.  This 
var.  here  plainly  merged  into  forms 
indistinguishable  from  B.  digas- 
trum. 


—29— 


Brachythecium  oxycladon  var.  ? On  the  bark  of  trees  at  the  summit  of 

Chestnut  Bald  with  Neckera  pe?mata  and 
Pylaisia  velutina  grows  a very  slender  form 
of  this  species  unlike  anything  I have  ever 
seen  elsewhere. 

“ plumosum  (Sw.)  B.  & S.  Frequent. 

• “ rtvulare  B.  & S.  Common. 

salebrosum  (Hoffm.)  B.  & S.  Pink  Beds. 

Bryhnia  Novae-Angliae  (Sulliv.  & Lesq.)  Grout.  Pink  Beds,  Chestnut 
Bald.  Rather  more  slender  than  the  usual  north- 
ern form. 

“ “ font! nails  var.  nov.  Very  slender  and  attenuate 

with  leaves  distant.  (N.  Am.  Musci 
Pleurocarpi,  No.  315).  Around  cool 
spring  under  overhanging  rocks  Pink 
Beds,  alt.  3500  ft. 

Campylium  chrysophyllum  (Bridr)  Bryhn.  Common  but  varying  greatly, 

and  with  forms  unlike  any  northern  plant  I am 
familiar  with. 

The  most  typical  plant  was  from  the  summit  of  Chestnut  Bald.  The 
form  most  unlike  anything  else  I have  seen  was  fairly  common  on  moist 
soil  in  the  Pink  Beds,  and  I have  called  it. 

Campylium  chrysophyllum  Carolinianum  var.  nov.  Very  robust;  leaves 

more  gradually  and  less  slenderly  acuminate, 
often  serrulate  to  apex. 

Campylium  hispidulum  (Brid  ) Mitten.  Pink  Beds. 

Entodon  brevisetus  (Hook.  & Wils.)  J.  & S.  Frequent. 

“ cladorrhizans  (Hedw.)  C.  M.  Pink  Beds. 

“ Sullivantii  C.  M Frequent  on  rocks  in  woods.  Pink  Beds. 
Eurhynchium  hians  (Hedw.)  J.  •&  S.  Pink  Beds. 

“ rusciforme  (Neck.)  Milde.  Pink  Beds. 

“ serrulatum  (Hedw.)  Kindb.  Frequent. 

Homalo theciella  subcapillata  (Hedw.)  Cardot.  Pink  Beds,  Chestnut 

Bald. 

Hylocomium  brevirostre  (Ehrh.)  B.  & S.  Near  Green  Knob,  alt.  5000  ft. 

“ proliferum  (L.)  Lindb.  Abundant  on  the  summit  of  Chestnut 

Bald. 

“ triquetrum  (L.)  B.  & S.  Summit  of  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ proliferum  (L.)  Lindb.  Exceedingly  abundant  on  the  sum- 

mit of  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ triquetrum  (L.)  B.  & S.  Chestnut  Bald. 

Hypnum  aduncum  Hedw.  (Group  typicum)  var.  pseudosendtneri  Ren.*  forma 
minuta.  Det.  Renauld.  “A  curious  form  evidently  acci- 
dental or  abnormal.”  M.  Renauld  adds  that  the  costa 

*1  am  not  certain  from  M.  Renauld’s  letter  whether  this  variety  has  been  published 
before  or  not. 


—30— 


is  too  short  for  H.  Sendtneri  to  which  IBhad  referred  it  and 
which  it  resembles  in  the  structure  of  its  alar  cells.  I 
am  of  the  opinion  that  this  is  not  an  infrequent  form  in  the 
region.  Growing  on  moist  soil  by  roadside.  Pink  Beds. 
The  only  Harpidium  I could  find  in  the  region. 

Hypnum  crista-castrensis  L.  Abundant  on  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ curvifolium  Hedw.  Common  but  with  very  long  setae. 

“ eugyrium  B.  & S.  approaching  var.  Mackayi  Schimp.  Pink  Beds. 

“ imponens  Hedw.  Exceedingly  common  on  rotten  wood. 

“ mollusCum  Hedw.  Pink  Beds. 

‘‘  nemorosum  Koch.  Chestnut  Bald. 

pallescens  (Hedw.)  B.  & S.  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ reptile  Mx.  Pink  Beds,  Chestnut  Bald. 

Plagiothecium  denticulatum  (L.)  B.  & S.  Common. 

“ elegans  (Hook.)  Sulliv.  Bed  of  rivulet,  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ Muellerianum  Sch.  Frequent  and  often  growning  at  base 

of  trees. 

“ striatellum  ( Huds. ) B.  & S.  A very  robust  form  with 

leaves  2 mm.  long  was  found  in  moist  crevices 
of  rock  near  Green  Knob,  alt.  5000  ft. 
Ptatygyrium  repens  (Brid.)  B.  & S.  Pink  Beds. 

Pylaisia  intricata  (Hedw.)  Cardot.  {P.  velutinci  B.  & S.).  Common  on 
trees,  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ Schimperi  Cardot.  Common. 

“ subdenticulata  Schimp.  On  bark  of  trees,  Pink  Beds,  Chestnut 
Bald. 

Raphidostegium  Carolinianum  (C.M.)  J.  & S.  Bare  cliffs,  Chestnut  Bald. 

“ cylindricarpum  (C.  M.)  J.  & S.  Bark  of  tree  in  swamp, 

Pink  Beds. 

“ delicatulum  (James)  Paris.  On  rotten  wood,  summit  of 

Chestnut  Bald. 

“ Marylandicum  (C.  M.)  J.  & S.  Wet  rocks  by  brook,  Pink 

Beds. 

“ Novae-Cesareae  (Aust.)  R.  & C.  On  moist  rocks  near  brook, 

Pink  Beds. 

£<  recurvans  (Mx.)  B.  & S.  Common.  On  Chestnut  Bald 

were  some  exceedingly  interesting  forms  that 
merit  more  careful  study  than  I have  yet  been 
able  to  give. 

Anacamptodon  splachnoides  (Froelich.)  Brid.  On  decaying  spot  on  upper 

side  of  horizontal  oak  limb,  Pigeon  Gap,  alt. 
4500  ft. 

Hookeria  Sullivantii  C.  M.  Common  along  the  banks  of  brooks  close  to 
the  water. 

Neckera  pennata(L.)  Hedw.  Summit  of  Chestnut  Bald. 

Leptodon  trichomitrion  (Hedw. ) Mohr.  Common. 

Leucodon  brachypus  Brid.  Very  common. 

Fontinalis  dalecarlica  B.  & S.  Pink  Beds. 

“ Novae-Angliae  Sulliv.  Pink  Beds. 

Boys’  High  School,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


-3i— 


(Reprinted  from  the  Journal  of  Botany,  September,  1905,) 

NEMATODE  GALLS  ON  MOSSES. 

By  H.  N.  Dixon,  M^A.,  F.L.S. 

When  recently  examining  specimens  of  Porotrichurn  alopecurum  Mitt., 
gathered  in  1894  at  Becky  Fall,  Lustleigh,  South  Devon,  I was  struck  by 
what  appeared  to  be  terminal  male  flowers  on  the  tips  of  the  secondary 
branches  and  branchlets,  forming  hard,  yellow,  tumid,  bud-like  bodies,  on 
some  plants  very  numerous  and  conspicuous ; in  one  case  I counted  as  many 
as  fifty  on  a single  stem.  The  apical  position,  as  well  as  the  fact  that  the 
stems  were  fruiting  ones  (the  species  being  dioicous)  of  course  precluded  the 
idea  that  they  were  male  flowers,  and  on  dissection  they  proved  to  be  bodies 
of  a gall-like  nature,  containing  numerous  minute  Nematode  worms,  or 
Anguillulce. 

Galls  of  this  nature  appear  to  be  very  uncommon  on  mosses — I have 
only  once  come  across  them  elsewhere  among  the  many  thousands  of  speci- 
mens that  have  passed  through  my  hands  in  the  last  twenty  years  or  more: 
they  have  recently  been  described  in  two  papers  in  Hedwigia,  for  the  refer- 
ences to  which  I am  indebted  to  Mr.  A.  Gepp.  Monkemeyer  published  a 
short  article  ( Hedwigia , xli.  Beiblatt  22,  1902)  on  “ Hypnum  fluitans  L.  mit 
Anguillulagallen ; ” and  again,  within  the  last  few  weeks,  a more  detailed 
article  has  appeared  by  Schiffner  {Hedwigia,  xliv.  218,  1905),  “ Beobachtun- 
gen  fiber  Nematoden-Gallen  bei  Laubmoosen.”  The  former  writer  describes 
similar  galls  on  H.  fluitans , and  refers  to  their  occurrence  on  other  Harpidia, 
as  noted  by  Warnstorf,  especially  on  H.  aduncum  Hedw.  Schiffner  adds 
considerably  to  the  number  of  species  of  moss  acting  as  host-plant  to  the 
galls,  having  found  them  on  several  species  of  Dicranum , and,  what  is  curi- 
ous. most  of  these  occurred' in  quite  dry  stations,  instead  of  in  the  aquatic  or 
moist  situations  which  are  the  usual  habitat  for  these  Anguillulidce.  He 
also  detected  them  on  H.  cupressiforme , where  they  occurred  at  the  apex  of 
the  branches ; and  he  points  out  that  this  effectually  disposes  of  the  supposi- 
tion that  the  galls  might  originate  from  male  flowers,  modified  by  the  infec- 
tion of  the  Anguillula.  This  conclusion  is  entirely  confirmed  by  the  case  of 
the  Porotrichurn  now  recorded,  where  the  galls  all  occur  at  the  apex  of  the 
ultimate  branchlets,  where  flowers  are  never  produced. 

In  all  probability  the  Nematode  is  the  same  in  all  these  galls,  as  Schiff- 
ner found  them  to  be  the  same  on  the  various  species  of  Dicranum , etc., 
from  which  he  obtained  them  ; and  Monkemeyer’s  figures  of  those  in  the  galls 
of  H.  fluitans  exactly  recall  those  which  I obtained  from  Porotrichurn  alope- 
curum. Moreover,  his  description  of  the  alteration  in  structure  produced  in 
the  leaves  composing  the  gall  in  H.  fluitans  agrees  exactly  with  my  own 
observations. 

I have  on  only  one  other  occasion  Observed  anything  in  the  nature  of  a 
gall  on  a moss,  viz.  on  a specimen  of  Eurhynchium  Swartzii  Hobk.,  gath- 
ered in  a ditch  in  Yardley  Chase,  Northamptonshire,  in  1887.  The  nature  of 
the  gall  remained  at  the  time  undetermined,  and  the  moss  was  put  on  one 
side;  but  recent  examination  in  the  light  of  the  facts  described  above  shows 
the  contents  of  the  galls  to  be  similar,  and  Eurhynchium  tmust  be  added  to 
the  list  of  those  genera  already  known  to  be  infested  by  the  Anguillulce. 


—32— 


HELPFUL  LITERATURE  FOR  STUDENTS  OF  NORTH 
AMERICAN  HEPATICAE. 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes. 

Having  been  asked  to  give  a list  of  books  and  pamphlets  that  I find 
most  useful  in  the  study  of  hepatics,  I have  prepared  the  following.  It  may 
appear  long  but  the  fact  of  there  being  no  up-to-date  manual  obliges  one  to 
consult  many  authorities  in  order  to  comprehend  our  North  American  flora. 

Among  Dr.  A.  W.  Evans’  publications  are  the  following,  bearing 
directly  upon  this  flora: 

“A  Revision  of  the  North  American  Species  of  Frullania.”  Trans.  Conn. 
Acad.  Vol.  X.  May,  1897. 

“The  Lejeuneae  of  the  United  States  and  Canada.”  Mem.  Torrey 
Club,  Vol.  8.  No.  2,  1902. 

“Notes  on  the  North  American  Species  of  Plagiochila.”  Bot.  Gaz.  Vol. 
21.  April,  1896. 

“ Odontoschisma  Macounii  and  its  North  American  Allies.”  Bot.  Gaz. 
Vol.  36.  Nov.  1903. 

“A  New  Hepatic  from  the  Eastern  United  States.”  Bot.  Gaz.  Vol.  34. 
Nov.  1902.  ( Diplophylleia  apiculata  Evans). 

“ Notes  on  New  England  Hepaticae”  have  appeared  from  time  to  time 
in  Rhodora.  Dates  of  publications  as  follows:  Nov.  1902,  Aug.  1904,  Sept. 
1904,  March,  1905,  Feb.  1906,  and  March,  1907.  These  are  critical  notes. 

“List  of  New  England  Plants,  — Hepaticae”  apeared  in  Rhodora, 
June,  1903. 

“Studies  Among  our  Common  Hepaticae”  came  out  in  The  Plant 
World  as  follows:  Vol.  1.  No.  7,  April,  1898;  Vol.  1.  No.  9,  June,  1898;  Vol.  1. 
No.  12,  Sept.  1898:  Vol.  II.  No.  5,  February,  1899.  These  deal  with  four 
species  and  are  beautiful  models  of  the  correct  way  of  taking  up  the  study. 

The  works  of  Dr.  Marshall  A.  Howe  on  the  Hepaticae  are  also  of  the 
first  importance: 

“ Hepaticae  and  Anthocerotes  of  California.”  Mem.  Torrey  Club,  Vol. 
7,  1899.  < 

“ North  American  Species  of  Porella.”  Contributions  -from  the  Depart. 
Bot.  Col.  Univ.  No.  126,  1897. 

“ New  American  Hepaticae.”  Bull.  Torrey  Club,  Vol.  25,  No.  4,  April, 
1898.  ( Scapania  heterophylla  and  Riccia  trichocarpa). 

“Notes  on  Californian  Bryophytes  ” appeared  in  Erythea,  Vol.  II.  No. 
6,  June,  1894.  Vol.  IV.  No.  3,  March,  1896.  Vol.  V.  No.  8,  Aug.  1897. 

Dr.  Lucian  M.  Underwood’s  poineer  work  is  also  of  great  interest  and 
value : 

“Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  North  American  Hepaticae,  North  of 
Mexico.”  Bull.  Illinois  State  Laboratory,  Vol.  II.  1884.  Gives  231  species. 

“ Notes  on  our  Hepaticae.”  No.  1.  Northern  Species,  Bot.  Gaz.  14;  1889. 
No.  2.  The  Genus  Riccia,  Bot.  Gaz.  19:  1894.  No.  3.  The  Distribution  of 
the  North  American  Marchantiaceae,  Bot.  Gaz.  21:  1896.  No.  4.  The 
Genus  Fossombronia,  Bot.  Gaz.  21:  1896. 


—33— 


“In  Gray’s  Manual,”  Sixth  Edition,  1890,  the  Hepaticae  were  elaborated 
by  Dr.  Underwood  and  give  144  species.  This  list  needs  revision  and  many 
additions. 

Below  we  give  several  good  reference  books  that  are  generally  to  be 
found  in  University  and  Botanical  libraries : 

Stephani,  “Species  Hepaticarum  ” which  is  being  published  in  Bull,  de 
l’Herbier  Boissier. 

Schiffner,  in  “ Engler  and  Prantl,  Die  Natiirlichen  Pflanzenfamilien,” 
gives  the  sequence  of  genera  usually  followed. 

“Synopsis  Hepaticarum,”  by  Gottsche,  Lindenberg  and  Nees,  1844. 

Karl  Muller  is  publishing  a comprehensive  work  in  Rabenhorst’s  “ Kryp- 
'togamen-flora  von  Deutschland,  Oesterreich,  etc.”  Vol.  6. 

“Monographie  der  Lebermoosgattung  Scapania  Dum.”  by  Karl  Muller. 

“ Kryptogamenflora  der  Mark  Brandenburg,  Leber  und  Torfmoose,”^)y 
C.  Warnstorf. 

“ On  Cephalozia-”  by  Richard  Spruce. 

“ Hepaticae  of  the  British  Isles,”  by  Pearson. 

“Contributions  to  the  Biology  of  the  Hepaticae,”  by  F.  Cavers.  Eng- 
land, 1904. 

“ Hepatics  of  the  British  Islands,”  by  Canon  Henry  Wm,  Lett. 

“A  Revised  Key  to  the  Hepatics  of  the  British  Islands,”  by  Symers  M. 
Macvicar. 

“Mosses  with  a Hand-Lens.”  Second  Edition,  Including  the  Hepatics. 
A.  J.  Grout.  New  York  City. 

ALNUS  OREGANA  AS  CRYPTOGAMIC  HOST. 

A.  S.  Foster. 

When  the  virgin  forest  of  the  Lower  Columbia  Region  is  removed, 
Nature,  in  her  efforts  at  reforesting,  covers  the  'ground  the  first  season  with 
thistles  and  fireweed,  and  brambles,  ferns  and  mosses,  especially  if  the 
area  has  been  burned  over,  play  their  part  in  reclaiming  the  territory.  But 
in  two  or  three  years  the  western  alder,  Alnus  Or  eg  ana,  has  sown  its  seeds 
everywhere,  and  the  following  year  the  tract  becomes  an  alder  thicket. 
Indeed  it  has  already  occupied  the  swampy  places,  as  it  does  not  object  to 
“ wet  feet  ” and  may  have  been  an  under-shrub,  which  is  now  able  to  lift  its 
head  above  its  neighbors  and  ready  to  encroach  upon  the  hemlocks  and 
spruces.  This  alder  seems  hardy,  but  seldom  lives  to  any  great  age, 
because  it  cannot  overtop  the  lofty  spruce. 

In  its  younger  stages,  the  smooth,  clean  bark  of  the  alder  makes  an 
excellent  place  of  lodgement  for  the  spores  of  lichens.  When  only  five  or 
six  years  old — a mere  pole — it  begins  to  show  the  markings  of  the  thalloid 
forms,  some  of  which  in  their  juvenile  stages  are  not  unlike  the  work  of  a 
rodent.  Almost  every  part  of  the  trunk  becomes  encrusted  with  thalli  giv- 
ing to  a young  grove  a mottled  appearance. 

Various  mosses  also,  of  the  same  species  nearly  that  Dr.  Bailey  enum- 
erates as  growing  on  the  large-leaved  maple  (See  Bryologist  6:3,  1903),  may 


—34—! 


be  colonized  on  the  trunk  and  limbs  of  the  alder.  That  ubiquitous  and 
“comfortable  polypody,”  Polypodium  occidentale,  is  sure  to  be  in  evidence 
if  it  can  find  lodgement  anywhere.  Indeed  it  appears  that  P or  el  la  navicu- 
laris  offers  protection  to  its  creeping  stems;  sometimes  it  will  intrude  upon 
Frullania  Nisquallensis , whose  reddisli  woven  mats  give  a pretty  relief  to 
the  green  of  the  polypody,  and  this  may  be  set  off  by  some  fulvous-green 
hepatic. 

By  the  time  the  alder  is  twenty  inches  in  diameter,  and  about  twenty 
years  old,  the  entire  trunk  is  preempted  by  some  form  of  moss,  hepatic  or 
lichen.  The  first,  no  doubt,  to  claim  attention  will  be  Graphis  scripta,  in 
quaint  characters  not  unlike  an  Assyrian  inscription,  riddles  for  a natural- 
ist to  decipher.  Lecanora  pallida  and  L.  subfusca,  whose  apothecia  show 
white  and  black  by  contrast,  are  suggestive  of  a new  pattern  of  polka-dot. 
Lecanora  orosthea  is  not  abundant.  Thelotrema  lepadinum  and  Th. 
leprocarpum  are  truly  leprous  in  appearance,  and  in  contrast  with  them 
P lacodium  cerinum  claims  attention.  Just  out  of  reach  are  some  bronze 
spots,  Panne lia  olivacea,  and  near  by,  with  its  coppery-green,  finely  cor- 
rugated thallus,  is  Pari7telia  pertusa.  Some  gray  bits  in  low  relief  are  Par- 
melia  saxatilis  with  its  characteristic  branching.  These  may  be  easily 
removed  with  a sharp  jack-knife,  but  care  must  be  taken  10  cut  away  some 
of  the  epidermis  and  to  put  them  to  press  immediately.  Covering  the  roots 
of  the  tree  are  P lagiothecium  elegans  and  Hylocomium  loreum. 

Let  us  climb  the  tree  on  a wet  day,  for  then  must  one  gather  his  lichens 
or  spoil  many  a fine  specimen.  Evernia  prunastri  gives  out  a strong 
scent  of  iodine,  while  you  observe  that  the  older  parts  are  greenish,  due 
probably  to  an  alga,  an  alien.  Near  by  is  another  ramulous  plant,  grayish, 
with  soredia  along  the  edges  of  the  fronds,  Ramalina  farinacea.  Farther 
inland,  about  the  city  of  Portland,  Ramalina  ciliaris  is  found  on  the 
maple.  That  delicate  waxv-white  thing  is  Ramalina  Menziesii.  Had 
Menzies  ever  seen  it  he  must  have  admired  it.  You  break  off  a dead  limb; 
on  it  is  a miniature  forest  of  Sphcsrophorus  globiferus , which  behaves 
somewhat  like  the  Cladonias ; it  is  slow-growing  and  does  not  reproduce 
until  several  years  old.  On  a larger  branch  within  reach-  is  a modest  Quaker 
in  her  soft-gray  suit  of  slight  pinkish  tinge— is  it  gros  grain  silk?  She 
belongs  to,  one  of  the  aristocratic  families,  Cetraria  lacunosa,  so  you  will 
carefully  remove  this  rare  beauty.  Cetraria  ciliaris  is  occasionally  found 
on  the  alder,  but  it  seems  to  prefer  higher  timber  like  the  spruce.  The  same 
is  true  of  Parmelia physodes , and  yet  the  juvenile  forms  are  often  seen  on 
the  lower  parts  of  our  trees. 

On  the  twigs  may  be  found  Physcia  ste llaris,  an  interesting  little  thing 
whose  apothecia  do  remind  one  of  the  stars.  While  in  pursuit  of  this,  the 
writer  found  a form  of  Parmelia  olivacea  to  which  Mr.  G.  K.  Merrill  has 
tentatively  given  the  varietal  name  imparispora.  Physcia  hispida  is  abun- 
dant and  with  Theloschistes  lychneus  prefers  trees  standing  apart,  indeed 
the  twigs  of  an  old  pear-tree  in  a yard  were  so  densely  covered  with  these 
last  three  forms  that  the£e  was  scarcely  room  for  the  buds.  These  Usneas 


—35- 


are  lodged,  windcast,  on  the  limbs  of  the  alder:  Usnea  barbata  hirta  pre- 
fers a tree  in  swampy  places,  but  U.  barbata  ceratina  is  found  on  the 
upland  stretches.  Sticta  pvilmonaria  and  S.  Oregana  are  often  found  lodged 
on  the  alder,  but  their  juvenile  life  was  spent  on  the  maple.  As  you  climb 
higher  on  the  tree  you  may  notice  the  abrasions  of  Arthonia  asteroides, 
which  might  be  mistaken  for  the  natural  color  of  the  inner  bark.  Low  down 
where  moss  has  not  obtruded  the  hand  lens  reveals  several  other  greenish  or 
yellowish,  granular  forms,  among  which  are  brown  grains  of  dust  appar- 
ently some  of  the  lower  forms  of  life. 

Of  course  not  all  of  the  above  lichens  were  found  on  any  one  tree,  but  at 
least  one  half  of  them  were  so  found,  and  all  were  found  on  the  alder  within 
a radius  of  one-half  mile  in  the  vicinity  of  Cathlamet.  Washington. 

The  coastal  region  about  the  estuary  of  the  Columbia  River  belongs  to 
the  humid  zone,  having  an  oceanic  climate.  The  southwest  winds,  carrying 
heavy  loads  of  moisture  from  the  warmer  areas  of  the  Pacific,  drop  this  load 
as  they  pass  inland  and  ascend  the  western  slopes  of  the  Cascade  Mts.,  giv- 
ing a rain  fall  of  70-90  inches  yearly.  These  warm  Chinook  winds  mitigate 
the  rigors  of  the  winter  season  and  moderate  the  heat  of  summer,  thus  pro- 
ducing in  Lat.  46°  N.  a mild  and  humid  climate  with  prolonged  season  of 
growth  very  conducive  to  such  plants  as  ferns,  mosses,  hepatics  and  lichens, 
not  to  mention  the  numerous  forms  of  fungi  and  algae. 

Portland,  Oregon,  June  10,  1907. 

Note.— The  writer  is  under  obligation  to  Mr.  G.  K.  Merrill,  Rockland, 
Maine,  for  the  determination  of  the  above  mentioned  lichens,  specimens  of 
which  are  in  his  herbarium  and  in  that  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter,  and 
duplicate  specimens  in  that  of  the  writer. 


LICHENS  OF  THE  MOUNT  MONADNOCK  REGION,  N.  H. 

Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr. 

In  the  American  Naturalist  for  September,  1906  (Vol.  XL.,  No,  447,  pp., 
661-665),  I published  a list  of  seventy-one  species  of  lichens  that  I had  col- 
lected on  or  about  Mt.  Monadnock.  Since  then  I have  had  several  opportu- 
nities to  study  the  lichens  of  this  region,  and  there  has  also  come  into  my  care 
as  curator  of  the  Thoreau  Museum  of  Natural  History  at  the  Middlesex 
School,  Concord,  Massachusetts,  a large  and  interesting  collection  of  lichens 
collected  about  Keene,  N.  H.,  and  on  Mt.  Monadnock.  This  collection  was 
made  by  George  Alexander  Wheelock  during  the  70’s  (1877-1880),  one  volume 
of  specimens  is  labelled  1877,  another  1876-80. 

Mr.  Wheelock  was  born  in  Winchester,  N.  H.,  January  21,  1816,  and 
spent  almost  his  entire  life  in  studying  the  natural  history  of  Keene,  N.  H. 
He  died  June  17,  1906,  in  Keene.  He  was  what  might  be  called  a jack-daw  col- 
lector of  natural  history  specimens,  and  his  varied  collections  and  scientific 
books  are  now  installed  in  this  Museum.  In  Cassino’s  Naturalist’s  Directory 
for  1884,  Mr.  Wheelock  is  included  among  the  Cryptogamic  Botanists  and 
Entomologists. 


—36— 


The  present  list  is  based  on  his  collection.  New  species  added  to  the 
original  list  are  numbered  in  bold  faced  type.  All  matter  enclosed  in  paren- 
thesis is  based  on  further  collecting  and  study  on  my  own  part  since  the  first 
list  appeared. 

The  specimens  in  the  Wheelock  collection  were  evidently  mainly 
determined  by  Mr.  Wheelock,  and  in  the  large  majority  of  cases  correctly, 
though  many  curious  and  glaring  errors  are  to  be  noticed.  His  library 
contains  the  works  of  Tuckerman,*  and  he  followed  this  author  in  almost 
every  respect.  It  is  not  improbable,  as  he  occasionally  visited  Amherst, 
and  was  a contempory  of  Tuckerman,  that  many  of  his  determinations 
had  the  approval  of  this  great  lichenologist,  though  of  this  we  have  no 
absolute  proof.  The  herbarium  is  accessible  to  all  who  desire  to  consult 
it.  Separates  of  this  paper  may  be  had  by  applying  to  the  author. 

It  is  the  desire  of  the  donors,  Mr.  W.  H.  Elliot,  Dr.  J.  W.  Elliot,  and 
Mrs.  E.  J.  E.  Daland,  relatives  of  Mr.  Wheelock,  that  “The  George  Alexan- 
der Wheelock  Collection’’  be  of  educational  use  in  accordance  with  the  cus- 
tom of  Mr.  Wheelock  during  his  life,  in  the  quiet  tuition  of  the  children  of 
Keene.  The  genus  Cladonia  is  now  in  the  hands  of  Dr.  L.  Scriba,  and 
various  genera  including  Lecanora,  etc.  have  been  sent  to  Dr.  H.  E.  Hasse, 
of  California.  Grateful  acknowledgements  is  due  to  both  these  gentlemen. 

Annotated  List. 

Genus:  Ramalina  Ach.,  De  Not. 

The  genus  Ramalina  as  represented  in  this  region  needs  an  entire  revi- 
sion, and  the  above  arrangement  and  disposal  of  species  and  specimens  must 
be  considered  only  temporary.  I will  gladly  send  the  specimens  contained 
in  the  Wheelock  and  my  Herbarium  to  any  person  who  is  familiar  with  the 
genus. 

1.  Ramalina  calicaris  fraxinea  Fr.  Three  specimens,  two  thus 
labelled.  Fertile.  One  is  extremely  large  for  this  region  thallus  measuring: 
1*85  X .30  inches,  suggesting  its  accidental  appearance  in  the  collection. 
(Fitzwilliam,  Jan.  1906,  on  maple,  not  typical,  subamplica  Nyl). 

2.  Ramalina  calicaris  fastigiata  Fr.  Three  specimens.  Fertile. 
(Fitzwilliam,  common). 

3.  Ramalina  calicaris  canaliculata  Fr.  Four  specimens  of  which 
one  specimen,  thus  labelled,  was  first  labelled pollinaria,  and  is  undevel- 
oped, and  indeterminate,  though  approachin fraxinea. 

4.  Ramalina  calicaris  farinacea  Schaer.  Three  specimens,  one  speci- 
men mixed  with  pollinaria,  and  so  labelled. 

5.  Ramalina  pusillageniculata  Tuckerm.  ==(/?.  minuscula  Nyl.).  Two 
specimens  unlabelled  appear  to  belong  here. 

6.  Ramalina  pollinaria  (Ach.)  Tuckerm.  Five  specimens,  four  thus 
labelled,  one  collected  on  “ Huggin’s  hill.”  (See  above,  No.  3). 

7.  Ramalina  polymorpha  (Ach. ) Tuckerm.  Three  specimens,  one  thus 

including'  a written  copy  of  “ Synopsis  of  Lichens  copied  from  Tuckerman  in  the 
Harvard  Library.” 


—37— 


labelled,  and  another  labelled  R.  pusilla  geniculata  Tuckerm.  undoubtedly 
belong  here. 

The  collection  also  contains  one  specimen  of  Ramalina  reticulata 
(Noelh.)  Krempelh.  from  California,  two  fruited  specimens  unidentified  of 
Ramalina  rigida  Pers.  from  Nantucket,  one  specimen  of  Ramalina 
ceruchis  (Ach  ) DeNot  (?)  from  Fayal,  Azores,  and  one  specimen,  Ramilina 
Menziesii  Tuck. , from  Oregon. 

Genus;  Cetraria  (Ach.)  Fr.,  Mull. 

8.  Cetraria  Islandica  (L.)  Ach.  Three  specimens.  One  from  “Mon- 
adnoc,”  and  another  labelled  “rare.”  Sterile. 

9.  CetrAria  aleurites  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr.  Nine  specimens.  Two  fertile. 
One  labelled  Parmelia  aleurites,  and  one  undetermined;  of  three  also 

i.  \ 

labelled  “ P . placordia"  Nyl.  two  belong  here — one  is  P.  tiliacea  (Hoffm,) 
Floerk. 

10.  Cetraria  ciliaris  (Ach.)  Tuckerm.  Seven  specimens,  all  fertile. 
Three  undetermined,  and  one  distinctly  ciliate,  labelled  lacunosa . (Fitz- 
william,  common). 

11.  Cetrar*/  saepincola  (Ehrh.)  Ach.  Two  fertile  specimens,  both 
labelled  sepincola.  One  intermixed  with  C.  j . Pinas tri , labelled  prunas- 
tri. 

12.  Cetraria  lacunosa  Ach.  Five  fertile  specimens.  Two  are  labelled 
var.  Atlantica , a form  described  by  Tuckerman  in  his  “ A Synopsis  of  Lich- 
ens of  New  England,”  etc.,  Cambridge,  1846,  p.  16,  but  not  recognized  in 
his  Synopsis  of  1882,  Part  I.  One  specimen  is  labelled  v.  stenophylla , which 
it  undoubtedly  is  not,  being  however,  peculiar  in  that  the  margins  of  the 
apothecal  cups  are  crenulate.  (Fitzwilliam,  common). 

13.  Cetraria  glauca  (L.)  Ach.  One  specimen,  thus  labelled,  is 
wrongly  determined,  being  Nephroma  Icevigatum  parile  Nyl. 

14.  Cetraria  Oakesiana  Tuckerm.  Two  specimens.  One  fertile. 

15.  Cetraria  aurescens  Tuckerm.  One  specimen.  Fertile. 

16.  Cetraria  juniperiana  Pinastri  (“  Prunastri  ”)  Ach.  Three  sterile 
specimens,  one  labelled  Cetraria  juniperina  (L.)  Ach.  “Keene,  very 
rare,”  is  however,  the  subspecies  Pinastri  Ach.;  another  labelled  simply 
Cetraria  juniperina  is  also  the  variety  Pinastri.  (See  also  under  No.  12). 

Genus;  Evernia  Ach,,  Mann. 

17.  Evernia  furfuracea  (L.)  Mann.  Three  specimens.  Sterile.  (Fitz- 
william, locally  common). 

18.  Evernia  prunastri  (L.)  Ach.  Three  specimens.  Sterile.  One  was 
labelled  “ B.  cladonia”  but  crossed  out,  evidently  an  early  error,  a miscon.- 
ception  of  furfuracea.  (Fitzwilliam,  not  uncommon). 

(This  collection  also  contains  four  specimens  of  Evernia  vulpina  (L.) 
Ach.,  two  at  least  from  Lake  Tahoe,  Cal.  All  sterile. 

Genus;  Usnea  (Dill.)  Ach. 

19.  Usnea  barbata  Florida  Fr.  Two  specimens.  Fertile.  (Abun- 
dant, Fitzwilliam). 


-38- 


20.  Usnea  barbata  Florida  hirta  Fr.  Five  specimens,  three  thus 
labelled.  Sterile. 

21.  Usnea  barbata  Florida  rubiginia  Micjhx.  Two  specimens.  Sterile. 
(Fitzwilliam,  not  uncommon). 

22.  Usnea  barbata  Florida  strigosa  Ach.  (One  specimen,  Jan,  8,  1907. 
Fitzwilliam). 

23.  Usnea  barbata  dasypoga  Fr.  (Two  specimensc  ollected  Jan.  1907, 
on  spruce  are  of  doubtful  determination.  Prof.  B.  Fink  in  litt , under  date  of 
Feb.  22,  1907,  writes  me,  “The  Usnea  I think  is  dasypogaU). 

24.  Usnea  angulata  Ach.  Two  specimens.  Sterile.  One  from  exam- 
ple “9  ft.  long.” 

25.  Usnea  longissima  Ach.  Two  specimens,  from  Tenant  Swamp, 
Keene,  labelled  with  the  remark  “9  ft.  long.” 

Grnus:  Alectoria  (Ach.)  Nyl. 

26.  Alectoria  jubata  chalybeiformis  Ach.  Four  specimens,  one  fer- 
tile. One  is  labelled  Evernia  jubata  chalybeiform is.  Two  are  unlabelled. 

27.  Alectoria  jubata  implexia  Fr.  Two  specimens.  Fertile.  Both 
labelled  Everina  jubata  v . implexa,  the  Evernia  in  one  case  written  over 
with  “ Alectoria (Fitzwilliam,  locally  not  uncommon). 

To  be  continued.  Concord,  Mass. 


OBITUARY. 

Mr.  T.  W.  Naylor  Beckett,  whom  many  of  our  readers  have  occasion  to 
remember  gratefully  for  his  excellently  prepared  New  Zealand  mosses,  died 
December  5,  1906,  at  his  country  seat  near  Fendalton,  Christchurch,  New 
Zealand,  at  the  age  of  68.  He  contracted  influenza  and  despite  every  effort 
it  developed  into  pneumonia.  One  of  his  sons  writes  under  date  of  Decem- 
ber 20,  1907:  “I  must  ask  your  apologies  for  not  writing  sooner.  Several 
months  elapsed  after  his  death  settling  hi^  private  affairs,  and  owing  to  the 
fact  that  I do  not  live  at  home,  I have  had  no  opportunity  until  recently  of 
going  through  his  moss  correspondence  which  has  been  handed  over  to  me 
by  my  brother.  I regret  that  my  brother  and  I are  not  sufficiently  expert  to 
carry  on  our  father’s  work.  He  was  a most  industrious  and  enthusiastic 
worker  and  was  never  happier  than  when  in  his  study  surrounded  bv  his 
mosses.  At  present  his  herbarium  is  just  as  he  left  it,  but  I hope  that  some 
day  it  may  find  a resting  place  in  the  Canterbury  Museum,  and  so  be  of  bene- 
fit to  future  botanists.” 

SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER  NOTES. 

New  Members. — The  revised  list  January  1st  gave  172  members,  since 
then  we  add  the  following:  No.  173.  Thomas  Hebden,  Esq.,  Cullingworth 

near  Bradford,  Yorkshire,  England.  No.  174.  L.  Scriba,  4 Hauptstrasse, 
Hochst  am  Main,  Germany.  No.  175.  Mr.  M.  H.  Whitehill,  605  South 
Broadway,  Baltimore,  Maryland.  No.  176.  Mr.  William  Torrey  Barker,  53 
Glen  Road,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.  No.  177.  Rev.  Frederick  W.  Coleman, 


-39— 


The  Parsonage,  131  Rock  Street,  Fall  River,  Mass.  No.  178.  Mr.  Lincoln 
W.  Riddle,  3 Waban  Street,  Wellesley,  Mass.  No.  179.  Dr.  G.  F.  Richard- 
son, Mt.  Pleasant,  Mich.  No.  180.  E.  R.  Lake,  Oregon  State  Agricultural 
College,  Corvallis,  Oregon. 

Note  the  following  changes  of  address;  Prof.  T.  A.  Bonser,  Spokane 
College,  Spokane,  Wash.;  Mr.  A.  S.  Foster,  Westport,  Wash.:  Miss  E.  B. 
Bryant,  1200  Commonwealth  Avenue,  Allston,  Mass. 

It  is  with  great  pleasure  that  we  welcome  again  to  active  work,  Miss 
Mary  F.  Miller,  who  served  the  Chapter  so  competently  as  secretary  and 
custodian  of  the  Moss  herbarium,  in  1904  and  1905.  Miss  Miller  has  con- 
sented to  take  charge  of  the  Lichen  Department,  and  to  relieve  Mr.  Merrill 
of  the  burden  of  correspondence,  determinations,  and  care  of  the  herbarium. 
Mr.  Merrill  however  most  kindly  promises  his  assistance  when  specimens 
require  special  study. 

On  page  8 of  The  Bryologist  for  January,  1908,  under  Plate  II. 
Radula  tenax  by  Miss  Lorenz,  after  the  magnification  figures  it  should  read, 
“ All  reduced  one-half.” 


REPORT  OF  THE  LICHEN  DEPARTMENT. 

The  Custodian  of  the  Lichen  Herbarium  begs  leave  to  submit  a report. 
On  Jan.  r,  1903,  since  which  time  there  has  been  no  tabular  report  of  the 
herbarium  contents,  there  were  170  specimens  in  the  collection,  comprising 
95  species  distributed  in  27  genera.  That  portion  of  the  herbarium  in  my 
custody  now  totals  457  speciinens,  191  species  and  varieties  in  45  genera. 
The  Lichen  collection  as  an  entirety  has  not  as  yet  been  in  my  care,  and  the 
figures  above  given  represent  only  an  enumeration  of  the  material  actually 
in  my  hands.  Thanks  are  due  Messrs.  A.  S.  Foster,  T.  A.  Bonser,  A.  J. 
Hill,  S.  Rapp,  C.  C.  Plitt,  R.  S.  Gray,  J.  Macoun,  Miss  Mary  F.  Miller  and 
Miss  C.  M.  Carr,  for  contributions  during  the  past  year. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

OFFERINGS. 

(To  Chapter  Members  only.  For  postage). 

Mr,  A.  S.  Foster,  Westport,  Wash.  Tayloria  serrata  B.  & S.  c.fr.  Collected 
in  Washington.  (Through  oversight  this  was  omitted  from  the  Jan- 
uary issue). 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M.  Street,  Washington,  D.  C.  Cladonia  furcata 
Schrad.  m.  pinnata  Wainio,  Peltigera  polydactyle  Hoifm.,  both  col- 
lected in  Shandaken,  N.  Y.  Evernia  prunastri  Ach.  forma  mollis 
Merrill  in  lift.  Collected  in  Vermont. 

Mr.  Severin  Rapp,  Sanford,  Florida.  Hookeria  varians  Sulliv.,  Octoble- 
pharum  albidu7n  Hedw.  Collected  in  Florida. 

Mr.  J.  P.  Naylor,  Greencastle,  Indiana.  Cirriphyllum  Boscii  Grout  c.fr. 
Collected  in  Putnam  Co.,  Indiana. 


—40— 


Mr.  George  E.  Nichols,  Box  569,  Yale  Station,  New  Haven,  Conn.  Hypnnm 
?nolluscum  Hedw.,  st.  Fontinalis  Dalecarlica  B.  & S.,  st.  Brachy- 
thecium  rivulare  B.  & S.  c.fr.  All  collected  in  Connecticut, 

Dr.  J.  F.  Brenckle,  Kulm,  North  Dakota.  Catharinaea  undulata  W.  & M., 
Amblystegium  adnatum  Aust.,  Thuidium  microphyllum  Best.  All  in 
fine  fruit.  Collected  at  Rugby  Junction,  Wisconsin. 

Miss  E.  A.  Warner,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N,  Y.  Isothecium  Brew- 
erianum  (Lesq.)  Kindb.,  st.  Collected  by  C.  F.  Baker,  near  Stanford 
University,  Cal.  Also  a small  quantity  c.fr.  collected  by  A.  J.  Hill, 
New  Westminster,  B.  C.  Mnium  insigne  Mitt.  c.fr.  Collected  A.  J. 
Hill,  New  Westminster,  B.  C.  Homalia  Jamesii  Schimp.,  st.  Col- 
lected by  A.  J.  Grout,  Newfane,  Vermont. 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street,  New  York  City.  Microlej eunia 
lucens  (Tayl.)  Evans.  Collected  by  Mrs.  E.  C.  Taylor  in  Georgia. 
Frnllania  Asagrayana  Mont.  Collected  by  Mr.  G.  E.  Nichols  in  Con- 
necticut. 


For  Sale. — A perfect  copy  of  Sullivant’s  Supplement  to  leones,  for 
$6.00.  Carriage  extra.  Address,  Prof.  John  M.  Holzinger,  Winona,  Minn. 


For  Sale. — A set  of  fifty  Tasmanian  Mosses,  labels  written  by  the  col- 
lector, for  $5.00.  Address,  Dr.  Levier,  16  Via  Jacopo  da  Diacceto,  Florence, 
Italy. 

For  Sale. —Two  thousand  named  and  mounted  plants,  including  Miss 
Cummings’  Lichen  Exsiccati,  also  series  of  ferns,  mosses,  grasses,  etc. 
Address,  Mrs.  Amelia  F.  Eby,  141  North  Duke  Street,  Lancaster,  Pa. 


Wanted, — Mr.  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr.,  Thoreau  Museum,  Concord, 
Mass.,  asks  that  persons  having  in  their  herbaria  specimens  of  Parinelict 
caper  at  a (L.)  Ach.  in  fruit,  would  give  him  the  largest  diameter  expressed 
in  millimeters  (mm.)  of  the  apothecia  of  New  England  specimens. 


For  Sale. — Volumes  4 to  10,  complete,  of  The  Bryologist.  Address 
Prof.  W.  W.  Stockberger,  U.  S.  Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Wanted.— There  are  several  numbers  of  The  Bryologist  very  low,  one 
gone  entirely  save  for  five  sets  which  must  be  sold  complete.  Of  these  three 
sets  have  the  first  five  volumes  bound,  the  last  five  are  unbound.  All  are 
held  at  the  same  price. 

We  make  the  suggestion  that  persons  binding  minus  Vol.  II,  No.  4,  Oct. 
1899,  insert  blank  pages  to  the  number  required  and  whenever  they  are 
obtained  (by  their  being  reprinted  or  otherwise)  these  could  be  cut  out  and 
the  others  pasted  in. 

A liberal  price  will  be  given  for  any  copies  of  Vol.  I,  No.  1.  Jan.  1808. 
Vol.  I.  No.  1.  1806.  All  of  Vol.  II.  1899,  and  Vol.  III.  No.  1.  1899. 

Return  to  the  Editor  and  Publisher, 

78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


rnnru  LTinjTnj^njTrLnjTJTJTJinjinjxriJxnjin^  njxriJTJxnxijaruTp 

VOLUME  XI  NUMBER  3 5 


0 


nm 


MAY  1908 


mz. 


The  BRYOLOGIST 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 
ASSOCIATE 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D. 


CONTENTS 

Lucien  M.  Underwood,  Sketch,  Bibliography  and  Portrait 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes  41 

Lopholejeunea  Muelleriana  in  Florida  . Alexander  W.  Evans  45 
Helpful  Hepatic  Literature,  Addition  to  Edo  Claassen  46 

Notes  on  Jubula  Pennsylvanica  {Illus.)  . Annie  Lorenz  4.6 

Lichen  Notes  No.  5.  Remarks  on  Nomenclature  and 

Three  New  Names  G.  K.  Merrill  48 

Notes  on  the  Fruiting  Season  of  Some  of  the  Mosses 

Phebe  M.  Towle  53 

Lichens  Collected  in  the  Tehacepi  Mountains,  California 

H.  E.  Hasse 


Recent  Botanical  Literature  ( Review ) 
Obituary — Prof.  W.  A.  Kellerman 

Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  Notes  and  Offerings 


55 
. 58 

. 59 

59,  60 


q Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail  P 
Cj  matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879.  ^ 

g Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A.  *3 

dTJTJlJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJlJTJTnJTJTjrUTJlJLnJTJmJX^^ 


PRE88  OF  MC  BRIDE  * STERN,  97-99  CUFF  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

gSxmmxttxIxr  gjomixal 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  6f 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

FOUR  Vols.  1898-1901 — 11.50  Six  Vols.  1902-1907— $6.00 


Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1908,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  1908 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye,  . . ....  University  of  Washington, 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President — Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson, 3964  Laclede  Avenue 

St.  Louis , Mo. 

Treasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Of  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  3964  Laclede  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Of  the  Hepatic  Department  and  Hepatic  Herbarium; 

Mi3s  C.  C.  Haynes,  16  East  36th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  IV. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  XI 


May  1908 


No.  3 


LUC1EN  MARCUS  UNDERWOOD. 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes. 

The  story  of  Professor  Lucien  M.  Underwood’s  life  has  been  well  told 
elsewhere,  the  scope  and  power  of  his  work  has  been  estimated,  and  a com- 
plete list  of  his  publications  has  been  given.  From  Dr.  Curtis’  paper;  A 
Biographical  Sketch  of  Lucien  Marcus  Underwood,*  I have  taken  the  greater 
part  of  the  facts  here  given. 

Born  October  26,  1853,  in  the  town  of  New  Woodstock,  New  York,  Pro- 
fessor Underwood  died  at  his  home  at  Redding,  Conn.,  November  16,  1907. 
His  early  life  was  spent  on  his  father’s  farm;  he  went  regularly  to  school 
until,  at  the  age  of  eleven,  he  became  one  of  the  farm  hands  and  could  only 
attend  the  winter  term  at  school  and  seminary.  When  seventeen  he  gained 
the  scholarship  and  mathematical  prizes.  His  passion  for  collecting  was 
shown  at  an  early  age,  and  though  he  was  obliged  to  walk  three  miles  to 
school,  he  would  carry  material  which  he  habitually  provided  for  the  use  of 
the  natural  history  class.  Professor  L.  M.  Coon  (afterwards  Judge  Coon,  of 
Oswego)  suggested  his  going  to  college ; determination  was  added  to  the 
suggestion  through  his  reading  Lyell’s  Principles  of  Geology  and  other 
works,  and,  in  1873,  he  entered  Syracuse  University.  This  followed  a year 
or  two  of  farming  and  lumbering  by  which  he  obtained  the  necessary  funds. 
In  1875  he  began  forming  an  herbarium,  ferns  being  his  first  choice. 
Geology  and  entomology  were  also  favorite  studies ; his  eloquence  placed 
him  among  the  orators  of  his  college ; he  was  also  an  able  writer.  He  visited 
New  York  and  saw  the  Centennial  Exposition  at  Philadelphia  in  1876. 

After  his  graduation  in  1877  he  began  teaching,  showing  marked  ability 
in  surmounting  difficulties.  Meanwhile  he  was  working  for  the  Master’s 
degree  which  he  gained  in  1878  at  Syracuse  University.  He  taught  natural 
science  at  Cazenovia  Seminary  for  two  years,  during  which  time  he  completed 
his  graduate  work  in  geology.  After  a year’s  teaching  at  Hedding  College,. 
Illinois,  he  became  professor  of  geology  and  botany  at  the  Illinois  Wesleyan: 
University  at  Bloomington,  where  he  remained  during  three  busy  years. 

From  1882-1896  he  was  actively  interested  in  the  Hepaticae,  his  desire- 
being to  bring  this  greatly  neglected  group  into  notice  and  he  unquestiona- 
bly succeeded  in  doing  so.  The  year  1884  saw  the  publication  of  his  ‘ ‘ Descrip- 
tive Catalogue  of  the  North  American  Hepaticae,  north  of  Mexico.”  With 
O.  F.  Cook,  he  issued  Hepaticae  Americanae,  a series,  unfinished,  of  exsic- 
catae,  numbering  two  hundred.  He  prepared  the  section  on  the  Hepaticae 
in  Gray’s  Manual  of  Botany,  sixth  edition,  published  in  1890.  Among  a 
number  of  valuable  papers  may  be  mentioned  “The  Evolution  of  the: 
*Bull.  Torrey  Club  35:  1-12, 1908, 


The  March  Bryologist  was  issued  March  5,  1908. 


—42— 


Hepaticae,”  and  the  first  part  of  a projected  work  on  the  North  American 
Hepaticae  entitled,  “ Index  Hepaticae,  Part  I — Bibliography.”  His  collec- 
ting trips  brought  him  in  contact  with  many  scientists;  several  organizations 
were  promoted,  largely  through  his  efforts. 

For  seven  years  he  was  associated  with  Syracuse  University,  teaching  a 
variety  of  subjects.  He  was  made  professor  in  1886.  In  1890  he  secured  a 
year’s  leave  of  absence  and  accepted  the  Morgan  fellowship  at  Harvard 
University,  where  he  studied,  among  other  things,  the  Su.llivant  and  Taylor 
collection  of  hepatics.  A professorship  of  botany  was  offered  him  at  De 
Pauw  University,  Greencastle,  Indiana.  During  the  four  years  of  his  stay 
he  worked  at  his  favorite  subject,  cryptogamic  botany.  He  was  a member 
of  the  original  committee  on  nomenclature  at  the  Rochester  meeting  and  was 
a delegate  to  the  International  Botanical  Congress  at  Genoa.  While  in 
Europe  he  met  many  fellow  scientists  and  examined  noted  herbaria,  for  the 
further  study  of  which  he  afterwards  returned  many  times.  In  1893  he 
wrote  to  Professor  Britton  proposing  the  beginning  of  a comprehensive  work 
on  North  American  Flora;  the  first  title  suggested  was  “Systematic  Botany 
of  North  America.”  After  a year  at  the  Alabama  Polytechnic  Institute, 
teaching  biology,  he  became  professor  of  botany  at  Columbia  University  in 
July,  1896.  From  this  date  his  original  absorption  in  the  ferns  returned;  he 
made  many  collecting  trips  to  the  tropics  and  wrote  constantly.  His  mas- 
terly comprehension  of  this  great  group  is  shown  in  the  papers  published. 
Mention  should  be  made  also  of  his  publications  on  entomology  and  the 
fungi,  all  undertaken  with  the  intention  of  presenting  these  subjects  to  the 
students.  His  breadth  of  view,  intense  enthusiasm  and  single-heartedness 
made  him  a remarkable  teacher  and  organizer,  and  many  honors  were  shown 
him. 

An  influence,  such  as  his,  must  be  a widely  spreading  one,  as  the  sub- 
jects which  he  did  so  much  to  bring  out  of  obscurity  become  better  known. 
Students  who  have  come  within  his  genial  influence,  who  have  been  helped 
and  inspired  by  his  quick  and  illuminating  facing  of  problems,  indeed  mourn 
his  loss.  The  writer  wishes  to  bear  testimony  with  so  many  others  to  his 
generosity.  She  will  never  forgot  the  delight  of  receiving  a box  containing 
forty  specimens,  labeled  “Hepaticae  Americanae,”  all  that  were  left  of  his 
published  series:  this  was  at  a time  when  she  knew  by  sight  barely  a dozen 
species.  He  followed  this  by  gifts  of  reprints  of  some  of  his  hepatic  litera- 
ture. Two  years  ago  he  turned  over  for  her  study  the  material,  mostly  un- 
identified, that  had  accumulated  in  his  possession  since  he  worked  upon  this 
group.  Specimens  of  these  were  to  be  prepared  for  the  Herbarium  of  the 
New  York  Botanical  Garden,  and  he  suggested  her  issuing  a sort  of  continu- 
tion  of  his  exsiccatae  with  the  material  that  existed  in  sufficient  quantity ; 
accordingly,  the  first  issue  of  this,  under  the  title  “American  Hepaticae,” 
was  distributed  last  summer.  Among  this  heterogeneous  material  are  some 
collections  to  be  reported  upon  and  duplicates  returned:  many  possibilities 
of  study  are  offered,  new  species  and  new  facts  of  distribution  will  be  brought 
out,  and  it  is  a really  inspiring  work  that  will  require  years  to  accomplish, 
with  never  failing  gratitude  to  the  one  who  suggested  it. 


-43— 


It  is  good  to  revive  the  memory  of  Torrey  Field  Days  when  Professor 
Underwood  went  along;  what  spirited  seeing  and  seeking!  Will  any  one  of 
those  who  were  of  the  party  of  May  6,  1906,  at  Redding,  with  him  as  our  host, 
ever  forget  that  delightful  day?  The  happy  hunting  grounds  that  he  knew 
so  well — where  Pellia  epiphylla  was  found  fruiting  riotously,  and  / ubula 
Pennsylvanica  was  growing  in  great  pendulous  masses  on  the  wet,  steep 
sides  of  the  glen.  Then  the  rest  under  the  trees,  partaking  of  the  bountiful 
luncheon  provided  by  Mrs.  Underwood,  the  general  feeling  of  friendliness, 
the  bouyant  life  radiating  from  our  host ! It  was  indeed  a red-letter  day ! 

A life  of  such  constancy  to  an  ideal  wdiose  accomplishment  means  the 
development  of  so  many  fine  faculties  in  himself,  and  the  advancement  of 
science  in  the  world  will  make  us  forever  treasure  his  memory. 

New  York  City. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1.  North  American  Hepaticae.  Bot.  Gaz.  7 : 18-21.  Feb.  1882.  Also 
as  a separate. 

2.  Schweinitz  and  American"  Hepaticae.  Bot.  Gaz.  9:  63.  April,  1884. 

3.  Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  North  American  Hepaticae,  north  of 
Mexico.  Bull.  Illinois  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.  2:  1-133.  Oct.  1884.  Also  as  a 
separate. 

4.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook).  Hepaticae  Americanae:  decades  I — II 
(nos.  1-20).  Nov.  1887.  Exsiccatae:  40  sets. 

5.  Some  undescribed  Hepaticae  from  California.  Bot,  Gaz.  13:  112-114. 
pi.  3-6.  May,  1888.  Also  as  a separate. 

6.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook).  Hepaticae  Americanae;  decades  III — IV 
(nos.  21-40).  Nov.  1888.  Exsiccatae;  40  sets. 

7.  Notes  on  our  Hepaticae — I.  Northern  species.  Bot.  Gaz.  14:191- 
198.  Aug.  1889.  Also  as  a separate. 

8.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook).  Hepaticae  Americanae;  decades  V— VI 
(nos.  41-60).  Nov.  1889.  Exsiccatae:  40  sets. 

9.  Hepaticae.  In:  Gray,  Asa.  Manual  of  the  botany  of  the  United 

States;  Sixth  edition,  702-732.  pi.  22-25.  New  York,  1890. 

10.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook)  Hepaticae  Americanae ; decades  VII — 
VIII  (nos.  61-80).  "May,  1890.  Exsiccatae;  40  sets. 

11.  Anew  North  American  Lejeunea.  Bull.  Torrey  Club  17:258-259. 
Oct.  9,  1890, 

12.  A preliminary  list  of  Pacific  coast  Hepaticae.  Zoe  1 : 361-367. 
Feb,  1891.  Also  as  a separate. 

.13.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook),  Hepaticae  Americanae;  decades  IX 

X (nos.  81-100).  May,  1891.  Exsiccatae:  40  sets. 

. 14.  The  distribution  of  Hepaticae  of  North  America.  Proc.  Am, 
Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  39:  298-304.  July,  1891.  Also  as  a separate. 

15.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook).  Hepaticae  Americanae;  decades  XI 

XII  (nos.  101-120).  Dec.  1891.  Exsiccatae;  40  sets. 


—44— 


16.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook).  Hepaticae  Americanae:  decades  XIII — 
XIV  (nos.  121-140).  May,  1892.  Exsiccatae:  40  sets. 

17.  Recent  Work  in  Systematic  Hepaticology.  Bot.  Gaz.  17;  218-220. 
July,  1892. 

18.  The  Hepaticae  of  Labrador.  Bull.  Torrey  Club  19:  269-270.  Sept. 
10,  1892.  Also  as  a separate. 

19.  A few  additions  to  the  Hepatic  Flora  of  the  Manual  region.  Bull. 
Torrey  Club  19:  299-301.  Oct  10,  1892. 

20.  A Preliminary  Comparison  of  the  Hepatic  Flora  of  Boreal  and  Sub- 
boreal  regions.  Bot.  Gaz.  17:  305-312.  Oct.  1892. 

Abstract  in  Proc.  Am.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  41  : 219-220.  Dec.  .1892. 

21.  Carl  Moritz  Gottsche.  Bot.  Gaz.  17:  417-418.  Dec.  1892. 

22.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook).  Hepaticae  Americanae;  decades  XV — 
XVI  (nos.  141-160).  May,  1893.  Exsiccatae;  40  sets. 

23.  Index  Hepaticarum.  Part  I — Bibliography.  Mem.  Torrey  Club  4: 

1-91.  10  June,  1893.  Constituting  Mem.  Torrey  Club,  Vol.  4,  no.  1. 

24.  Notes  on  our  Hepaticae — II.  The  genus  Riccia.  Bot.  Gaz.  19: 
273-278.  July,  1894.  Also  as  a separate. 

25.  The  evolution  of  the  Hepaticae.  Bot.  Gaz.  19:  347-361,  illust. 
Sept.  15,  1894. 

Vice-presidential  address  before  Section  G. , A.  A.  A.  S. 

Also  as  a separate. 

Also  in  Proc.  Am.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  43 : 259-274,  illust.  March,  1895. 

Also  as  a separate.  “1894”  (1895). 

26.  Hepaticae.  7 pages.  [New  York].  Jan.  1895. 

This  was  a prospectus  (containing  only  one  genus,  Riccia ) of  a work 
to  be  entitled  “Systematic  Botany  of  North  America.”  The  publication  of 
the  work  was  not  actually  commenced  until  ten  years  later,  and  then  under 
the  changed  title  “ North  American  Flora.” 

27.  Notes  on  our  Hepaticae— III.  The  distribution  of  our  North  Ameri- 
can Marchantiaceae.  Bot.  Gaz.  20:  59-71.  Feb.  16,  1895.  Also  as  a 

separate. 

28.  Notes  on  our  Hepaticae —IV.  The  genus  Fossombronia.  Bot.  Gaz. 
21:  67-71.  Feb.  18,  1896.  Also  as  a separate. 

29.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook).  Hepaticae  Americanae;  decades  XVII — 
XVIII  (nos.  161-180).  April,  1896.  Exsiccatae;  40  sets. 

30.  The  genus  Cephalozia  in  North  America.  Bull.  Torrey  Club  23: 
381-394.  Oct.  25.  1896.  Also  as  a separate:  Contr.  Dep.  Bot.  Columbia 
Univ.  no.  101. 

31.  (With  Orator  Fuller  Cook).  Hepaticae  Americanae;  decades  XIX — 

XX  (nos.  181-200).  1899.  Exsiccatae;  40  sets. 

32  (With  Marshall  Avery  Howe).  The  genus  Riella , with  descriptions 
of  new  species  from  North  America  and  the  Canary  Islands.  Bull.  Torrey 
Club  30:  214-224,  pi.  11-12.  April  24,  1903.  Also  as  a separate:  Contr.  N.  Y. 
Bot.  Garden,  no.  34. 

We  are  indebted  to  the  Torrey  Bulletin  for  permission  to  reproduce  the  portrait  of  Dr. 
Underwood. 


-45- 


LOPHOLEJEUNEA  MUELLERIANA  IN  FLORIDA. 

Alexander  W.  Evans. 

Several  months  ago  Mr.  Severin  Rapp,  of  Sanford,  Florida,  had  the  kind- 
ness to  send  me  a package  of  Hepaticae  for  determination,  all  collected  in 
the  vicinity  of  his  home.  Among  them  were  two  specimens  of  a Lopho- 
lejeunea  (3  and  14),  which  should  apparently  be  referred  to  L.  Mueller- 
iana (Gottsche)  Schiffn. , a species  new  to  the  United  States.  L. 
Muelleriana  was  originally  described  from  material  collected  in  Mexico  and 
is  now  also  known  from  several  of  the  West  Indian  Islands  and  from  South 
America,  so  that  the  extension  of  its  range  into  Florida  is  by  no  means  sur- 
prising. Both  of  Mr.  Rapp’s  specimens  grew  on  the  bark  of  trees. 

So  far  as  their  vegetative  organs  are  concerned  the  plants  from  Florida 
agree  closely  with  the  specimens  from  Porto  Rico  which  I have  recently 
described  and  figured. 1 The  perianth,  however,  shows  a greater  develop- 
ment of  paraphyllia  or  laciniae  on  the  surface  and  indicates  that  this  organ 
exhibits  an  even  wider  range  of  variability  than  had  been  supposed.  In  my 
description  of  the  perianth  the  surface  (leaving  out  of  consideration  the 
laciniae  along  the  four  sharp  keels)  is  said  to  be  smooth  except  for  the  occa- 
sional presence  of  a few  scattered  paraphyllia  on  the  postical  aspect,  the 
implication  being  that  such  paraphyllia  are  frequently  absent  altogether. 
In  the  specimens  from  Sanford  the  paraphyllia  are  apparently  always  pres- 
ent and  occur  on  both  surfaces.  Those  on  the  antical  surface  tend  to  be 
arranged  in  a median  longitudinal  row,  perhaps  marking  the  position  of  a 
rudimentary  antical  keel.  Those  on  the  postical  surface  show  a similar 
tendency  to  be  arranged  in  three  longitudinal  rows,  one  lying  between  the 
two  angles  of  the  postical  keel  and  the  two  others  in  the  strongly  flattened 
portions  of  the  perianth  between  the  postical  and  lateral  keels.  On  some 
perianths  one  or  two  of  these  rows  may  be  very  indistinct  or  absent  alto- 
gether, and  there  are  often  a few  scattered  paraphyllia  on  each  surface  in 
addition  to  those  in  rows.  The  presence  of  antical  paraphyllia  had  not  been 
suspected  from  the  study  of  Porto  Rican  specimens  of  L.  Muelleriana , and 
I find  upon  examining  them  again  that  the  antical  surface  of  the  perianth  is 
perfectly  smooth  in  the  majority  of  cases.  Occasionally,  however,  one  or 
two  paraphyllia  may  be  detected  in  this  position.  In  the  Brazilian  speci- 
mens distributed  by  Spruce  the  paraphyllia  are  better  developed  and  some- 
times form  as  distinct  an  antical  row  as  in  the  specimens  from  Florida.  In 
accordance  with  these  new  observations  the  description  of  the  surface  of  the 
perianth  should  be  emended  as  follows:  antical  surface  sometimes  bearing 
an  interrupted  median  row  of  paraphyllia  similar  to  the  laciniae  of  the 
keels ; postical  surface  sometimes  bearing  from  one  to  three  similar  rows  of 
paraphyllia ; both  surfaces  otherwise  smooth  except  for  the  occasional  pres- 
ence of  a few  scattered  paraphyllia.  In  the  Sanford  specimens  the  lobules  of 
the  perichaetial  bracts  are  distinct  and  usually  acute  or  apiculateat  the  apex, 
a condition  which  is  only  occasionally  to  be  observed  in  material  from  tropi- 
cal America. 


1 Bull.  Torrey  Club  34  : 27 . pi.  4,  f.  1-8.  1907. 


—46— 


• Loftholej eunea  Muelleriana  is  the  twenty-ninth  species  of  the  Le- 
jeuneae  to  be  recorded  for  the  United  States  and  the  twenty-fourth  for 
Florida.  With  regard  to  this  particular  group  of  Hepaticae  Florida  stands 
far  in  advance  of  the  other  states  of  the  Union,  Louisiana  coming  second 
with  only  nine  species.  This  condition  is  of  course  to  be  explained  by  the 
subtropical  climate  of  Florida  and  its  close  proximity  to  the  West  Indies, 
where  the  Lejeuneae  reach  a high  degree  of  development.  Of  the  twenty- 
four  species  so  far  recorded  three  are  apparently  endemic  and  nine  are  tropi- 
cal American  species  which  have  not  yet  been  detected  in  the  United  States 
beyond  the  limits  of  Florida.  The  remaining  twelve  species  are  mostly  of 
wide  distribution.  Yale  University. 


HELPFUL  HEPATIC  LITERATURE. 

Attention  has  been  called  to  an  omission  from  Miss  Haynes’  “Helpful 
Literature  for  Students  of  North  American  Hepaticae,”  Bry.  Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 
p.  32,  namely  “Keys  to  the  Liverworts  recognized  in  the  6th  Ed.  of  Gray’s 
Manual  of  Botany,”  by  Edo  Claassen.  Published  in  The  Ohio  Naturalist. 
Vol.  V,  No.  6;  Vol.  VI,  No.  6 (a  correction  of  the  former);  Vol.  VI,  No.  7, 
and  Vol.  VII,  No.  1 (a  correction  of  No.  7).  For  these  keys  address  the 
author,  Mr.  Edo  Claassen,  18  Fernwood  avenue,  East  Cleveland,  Ohio. 


It  is  only  just  to  Miss  Haynes,  however,  to  state  that  her  list  was  not 
intended  to  be  exhaustive,  only  giving  as  she  states  books  and  pamphlets  she 
has  most  frequently  used.  Any  other  titles  that  correspondents  have  found 
useful  will  be  gladly  added  if  sent  to  the  Editor. 


NOTES  ON  JUBULA  PENNSYLVANICA. 

Annie  Lorenz. 

In  Rhodora,  Vol.  7,  March,  1905,  Dr.  Evans  describes  our  eastern 
American  form  of  Jubula  as  a separate  species,  namely,  J.  Pennsylvanica 
(St.)  Evans. 

Underwood,  in  Manual  6,  ed.  1890,  p.  706,  describes  this  form  as  var. 
Su l livantii  Spruce,  but  the  figure  given  is  typical  European  J.  Hutchinsiae. 

As  there  is  no  plate  of  J.  Pennsylvanica  as  yet,  one  is  presented  here- 
with. 

The  bracts  of  J.  Pennsylvanica  are  described  as  acuminate  and  entire, 
bat  some  of  the  more  robust  bracts  and  bracteoles  show  a tooth  on  one  side 
of  each  lobe.  The  antheridial  spikes  resemble  those  of  Frnllania,  Eboracen- 
sis , but  larger.  Bracts  complicate-bilobed,  the  lobes  unequal,  ovate,  more  or 
less  acute,  and  enclosing  two  antheridia  each. 

This  species  is  reported  from  most  of  the  New  England  states;  evincing 
a preference  for  those  rocks  containing  potassic  compounds. 

Hartford,  Conn. 


—47- 


Fig.  i.  Plant  with  perianth,  antical  view,  X 80. 

Fig.  2.  Branch,  postical  view,  X 80. 

Fig.  3.  Leaf,  postical  view,  X 80. 

Fig.  4.  Bract,  X 80. 

Fig.  5.  Bracteole,  X 80. 

Fig.  6.  Leaf-cells,  middle  of  leaf,  X 480. 

Fig.  7.  Tip  of  leaf,  X 480. 

Fig.  8.  Antheridial  spike,  X 80. 

Fig.  9.  Antheridial  bract,  X 80. 

These  figures  were  all  drawn  from  specimens  collected  by  the  writer; 
Nos.  1-7,  from  Salisbury,  Conn.,  8-9  from  Rainbow,  Conn.  All  reduced 
one-half. 


-48- 


LICHEN  NOTES  No.  5.* 

Remarks  on  Nomenclature  and  Three  New  Names. 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

The  very  full  explication  given  to  the  genus  Ramalina  in  Nylander’s 
Recognitio  Monographica  Ramalinarum,  provided  for  lichenists  a treatise 
whose  value  is  scarcely  impaired  by  the  lapse  of  years.  Naturally  the 
names  of  some  of  the  species  have  met  with  revision,  investigation  has 
resulted  in  some  elisions,  and  a few  of  the  forms  remain  unrecognized  except 
by  the  great  lichenist  himself;  but  the  comprehensiveness  of  the  work  is 
conceded,  it  is  exceedingly  usable,  and  its  disposition  of  species  has  in  the 
main  been  followed  by  later  writers.  The  late  Prof.  E.  Tuckerman  is  a nota- 
ble exception  however,  giving  us  in  his  Synopsis  Pt.  I,  1882,  an  entirely  dif- 
ferent view  of  the  genus  with  respect  to  some  of  the  specific  affinities  and 
names.  Differing  from  Nylander  in  that  author’s  disposition  of  the  Rama- 
lina calicaris,  Ramalina  rigida  and  Ramalina  pusilla  groups,  in  R.  cali- 
caris he  follows  the  thought  of  the  elder  Fries.  R.  rigida  is  made  to  stand 
for  several  of  Nylander’s  names,  and  in  R.  pusilla  he  totally  differs  from 
the  accomplished  monographist.  It  is  not  easy  to  determine  why  Tucker- 
man adopted  the  view  of  Fries  with  respect  to  the  R.  calicaris  group,  for  its 
forms  are  so  protean  that  it  is  only  by  attentively  studying  the  minuter  dif- 
ferences that  a clear  understanding  is  arrived  at.  Nor  is  it  comprehensible 
that  clarity  is  aided  by  the  reduction  of  the  many  and  strikingly  dissimilar 
forms  allied  to  R.  rigida  to  one  species.  There  can  be  no  question  but 
what  the  labor  of  determining  species  is  minimized  by  conservatism  of  Tuck- 
erman’s  sort,  but  who  is  satisfied  with  a moderate  understanding  of  a sub- 
ject under  investigation,  if  a broader  or  more  detailed  comprehension  is 
obtainable.  Nylander  has  been  accused  of  triviality  of  diagnosis  in  his 
separation  of  Ramalina  forms,  and  it  is  to  be  conceded  that  he  made  use  of 
every  last  character  that  analysis  could  seize  upon.  But  if  trivial  facts  of 
diagnosis  are  found  to  be  typical  and  constant,  no  better  confirmation  of 
opinion  is  needed,  and  no  reason  exists  for  disavowing  a thing  merely 
because  it  is  trivial. 

The  names  made  use  of  in  the  following  notes  to  designate  species  and 
varieties  are  either  such  as  have  escaped  revision  since  the  publication  of 
Nylander’s  Monograph,  or  the  product  of  historical  recasting.  American 
students  will  have  no  difficulty  in  properly  referring  their  R.  calicaris  forms 
now  identified  in  Tuckerman’s  sense,  if  it  be  remembered  that  R.  fastigiata 
and  R.  fraxinea  must  have  curved  spores,  and  R.  calicaris , with  its  varie- 
ties and  R.  farinacea  straight  spores. 

*Lichen  Notes  No.  I,  Bryologtst,  8:  Nov.  1905,  No.  II,  Bry.  9:  Jan.  1906,  No.  Ill,  Bry. 
9:  July,  ijo6,  “Chemical  Tests,”  No.  IV,  Bry.  9:  Sept.  1906. 


—49  — 


Ramalina  calicaris  (L.)  Nyl  Mon.  Ram.  p.  33. 

Lichen  calicaris  L.  Sp.  Plant,  (1753)  p.  1146. 

Compare  Dill.  Hist.  Muse.  pi.  23.  f.  62,  cited  by  Linnaeus. 

No  reaction  noted  with  KHO 

This  is  R.  calicaris  Fr.  var.  canaliculata  Fr.  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis. 
Distinguishable  by  its  channelled  laciniae,  these  being  sometimes  simple, 
narrow,  and  linear  with  few  lateral  branches,  or  flexuous  and  di-trichotom- 
ously  much  branched,  The  apothecia  are  marginal  or  terminal,  in  the  lat- 
ter case  usually  spurred.  Spores  straight,  oblong-ellipsoid,  11-14  X \~in- 
This  plant  is  often  mistakenly  referred  to  R.  rigida. 

Ramalina  calicaris  var.  subampliata  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  34. 

Laciniae  from  narrow  to  sometimes  broad  (1  cm.),  irregularly  divided, 
and  often  lacerate,  the  surface  rugose,  darker  in  color  than  the  type. 
Apothecia  marginal,  terminal  or  superficial.  Spores  straight,  10-17  X 4-7/^* 
Commonly  identified  in  this  country  as  R.  calicaris  fraxinea  Fr.  D.  N.  A. 
Lich.  No.  222  is  so  referred,  likewise  Macoun’s  Canadian  Lichens  No.  12. 
The  late  Prof.  E.  E.  Bogue  distributed  the  plant  as  var  .fraxinea.  Exam- 
ined from  Noroton,  Ct.,  Mrs.  Lowe;  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Dr.  Sherman;  Cam- 
eron, La.,  Mr.  Cocks;  and  vicinity  of  Baltimore,  Md.,  Mr.  Plitt,  Nos.  3,  53, 
and  53a. 

Ramalina  calicaris  var.  subfastigiata  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  34. 

Resembling  both  the  type  and  R.  fastigiata.  The  apothecia  terminal 
and  often  without  the  spur.  Spores  straight  (in  R.  fastigiata  curved) 
12-17  X 4 -6/*.  No.  5 L.  B.  A,  belongs  here  and  the  plant  is  found  in  Knox 
Co.,  Maine.  I have  as  yet  seen  no  R.  fastigiata  (sensu  Nyl.)  from  Ameri- 
can sources. 

Ramalina  farinacea  (L.)  Ach.  L.  U.  p.  606. 

Lichen  farinaceus  L.  FI.  Suec.  2nd  ed.  p.  1089. 

This  is  R.  calicaris  v.  farinacea  Schaer.  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis. 
Only  once  seen  with  apothecia  in  a specimen  collected  in  Knox  Co.,  Maine, 
by  the  writer.  It  is  a plant  of  common  occurrence  in  temperate  regions 
with  several  distinct  aspects  or  modes  of  growth.  Only  one  will  be  particu- 
larized here  and  that; 

Ramalina  farinacea  forma  latus  Merrill  in  litt. 

Collected  on  San  Juan  Island,  Wash.,  by  Mr.  S.  A.  Foster,  No.  559.  The 
form  is  characterized  by  extremely  broad  laciniae  (9  mm.),.  with  the  soredia 
marginal  and  terminal.  In  the  specimens  examined  the  laciniae  attain  a 
length  of  4 cm.  only,  and  the  peculiar  condition  is  probably  due  to  its 
growth  in  an  excessivelv  moist  situation. 

Ramalina  fraxinea  (L.)  Ach.  L.  U.  p.  602. 

Lichen  fraxineus  L.  FI.  Suec.  2nd  ed.  p.  1091. 

Only  one  American  specimen  of  this  species  has  been  examined,  col- 
lected by  Prof.  B.  Fink  on  trees  at  Red  Lake;  Minn.  The  specimens  are 
leaf-like- and  referable  to  the  form  monophylla  Crombie.  Grevillea  VII  (1879) 
p.  141.  Spores  curved,  15  X 6.5 /a. 


—5o— 


Ramalina  complanata  (Sw.)  Ach.  L.  U.  p.  559. 

Lichen  complancitus  Sowerby  FI.  Ind.  occid.  Ill,  p.  1911,  me.  KHO  — 
Examined  in  a specimen  from  Snake  Key,  Fla.,  collected  by  Mr.  Baker 
and  communicated  by  Mr.  S.  Rapp.  Spores  variously  ellipsoid,  straight, 
11-18  X 3-5 h-  The  laciniae  papillate. 

Ramalina  denticulata  (Eschw.  Brazil,  p.  221,  sub  Parmelia)  me.  KHO-f-yel- 
low,  at  length  red. 

Very  similar  to  R.  complanata  but  distinguished  by  its  behavior  with 
KHO,  and  curved  spores  10-13  X 4.5-5 n in  dimensions.  Plant  small,  but 
the  apothecia  sometimes  a centimeter  in  diameter.  Collected  in  Jamaica  by 
the  late  Miss  Clara  E.  Cummings. 

Ramalina  linearis  (Sw.)  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  31. 

Lichen  linearis  L.  fil.  et  Sowerby  Meth.  Muse,  illustr.  p.  36. 

Forma  spinulosa.  Merrill,  me.  KHO — 

Thallus  attaining  to  13  cm.  in  length,  compressed,  narrowed,  canaliculate, 
linear  and  accuminate,  pale  straw-colored,  the  secondary  branches  patent,  as 
likewise  the  short  filiform  branchlets,  with  the  major  divisions  present  and 
clothed.  Apothecia  small,  lateral,  pedicellate,  at  length  rather  convex. . 
Spores  ellipsoid,  straight  13-17  X 7/*.  Collected  in  Jamaica  by  the  late  Miss 
Clara  E.  Cummings.  R.  canaliculata  Tayl.  is  'with  difficulty  separable 
frorn  this  species. 

Ramalina  alludens  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  32. 

Distinguished  from  R.  linearis  of  which  Tuckerman  in  Syn.  makes  it  a 
variety,  by  the  distinctly  narrow,  slightly  curved,  fusiform  spores  27-34  X 

3- 4//,  No.  193  Pringle’s  Mexican  Lichens  belongs  here. 

Ramalina  usneoides  (Ach.)  Fr.  L.  E.  p.  468. 

Parmelia  usneoides  Ach.  Meth.  p.  270. 

Spores  straight,  fusiform,  23  X 3.5/4,  No.  206  Pringle’s  Mexican  Lichens. 
Seems  to  be  common  in  Mexico,  and  is  a very  handsome  plant. 

Ramalina  anceps  Nyl.  Syn.  I,  p.  290,  me.  KHO-}- yellow,  at  length  red. 

Laciniae  elongated,  pendulous,  slender,  compressed,  ancipital,  sub- 
linear,  smooth  and  somewhat  shining,  dichotomously  divided  throughout, 
the  terminal  branchlets  attenuate  and  flexuous.  Apothecia  pallid,  genicu- 
lately  affixed.  Spores  ellipsoid  or  oblong-ellipsoid,  straight,  12-18  X 5-8/4. 
Collected  in  Jamaica  by  the  late  Miss  Clara  E.  Cummings.  This  species 
should  be  looked  for  in  the  southern  States. 

Ramalina  Yemensis  (Ach.)  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  46. 

Ramalina  fraxinea  var.  Yemensis  Ach.  L.  U.  p.  602,  me.  KHO  — 

This  is  R.  laevigata  Fr.  of  Tuckerman’s  Syn.  Spores  straight,  10-14  X 

4-  5—5/4,  No.  81  D.  N.  A.  Lich.  from  Austin,  Texas,  and  No.  13  Pringle’s  Mex- 
ican Lichens  from  Monterey,  Mexico,  typical ; No.  458  Plants  of  Mexico,  col- 
lected by  Dr.  Palmer  at  Alvarez,  State  of  San  Luis  Potosi,  is  in  part  forma 
sublinearis  Nyl.  l.c.  p.  46,  and  appears  to  be  an  alpine  state  ; No,  244  Pringle’s 
Mexican  Lichens  is  forma  latior  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  46,  and  has  larger 
spores  than  the  type. 


5i  — 


Ramalina  pollinaria  Ach.  L.  U.  p,  608. 

Lichen  pollinarius  Ach.  in  V.  ac.  H.  (Act.  Holm.)  1797;  p.  263,  PI.  XI. 
f.  2,  me.  KHO— 

A plant  received  from  Mr.  A.  S.  Foster,  collected  at  San  Juan  Island, 
Wash.,  in  1907,  seems  to  be  the  var.  hurnilis.  No  other  American  material 
thus  far  seen  seems  referable  to  this  species,  although  several  specimens 
examined,  all  provided  with  mealy  soredia,  have  been  so  marked  by  our  col- 
lectors. Just  what  form  Tuckerman  refers  to  in  Syn.  p.  27,  as  occurring  on 
trees  and  rocks,  it  is  difficult  to  [say,  unless  it  be  a plant  generally  diffused 
throughout  the  northern  U.  S.  commonly  found  on  rocks,  which  while 
resembling  minor  states  of  R.  farinacea  has  the  laciniae  of  R.  dilacerata  f. 
pollinariella . Invariably  occurring  without  apothecia,  the  status  of  the 
form  is  doubtful.  It  is  altogether  different  from  the  San  Juan  plant  cited, 
which  while  provided  with  apothecia,  affords  no  spores. 

Ramalina  polymorpha  (Ach.)  L.  U.  p.  600. 

Lichen  polymorphus  Ach  in  V.  ac.  H.1797,  p.270,  PI.  XI.  f . 3 , me.  KHO — 

Tuckerman  cites  a plant  collected  by  Wright  at  Bering  Strait  as  refera- 
ble here,  but  states  that  it  differs  from  the  European  forms  of  the  species. 
Assuming  that  Wright’s  plant  may  be  identical  with  one  collected  at  a later 
date  by  J.  M.  Macoun  on  St.  Panl’s  Island  and  issued  as  Nos.  6 and  8 of 
Macoun’s  Canadian  Lichens,  this  difference  is  to  be  clearly  perceived.  Both 
of  the  Macoun  specimens  are  granulose-sorediate  rather  than  farinose,  but 
in  all  other  particulars,  even  to  the  extent  of  being  more  or  less  foraminous, 
agreeing  with  R.  dilacerata  pollinariella  Arn.  The  plant  is  better  refera- 
ble to  that  species,  for  published  examples  (Zahlbruckner’s  Krvp.  exsic.  No. 
464  and  L.  B.  A.  No.  179)  show  distinctly  granulate  conditions  of  the  soredia. 
Miss  C.  E.  Cummings  in  Lichens  of  Alaska  cites  R.  polymorpha  emplecta 
Ach.  from  St.  Paul’s  Island,  collected  by  Dr.  Bean.  But  the  ultimate 
branchlets  of  Macoun’s  examples  from  the  same  locality  are  not  accuminate, 
nor  the  major  segments  strongly  longitudinally  costate-rugose  as  in  that 
variety.  Nylander  in  Freti  Behringii  cites  R.  pollinariella , equivalent  with 
R.  dilacerata  pollinariella  as  herein  understood,  from  this  region,  and  R. 
pusilla  geniculata  Tuckerm.  under  which  name  Tuckerman  recognizes  the 
same  thing  is  reported  from  various  adjacent  localities.  R.  polymorpha 
seems  to  be  non-existent  in  the  United  States. 

Ramalina  cuspidata  (Ach.)  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  60. 

R.  scopulorum  var.  cuspidata  Ach.  L.  U.  p.  605. 

No.  9.  ex.  herb.  Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  so  marked,  is  fistulous, 
and  foraminous,  hence  belongs  with  the  R.  pusilla  section  of  Nyl  Mon.  Ram. 
p.  63.  It  seems  best  comparable  with  R.  favanica  Nyl.  l.c.  p.  69,  me.  KHO — 

Ramalina  dilacerata  (Hoffm.)  Wainio  in  Medd.  Soc.  pro.  faun,  et  flor.  fennic. 

XIV  (1888)  p.  14  and  21. 

I^obaria  dilacerata  Hoffm.  Deutsch.  FI.  (1796)  p.  140.  me.  KHO — 

This  is  R.  minuscula  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  66,  and  R.  pusilla  geniculata 
Tuck.  Syn.  p.  26,  is  made  a synonum  by  that  writer.  Tuckerman’s  disposi- 


-52- 


tion  of  American  representatives  of  the  fistulous  Ramalinasis  unsatisfactory 
and  incomprehensible.  No.  3 Macoun’s  Canadian  Lichens  of  published 
American  exsiccati  seems  to  represent  the  species  best,  although  No.  207  D. 
N.  A.  Lich.  is  scarcely  inferior.  It  is  probable  that  Tuckerman  would  have 
referred  both  to  his  R.  pusilla,  and  it  is  equally  certain  that  both  are  R.  minus- 
cula  in  Nylander’s  sense.  The  cortex  is  filamentous  rather  than  amorphous, 
that  character  being  assigned  to  R.  pusilla.  The  species  is  usually  esoredi- 
ate  and  to  a considerable  degree  resembles  R.fastigiata  in  miniature. 
Ramalina  dilacerata  f.  pollinariella  Arn.  in  Verh.  Zool.  Bot.  Ges.  Wien. 

XLVII  (1897)  p.  354. 

This  is  the  multifid  laciniate  form  that  by  most  American  students  is 
referred  to  var.  geniculata  Tuckerm.  of  R.  pusilla.  Commonly  infertile, 
the  specimens  vary  considerably  in  size,  being  small  on  a saxicoline  sub- 
strata, and  larger  with  more  numerous  branches  on  a corticoline.  The 
smaller  states,  were  it  not  for  their  being  more  or  less  fistulous,  might  be  as 
readily  identified  as  R.  farinacea.  No.  179  L.  B.  A.  represents  the  saxico- 
line form.  Both  the  species  and  variety  are  northern  in  range,  the  species 
having  been  examined  from  Nipigon  Lake,  Cape  Breton,  Hastings,  B.  C., 
Victoria,  V.  I.,  and  Quebec,  collected  by  Prof.  J.  Macoun;  Newfoundland, 
Waghorne;  while  the  variety  comes  to  notice  from  Sable  Island,  Murray 
River,  Que. , Cape  Breton,  the  Gaspe  Country,  Anticosta,  J.  Macoun;  and  St. 
Paul’s  Island,  Bering  Sea  and  Unalaska,  J.  M.  Macoun;  Maine  and  New 
Hampshire,  Merrill. 

Ramalina  inflata  Hook.  fil.  et  Tayl.  Antarct.  I,  p.  194. 

Var.  soredians  Merrill  var.  nov.  me.  KHO — 

Agreeing  with  the  species  except  that  the  laciniae  laterally  and  some- 
times apically  show  a tendency  to  fissure,  when  the  perforation  becomes 
more  or  lessbircuiar,  the  inner  wall  of  the  podetia-like  branch  becomes  visi- 
ble through  the  perforation  and  all  the  exposed  surface  takes  on  a farinose 
aspect.  Collected  in  Jamaica  by  the  late  Miss  C.  E.  Cummings. 

Ramalina  rigida  (Pers.)  Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  14. 

Lichen  rigidus  Pers.  in  litt. 

Physcia  attenuata  Pers.  in  Act.  Societ.  Wetterau.  II.  PI.  10,  s.  7,  me. 

KHO+ 

Persoon’s  illustration  of  Physcia  attenuata  is  sufficiently  like  R.  grad- 
ient a (Ach.)  Nyl.  but  Nylander  considers  that  it  represents  R.  rigida , or  at 
least  his  conception  of  it.  Nylander  distinguishes  those  closely  allied  forms  of 
the  R.  rigida  group  in  this  manner.  R.  rigida  is  at  once  separated  by  the 
reaction  with  hydrate  of  potash  me.  KHO-(- yellow,  at  length  red.  The 
plant  grows  in  a fruticulose  manner , and  the  laciniae  are  terete  or  terete- 
compressed,  the  cortex  smooth.  Spores  10-15  X 7-8/q  straight,  ellipsoid  or 
oblong-ellipsoid.  R.  gracilis  is  characterized  by  lotigitudinally  striate , 
sub-costate,  angulose  laciniae,  caespitose  habit,  and  larger  spores,  these 
being  11-21  X 7~9/b  straight,  ellipsoid,  or  oblong  or  fusiform-ellipsoid,  and 
lack  of  reaction  with  hydrate  of  potash.  R.  gracilenta  differs  from  R. 
gracilis  to  which  it  is  very  closely  allied  in  having  slightly  shorter  and  nar- 


-53— 


rower  spores  (11-18  X 4—5//)  these  commonly  distinctly  fusiform , and  by  the 
tendency  of  thelaciniae  to  become  torulose.  As  in  R.  gracilis  there  is  no 
reaction  with  potash.  No  American  specimens  of  the  R.  rigida  stock  have 
yet  been  examined  showing  a medullary  coloration  on  application  of  KHO, 
and  it  is  certain  that  in  Nylander's  sense  our  southern  examples  must  be 
referred  to  either  R.  gracilenta  (Ach. ) Nyl.  Mon.  Ram.  p.  19,  or  R.  gracilis 
(Pers.)  Nyl.  1.  c.  p.  17. 

The  so-called  northern  form  of  R.  rigida  that  Willey  in  New  Bedford 
Lichens  thinks  in  its  larger  states  may  be  referable  to  R.  gracilenta  has 
distinctly  straight,  ovoid  or  oblong-ellipsoid  spores  8-15  X 4-6/*  with  the 
apothecia  rather  terminal  than  otherwise  (in  A’,  rigida  and  its  allies  com- 
monly lateral).  The  form  in  no  way  resembles  R.  gracilenta  and  it  is 
thought  best  to  revive  Tuckerman’s  name  of  R.  tenuis  for  its  designation. 
Very  similar  forms  are  collected  in  Florida,  showing  that  it  is  not  exclu- 
sively northern,  and  the  character  cited  by  Tuckerman  for  his  R.  rigida , of 
“besprinkled  often  with  white  warts,”  may  only  be  applied  to  states  of  this 
species.  , Rockland,  Maine. 

NOTES  ON  THE  FRUITING  SEASON  OF  SOME  OF  THE  MOSSES. 

Phebe  M.  Towle. 

Altho  Dr.  H.  W.  Arnell,  of  Upsala,  Sweden,  published,  in  1875,  a long 
list  of  the  mosses  of  his  country,  giving  their  blooming  and  fruiting  season 
and  the  time  required  for  the  development  of  their  sporophytes,  and  Dr.  A. 
Grimme  brought  out,  in  “ Hedwigia,”  1903,  a similar  list  for  Germany,  yet, 
so  far  as  the  writer  is  aware,  no  extended  list  of  this  nature  has  been  made 
for  any  part  of  America. 

Not  only  do  the  months  for  the  blooming  and  the  fruiting  vary  with  the 
latitude  and  the  climate,  but  the  length  of  time  required  for  the  development 
also  varies  under  differing  conditions.  So  if  a list  should  in  time  be  made 
for  Burlington,  Vt.,  for  instance,  it  would  not  wholly  agree  with  a list  made 
for  a locality  further  south.  In  fact,  in  an  instance  to  be  mentioned  later,  the 
dates  for  northern  Vermont  do  not  agree  with  those  for  the  region  of  New 
York  City. 

Dr.  Arnell,  in  The  Bryologist  for  May,  1905,  mentions  the  value  of  obser- 
vations repeated  for  several  years  for  the  sake  of  medium  dates.  The 
necessity  for  securing  average  dates  has  been  emphasized  by  the  late  springs 
of  1906  and  1907,  as  compared  with  the  early  spring  of  1905.  In  the  latter 
year  we  had  a warm  April.  But  in  1906  on  my  first  trip  afield  in  the  middle 
of  April  I found  ice  under  the  leaves  on  the  slopes,  and  the  flat  was  a sheet 
of  ice.  The  first  warm  days  began  May  14th. 

In  1905  Mnium  sylvaticum  is  recorded  as  shedding  spores  the  latter  half 
of  April,  while  in  1906  the  same  species,  in  shady  places  in  town,  did  not 
open  their  lids  until  May  16th,  the  third  warm  day.  while  Mnium  affine  ciliare 
was  several  days  later.  Altho  the  development  of  these  mosses  was  delayed 
by  the  cold  spring  their  blooming  time  was  apparently  not  affected ; for  the 
blooming  time  of  both  years  was  the  same  month — June,  the  15th  of  the 


—54- 


month  being  about  the  middle  of  the  blooming  time.  Taking  the  average  of 
the  three  years,  Mniurn  sy Iv aticum  shows  the  blooming  time  to  be  June  and 
the  fruiting  time  the  latter  half  of  April  and  May,  time  ten  or  eleven  months. 
For  Mnium  affine  ciliare,  blooming  in  June,  the  fruiting  time  is  the  following 
May,  time  eleven  months. 

Mnium  Drummondii , of  which  I felt  uncertain,  (See  The  Bryologist 
IX.  3,  55)  has  been  verified  by  Dr.  Grout.  It  occurs  near  Mnium  affine , which 
is  .abundant  while  Mnium  Drummondii  is  rare.  They  correspond  in  dates. 

I first  noticed  the  Giant  Bryumjor  Rhodobryum  roseum  in  fruit  in  the  early 
spring  several  years  ago,  a little  clump  of  it  near  the  drive  in  Fair  Holt. 
The  notes,  however,  have  been  made  from  material  in  Ethan  Allen  Park. 
It  is  a large,  rather  handsome  moss  with  the  leaves  somewhat  crowded  into 
a large  rosette  at  the  top.  The  sporophytes  are  usually  clustered.  The 
female  plants  are  abundant,  the  male  rare.  On  Sept.  20,  1906,  I found  both 
kinds  of  rosettes  with  their  antheridia  and  archegonia  beginning  to  open. 
By  Oct.  1st  their  blooming  time  seemed  to  be  over;  the  antheridia  had  dis- 
charged their  antherozoids  and  the  archegonia  which  had  not  been  fertilized 
were  turning  brown. 

The  following  spring,  April  24th,  the  rosettes  showed  the  sporophytes 
developing.  They  could  be  distinguished  with  the  naked  eye  and  well  seen 
with  the  hand  lens.  In  September  this  moss  had  sporophytes,  from  two  to 
four  in  a cluster,  which  were  tall  and  green  with  a suggestion  of  brown. 
They  were  pretty  closely  \vatched  until  Nov.  27th  when  they  were  reddish- 
brown  but  their  lids  were  on  tight.  On  April  24,  1907,  I found  these  sporo- 
phyte  capsules  with  their  lids  mostly  off,  altho  a few  were  on,  and  the  spores 
shedding  freely. 

According  to  these  observations  for  Burlington,  Vermont,  the  blooming 
time  of  Rhodobryum  roseum  is  the  latter  half  of  September  and  the  fruiting 
season  the  latter  half  of  April,  time  one  year  and  seven  months.  But  Dr. 
Grout  gives  the  blooming  time  in  the  vicinity  of  New  York  City  as  August 
and  early  September,  and  the  fruiting  time  as  autumn. 

Another  beautiful  little  moss  is  Bartramia  pomiformis.  It  forms  a mat 
of  bright  green,  fruits  freely,  and  the  capsules,  as  the  name  indicates,  are 
somewhat  spherical  or  apple  shaped.  It  is  monoicious,  and  is  quite. abund- 
ant at  Fair  Holt. 

On  June  14,  1906,  the  rosettes  of  this  moss  showed  antheridia  and  arche- 
gonia that  were  old  and  brown,  also  those  that  were  fresh,  open,  and  active, 
and  still  others  that  were  not  full  grown.  In  October,  the  new  sporophytes 
were  seen  with  the  aid  of  a hand  lens.  Following  on  till  the  next  spring  they 
were  mature  and  shedding  spores  by  the  middle  of  May;  time,  eleven 
months. 

On  May  i6th,in  the  Bartramia  pomiformis  from  Fair  Holt,  the  sporo- 
phytes were  shedding  spores,  but  in  the  material  from  near  Colchester  Point, 
some  of  the  capsules  had  their  lids  on  as  late  as  May  26th. 

Prof.  Jones  tells  me  that  there  is  about  the  same  difference,  ten  days, 
in  the  blossoming  of  the  willows  on  the  hill  and  the  lake  shore.  Those  near 
the  cold  water  of  the  lake  are  about  ten  days  later. 

This  illustrates  in  a small  way  the  variations  due  to  different  climatic 
conditions  in  the  same  latitude  and  in  near  by  places. 

Jan.  17,  1908.  Burlington,  Vermont. 


-55— 


LICHENS  COLLECTED  IN  THE  TEHACHEP1  MOUNTAINS, 
CALIFORNIA,  JUNE,  1907, 

By  Dr.  H.  E.  Hasse. 

The  district  explored  embraces  only  a small  portion  of  the  Tehachepi 

Range  and  extends  westerly  and  southerly  from  the  station  of  Tehachepi 

about  fifteen  miles,  the  elevation  covered  varying  from  1,500  to  2,500  meters, 

the  highest  being  locally  known  as  Mt.  Cummings. 

Dermatocarpum  miniatum  (L.)  Mann.  Spores  oblong-ellipsoid,  20/4  long, 
9/z  thick.  On  shaded  rocks. 

Dermatocarpum  rufescens  Ach.  On  earth  among  rocks. 

Calicium  pusillum  Flk.  Thallus  white  subleperous;  apothecia  lenticular, 
entirely  black,  on  short  stipes;  spores  narrowly  ellipsoid,  bilocular, 
9-12 fi  long,  3-4//  thick,  dark  gray,  very  slightly  constricted  at  the  mid- 
dle. On  decorticated  dead  oak  wood. 

Cyphelium  tigillare  (Pers.)  Th.  Fr.  On  decorticated  dead  pine  wood. 

Cyphelium  Carolinianum  (Tuck.)  Hasse  n.  comb.  Thallus  verruculose, 
ash  or  dirty  yellowish  colored;  apothecia  innate,  black,  papillate. 
Spores  bilocular,  16-20 /j,  long,  8-12 y,  thick,  constricted  at  the  middle. 
On  bark  of  conifers. 

Lecidea  atrobrunnea  (Ram.)  Schaer.  On  granite. 

Lecidea  polycarpa  Fr.  See  Tuck.  Syn.  N.  A.  Lich.  part  2,  p.  69.  On 
granite. 

Lecidea  enteroleuca  Fr.  On  granite. 

Lecidea  enteroleuca  Fr.  var.  achrista  Sommerf.  On  bark  of  conifers. 

Lecidea  auriculata  Th.  Fr.  f.  diducens  (Nyl. ) Th.  Fr.  (Z.  auriclata  pau- 
pera  Stig.). 

Lecidea  fusco- atra  (L.)  Th.  Fr.  This  and  the  preceding  species  on  rocks. 

Lecidea  flexuosa  Fr.  On  dead  wood. 

Lecidea  rubiformis  Wnbg.  Thallus  of  large  squamules,  reniform,  ascend- 
ant, closely  imbricated,  pale  greenish-dun  colored  above,  beneath  whit- 
ish, margin  entire  or  dobulated,  forming  small  cushions  on  earth  in 
crevices  of  rocks,  apothecia  globular,  often  becoming  conglomerate, 
immarginate.  dark  brown,  situated  at  bases  of  the  squamules.  Spores 
ellipsoid,  16//  long,  7 fi  thick. 

Lecidea  granulosa  (Ehrh.)  Schaer.  Thallus  whitish  gray,  reaction  with 
IC  orange-yellow  and  with  C reddish;  apothecia  small,  0.25  to  0.5  mm.  in 
diam.,  rusty-black  to  black,  by  crowding  becomiug  irregular  in  outline 
and  the  margin  finally  disappearing;  paraphyses  coherent,  hypothecium 
pale,  spores  narrow  ellipsoid  with  blunt  ends,  10-14^  long-  by  4-5 fx  thick. 
On  dead  pine  wood. 

Bacidia  milliaria  Fr.  Thallus  white,  chinky  or  areolata,  sparse;  apothecia 
sessile,  flat,  black  with  a thin  permanent  margin;  spores  finger-shaped, 
at  times  somewhat  curved,  indistinctly  pluriseptate,  20-32 ju  long,  4-5 ju 
thick ; hypothecium  pale.  On  dead  oak  wood. 


—56— 


Gyrophora  rugifera  (Nyl.)Th.  Fr.  On  rocks  at  the  highest  elevation  above 
given.  In  all  specimens  seen  from  Southern  California,  where  it  occurs 
in  the  highest  mountains  from  2500  meters  upwards,  the  lower  surface  of 
the  thallus  is  without  fibrils  and  somewhat  lighter  in  color  than  the 
upper. 

Gyrophora  phaea  (Tuck.)  Hasse  n.  comb.  Thallus  dark  below,  granulate; 
hymenium  100//  high:  hypothecium  dark  brown:  paraphyses  coherent; 
thecae  broadly  clavate,  60 //  high,  20 //  thick;  spores  13-16//  long,  8-ioju 
thick,  broadly  ellipsoid:  hymenial  gelatine  with  I brown,  the  spores  a 
faint  greenish  yellow.  Frequent  on  rocks  at  1700  meters  alt. 

Gyrophora  polyphylla  (L.)  Koerb.  On  granite  boulders. 

Gyrophora  hirsuta  (Ach.)  var.  grisea  (Sw.)  Th.  Fr.  With  the  last  on 
granite  boulders. 

Umbilicaria  Semitensis  Tuck.  One-leaved,  3-5  cm.  in  diam.  Above  smoky 
gray,  smooth  but  centrally  becoming  finely  areolated,  beneath  almost 
black,  coarsely  granulated  and  towards  point  of  insertion  rugulose;  mar- 
gin of  frond  reverted;  apothecia  crowded  toward  the  circumference  of 
frond,  even  confluent,  black,  angular  or  round,  plicate,  thecae  balloon 
shaped,  72-112 ju  long,  16-20 ju  thick,  with  a thick  sack  wall;  spores  uni-, 
form,  from  24-26 //  long  and  16-20//  thick.  This  last  with  the  two  preced- 
ing species  thickly  cover  the  north  side  of  large  granite  boulders 
crowning  a butte  several  acres  in  extent,  situated  within  a few  minutes 
northward  of  Tehachepi  station. 

Biatorella  resinae  Fr.  Thallus  indistinct  or  obsolete:  apothecia  small, 
sessile,  black,  brownish  when  moist,  convex,  immarginate,  crowded; 
thecae  balloon  shaped,  40 //  by  28 // ; spores  numerous,  globular,  about 
2-3//  in  diam.  Reaction  with  I blue  changing  to  sordid  claret.  On  bark 
of  conifers. 

Acarospora  chlorophana  (Walbg.)  Mass.  On  rocks;  not  frequent. 

Pertusaria  Wulfenii  DC.  On  bark  at  the  base  of  trunks  of  Quercus  Cali- 
fornica. 

Lecanora  saxicola  (Poll.)  On  rocks. 

Lecanora  saxicola  (Poll.)  Ach.  var.  diffracta  Fr.  On  rocks. 

Lecanora  rubina  (Vill. ) Wainio  var.  melanophthalma  (DC.)  Th.  Fr.  On 
rocks. 

Lecanorasordida  (Pers.)  Th.  Fr.  var.  bicincta  (Ram.)  Th.  Fr.  The  convex 
densely  pruinose  disk  is  circumscribed  by  a thin  black  excipulum.  Spores 
18//  long,  6//  thick.  On  rocks. 

Lecanora  subfusca  (L.)  Ach.  On  barks  and  rocks;  also  its  variety  allo- 
phana  Ach.,  on  dead  wood. 

Lecanora  varia  Ach.  On  barks  and  rocks.  Its  varieties  symmicta  Ach. 
and  saepincola  Fr. , on  dead  wood  and  dead  bark. 

Lecanora  Hageni  Ach.  On  bark. 

Lecanora  gibbosa  (Ach.)  Nyl.  On  rocks.  A similar  lichen  on  bark  of  pine 
with  ovate  spores  20-30//  long,  14-20//  thick,  granular,  mononucleolate; 
hymenium  225 pi  high;  paraphases  coherent;  thecae  175//  long,  28//  thick, 
sack  shaped. 


—57- 


Lecanora  calcarea  (L.)  Sommerf.  On  rocks. 

Candelaria  viTELLiNA(Ehrh.)  Mull.  Arg.  On  barks  and  rocks. 

Parmelia  olivacea  (L.)  Ach.  Frequent  on  barks  and  rocks. 

Parmelia  exasperata  (Ach.  Nyl.  Likewise  common  on  barks  and  rocks. 

Parmelia  physodes  (L.)  Ach.  var.  anteromorpha  Tuck.  On  various  barks. 

Cetraria  Californica  Tuck.  On  barks  of  conifers. 

Alectoria  Oregana  Nyl.  Frequent  on  limbs  of  conifers. 

Letharia  vulpina  (L.)  Wainio.  On  bark  of  conifers.  The  apothecia  are 
frequently  luxuriant,  attaining  at  times  a breadth  of  33  cm.  The  lichen 
was  also  seen  on  rocks  and  bark  of  deciduous  trees,  but  in  these  cases 
sterile  and  poorly  developed. 

Blastenia  ferruginea  (Huds.)  Arn.  On  bark. 

Caloplaca  aurantiaca  (Lightf.)  Th.  Fr.  On  bark. 

Caloplaca  murorum  (Hoffm.)  Th.  Fr.  On  bark. 

Xanthoria  polycarpa  (Ehrh.)  Th.  Fr.  On  various  barks. 

Theloschistes  ramulosus  Tuck.  Same  habitat  as  the  last. 

Buellia  parasema  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr.  On  bark  of  Fremontia  Californica. 

Buella  alboatra  (Hoffm.)  Tr.  Fr.  On  bark  of  conifers. 

Buella  pulchella  (Schaer.)  Tuck.  Spores  18-20 fi  long,  g-io/i  thick,  hymen- 
ium  80 fi  high;  hypothecium  brown:  paraphyses  coherent:  thecae  dilated 
sack  shaped,  72 fj,  long,  i8;U  thick.  Hymenial  gelatine  with  iodine  blue, 
then  sordid  yellow. 

Rinodina  sophodes  (Ach.)Th.  Fr. 

Rinodina  exigua  (Ach  ) Th.  Fr. 

Rinodina  confragosa  (Ach.)  Koerb.  These  last  three  on  various  barks. 

Rinodina  succedens  Nyl.  On  bark  of  Pseudotsuga  macrocarpa. 

Physcia  ciliaris  (L.)  Mass.  Rocks,  rarely  in  fruit. 

Physcia  pulverulenta  (Hoffm.)  Nyl.  f.  muscigena  Nyl.  On  rocks. 

Physcia  pulverulenta  (Hoffm.)  Nyl.  Subsp.  pityrea  Nyl.  On  rocks. 

Physcia  pulverulenta  (Hoffm.)  Nyl.  Subsp.  isidiigera  A.  Zahlbr.  (Herre, 
Lich.  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Peninsula,  Cal.)  Shaded  rocks. 

Physcia  pulverulenta  (Hoffm.)  Nyl.  var.  suvenusta  Nyl.  Also  the  forms 
deminuta  Cromb.  and  panniformis  Cromb.  (Crombie,  Brit.  Lich.)  On 
rocks. 

In  the  January  Bryologist,  XI.  1908,  page  6,  at  bottom,  for  Catocarpon 

myriocarpum  (Mudd)  f.  ecrustacea  (Leight)  etc.,  read  Buellia  myriocarpa 

(DC.)  Mudd  f.  ecrustacea  Leighton,  and  for  Catocarpon  myriocarpum 

(Mudd)  v . punctiformis  (Mudd)  Fr.  read  Buellia  myriocarpa  (DC.)  Mudd  v. 

punctiformis  (Hoffm.)  Mudd. 


Sawtelle,  California. 


-58- 

RECENT  BOTANICAL  LITERATURE. 

In  Revue  Bryologique  Vol.  34,  No.  5,  1897,  pp.  87-92,  Prof.  N.  C.  Kind- 
berg  has  some  more  characteristic  “New  notes  on  the  Northamerican  bry- 
ology.”  Dr.  Kindberg’s  work  is  so  well  known  that  comment  is  unnecessary. 
We  list  his  new  species  and  varieties  withholding  descriptions  until  their 
synonymy  has  been  ascertained. 

Pseudoleskeella  glaberrima  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Canada,  Sask.,  Little  Mani- 
tou  Lake,  on  boulders:  J.  Macoun. 

Eurhynchium  glaciale  (Br.  eur.)  Kindb.  *E.  infraalpinum  Kindb,  n. 
subsp.  Canada,  Cape  Breton,  at  base  of  trees:  J.  Macoun. 

Eurhynchium  glaciale  var.  angustifolium  Kindb.  n.  var.  Canada,  Brit. 
Col.  Laggan,  on  stones  in  a brook  ^ J.  Macoun. 

Brachytheciltm  rivulare  Br.  eur.  *B.  colpophylloides  Kindb.  n.  subsp. 
Wet  logs.  Canada,  Brit.  Col.,  Joho  Valley,  Quebec,  Chelsea:  J.  Macoun. 

Brachythecium  velutinum  Br.  eur.  *B.  curvirameum  Kindb.  n.  subsp. 
Canada,  Quebec:  J.  Macoun. 

Hypnum  subdensum  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Missouri,  Creve  Coeur  Lake  on  earth. 
N.  L.  T.  Nelson. 

Hypnum  (Drepanocladus)  Jamesii-Macounii  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Alaska,  St.. 
Paul’s  Island:  J.  M.  Macoun. 

Tetraplodon  urceolatus  (Brid.)  Br.  et.  Sch.  *T.  submnioides  Kindb.  n. 
subsp.  Canada,  Labrador:  Rev.  A.  C.  Waghorne,  com.  Macoun. 

Dichodontium  Nelsonii  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Missouri,  Cliff  Cave:  Kellogg, 
com.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson. 

Grimmia  papillinervis  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Canada,  Brit.  Col.  Skagit  summit : 
J.  M.  Macoun. 

Grimmia  elatior  Bruch.  *G.  rufesgens  Kindb.  n.  subsp.  Canada,  Hud- 
son Bay,  Baffin  Land,  on  earth:  A.  P.  Low,  com.  J.  Macoun. 

Grimmia  serrata  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Canada,  Brit.  Col.,  Rossland;  J.  M. 
Macoun. 

Orthotrichum  affine  Schrad.  *C.  subrivale  Kindb.  n.  subsp.  Canada, 
Quebec:  J.  Macoun. 

Bryum  Lowii  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Canada,  Hudson  Bay,  Southampton  Island; 
A.  P.  Low  (Director  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada)  com.  J.  Macoun. 

Bryum  julaceum  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Canada,  Brit.  Col.,  Pipestone  Pass:  J. 
Macoun. 

Bryum  (C^espitibryum)  glaciale  Kindb,  n.  sp.  Canada,  Brit.  Col.,  Skagit 
summit:  J M.  Macoun. 

Bryum  intermedium  (Ludw.)  Brid.  *B.  ovatifolium  Kindb.  n.  subsp. 
Canada,  Brit.  Col.,  Pipestone  Creek;  J.  Macoun. 

Bryum  nano-c.espiticium  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Canada,  Yukon  District,  Hun- 
ker Creek:  J.  Macoun. 

Bryum  pendulum  (Hornsch.)  Schimp.  *B.  longipes  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Canada, 
Brit.  Col.,  Laggan:  J.  Macoun.  % 

Bryum  pendulum,  *B.  parvulum  Kindb.  n.  subsp.  Canada,  James  Bay 
W.  Spreadborough,  com.  J.  Macoun. 


—59— 


Pohlia  polygama  Kindb.  n.  sp.  Canada,  Brit.  Col.,  Rossland:  J.  M. 
Maconn. 

Amblystegium  adnatum  (Hedw.)  *A.  NELSONii~Kindb.  n.  subsp.  Missouri 
and  Minnesota:  N.  L.  T.  Nelson. 


Obituary. — The  death  of  Professor  William  A.  Kellerman,  head  of  the 
department  of  botany  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  on  March  8,  1908,  will 
be  a shock  to  many  of  our  readers.  He  was  with  several  student  assistants 
on  his  fourth  winter  expedition  to  Gautemala,  in  the  interests  of  fungi  col- 
lection. He  was  born  in  Ashville,  Ohio.  May  1,  1850,  was  graduated  from 
Cornell  University  in  1874,  received  the  degree  of  Ph.  D.  from  the  University 
of  Zurich  in  1881,  was  professor  of  botany  in  the  Kansas  State  Agricultural 
College  from  1883  to  1891,  since  then  has  been  professor  of  botany  in  the 
Ohio  State  University.  He  established  in  1885,  in  association  with  J.  B. 
Ellis  and  B.  M.  Everhart,  “The  Journal  of  Mycology.”  He  was  also  the 
author  of  a textbook  under  the  title  of  “Elements  of  Botany;”  an  “Analyti- 
cal Flora  of  Kansas  ” (with  Mrs.  Kellerman);  a “ Catalogue  of  Ohio  Plants’’ 
(with  W.  C.  Werner),  and  a large  number  of  short  articles  involving  a wide 
range  of  botanical  activity.  Professor  Kellerman  was  a member  of  the  Tor- 
rey  Botanical  Club,  and  known  to  many  of  the  Chapter  members  and  sub- 
scribers of  The  Bryologist  by  correspondence  at  least.  He  was  buried  in 
Gautamala. 


SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER  NOTES. 

New  Members.  No.  181.  Rev.  James  Hansen,  St.  John's  University, 
Collegeville,  Minn.  No.  182.  Dr.  Howard  J.  Banker,  DePauw  University, 
Greencastle,  Ind.  No.  183.  Mr;  William  Gray,  Mauriceville,  Wairarapa, 
New  Zealand.  No.  184.  Miss  Helen  E.  Underwood,  5 Benefit  Terrace,  Wor- 
cester, Mass. 


It  is  reported  that  by  the  first  of  April,  1909,  at  the  very  latest,  the  large 
Sphagnum  collection  of  Carl  Warnstorf  will  be  placed  on  sale.  This  col- 
lection, which  contains  at  a conservative  estimate  about  30,000  specimens 
from  all  over  the  world,  with  unusually  copious  notes  and  annotations,  is  with- 
out doubt  the  most  extensive  and  valuable  peat  moss  herbarium  in  the 
world.  Intending  purchasers  should  place  themselves  in  communication 
before  the  first  of  October,  1908,  with  Carl  Warnstorf,  Ringstrasse  55, 
Friedenau,  Berlin,  Germany. 


— 6o — 


OFFERINGS. 

(To  Chapter  Members  only.  For  postage). 

Mr.  E.  J.  Winslow,  523^  West  Fourth  street,  Elmira,  New  York.  Bux- 
b'aumia  aphylla  L.  Collected  in  New  York.  Bartramia  Oederi  Swartz. 
Collected  in  Vermont. 

Dr.  J.  F.  Brenckle,  Kulm,  North  Dakota  (4  cents  postage).  Cladonia  crista- 
tella  Tuckerm. : Cladonia  mitrula  Tuckerm.;  Rinodina  oreina  (Ach.) 
Mass.  All  collected  near  Kulm,  N.  D. 

Prof.  Thomas  A.  Bonser,  Spokane  College,  Spokane,  Wash.  Sticta  antras- 
pis  Ach.  Collected  in  Wash. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Huntington,  Amesbury,  Mass.  Barbula  caespitosa  Schwaegr. ; 
Fontinalis  Novae-Angliae  Sulliv.  Both  sterile,  and  collected  in  Ames- 
bury, Mass. 

Mr.  A.  S.  Foster,  Westport,  Wash.  Grimmia  torquata  Grev.  st.;  Hypnum 
giganteum  Schimp.  st.  Both  from  western  Washington. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Plitt,  1706  Hanover  street,  Baltimore,  Md.  Thelia  asprella  Sulliv. 
Collected  in  Maryland. 

Mr.  Severin  Rapp,  Sanford,  Florida.  Archidium  Ravenellii  Sulliv.;  Fissi- 
dens  Ravenellii  Sulliv.  Collected  in  Florida. 

Miss  Caroline  C.  Haynes,  Highlands,  New  Jersey.  Frullania  Eboracensis 
Gottsche.  Collected  by  Prof.  H.  Dupret,  in  Canada;  Euosmolej eunea 
duriuscula  (Nees)  Evans.  Collected  by  Mr.  Severin  Rapp,  in  Florida. 


To  the  Members  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  : 

In  view  of  the  letter  recently  sent  by  Mr.  Bigelow  to  members  of  the 
S.  M.  C.  on  behalf  of  the  Agassiz  Association  a few  words  of  explanation  are 
in  order.  The  idea  of  a society  for  the  study  of  mosses  originated  with  Mrs. 
Britton  and  Dr.  Grout.  As  the  Fern  Chapter  had  recently  been  started  it 
was  at  the  suggestion,  I believe,  of  Mr.  W.  N.  Clntethat  the  moss  society  also 
be  made  a Chapter  of  the  A.  A.  then  in  active  work.  This  stage  was  soon 
over,  and  we  found  we  were  connected  with  nothing  vital.  Our  name  should 
have  been  changed  at  the  time  of  withdrawal,  but  this  seemed  of  little  im- 
portance as  we  had  become  used  to  “S.  M.  C.”  In  the  light  of  a revival  of 
interest  in  the  A.  A.  It  gives  a chance  for  misinterpretation,  and  our  logical 
name  ahould  be  “ The  Sullivant  Moss  Society.” 

Two  points  became  clear  at  the  start,  one  was  that  a publication  devoted 
entirely  to  the  bryophytes  was  necessary,  and  I was  asked  to  develop  such 
a journal  hence  The  Bryologist.  The  second  fact  was  that  our  work  could 
never  be  along  popular  lines  as  the  term  is  usually  understood.  The  A.  A. 
aimed  to  popularize  science,  but  in  the  nature  of  our  subject  we  were  more 
strictly  technical.  This  made  the  board  of  advisers  determine  upon  with- 
drawal, which  was  formally  made  by  me  under  their  direction  and  not 
personally. 

This  is  written  as  proofs  are  passing  through  the  press  and  as  space  is 
limited  must  suffice  for  the  time. 

April  17,  1908. 


Annie  Morrill  Smith. 


rnjxnj  mjxrmjinjxnrmjTJTJT.jTJTjTjTjTmrnjT^ 

VOLUME  XI  NUMBER  4 5 


july  1908 III- 


The  BRY0L0GI5T 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 
ASSOCIATE 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D. 


CONTENTS 


The  Genus  Zygodon  in  North  America  (. Illustrated ) 

Elizabeth  G.  Britton  61 

The  Synonymy  of  Three  American  Hapaticae 

Alexander  W.  Evans  67 

Some  New  England  Marsupellae,  No.  1.  (Ulus.)  Annie  Lorenz  71 

Lichens  of  the  Mount  Monadnock  Region,  N.  H.  No.  2 

Reginald  Eleber  Howe , Jr.  74 

Lichens  Collected  in  Tehachepi  Mountains  (A  Correction) 

H.  E.  Hasse  74 

Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes  and  Offerings  .75 


q Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2 , 1900,  as  second  class  of  mail  p 
Cj  matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879.  £ 

C Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 

dtnJijrmTJTrmjTJij-mjTjrirLj-uTJmji^ 

PRESS  OF  MCBRIDE  & STERN,  97-99  CLIFF  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

^ittxoixxTtUr  goxxxnxat 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

Four  Vols.  1898-1901— $1.50  Six  Vols.  1902-1907— $6.00 

Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1908,  by  ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  1908 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye,  ......  University  of  Washington, 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 


Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson, 3964  Laclede  Avenue 

St.  Louis , Mo. 

Treasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 


Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Of  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  3964  Laclede  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Of  the  Hepatic  Department  and  Hepatic  Herbarium; 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  16  East  36th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  VI.  Zygodon  viridissimus  (Dicks.)  R.  Br. 
Rearranged  from  PI.  80  Mem.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  4:  180,  1893 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  XI 


July  1908 


No.  4 


THE  GENUS  ZYGODON  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

Elizabeth  G.  Britton. 

Three  species  of  Zygodon  have  been  listed  for  the  United  States  and 
Canada  but  the  genus  is  omitted  from  Lesquereux  and  James’  Manual,  only 
Z.  Sullivantii  C.  M.  being  included  under  Amphoridium.  Macoun’s 
Catalogue  (1892)  listed  Z.  viridissimus  from  sterile  specimens  collected  by 
Drummond  at  Hudson’s  Bay.  The  same  year  (1892)  Dr.  Small  and  I dis- 
covered fruiting  specimens  of  a species  of  Zygodon  on  the  summit  of  White 
Top,  Virginia,  which  were  also  published  as  Z.  viridissimus^ , but  on  com- 
parison with  Drummond’s  these  specimens  proved  to  be  so  different  that  I 
concluded  they  must  be  a different  species  and  sent  them  to  M.  Cardot  as  Z. 
conoideus  by  which  name  they  are  listed2"  from  Virginia.  I also  sent  them 
to  Dr.  Braithwaite  as  Z.  conoideus  and  he  generously  supplied  me  with  fine 
fruiting  specimens  of  this  species  from  Mucross,  Killarney.  These  were 
compared  with  ours  from  Virginia  and  found  to  be  quite  distinct  having  a 
well-developed  peristome.  Unfortunately  our  specimens  had  capsules  that 
were  either  too  old  or  still  immature,  and  it  was  not  till  a subsequent  visit  to 
White  Top  that  Dr.  Small  collected  abundant  material  in  good  condition. 
This  proved  that  our  species  had  no  peristome  so  I concluded  it  was  a new 
species  and  sent  it  to  M.  Genl.  de  Paris  as  Z,  rufo-tomentosus  ined.  and  it  is 
so  listed  in  his  index  in  both  editions.  Nothing  further  has  been  published 
until  recently  in  The  Bryologist  for  March  (1908)  Dr.  Grout  has  listed  Z. 
conoideus , Z.  excelsus  and  Z.  gracilis , from  the  mountains  of  North  Caro- 
lina with  “determinations  doubtful.’’ 

We  are  in  much  better  condition  to  study  our  North  American  species 
now,  since  Limpricht’s  masterly  descriptions3  and  Correns’4  studies  on  repro- 
duction of  sterile  mosses  by  brood-bodies  as  well  as  Brotherus’5  synopsis 
have  appeared.  Dixon’s6  remarks  will  also  be  found  helpful.  According  to 
Brotherus,  America  is  the  richest  in  the  number  of  species,  leading  with  57 
of  which  53  are  endemic.  He  recognizes  Z.  viridissimus , Z.  Sullivantii 
and  Z.  conoideus  for  the  United  States  and  maintains  Z.  rupestris  Lindb. 
as  a distinct  species,  but  does  not  credit  it  to  North  America.  It  is  clear  to 
me  from  recent  studies  that  two  of  our  North  American  species  belong  in 
the  first  section  with  those  having  no  peristome  and  that  Drummond’s  speci- 

1 Mem.  Torrey  Club  4:  180.  PI.  80.  1893. 

2 Musci  Am.  Sept.  26:  1893. 

3 Die  Laubmoose  2:  10.  1895. 

4 Unt.  Vermerh.  der  Laubm.  114.  1899. 

5 Nat.  Pflanzenfam.  fasc.  215.  460.  1902. 

6 Handbook  236.  1896. 


The  May  BRYOLOGIST  was  issued  May  1,  1908. 


— 62 — 


mens  from  Hudson’s  Bay  are  referable  to  Z.  rupestris.  They  were  so 
named  by  Mitten  who  had  a portion  of  the  type.  Our  Virginia  specimens 
agree  with  Z.  viridissimus  in  habitat  as  well  as  structure,  It  will  be  found 
that  European  authors  do  not  agree  as  to  the  specific  rank  or  generic  position 
of  these  two  species  nor  as  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  propagulae  in  Z, 
conoideus . Limpricht  and  Brotherus  say  they  are  absent,  but  Correns 
figures  them  for  this  (Fig.  73)  species!-  Also  it  will  be  found  that  Limpricht, 
Dixon  and  Paris  Index  place  Z.  rupestris  as  a variety  of  Z.  viridissimus 
whereas  Brotherus  follows  Lindberg  and  maintains  it  as  a distinct  species. 
We  have  adopted  the  latter  opinion,  not  only  because  our  collections  are 
being  arranged  according  to  the  Engler  and  Prantl  Pflanzenfamilien  Synop- 
sis, but  also  because  of  the  great  difference  in  habitat  and  range  of  these 
two  species,  as  well  as  other  differences  in  aspect  and  structure,  Z.  rupes- 
tris being  a shorter  plant,  reproducing  by  numerous  propagulse. 

Zygodon  Sullivantii  has  never  been  found  in  fruit  and  its  family  and 
genus  have  always  been  doubtful.  Sullivant  first  described  it  as  Syrrho- 
podon?  excelsus'  Muller  renamed  it  as  Zygodon  Sullivantii  and  the  manual 
has  it  under  Amphoridium.  Mitten  placed  it  in  his  herbarium  under  Lepto. 
dontium  and  recent  studies  have  led  me  to  believe  that  this  is  its  nearest 
alliance.  Its  method  of  propagation  by  leaves  rooting  at  apex  and  small 
deciduous  terminal  buds  and  lateral  branchlets  is  well  illustrated  by  Sulli- 
vant. It  will  ..also  be  found  that  Brotherus  places  Zygodon  Sullivantii  in 
the  group  having  a double  peristome  with  Z.  gracilis;  its  generic  position 
must  necessarily  remain  uncertain  until  the  fruit  is  found!  It  will  be  noted 
that  De  Notaris  also  placed  Zygodon  gracilis  in  Leptodontium.  Even  the 
genus  Leptodontium  is  variously  placed,  Mitten  including  it  in  the  Dicran- 
aceae  and  Brotherus  in  the  Pottiaceae! 

The  following  synopsis  and  descriptions  may  be  of  service  to  those  who 
have  not  access  to  the  literature  cited  above: 

SYNOPSIS. 

Peristome  lacking.  Tomentum  with  propagulse. 

Leaves  lanceolate,  apiculate,  on  trees.  1.  Z.  viridissimus . 

Leaves  ligulate,  lanceolate,  on  rocks.  2.  Z.  rupestris . 

Peristome  double.  Tomentum  without  propagulse. 

Leaves  entire.  In  loose  small  tufts  on  trees.  (European — Z.  conoideus .) 

Leaves  serrate.  On  limestone  rocks,  usually  sterile.  3.  Z.  gracilis . 

ZYGODON  Hook,  and  Tayl.  Muse.  Brit.  123.  1S18. 

Plants  pulvinate,  light  or  dark  green,  on  rocks  or  trees.  Stems  erect, 
tomentose  with  rufous  tomentum,  branched.  Leaves  crowded,  appressed, 
secund  or  twisted  when  dry,  spreading  or  recurved  when  moist,  lanceolate  or 
linear-lanceolate,  apiculate  or  blunt,  entire  or  serrate  at  apex ; costate  nearly 
to  apex,  rarely  excurrent;  cells  round,  incrassate,  smooth  or  papillose, 
elongated  at  base.  Dioicous  or  autoicous  rarely  heteroicous  or  polyoicous, 
often,  sterile  and  reproducing  by  septate  propagulae.  Perichaetial  leaves 
only  slightly  different.  Seta  exserted.  slender.  Capsule  erect,  pyriform  or 


—63  — 


cylindric,  ribbed,  mostly  small,  exannulate ; peristome  double,  single  or 
absent ; lid  conic  or  rostrate;  calyptra  cucullate,  smooth  or  rarely  hairy. 

Type  species  Z.  conoideus;  European. 

Eleven  North  American  species  are  known  of  which  eight  are  Mexican, 

1.  Zygodon  viridissimus  (Dicks.)  Brown  Trans.  Linn.  vSoc.  12;  (1.)  575.  1819. 

Bryum  viridissimum  Dicks.  Fasc.  PL  Crypt.  4:  9.  PL  10.  f.  18.  1801. 

Plants  bright  green,  1-2  cm.  high.  Stems  tomentose  with  papillose  radi- 
cles often  having  4-5-celled  propagulae;  branches  and  leaves  secund,  1.5-2. 5 
mm.  long,  lanceolate,  apiculate;  vein  ending  below  the  apex,  papillose  above, 
smooth  below ; cells  papillose  on  both  sides,  upper  rounded,  thick-walled, 
lower  rectangular  and  smooth.  Perichaetial  leaves  smaller.  Dioicous. 
Seta  3-5  mm.  long,  terminal  becoming  lateral;  capsule  1.5-2  mm.,  pyriform- 
cylindric,  ribbed  when  old,  walls  with  thickened  ridges ; mouth  red,  small ; 
annulus  none;  peristome  none;  spores  rough,  .013-016  mm.,  maturing  in 
August;  capsules  persistent. 

Type  locality:  England. 

Distribution  : On  trees  throughout  North  and  Central  Europe.  Rare  in 

North  America;  in  the  mountains  of  Northern  New  York  and  Virginia  to 
North  Carolina  and  Georgia. 

Illustrations:  Dickson  1.  c.  PI.  10.  f.  18.  1801.  Eng.  Bot.  pi.  1583.  1805. 

Hook  & Tayl.  Muse.  Brit.  Pi.  6,  1818.  Br.  Eu.  3,  PI  206.  1850.  Mem.  Torrey 
Bot.  Club  pi.  80,  1893. 

First  collected  on  White  Top,  Va. , May  29,  1892,  by  J.  K.  Small  and  E. 
G.  Britton,  growing  on  Picea  rubra  with  Dicranum  longifolium,  Herberta 
adunca , etc.  Later  found  at  base  of  trees  in  the  Adirondack  Mountains,  N9 
Y.,  near  Adirondack  Lodge,  Sept.  1892,  and  Adirondack  Reserve,  Sept.  1898, 
forming  bright  green  sterile  cushions,  mixed  with  various  other  mosses. 

2.  Zygodon  rupestris  Lindb.  Milde  Bryol.  Siles.  164.  1869. 

Zygodon  viridissimus  var.  rupestris  Hartm.  Skand.  FI.  9 ed.  52.  1864. 

Plants  in  dense  brown  cushions  matted  with  radicles  at  base;  stems 
1-3  cm.  high,  bifurcating;  branches  erector  slightly  secund  at  apex;  leaves 
crowded,  slightly  circinnate  when  dry,  not  recurved  but  speading  when 
moist,  1-1.5  mm.  long,  ligulate-lanceolate  acuminate,  carinate;  costa  ending 
below  the  sharply  subulate  apex ; margins  entire;  cells  round,  thick-walled, 
minutely  papillose,  basal  cells  larger,  oblong,  clear.  Dioicous.  Fruit 
unknown ! Reproducing  by  clusters  of  3-5-celled  brown  propagulce  borne 
on  radicles  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves. 

Type  locality : Scandinavia,  Lindberg. 

Distribution ; On  calcareous  rocksjin  mountains  of  Central  and  Northern 
Europe.  In  America,  Hudson’s  Bay  and  Vancouver  Island.  Also  on  steep 
cliffs,  Cascade  Mountains,  Washington,  J.  A.  Allen. 

Exsiccatae:  Drummond,  North  American  Mosses  No.  27.  1828.  Allen’s 

Mosses  of  the  Cascade  Mountains  No.  46.  1898. 

Illustrations;  The  gemmae  correspond  with  those  figured  by  Correns 
Unt.  1 1 7.  f.  71  for  Z.  viridissimus  f.  borealis! 


-64- 


Fig.  69,  p.  1 1 5,  Correns. 

Zygodon  viridissimus  the  genuine 
form  from  the  South  and  East.  A.  B. 
brood-bodies.  C.  germinating  stage 
from  the  detritus.  D-E.  germinating 
stage  from  a culture  X 280. 

Material  from  Allgau,  1895.  Dr. 
Haller. 

Zygodon  viridissimus  forma  australis 
Correns. 

In  this  form  the  brood-bodies  are 
numerous  and  almost  all  sprouted,  as 
in  all  the  species  of  Zygodon  which  have 
been  investigated,  being  borne  on  much 
branched  rhizoids  which  are  clustered  in 
the  axils  of  the  leaves.  The  brood- 
bodies  are  shorter  and  less  divided  than 
in  figure  70,  the  form  which  Correns 
calls  Zygodon  viridissimus  f.  australis 
occid.  from  the  Voges  and  Departments 
of  Lot  and  Garonne,  France.  The 
Northern  form  which  ours  most  resem- 
ble, Fig.  71,  which  Correns  calls  Zygo- 
don viridissimus  (genuinus)  f.  borealis 
Correns  came  from  Neuruppin,  Ger- 
many, and  has  4-6  septate  brood-bodies 
which  are  much  simpler  than  the  South- 
ern forms.  Thus  far  this  is  the  only 
form  we  have  found  in  America,  as  our 
specimens  all  came  from  elevations  vary- 
ing from  2200  to  5000  feet  and  are 
distinctly  boreal  in  distribution. 


/$ 


£ 


A 


C 2 

Correns  Fig.  70. 


3.  Zygodon  gracilis  Wils.  Berk.  Handb.  Brit.  Mosses  219,  1863. 

Leptodo?itium  gracile  De  Not.  Cronaca,  1868. 

Amphoridium  gracile  De  Not.  Epil.  278.  1869. 

Trichostomum  gracile  Mol.  Bay,  Laubm.  79.  1875. 

Zygodon  Now  el  lii  Sch.  Syn.  297.  1876. 

Didymodon  subalpinus  Card.  Rev.  Bryol.  14;  21.  1887. 

Plants  in  dark  green  dense  cushions  on  rocks,  2-7  cm.  high;  stems 
branched  and  matted  with  brown  tomentum,  stout  or  slender  when  pendent; 
leaves  crowded  or  distant  on  young  branches,  spirally  twisted  when  old, 
spreading  or  recurved  when  moist,  lanceolate,  2-2.5  mm.  long,  carinate;  costa 
stout,  ending  below  the  mucronate  apex,  papillose  on  back ; margins 
sharply  serrate  above,  entire  below,  long  decurrent  at  base;  cells  densely 
papillose,  alar  rectangular,  clear  and  smooth.  “ Dioicous.  Perichaetial 
leaves  not  differentiated.  Seta  8 mm.  long,  exserted ; capsule  erect,  cylin- 
dric,  striped  and  plicate  when  dry,  with  a narrow  mouth;  lid  apiculate; 
annulus  very  broad,  persistent ; peristome  double ; teeth  united  in  pairs, 
cilia  8,  of  2 rows  of  papillose  cells;  spores  .012-014  mm.  smooth.  Ripe  in 
August.”1  Quoted  from  Limpricht;  fruit  not  seen  ! 

Easily  distinguished  from  Barbula  rejlexa  for  which  it  is  liable  to  be 
mistaken,  by  its  sharply  serrate  leaves. 

Type  locality;  Yorkshire,  England.  Nowell,  1856. 

Distribution;  England  and  Ireland  rare!  Fruit  scarce.  Also  in 
Switzerland,  Bavaria  and  the  Tyrol.  First  discovered  in  America  by  Dr.  A. 
J.  Grout  in  great  abundance  on  the  faces  of  cliffs  on  Chestnut  Bald,  North 
Carolina,  6000  ft.  elevation.  Aug.  1907. 

Exsiccatae:  Wilson  Musci  Brit.  No.  200,  1862,  and  Holzinger  Musci 

Acrocarpi  Boreali-Americani. 

Illustrations;  Limpricht  Laubmoose  2:  fig.  214.  1895. 


1.  Limpricht  Laubmoose  2:  14.  1895. 


—66— 


LEPTODONTIUM  Hpe.  Linn.  20;  70,  1847. 

Plants  in  loose,  weak,  yellowish-green  tufts.  Stems  tomentose  or 
scarcely  radiculose,  branched  or  bifurcating.  Leaves  not  crowded,  spread- 
ing or  curled  when  dry,  recurved  when  moist,  keeled,  lanceolate;  base  ellip- 
tic or  ovate ; margins  entire  and  recurved  below,  irregularly  serrate  above ; 
costa  pecurrent  or  ending  below  the  apex;  cells  elongated  rectangular  at 
base,  rounded,  hexagonal  above,  minutely  papillose  on  both  sides.  Dioicous, 
often  sterile  and  propagating  by  buds  or  brittle  branches.  Seta  erect,  single 
or  several  from  the  long  sheathing  perichaetium ; capsule  erect,  cylindric, 
smooth ; annulus  double ; peristome  arising  below  the  mouth,  without  basal 
membrane;  teeth  smooth,  nodose,  bifid  or  split;  lid  conic  or  rostrate; 
calyptra  ? 

Fifty-seven  species  of  which  37  are  American,  of  which  5 occur  in 
Mexico.  First  record  for  North  America  of  this  genus. 

Type  species  L.  squarrosum  from  India  and  Africa. 

Leptodontium  excelsus  (Sull.)  E.  G.  Britton,  comb.  nov. 

Syrrhopodon?  excelsus  Sull.  Musci  All.  41.  1848. 

Zygodon  Sullivantii  C.  M.  Syn.  1:  679,  1849. 

Amphoridium  Sullivantii  L.  & J.  Man.  159.  1884. 

Zygodon  excelsus  E.  G.  Britton  Mem.  Torrey  Bot.  Club.  4:  180.  1893,  not 
C.  M.  Linn.  42:  369,  1878. 

Plants  slender,  erector  pendent;  stems  dark-colored,  simple  or  branched* 
4-10  cm.  long,  with  filiform  innovations;  leaves  distant,  light  yellow  at  apex 
of  stems,  curled  and  twisted  when  dry,  spreading  when  moist,  1.5-2  mm. 
long,  carinate,  lanceolate-acuminate,  decurrent  at  base:  margins  entire  and 
recurved  below,  serrate  above;  vein  smooth,  not  keeled,  ending  in  a subulate 
point,  often  radiculose  at  apex:  cells  thickened,  minutely  papillose,  basal 
elongated,  oblong  and  smooth,  generally  yellow.  Flowers  and  fruit 
unknown!  Propagating  by  rooting  at  the  apex  of  the  leaves  or  by  brittle 
branchlets. 

Type  locality:  Grandfather  Mountain,  North  Carolina,  Sullivant. 

Distribution:  On  rocks  and  twigs  on  the  summits  of  Grandfather, 

Chestnut  Bald  and  Black  Mountains,  North  Carolina.  Also  on  spruce 
trees,  White  Top,  Virginia,  and  mountains  of  Georgia,  Lesquereux,  1850. 
Paris  Index  1:  32.  1903,  cites  Amphoridium  Sullivantii  from  “Prom. 
Breton.”  We  know  of  no  record  of  this  species  except  from  the  Southern 
Alleghanies. 

Exsiccatae:  Sull.  Musci  All.  170.  1848.  Sull.  & Lesqx.  Musci  Bor.  Am. 
No.  114.  1856.  No.  169.  1865. 

Illustrations:  Sull.  leones  Muscorum  1:  51  t,  32.  1864. 

The  illustrations  of  the  winged  costa,  Sullivant’s  leones  PI.  32,  f.  13, 
appears  to  be  incorrect.  Mitten  placed  this  species  in  his  herbarium  with  L. 
brevisetum  from  Mexico,  but  it  differs  from  our  plant  in  being  stouter  with 
more  squarrose  leaves  and  different  cell  structure,  etc. 

New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


—67— 


THE  SYNONYMY  OF  THREE  AMERICAN  HEPATICAE. 

Alexander  W.  Evans. 

The  Lindenberg  herbarium  of  Hepaticae,  now  preserved  in  the  Natural 
History  Museum  at  Vienna,  is  justly  famous  for  its  richness  in  original  mate- 
rial, many  of  the  species  described  in  the  Synopsis  Hepaticarum  (1844-47) 
being  represented  by  complete  or  partial  type  specimens.  During  the  sum- 
mer of  1907  Dr.  C.  von  Keissler,  who  was  then  in  charge  of  the  collection, 
kindly  gave  me  permission  to  examine  it  and  to  take  notes  upon  a number  of 
genera  in  which  I was  especially  interested.  As  a result  of  this  study  I have 
reached  conclusions  with  regard  to  a few  species  which  are  somewhat  at  vari- 
ance with  those  accepted  by  other  recent  writers.  They  disagree  in  fact  with 
views  which  I myself  have  previously  held.  One  of  these  species,  Lejeunea 
unciloba  Lindenb. , has  already  been  discussed  in  another  paper.1  The 
three  species  noted  below  are  Lejeunea  laete-virens  Nees  & Mont.,  Z. 
clausa  Nees  & Mont.,  and  Frullania  obcordata  Lehm.  & Lindenb  Under 
each  of  these  it  becomes  necessary  to  reduce  to  synonymy  one  or  more  species  , 
which  are  usually  recognized  as  valid. 

Lejeunea  laete-virens. 

This  species  was  based  upon  Cuban  specimens  collected  at  Havana  by 
Ramon  de  la  Sagra,  and  in  the  Synopsis  Hepaticarum  a second  specimen 
from  the  island  of  Dominica  is  quoted,  the  collector’s  name  being  omitted. 
Stephani  refers  the  species  to  the  subgenus  Eu-Lej eunea  and  cites  both  of 
these  specimens  as  authentic.  Both  are  represented  in  the  Lindenberg 
herbarium,  and  upon  studying  them  I found  that  they  not  only  agreed  with 
each  other  but  that  they  were  quite  indistinguishable  from  the  plant  which  I 
had  recently  described  and  figured  as  Microlej eunea  lucens  (Tayl.)  Evans. 2 
Since  Lejeunea  lucens  Tayl.  was  published  a year  later  than  Z.  laete-virens , 
it  must  unfortunately  become  a synonym  of  the  latter  species.  Another 
plant  which  should  apparently  also  be  reduced  is  Z.  glaucophylla  Gottsche, 
originally  described  from  sterile  material  collected  by  Beaupertuis  on  the 
island  of  Guadeloupe.  Although  the  type  specimen  is  not  to  be  found  in  the 
Lindenberg  collection  the  species  is  represented  there  by  another  Guade- 
loupe specimen  from  L’Herminier,  determined  by  Gottsche  himself.  This 
agrees  closely  with  Gottsche’s  description  and  figures  of  Z.  glaucophylla  and 
also  with  the  specimens  of  Z.  laete-virens.  In  Z.  glaucophylla  to  be  sure 
the  underleaves  are  said  to  be  entire  on  the  sides  whereas  in  Z.  laete-virens 
they  are  sometimes  unidentate.  The  teeth,  however,  are  far  from  constant, 
and  it  is  quite  easy  to  select  stems  from  a tuft  of  Z.  laete-virens  where  the 
sides  of  the  underleaves  are  uniformly  entire.  The  specimens  from  the 
Southern  States  which  Austin  many  years  ago  referred  to  Z.  laete-virens 
are  too  fragmentary  for  positive  determination  but  clearly  represent  some 
other  species.  The  synonymy  of  Z laete-virens , as  I now  understand  the 
species,  is  as  follows: 


1 Torreya  7:  225-229.  1908. 

2 Bot.  Gazette  1 : 36.  1876. 


—68 


Microlejeunea  laete-virens  (Nees  & Mont.)  comb.  nov. 

Lejeunea  laete-virens  Nees  & Mont,  in  Ramon  de  la  Sagra,  Hist.  Fis. 

Pol.  y.  Natur.  Cuba  9:  281.  1845. 

Lejeunea  lucens  Tayl.  Lond.  Jour.  Bot.  5;  399.  1846. 

Lejeunea  glaucophylla  Gottsche,  Ann.  des  Sc.  Nat.  IV.  8:  28.  pi.  9,  f. 

15-17.  1858. 

Lejeunea  (Micro-Lej eunea)  lucens  Spruce,  Hep.  Amaz.  et  And.  288. 

1884. 

Lejeunea  (Eu-Lej eunea)  lucens  Steph.  Hedwigia  29:  84.  1890. 

Lejeunea  {Eu-Lej eunea)  laete-virens  Steph.  1.  c.  29:  87.  1890. 

Micro lej eunea  lucens  Evans,  Mem.  Torrey  Club  8:  157.  pi.  21,  f.  1-10. 

1902. 

On  trees  and  rocks.  Type  locality:  Havana,  Cuba  (Ramon  de  la  Sagra)- 
Virginia,  south  to  Florida  and  west  to  Louisiana.  Also  widely  distributed 
in  tropical  America,  especially  at  low  elevations. 

Lejeunea  clausa. 

The  original  material  of  this  species  was  collected  by  Leprieur  at  the 
base  of  “Mount  Serpent”  in  French  Guiana.  The  authors  described  the 
vegetative  organs  only,  apparently  assuming  that  the  specimens  were  sterile 
throughout.  Their  figure  shows  an  unbranched  fragment  of  a single  stem 
and  represents  the  underleaves  as  being  duplicated,  this  appearance  being 
due  to  faulty  drawing.  In  the  Synopsis  Hepaticarum  the  type  specimen  is 
quoted  and  a variety  /3,  based  on  a Brazilian  plant  collected  by  Bongard  near 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  is  also  described.  Stephani  recognizes  the  validity  of  L. 
clausa  and  refers  it  to  the  subgenus  Cheilo-Lej eunea,  but  he  separates  the 
variety  fi  and  considers  it  synonymous  with  L.  (Euosmo- Lejeunea)  par- 
jgistipula  Lindenb.  & Gottsche.  He  bases  his  opinion  on  the  specimens  in 
the  Lindenberg  herbarium,  which  I have  also  examined.  I find  that 
Leprieur's  material  is  represented  by  a number  of  female  plants  without 
perianths.  In  the  majority  of  cases  the  inflorescences  are  borne  on  short 
innovating  branches  which  may  be  once  or  twice  floriferous;  in  rarer 
instances  they  are  borne  on  leading  branches.  Upon  comparing  these 
plants  with  the  type  specimens  of  L.  opaca  Gottsche,  collected  by  Splitgerber 
in  Surinam,  I find  that  they  agree  in  all  essential  points  and  thus  necessitate 
the  reduction  of  the  latter  species  to  synonymy.  The  identity  of  L.  clausa 
and  L.  opaca  was  suspected  many  years  ago  by  Spruce  but  he  afterwards 
considered  them  distinct.  L.  opaca  is  also  regarded  as  a valid  species  by 
Stephani  and  by  Schiffner,  both  of  whom  refer  it  to  Euosmolej ezmea,  and  I 
myself  have  recently  described  and  figured  it  as  E.  opaca. 3 A portion  of  the 
original  material  of  the  variety  fi  shows  several  male  inflorescences,  which 
occupy  short  branches  as  in  L.  clausa.  The  underleaves  are  very  variable 
but,  while  some  of  them  are  small  and  squarrose  as  described  in  the  Synopsis, 
others  are  larger,  appressed  to  the  stem,  and  more  or  less  cordate  at  the 
base.  These  larger  underleaves,  which  are  undoubtedly  the  more  normally 


3 Mem.  Torrey  Club  8:  139.  pi.  19,  f.  1-11.  1902. 


-6g- 


developed,  agree  closely  with  those  found  in  typical  L.  clausa.  I would 
therefore  retain  the  variety  /?  as  a form  of  this  species,  hardly  distinct 
enough  to  deserve  a varietal  name. 

Two  other  species  which  should  also  be  included  among  the  synonyms  of 
L.  clausa  are  L.  commutata  Gottsche,  and  L.  lutea  Mont.  The  first  of  these 
has  already  been  reduced  by  Stephani,  and  a portion  of  the  type  from  the 
Neesvon  Esenbeck  herbarium,  although  sterile  and  fragmentary,  fully  sup- 
ports his  view.  L.  lutea  was  described  from  Cuban  material  collected  by 
Ramon  de  la  Sagra  and  is  regarded  as  a valid  species  of  the  subgenus 
Euosmo-Lej eunea  by  Stephani.  I find  a few  fragments  of  the  type  in  the 
Lindenberg  herbarium,  one  of  which  bears  a single  female  inflorescence,  but 
can  discover  no  characters  which  would. warrant  a separation  from  L.  clausa . 
The  fact  that  Stephani  refers  L.  clausa  to  Cheilo-Lej eunea,  while  he  places 
L.  opaca  and  L.  lutea,  which  I am  unable  to  separate  from  L.  clausa , in 
Euosmo-Lej  eunea  makes  it  evident  that  the  relationship  between  these  two 
groups  is  unusually  close.  At  the  same  time  it  seems  to  me  that  L.  clausa 
has  more  in  common  with  Euosmolej eunea  than  with  Cheilolejeunea  and 
would  therefore  give  its  synonymy  as  follows: 

Euosmolejeunea  clausa  (Nees  & Mont.)  comb.  nov. 

Lej eunea  clausa  Nees  & Mont,  in  Montagne,  Ann.  des  Sc.  Nat.  II.  14: 
337.  pi.  20,  f.  3.  1840. 

Lejeunea  opaca  Gottsche  in  G.  L.  & N.  Syn.  Hep.  362.  1845. 

Lej  eunea  commutata  Gottsche,  1.  c.  380.  1845. 

Lejeunea  lutea  Mont.  1.  c.  383.  1845. 

Lejeunea  {Omphalanthus ?)  M 0 hr ii  Aust.  Bull.  Torrey  Club  6:  20.  1875. 

Lejeunea  (Euosmo-Lej eunea)  opaca  Spruce,  Hep.  Amaz.  et  And.  242. 
1884. 

Lejeunea  (Euosjno- Lej eunea)  laxiuscula  Spruce,  1.  c.  244.  1884. 

Lejeunea  ( Cheilo-Lej eunea)clausa  Steph.  Hedwigia  29;  80.  1890. 

Lejeunea  (Euosmo-Lej eunea)  lutea  Steph.  1.  c.  29  : 86.  1890. 

Lejeunea  (Euosmolejeunea)  clausa  Spruce,  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  30 ; 
346.  1894. 

Euosmolej  eunea  opaca  Steph.  Bihang  Svenska  Vet.-Akad.  Handl. 
232:  13.  1897. 

On  trees,  rotten  logs,  and  rocks.  Type  locality ; French  Guiana 
(Leprieur).  Florida  and  Alabama.  Also  widely  distributed  in  tropical 
America 

Frullania  obcordata. 

The  material  upon  which  Frullania  obcordata  was  based  was  collected 
in  “Guiana”  and  sent  by  Hooker  to  Lehmann.  Two  specimens,  evidently 
portions  of  the  type,  are  present  in  the  Lindenberg  herbarium  and  show  an 
autoicous  inflorescence  with  numerous  perianths  and  short  male  spikes.  They 
fully  agree  with  the  plant  from  the  Southern  States  which  Sullivant 
described  as  a new  species  under  the  name  F.  caroliniana.  This  species 
must  therefore  be  reduced  to  synonymy,  although  it  has  been  more  or  less 


widely  recognized  as  valid,  Austin,  in  fact,  made  the  reduction  many 
years  ago  but  considered  the  American  species  a variety  of  the  African  F. 
brunnea  Spreng.1 2  When  I revised  the  Frullaniae  of  North  America,  north 
of  Mexico,  I was  able  to  show  that  F caroliniana  was  different  from  F. 
brunnea , 3 but  as  I then  had  no  authentic  specimens  of  L.  obcordata  ior  com- 
parison I attempted  to  maintain  our  southern  plant  as  distinct  and  described 
and  figured  it  under  Sullivant’s  name.  It  is  now  evident  that  the  type  speci- 
mens confirm  Austin’s  conclusions  at  least  in  part.  Another  species  which  I 
would  also  reduce  to  F obcordata  is  F Martiana  Gottsche,  based  on  Brazil- 
ian specimens  collected  by  von  Martius.  The  material  at  Vienna  shows 
more  of  the  lobules  explanate  than  is  normal  in  F obcordata,  but  this  pecu- 
liarity, which  is  dependent  upon  external  conditions,  is  not  supported  by  any 
other  differences  of  importance.  The  specimens  also  agree  in  being 
autoicous.  The  synonymy  of  F obcordata  follows : 

Frullania  obcordata  Lehm.  & Lindenb,  in  G.  L.  & N.  Syn.  Hep.  447.  1845, 

Jungermannia  obcordata  Lehm.  & Lindenb.  in  Lehmann,  Pug.  Plant. 

6:  51.  1834. 

Frullania  Martiana  Gottsche  in  G.  L.  & N.  Syn.  Hep.  448.  1845. 

Frullania  caroliniana  Sulliv.  Amer.  Jour.  Sci.  and  Arts  II.  1 ; 74.  1846. 

On  trees.  Type  locality;  Guiana  (collector  unknown).  Florida  to 
Louisiana.  Also  widely  distributed  in  tropical  America. 

Yale  University. 


1 Hep.  Bor.  Amer.  /05  e.  1875. 

2 Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  10:  38.  pi.  15.  1897. 


a.  lorenz.  i qo  a; 


Plate  VII.  Marsupella  Sullivantii  (DeNot.)  Evans. 

Fig.  i and  2.  Plants,  X 80. 

“ 3.  Leaf-cells,  X 480. 

“ 4,  5 and  6.  Leaves,  X 80. 

The  figures  were  drawn  from  specimens  collected  by  the  writer  at  South- 
ington, Conn. 

All  reduced  to  two-fifths. 


-72- 


Plate  VIII.  Marsupella  sphacelata. 


—73  — 


SOME  NEW  ENGLAND  MARSUPELLAE.  No.  1. 

Annie  Lorenz. 

As  Marsupella  Sullivantii  (DeNot.)  Evans  has  been  treated  in  so  mas- 
terly a manner  by  Dr.  Evans  in  Rhodora  VI,  Aug.  1904,  and  IX,  March, 
1907,  and  the  history  of  its  present  name  has  been  traced  through  its  tor- 
tuous synonymy,  it  need  not  be  here  recapitulated, 

De  Notaris  has  given  the  only  figure  thus  far  of  M.  Sullivantii  in  Comm. 
Soc.  Critt.  Ital.  1 : 84.  fig.  6. 1861,  which  is  perhaps  not  easily  accessible  to  the 
readers  of  The  Bryologist.  Figures  of  M.  Sullivantii  and  of  M.  sphace - 
lata  (Gies.)  Dum.  from  which  the  former  is  derived,  and  therefore  given 
together  for  comparison. 

M.  sphacelata  is  much  the  larger,  and  is  of  so  extremely  lax,  in  fact, 
floppy  nature,  as  well  as  of  so  extremely  delicate  a texture  that  the  leaves 
tear  on  the  slightest  provocation.  It  is  fairly  difficult  to  find  a stem  suffi- 
ciently perfect  for  delineation.  It  is  rather  dark  green,  with  blackish  tips  to 
the  leaves,  while  M.  Sullivantii  is  purplish  black,  “ wie  verbrannt.” 

Further,  M.  sphacelata  is  a plant*  of  high  altitudes,  4000  ft.  or  more, 
and  is  usually  practically  submerged,  while  M.  Sullivantii  is  not  at  all 
particular  as  to  altitude,  and  grows  on  damp  rocks,  but  never  right  in  the 
water.  The  rhizoids  of  M.  Sullivantii  are  upon  the  old  parts  of  the  plant, 
apparently  few  upon  the  year’s  growth. 

Marsupella  do  not  bear  gemmae  upon  their  leaf-tips,  and  they  very 
seldom  produce  capsules.  As  a general  rule,  they  content  themselves  with 
stolons  for  their  propagation,  except  under  the  most  favorable  circumstances. 
The  fact  that  these  particular  species  are  dioicous  is  largely  responsible  for 
the  rarity  of  mature  capsules. 

All  the  members  of  this  genus  inhabit  rocks  containing  potassic  com- 
pounds. In  Mr.  Fernald’s  paper  in  Rhodora  IX,  Sept.  1907,  the  minerals  he 
names,  as  composing  the  rocks  of  his  Series  I,  will  form  a most  excellent 
guide  to  their  chosen  habitat.  Hartford,  Connecticut. 


Explanation  of  Plate  VIII. 

Marsurpella  sphacelata  (Gies.)  Dum. 

Fig.  1 and  2.  Plants,  X 80. 

“ 3.  Leaf-cells,  X 480. 

“ 4,  5.  Leaves,  X 80. 

The  figures  were  all  drawn  by  the  writer  from  specimens  collected  in 
Tuckermann’s  Ravine  by  Dr.  Evans. 

All  reduced  to  two-fifths. 


—74 


LICHENS  OF  THE  MOUNT  MONADNOCK  REGION,  N.  H.  No.  2. 

Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr. 

28-  Theloschistes  parietinus  (L.)  Norm.  Three  specimens,  two  thus 
labelled.  Fertile.  As  this  coast-loving  lichen  so  far  as  I have  observed 
does  not  occur  in  the  region,  there  is  some  doubt  in  my  mind  that  these 
specimens  were  taken  about  Keene.  One  specimen  labelled  “ Parietina 
Keene  ” is  P lacodium  elegans.  Two  specimens,  made  up  of  ten  individual 
plants  are  labelled:  “ Theloschistes  aureola”  [(Ach.)]  They  appear,  except 
one,  comparable  with  T.  concolor , the  exception  looking  toward  lychneus. 

29.  Theloschistes  polycarpus  (Ehrh.).  Tuck.  Two  specimens,  fertile, 
one  of  five  separate  lichens  mounted  together. 

30.  Theloschistes  concolor  (Dicks.).  Tuck.  Five  specimens.  Fertile. 
One  faded  specimen  is  unlabelled  (Fitzwilliam-common). 

31.  Theloschistes  concolor  effitse  Tuck.  Five  specimens.  One 

specimen  is  curiously  mislabelled  “ chrysophalmus,”  another  “ T. 
lynchneusP  The  collection  also  contains  three  specimens  labelled  Thelos- 
chistas  ( parietina ) citrinella  (Fr.)  Nyl.,  one  with  the  remark,  “All  dust.” 
These  two  specimens  answer  well  to  the  diagnosis,  yet  may  be  simply 
undeveloped  Theloschistes  thallus.  I have  been  unable  to  secure  any  speci- 
mens for  comparison.  The  other  two  specimens  undetermined  are  Thelos- 
chistes chrysophthalmus  (L.)  Norm,  from  Nantucket  which  are  undetermined. 
This  lichen  and  T.parietinus  are  most  abundant  and  luxuriant  along  the 
coast,  and  these  specimens  show  the  tendency  of  the  littoral  species  Rama- 
lina  rigida  Pers.  to  develop  large  apothecia.  Concord,  Mass. 


LICHENS  COLLECTED  IN  THE  TEHACHEP1  MOUNTAINS, 
CALIFORNIA,  JUNE,  1907, 

A Correction.  Dr.  H.  E.  Hasse  under  date  May  31,  1908,  writes:  “I 

have  committed  two  grievous  errors  in  my  paper  (with  above  title)  in  the  May 
number  of  The  Bryologist,  by  assuming  authorship  of  two  species  before 
consulting  all  available  literature.  For  Cyphelum  Caro linianum  (Tuckerm.) 
Hasse,  read  Cyphelium  Carolinianum  (Tuckerm.)  A.  Zahlbruckner,  and  for 
Gyrophora  phaea  (Tuckerm.)  Hasse,  read  Gyrophora  phaea  (Tuckerm.) 
Herre.” 

Cyphelium  Carolinianum  (Tuckerm.)  A.  Zahlbruckner  was  published  in 
Die  Naturlichen  Pflanzenfamilien,  Lieferung  217,  p.  84. 

Gyrophora phaea\ Tuckerm.)  Herre  was  published  in  Proceedings  of  the 
Washington  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vol.  VII,  p.  366. 


—75— 

SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  NOTES. 

New  Members:  No.  185.  Mr.  William  B.  Davis,  2006  S.  College  Avenue, 
Philadelphia.  Pa.  No.  186.  Dr.  George  H.  Conklin,  1204  Tower  Avenue, 
Superior,  Wis.  No.  187,  Mr.  Harold  Goddard  Rugg,  Dartmouth  College 
Library,  Hanover,  N.  H.  No.  188.  Mr.  C.  C.  Kingman,  1 Harnden  Street, 
Reading,  Mass.  No.  189.  Mr.  A.  Brinkman,  215a  Third  Avenue,  West,  Cal- 
gary, Alberta,  Canada.  No.  190.  Prof.  G.  R.  Lyman,  Dartmouth  College 
Library,  Hanover,  N.  H. 


Note  change  of  address.  No.  184  in  the  July  number  should  read  Miss 
Helen  E.  Greenwood.  Mr.  Paul  Vander  Eike  has  removed  to  South  Still- 
water, Minnesota,  and  Rev.  S.  M.  Newman,  who  for  many  years  was  pastor 
of  the  First  Congregational  Church  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  has  recently  gone 
to  Front  Royal,  Virginia,  as  President  of  Eastern  College. 


REVISION  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  PHILONOTIS. 

Monsieur  G.  Dismier,  whose  Monograph  of  the  Species  of  Philonotis 
found  in  France,  has  recently  appeared,  has  kindly  consented  to  revise  the 
North  American  species  of  this  genus.  We  have  supplied  him  with  speci- 
mens from  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America  as  well  as  the  United 
States.  It  would  help  to  make  the  record  of  distribution  more  complete  if 
all  students  of  North  American  mosses  were  to  send  him  specimens.  His 
address  is  9 Avenue  du  Rainey  (St.  Maur),  Seine,  France. 


OFFERINGS. 

(To  Chapter  Members  only.  For  postage). 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  Cumberland  Center,  Maine.  Brachythecium 
velutinum  B.  & S.  Collected  in  Pennsylvania;  Thuidium  B landovii  B. 
& S.  Collected  in  Maine. 

Mr.  H.  Dupret,  Seminary  of  Philosophy,  Montreal,  Canada.  Eurhynchium 
hians  B.  & S.  st.  Collected  near  Montreal. 

Mr.  Severin  Rapp,  Sanford,  Florida.  Splachnum  caulescens  Dicks.  (=»  Tetra- 
plodon  australis  Sulliv.  & Lesq.);  Campy lopus  subleucogaster  Lesq, 
& James,  st.  Collected  in  Florida. 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M.  street,  N.  W.  Washington,  D.  C.  Cetraria 
ciliaris  Ach.  ; Leucobryum  glaucum  Schimp.  ; Dicranum  pulvum  Hook. 
Collected  in  Fairfax  Co.  Virginia. 

Prof.  Thomas  A.  Bonser,  Spokane  College,  Spokane,  Wash.  Cetraria 
Juniperina  (L  ) Ach. ; Cladonia  fimbriata  (L.)  Fr.  var.  simplex  (Weiss) 
Wainio.  Collected  in  Washington. 

Mrs.  Carolyn  W.  Harris,  Mt.  Meenahga,  Ellenville,  New  York.  Baeomyces 
roseus  Pers.  ; Buxbaumia  aphylla  L.  Collected  in  Ellenville. 


- 76- 

TWO  IMPORTANT  BOOKS  FOR  NATURE  LOVERS. 

Methods  in  Moss  Study;  price,  Hand-colored  plates,  $3.75;  Uncolored 
plates,  $1.25. 

A Directory  to  the  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America;  price,  Uncolored 
plates,  $6.00;  with  duplicate  plates  for  coloring,  $2.50;  Uncolored  plates, 
$2.90;  with  flexible  covers,  $2.50.  Send  for  circulars  of  these  and  other 
books.  Ask  your  bookseller  for  Maynard’s  Books.  Address,  C.  J.  Maynard, 
447  Crafts  St.,  West  Newton,  Mass. 


M.  Theriot,  1 Rue  Dicquemare,  Havre  (France),  will  shortly  publish 
‘•Exsiccati”  of  mosses  and  hepatics  of  New  Caledonia,  collected  by  Mr. 
Franc,  schoolmaster  at  Noumea.  This  collection  which  will  include  a good 
number  of  new  species  will  be  numbered  and  will  appear  in  series  of  twenty- 
five  species,  at  the  price  of  $8  per  hundred,  i.  e.,  $2  per  series. 

Only  a small  number  of  sets  will  be  offered  for  sale.  Subscribers  may 
from  nowon  apply  to  Mr.  T.  Theriot,  1 Rue  Dicquemare,  Havre,  France. 


FOR  SALE. — 78  numbers  from  the  Music  Americae  Septentrionalis 
Exsiccati,  for  $3.60.  Address  J.  Cardot,  Square  du  Petit  Bois,  Charleville 
(Ardennes)  France. 


rnj-Lru  LrLnjTJXRrLTLnjiJTJiJTJ^jijTjijTjTjTrmruiiajT. 

VOLUME  XI  NUMBER  5 5 


(y 


\' 


■^|||  SEPTEMBER  1908 


The  BRYOLOGIST 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 
ASSOCIATE 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D, 


CONTENTS 


Report  of  the  Second  Norwegian  Expedition  in  the  “Fram” 

With  a Map  . . . Per  Axel  Rydberg , Ph.D . 


Lichen  Notes  No.  6,  Parmelia  Species 

With  Several  New  Forms , etc 


G.  K.  Merrill  8h 


Review  of  Holzinger’s  Issue  Musci  Acrocarpi  BorealL  Americani 

Edward  B.  Chamberlain  96 


Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes  and  Offerings 


96 


q Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail  5 
q matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879.  *3 

q Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A.  *j, 

tKmiJTJTTLJTJTJTJTrmJTJTJTJTJTJXriJTJinJl^^ 

PRESS  OF  MCBRIDE  & STERN,  97-99  CLIFF  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

'giworwtftXjj  gjntvtxat 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

Four  Vols.  1898-1901—11.50  Six  Vols.  1902- 1907— $6.00 


Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1908,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  I90S 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington, 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson, 3964  Laclede  Avenue 

• St.  Louis , Mo. 

Treasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Of  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  3964  Laclede  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Of  the  Hepatic  Department  and  Hepatic  Herbarium: 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  16  East  36th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Of  the  Lichen  Department  and-  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Of  For eign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  IX.  Reproduced  from  The  Report,  with  stations  for  the 
Bryophytes  added. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  XI  September  1908  No.  5 


REPORT  OF  THE  SECOND  NORWEGIAN  EXPEDITION  IN  THE 
**  FRAM  ” 1898-1902. 

No.  11.  Bryophyta  by  N.  Bryhn,  Kristiania,  1907. 

Per  Axel  Rydberg,  Ph.  D. 

The  expedition  was  under  the  command  of  Capt  Otto  Sverdrup,  a well- 
known  polar  explorer,  and  the  botanist  of  the  same  was  Dr.  Herman  G.  Sim- 
mons. With  a very  few  exceptions  all  the  mosses  were  collected  by  the 
latter.  The  collection  was  very  large,  filling  eight  big  boxes  and  numbering 
towards  1700  numbers  of  mosses  alone.  The  report  is  published  by  the 
Society  of  Arts  and  Sciences  of  Kristiania,  Norway,  at  the  expense  of  The 
Fridtjof  Nansen  Fund  for  the  Advancement  of  Science.  It  is  printed  in 
large  octavo,  on  good  paper  and  with  large  clear  type.  It  contains  260  pages. 

Dr.  Bryhn  states  in  his  preface  that  the  material  was  not  easy  to  work 
up.  In  arctic  regions  the  forms  become  much  changed.  The  dry  climate 
produces  a diminution  of  the  surface;  The  arctic  mosses  also  have  a tend- 
ancy  to  produce  threadlike  innovations  and  all  the  leaves  are  usually  short. 
Most  of  the  species  are  found  in  diminutive  forms  which  give  the  impression 
of  starved  dwarfs.  Something  rather  extraordinary  is  the  high  coloration  of 
the  cell  membranes  of  the  leaves,  which  are  yellow,  red,  brown  or  crimson, 
apparently  so  as  to  give  protection  against  the  strong  light  day  and  night 
during  the  short  period  of  growth,  Very  few  species  produce  fruit,  in  gen- 
eral only  the  acrocarpous  mosses,  especially  the  bisexual  species  of  the  genus 
Bryum.  The  fruits  that  had  been  perfected  had  often  been  damaged  or 
altogether  torn  off.  The  snow-sparrow,  Emberiza  nivalis , is  probably  to 
blame  for  this,  as  according  to  Prof.  Berggren,  its  food  to  a great  extent  con- 
sists of  the  fruits  of  mosses.  Very  few  of  the  arctic  mosses  are  found  in 
mass  or  in  pure  growth.  Usually  they  appear  in  mixed  tussocks,  some  of 
these  containing  even  twenty  to  thirty  different  species.  It  often  happened 
that  different  species  growing  in  the  same  tussock  had  taken  upon  them- 
selves the  same  habit  so  that  all  resembled  each  other,  and  it  was  only 
under  the  microscope  that  it  was  possible  to  distinguish  them. 

In  working  up  the  collection  Dr.  Bryhn  had  two  specialists  as  colabora- 
tors,  viz.  Mr.  B.  Kaalaas,  in  the  Hepatics,  and  the  late  Mr.  E.  Ryan  in  the 
genus  Bryum.  The  new  species  in  these  groups  were  published  under  joint 
authorship  with  these  gentlemen.  At  the  end  of  the  preface  is  given  a list  of 
the  most  important  literature  used  in  working  up  the  collection. 

The  report  proper  is  divided  into  three  parts:  First,  an  account  of  the 
different  places  visited  and  where  collections  were  made,  and  lists  of 
species  gathered  at  each  place.  Second,  a systematic  annotated  catalogue 
of  the  whole  collection,  including  notes  on  distribution,  habitat,  etc.,  and 


The  July  BRYOLOGIST  was  issued  July  2,  1908. 


-78- 


descriptions  of  thirty  five  new  species  and  nineteen  new  varieties.  Third,  a 
list  of  all  the  species  that  had  been  found  in  each  number  of  the  exsiccata. 
In  No.  533,  for  instance,  he  had  found  twenty-nine,  in  No.  546,  twenty-five 
species  and  varieties,  and  in  951  not  less  than  thirty-two  species.  At  the  end 
of  the  report  are  two  plates  illustrating  the  leaves  of  the  following  species: 
Gymnostomum  laevi  Bryhn,  Fissidens  arcticus  Bryhn,  Polytrichum 
fragile  Bryhn,  Orthothecium  acuminatum  Bryhn,  Brachythecium  sale- 
brosum  var.  binervium  Bryhn,  Hypnum  tundrae  (Arn.)  Joerg,  and  Hyp- 
71  u 711  hyperboretnn  Bryhn. 

The  first  place  that  was  touched  by  the  expedition  was  Egedesminde  or 
Godhavn,  Greenland,  at  about  lat.  69  deg.  During  the  short  stay  about 
forty  species  of  bryophytes  were  gathered.  Most  of  these  were  common  and 
well  known  arctic  species.  The  following  were,  however, of  special  interest: 
Lophozia  Baueriaiia , new  to  the  western  hemisphere;  Cynodontium  strumi- 
ferum , new  to  arctic  America,  and  Hypnum  pseudorufescens,  before  known 
only  from  two  or  three  places  in  Europe. 

The  second  place  where  bryophytes  were  collected  was  at  Foulkefjord  in 
Northwest  Greenland,  at  lat.  78  deg.  20  min.  Here  were  collected  for  the 
first  time  the  following  new  species : Lophozia  harpanthoides , P lagiochila 

arctica , Fissidens  arcticus  and  Poly  trichum  fragile.  A list  of  eighty-six 
species  collected  there  is  given. 

Next  in  turn  came  Ellesmere  Land,  where  the  expedition  passed  the 
first  winter.  From  Framshavn,  the  place  of  wintering,  as  a center  several 
excursions  were  made  during  the  fall  of  1898  and  the  summer  of  1899,  to  the 
coasts  of  this  land  and  the  neighboring  islands  at  lat.  78  deg.  40  min. -79  deg. 
Here  were  discovered  the  following  new  species;  Diplophy llum  incur vuin , 
Gymnost om unt  laeve , Lophozia  violascens , Bryum  gemmaceum , B.  sub- 
foveolatum,  B.  cyclophylloides , B.  pertenellum,  Orthothecium  acuminatum 
and  Hypnum  hyperboreum.  Of  these  the  first  two  were  rather  common  and  the 
following  very  scarce.  In  all  two  hundred  and  eleven  species  were  collected. 

From  Smith’s  Sound  the  course  was  directed  towards  Jones’  Sound, 
where  North  Lincoln  was  touched.  A stay  was  made  at  Framjord,  situated 
at  lat.  70  deg.  20  min.  Eighty-three  species  were  collected,  of  which  none 
were  new.  The  journey  was  continued  in  the  fall  of  1899  along  Jones'  Sound 
King  Oscar’s  Land  was  discovered.  The  expedition  was  forced  to  winter 
here  three  times.  Many  excursions  were  made  and  each  of  the  many  fjords 
was  more  or  less  satisfactorily  investigated.  Not  less  than  two  hundred  and 
thirty-three  species  of  bryophytes  were  collected  and  not  less  than  seven- 
teen new  species  discovered.  These  were:  Scapania  Simmonsii,  Funaria 

polaris , and  the  following  species  of  Bryum:  hyperboreum , laxirete . lili- 
putanum , parvum , brachythecium,  cancelliforme , corioideum , angustidens , 
semiovatum,  Simmonsii , glomeratum , nodosum , den  sum,  penduliforme , 
and  teretinerve. 

From  King  Oscar’s  Land  were  made  botanical  excursions  to  the  Islands 
of  North  Devon  and  North  Kent.  On  the  former,  situated  at  about  lat.  76 
deg.  and  on  small  neighboring  islands,  Castle  Island  and  Devil's  Island, 
.sixty-four  species  were  collected, of  which  the  very  curious  Bryum  paganum 


—79— 


was  new.  To  North  Kent,  situated  outside  King  Oscar’s  Land  at  about  lat. 
76  deg.  50  min.  was  made  only  one  excursion,  on  which  fifty-one  species  were 
collected,  all  on  the  high  table-land  three  hundred  to  three  hundred  and  fifty 
meters  above  the  sea  level. 

During  the  whole  expedition  were  collected  about  two  hundred  and 
ninety  species.  Besides  the  new  species  mentioned  above,  there  is  also  given 
the  description  of  Lophozia  Mur7nanica  which  was  known  before  but  had 
remained  undescribed,  and  three  varieties  were  raised  to  specific  rank  under 
the  names  of  Marsupella  arctica , Cephalozia  verrucosa  and  Cinclidium 
polare.  In  all  thirty-five  new  species  and  twenty-two  new  varieties  were 
added  to  science  and  nineteen  new  to  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Something 
surprising  was  the  finding  of  several  species  which  hitherto  had  been  regarded 
as  more  southern  plants,  as  Lophozia  marchica,  Cephalozia  biloba , Cyno- 
dontium  gracilescens,  Fissidens  exiguus , Aloina  rigida,  Tayloria  acwn- 
inata,  Heterocladium  Macounii  and  Hypnum  pseudorufescens. 

The  following  species  are  also  new  to  the  western  hemisphere : Lopho- 

zia murmahica , Cephalozia  biloba , Diplophyllum  gy mnosto m op il u m , 
Lophozia  Baueriana , Rhacomitrium  brevisetum , Bryum  autumnale , B. 
opdalense,  B.  curvatum,  B.  subtumidwn,  B . salinum , B.  stenodon , B.  lap- 
ponicum , B.  Graefianum , B.  campy locarpum,  B.  Fridtzii , B.  confluens , 
Aulacomnium  acu7ninatum , F[yp7iu77i  latinerve  and  H . pseudorufescens. 

The  new  species  and  varieties  described  in  the  report  and  those  supposed 
to  be  new  to  the  continent,  seventy-six  in  all,  were  collected  at  the  following 
stations: 

Hepaticae. 

Marsupella  arctica  (Berggr.)  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  sp.  n. 

Sarcoscyphus  emarginatus  (Ehrh.)  Hartm.  v.  arcticus  Berggr.  Elles- 
mere Land  ; Cape  Rutherford  and  Cape  Viole.  King  Oscar’s  Land  ; 
Gaasefjord. 

Aplozia  ATROViRENS  gracilis  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord  and  Landsend.  Ellesmere  Land;  Beit- 
stadfjord,  at  lat.  79  deg. 

Lophozia  harpanthoides  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  sp.  nov. 

North  Lincoln;  Framfjord,  King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  Gaasef- 
jord, Reindeer  Bay,  Excrement  Bay  and  Land’s  End.  North  Kent. 
Northwest  Greenland;  Foulkefjord.  Ellesmere  Land;  Framshavn, 
Glacial  Valley,  Lastrrea  Valley,  Bedford  Pirn  Island,  Skraelling 
Island  and  Cape  Rutherford,  lat.  78  deg.  50  min. 

Lophozia  Murmanica  Kaalaas  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord.  Ellesmere  Land;  Cape  Rutherford,  lat. 
78  deg.  50  min,  (Type  from  Litsa,  Murmanic,  Lappland.) 

Lophozia  violascens  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord.  Ellesmere  Land:  Bedford  Pirn  Island. 
Lophozia  Baueriana  Schiffner. 

West  Greenland ; Egedesminde,  North  Lincoln;  Framfjord.  Ellesmere 
Land  ; Framshavn,  and  Glacier  Valley.  (Type  from  Sarjek,  Swed- 
ish Lappland). 


— 8o— 


Lophozia  quadriloba  heterophylla  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  var.  nov. 

North  Lincoln ; Framfjord,  King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  Reindeer 
Bay,  Gaasefjord  and  Land’s  End.  North  Kent;  Ellesmere  Land; 
Framshavn,  Cape  Rutherford,  Lastraea  Valley,  Bedford  Pim 
Island. 

Plagiochila  arctica  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  sp.  nov. 

North  Lincoln;  Framfjord*,  King  Oscar’s  Land:  Havnefjord,  Gaase- 
fjord and  Reindeer  Bay.  North  Kent;  Northwest  Greenland; 
Foulkefjord.  Ellesmere  Land;  Cape  Rutherford  and  Beitstadfjord, 
lat.  70  deg. 

Cephalozia  bicuspidata  arctica  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  var.  nov. 

Ellesmere  Land;  Bedford  Pim  Island,  Glacial  Valley,  Cape  Viole,  Cape 
Rutherford  and  Beitstadfjord. 

Cephalozia  biloba  Lindb.  King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord  (Known 

before  only  from  Stavanger,  Norway  and  from  Helsingfors,  Finland). 

Cephalozia  Bryhnii  Kaalaas. 

Ellesmere  Land;  Cape  Rutherford,  lat.  78.  deg.  50  min.  (Known  from 

Norway  and  France;  previous  northern  limit  lat.  70  deg). 

Cephalozia  verrucosa  (Jens.)  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  sp.  nov. 

Cephalpzia  divaricata  (Franc.)  Dum.  v.  verrucosa  C.  Jens. 

North  Lincoln;  Framfjord,  King  Oscar’s  Land:  Havnefjord,  Gaasefjord, 
Reindeer  Bay,  Excrement  Bay,  Land’s  End  and  Isachsen’s  Fjord. 
Northwest  Greenland;  Foulkefjord.  Ellesmere  Land;  Framshavn, 
Glacial  Valley,  Cape  Viole,  Lastraea  Valley,  Bedford  Pim  Island, 
Cocked  Hat  Island,  Cape  Rutherford,  Eskimopolis,  Beitstadfjord, 
Skraelling  Island. 

Blepharostoma  trichophyllum  brevirete  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  var.  nov. 

Kind  Oscar’s  Land;  Excrement  Bay.  Ellesmere  Land;  Framshavn, 
Cape  Rutherford,  Eskimopolis,  Skraelling  Island. 

Diplophyllum  gymnostomophilum  Kaalaas. 

King  Oscar’s  Land ; Havnefjord  and  Isachsen’s  Fjord,  lat.  78  deg. 

(Known  before  only  from  Scandinavia  as  far  north  as  66  deg.  30  min.). 

Diplophyllum  incurvum  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  sp.  nov. 

North  Lincoln ; Framfjord.  King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  Moskus- 
fjord,  Gaasefjord,  Reindeer  Bay.  North  Kent.  Ellesmere  Land; 
Framshavn,  Bedford  Pim  Island,  Lastraea  Valley,  Glacier  Valley, 
Cape  Rutherford,  Beitstadfjord. 

Scapania  Simmonsii  Bryhn  & Kaalaas  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  Gaasefjord. 

MUSCI. 

Gymnostomum  laeve  Bryhn  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  Gaasefjord,  Excrement  Bay.  North 
Kent,  Ellesmere  Land;  Beitstadfjord  and  between  Fort  Juliane 
and  Mt.  Koela-Paulsen,  lat.  79  deg. 

Fissidens  arcticus  Bryhn  sp.  nov.  (Tab.  1,  Fig.  2). 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord,  Landsend  and  Isachsen’s  Fjord. 
North  West  Greenland;  Foulkefjord.  Ellesmere  Land;  Lastrae  Valley. 


— 8i— 

Schistidium  apocarpum  ovatum  Bryhn  var.  nov. 

North  Lincoln ; Framfjord,  King  Oscar’s  Land ; Havnefjord.  Ellesmere 
Land;  Framshavn,  Beitstadfjord  and  between  Fort  Juliane  and  Mt. 
Koela-Paulsen. 

Schistidium  apocarpum  abrupticostatum  Bryhn  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord. 

Schistidium  apocarpum  scabrius  Bryhn  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord.  North  Kent. 

Rhacomitrium  brevisetum  Lindb. 

Ellesmere  Land;  Beitstadfjord  at  lat,  79  deg.  (Before  known  only  from 
the  Island  of  Sachalin,  lat.  52  deg.). 

* Funaria  polaris  Bryhn  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land ; Havnefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  autumnale  Limpr. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  Reindeer  Bay,  Gaasefjord.  Ellesmere 
Land;  Glacial  Valley,  lat.  78  deg.  45  min.  (Before  known  only 
from  Norway) . 

Bryum  hyperboreum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Moskusfjord  and  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 
Bryum  laxirete  Bryhn  & Rynn  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord  and  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg. 30  min. 
Bryum  liliputanum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  parvum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar's  Land;  Havnefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min.,  together  with  the 
preceding. 

Bryum  brachythecium  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  50  min. 

Bryum  gemmaceum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

Ellesmere  Land:  Framshavn.  lat.  78  deg.  45  min. 

Bryum  corioiedeum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land:  Mosktlsfjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  angustidens  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76 deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  semiovatum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land ; Moskusfjord,  lat.  76  min.  30  min. 

Bryum  cancelliforme  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  min.  30  min. 

Bryum  opdalense  Limpr. 

Ellesmere  Land:  Glacial  Valley,  lat.  78  deg.  45  min.  (Before  known 
only  from  Norway). 

Bryum  opdalense  carneum  Bryhn  & Ryan  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land:  Gaasefjord. 

Bryum  curvatum  Arnell  & Kaurin. 

Ellesmere  Land;  Glacial  Valley,  lat.  78  deg.  45  min.  (Before  known 
only  from  Norway. 


—82— 


Bryum  subtumidum  Limpr. 

Ellesmere  Land;  Framshavn,  lat.  78  deg.  45  min.  (Before  known  only 
from  Norway). 

Bryum  salinum  Hagen. 

Northwest  Greenland:  Foulkefjord,  lat.  78  deg.  20  min.  (Before  known 
only  from  Scandinavia  and  Denmark). 

Bryum  stenodon  Hagen. 

King  Oscar  Land;  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min.  (Before  known 
only  from  Norway). 

Bryum  lapponicum  Kaurin. 

Northwest  Greenland;  Foulkefjord,  lat.  78  deg.  20  min.  (Before  known 
only  from  Scandinavia). 

Bryum  subfoveolatum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

Ellesmere  Land;  Framshavn,  lat.  78  deg.  45  min. 

Bryum  Graefianum  Schlieph. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min.  (Known  from 
Northern  and  Central  Europe. 

Bryum  Simmonsii  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  campylocarpum  arctica  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land ; Moskusf jord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min.  (The  species  is 
known  only  from  Norway). 

Bryum  oeneum  subelimbatum  Bryhn  & Ryan  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Vendomkap.  North  Lincoln;  Framfjord.  Elies 
mere  Land;  Bedford  Pirn  Island  and  between  Fort  Juliane  and  Mt. 
Koela-Paulsen,  lat.  79  deg. 

Bryum  agattuense  Philibert. 

King  Oscar’s  Land:  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min.  (Before  known 
only  from  Alaska). 

Bryum  nodosum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  glomeratum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land:  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  36  min. 

Bryum  nitidulum  fenestratum  Bryhn  & Ryan  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  pertenellum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

Ellesmere  Land;  Eskimopolis,  lat.  78  deg.  50  min. 

Bryum  densum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  teretinerve  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land ; Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  cyclophylloides  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

Ellesmere  Land;  Eskimopolis,  lat.  78  deg.  50  min, 

Bryum  paganum  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp.  nov. 

North  Devon,  lat.  76  deg. 

Bryum  ventricosum  subteres  Bryhn  & Ryan  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land  ; Havnefjord. 

Bryum  crispulum  densifolium  Bryhn  & Ryan  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord;  Ellesmere  Land;  Framshavn. 


-83- 


Bryum  tomentosum  subsphaericum  Bryhn  Ryan  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land ; Moskusfjord. 

Bryum  arcticum  latiannulatum  Bryhn  & Ryan  var.  nov. 

Ling  Oscar’s  Land  ; Havnefjord. 

Bryum  pendulum  striolatum  Bryhn  & Ryan  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord. 

Bryum  pendulum  arctobryoides  Bryhn  & Ryan  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Moskusfjord. 

Bryum  Fridtzii  Hagen. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord.  Ellesmere  Land;  Glacier  Valley,  lat. 
78  deg.  45  min.  (Before  known  only  from  Norway). 

Bryum  penduliforme  Bryhn  & Ryan  sp  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land ; Havnefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min. 

Bryum  confluens  Joerg. 

Ellesmere  Land ; Glacier  Valley  and  Cape  Rutherford.  (Before  known 

only  from  Norway). 

Mnium  subglobosum  subelimbatum  Bryhn  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar's  Land;  Gaasefjord.  Cardigan  Strait;  Devil’s  Island. 

Clinclidium  polare  (Kindh.)  Bryhn  sp.  nov. 

C.  arcticum  Breggr.  and  C.  articum  subsp.  polare  Kindb. 

King  Oscar’s  Land ; Havnefjord,  Moskusfjord,  Gaasefjord,  Excrement 
Bay,  Isachsen’s  Fjord.  North  Kent.  North  Lincoln;  Framfjord. 
Ellesmere  Land;  Framshavn,  Lastraea  Valley,  Bedford  Pirn  Island 
and  Cape  Rutherford. 

Aulacomnium  acuminatum  (Arn.  & Kindb.)  Par. 

North  Lincoln;  Framfjord.  King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord,  Moskus- 
fjord, Gaasefjord,  lat.  76  deg.  30  min.  (Before  known  only  from 
Siberia). 

Timmia  norvegica  excurrens  Bryhn  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Havnefjord  and  Gaasefjord. 

Polytrichum  fragile  Bryhn  sp.  nov.  Tab.  1,  fig.  3. 

Northwest  Greenland;  Foulkefjord,  lat.  78  deg.  20  min.  Ellesmere 
Land;  Cape  Viole,  Lastraea  Valley,  Bedford  Pirn  Island  and 
Cocked  Hat  Island,  lat.  78  deg.  50  min. 

Orthothecium  acuminatum  Bryhn  sp.  nov.  Tab.  1,  fig.  4. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord,  Reindeer  Bay.  Ellesmere  Land;  Bed- 
ford Pirn  Island,  lat.  78  deg.  45  min. 

Hypnum  polare  leptodictyon  Bryhn  var.  nov. 

King  Oscar’s  Land;  Gaasefjord. 

Hypnum  sarmentosum  acuminatum  Bryhn  var.  nov. 

North  Lincoln,  Framfjord.  Ellesmere  Land;  Cape  Rutherford. 

Hypnum  latinerve  Arnell. 

Ellesmere  Land ; Framshavn,  lat.  78  deg.  45  min.  (Before  known  only 
from  Siberia). 

Hypnum  pseudorufescens  Warnst. 

West  Greenland ; Egedesminde,  lat.  69  deg.  (Known  from  Norway  and 
Bohemia). 

Hypnum  hyperboreum  Bryhn  sp.  nov.  Tab  11,  fig.  3. 

Eilesmere  Land;  Stahlknects  Island,  lat.  78  deg.  40  min. 

Hypnum  revolutum  subjulaceum  Bryhn  var.  nov. 

North  Devon ; Havhestberg.  North  Lincoln.  King  Oscar’s  Land ; 
Havnefjord,  Gaasefjord,  Sydkapfjord  and  Vendomkap.  Ellesmeer 
Land:  Cape  Viole,  Lastraea  Valley,  Cape  Rutherford  and  Skrael- 
ling  Island.  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


-84- 

LICHEN  NOTES  No.  6. 

A List  of  the  Parmelia  Species  of  British  North  America,  contained  in 
the  Herbarium  of  the  Canadian  Government  at  Ottawa,  with 
Descriptions  of  those  Species  not  Mentioned  in  Tucker= 
man’s  Synopsis,  and  of  Several  New  Forms. 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

It  is  thought  best  to  make  this  list  the  vehicle  for  description  of  a num- 
ber of  Parmelia  forms  not  commonly  recognized  by  American  students. 
Differentiated  by  Nylander  for  the  most  part,  these  unfamiliar  names  may 
be  said  to  owe  their  origin  to  a refinement  of  analysis  on  the  part  of  those 
proposing  them,  for  groups  hitherto  viewed  as  individual. 

Tuckerman  viewed  the  genus  Parmelia  through  the  eyes  of  Fries,  and 
giving  no  credence  to  the  value  of  reagents  in  dissociating  species  and  vari- 
eties, we  find  in  his  Synopsis  what  appears  to  be  an  unwarranted  neglect  of 
the  labors  of  the  European  workers  for  the  period  just  prior  to  its  publi- 
cation. The  so-called  “chemical  criteria  ” have  received  almost  universal 
adoption  in  Europe,  and  believing  in  their  value  ourselves,  we  have  together 
with  the  names  cited,  recorded  the  reaction  for  each.  This  is  done  with 
the  purpose  of  placing  in  the  hands  of  our  students,  particularly  those  of  the 
Northern  United  States,  a working  compendium.  No  other  Lichen  genus 
offers  more  instructive  or  useful  material  for  the  employment  of  reagents 
than  Parmelia,  and  while  contradictory  results  are  sometimes  met  with,  these 
are  no  more  diverse  than  are  the  morphological  contrasts  for  a given  species. 
We  unhesitatingly  deplore  the  practice  of  [establishing  species  on  purely 
chemical  grounds,  but  affirm  our  belief  in  the  reasonableness  of  making 
chemical  discrepancies  as  important  as  variation  in  size  of  spores,  presence  or 
absence  of  isidia,  soredia,  cilia,  etc.,  in  the  separation  of  varieties  and 
forms.  Knowledge  of  American  Parmelia  spebies  in  this  country  is  as  yet  very 
rudimentary.  This  is  in  part  due  to  the  very  low  ebb  marking  the  interest 
in  Lichenoldgy,  but  principally  to  the  influence  of  Tuckerman’s  disposition  of 
the  species,  and  to  the  fact  that  the  examples  in  our  herbaria  are  for  the  most 
part  identified  in  accordance  with  his  views.  But  nineteen  species  of 
Parmelia  were  described  in  the  Synopsis,  while  the  names  of  more  than  a 
hundred  are  recorded  in  various  foreign  publications  as  having  been  col- 
lected in  North  America.  The  majority  of  these  are  entirely  unknown  to  our 
collectors,  although  it  is  safe  to  say  that  our  larger  herbaria  contain  exam- 
ples in  unsuspected  profusion.  The  time  seems  at  hand  to  attempt  a widen- 
ing of  our  acquaintance  with  Parmelia,  and  to  emancipate  ourselves  from  the 
limits  prescribed  by  Fries. 

Some  explanation  of  the  symbols,  and  method  of  employing  the 
reagents,  seems  desirable.  K is  made  to  stand  for  a solution  of  potassic 
hydrate  in  water  (one  in  two,  by  bulk).  C a solution  of  chloride  of  lime 
(saturated).  If  on  application  of  K or  C to  the  surface  of  a plant  a distinct 
yellow  coloration  is  immediately  noted  an  affirmative  sign  + is  placed  after 
the  symbol;  if  no  color  is  produced  a negative  — , thus  K-|-  or  C — as  the 
case  may  be.  Where  the  symbol  reads  as  in  P.  physodes  Kt,  it  means  that 


■85- 


the  solution  produces  a coloration  on  the  surface  but  none  on  the  medulla 
(me.).  Application  to  the  medulla  is  made  by  abrading  the  surface  until  the 
tissue  just  beneath  the  cortex  is  exposed,  then  wetting  with  a drop  of  the 
solution.  Me.  K (C)  refers  to  the  practice  of  first  applying  K and  following 
it  on  the  same  spot  with  C.  The  value  of  this  test  depends  on  an  attentive 
eye,  as  the  reaction  is  less  positive  than  with  K or  C alone.  The  usual  col- 
oration produced  with  K is  a distinct  yellow,  orange-yellow  or  greenish-yel- 
low. When  the  color  is  faint  it  is  indicated  by  f.  following  the  -J-  sign,  and 
when  other  colors  are  developed  it  is  usual  to  indicate  same  at  length.  A 
tardy  response  to  testis  not  to  be  considered  at  all,  except  in  the  case  of  those 
plants  first  showing  a yellow,  followed  after  a time  with  some  other  color, 
usually  red,  as  in  P.  perforata.  This  is  symbolized  for  the  species  men- 
tioned with  K+>  red, -or  in  the  case  of  P . subquercifolia  K+>  red.  Solu- 
tions should  be  kept  in  tightly  stoppered  dark  colored  bottles.  Apply  with  a 
dropper  or  glass  brush. 

Parmelia  Ach. 

Sub-genus  Menegazzia  (Mass.)  Wain. 

P.  physodes  (L.)  Ach.  Methodus  p.  250. 

Reaction  Kt,  me.  K (C)  -|-orange. 

On  fences,  old  boards,  dead  wood,  trunks  of  trees,  and  rocks. 

3652,  Montmorency  River,  Que. ; 684,  Lake  Superior;  685,  Cape  Breton; 
667,  Bay  du  Chaleur;  680,  Dent’s  Lake,  B. C.;  3305,  Sable  Is.,  N.  S.;  674. 
Belleville,  Ont. ; 672,  Nipigon  River,  Ont. ; 675,  Lake  Nipigon;  666,  Jump- 
ing Pound  Creek,  Alta.:  665,  Elbow  River, ‘Alta;  collected  by  John  Macoun. 
662,  Lat.  6iQ,  Long.  104°,  J.  W.  Tyrrell;  664,  Clearwater  Lake,  Labrador,  A. 
P.  Low,  and  Vancouver  Is.,  Dawson. 

P.  physodes  f.  platyphylla  (Ach.)  Merrill. 

P.  physodes  var.  platyphylla  Ach.  Methodus,  p.  251. 

Laciniae  broader  than  in  the  type,  appearing  to  merge  at  the  centre,  the 
surface  rugose  and  complicate,  and  the  lobes  crenate,  sometimes  sorediate  at 
the  apices. 

On  wood  and  rocks. 

682,  Comox.  V.  I.  (typical);  681,  Victoria,  V.  I. ; 688,  Canaan  Forks,  N.B., 
John  Macoun.  The  last  two  numbers  are  intermediate  states  between  the 
present  and  type,  and  seem  to  negative  the  varietal  rank  given  the  form  by 
Acharius. 

P.  physodes  f.  labrosa  (Ach.)  Arn.  Lich.  Exs.  No.  297. 

P.  physodes  var.  labrosa  Ach.  L.  U.  p.  493. 

Differs  from  the  type  in  that  the  laciniae  are  recurved-ascendent  at  the 
apices,  and  slightly  dilated  and  sorediate  on  the  under  surface. 

On  rocks,  fences  and  trunks  of  trees. 

3497,  Algonquin  Park,  Ont.:  661,  Ottawa,  Ont.:  676,  Brighton,  Ont. ; 697, 
Victoria,  V.  I.:  3656,  Cap.  a.  L’Aigle,  Que.,  John  Macoun. 

A very  distinct  form  of  P.  physodes  when  found  with  the  characters  well 
marked,  but  intermediate  states  are  common.  The  form  seems  to  attain  its 
greatest  perfection  on  the  small  branches  and  twigs  of  coniferous  trees. 


•86— 


P.  physodes  f.  subisidioides  Merrill  f.  nov. 

Like  depressed  conditions  of  the  type,  but  interruptedly  isidio-furfur- 
aceous. 

On  rocks  and  old  logs. 

3635,  Laggan,  Alta.  ; 687,  Elbow  River,  Rocky  Mts.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  physodes  var.  enteromorpha  (Ach. ) Tuck.  Syn.  Lich.  N.  E.  p.  28. 

P.  enteromorpha  Ach.  Methodus,  p.  252. 

On  trees. 

695,  Hastings,  B.  C. ; 689,  Victoria,  B.  C. ; 688,  692,  693,694,  Vancouver 
Is.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  physodes  enteromorpha  f.  rugosa  Merrill  f.  nov. 

Differs  from  var.  enteromorpha  in  being  constipate-rugose,  somewhat 
flavescent  in  color  and  with  the  laciniae  more  or  less  black-edged  as  in  var. 
vittata. 

On  decayed  wood. 

696,  McLeod’s  Lake,  B.  C.  J.  Macoun. 

Comparable  with  P.  lugubris  Pers.  in  Gaudich.  Uran.  p.  196,  which 
Nylander  Syn.  p.  401  cites  as  a form  of  var.  vittata.  The  specimen  fruited, 
the  apothecia  attaining  to  3 cent,  in  diameter.  While  specimens  of  P. 
physodes  are  often  found  with  wrinkled  or  rugose  thalli,  that  character  is 
more  infrequent  in  var.  enteromorpha  than  in  the  other  forms. 

P.  physodes  var.  vittata  Ach.  Methodus  p.  252. 

On  earth. 

588,  Vancouver  Is.,  J.  Macoun,  sub-nodulose  and  intermediate  with  var 
enteromorpha;  698,  St.  Paul’s  Is.,  Behring  Sea,  J.  M.  Macoun,  denigrate  and 
suggests  P.  austerodes  Nyl.  The  specimens  of  var.  vittata  from  the  west 
coast  of  America  contained  in  our  herbarium  are  for  the  most  part  inter- 
mediate states  uniting  the  characters  of  both  vars.  enteromorpha  and  the 
present  There  seems  to  be  no  good  reason  for  making  a species  of  vittata 
notwithstanding  asserted  minute  differences. 

P.  physodes  vittata  f.  hypotrypodes  Nyl.  in  Flora  1875,  p.  106. 

Differing  but  little  from  var.  vittata  except  in  being  more  divided  with 
the  laciniae  less  linear.  In  typical  examples  the  lobes  at  and  sometimes 
superficially  near  the  apices  are  provided  with  conspicuous  white-  dilated 
soredia. 

On  rocks,  trees  and  mosses. 

669,  Lake  Nipissing,  Ont. ; 612  694,  St.  Anne’s  des  Monts  River,  Que., 
J.  Macoun;  617,  Lake  Mistassini  N.  E.  T. , J.  M.  Macoun. 

Our  examples  are  without  the  perforations  of  the  European  forms  and 
the  apices  of  the  laciniae  do  not  gape  as  in  forma  labrosa  of  the  type.  It  is 
probable  that  most  of  the  forms  identified  as  var.  vittata  and  cited  from 
eastern  N.  America  may  be  placed  here. 

P.  pertusa  (Schrank.)  Schaer.  Lich.  Helvet.  Spiclg.  II.  p.  457. 

Reaction  Ki,  Cl. 

On  old  logs  and  trees. 


—87— 


683,  Hastings,  B.  C.;  671,  Ottawa,  Ont.,  J.  Macoun;  679,  New  West 
minster,  B.  C.  Mr.  Law. 

Subgenus  Anzia  Nyl. 

Section  Euanzia  (Mull.  Arg.)  Hue. 

P.  colpodes  Ach.  Methodus  p.  251. 

Reaction  Ki. 

702,  on  trees,  Central  Ontario  Junction,  Ont.  J.  Macoun. 

Subgenus  Euparmelia  Nyl. 

Section  Melaenoparmelia  Hue. 

P.  stygia  (L.)  Ach.  Methodus  p.  203. 

Reaction  none. 

On  rocks. 

836  and  192,  Lower  Arrow  Lake,  B.  C. ; 198,  Jumping  Pound  Creek, 
Alta.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  tristis  (Web.)  Nyl.  Enum.  Lich.  p.  105. 

Reaction  none. 

72,  oh  rocks,  summit  of  Mt.  Benson,  V.  I.  J.  Macoun. 

Cetraria  tristis  (Web.)  Fr.  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis,  is  synonymous. 
If  P.  lanata  be  admitted  to  this  genus,  it  is  difficult  to  reject  the  present. 

P.  lanata  Nyl.  Syn.  p.  406. 

Wainio  Rev.  Lich.  in  herb.  Linn,  asserv.  states  that  Lichen  lanatus 
L.  is  Ephebe  pubescens  Ach. 

Reaction  none. 

3010,  on  earth,  summit  of  Mt.  Benson,  V.  I.,  growing  mixed  with  P. 
tristis.  J.  Macoun. 

Spores  in  West  American  specimens  alectorioid  and  the  plant  perhaps 
belongs  with  Bryopogon. 

Section  Xanthoparmelia  Wain. 

P.  conspersa  (Ehrh.)  Ach.  Methodus  p.  205. 

Reaction  K+>  reddish,  Cl. 

On  rocks. 

753,  Lower  Arrow  Lake,  B.  C.;  16,  Montmorency  River,  Que.;  754, 
Hastings,  B.  C.;  747,  Black  Water,  B.  C.;  761.  Victoria,  V.  I.:  704,  St.  Anne’s 
des  Monts  River,  Que.:  J.  Macoun.  757,  Nevers  Rapids,  N.  B.  Brittain; 
758,  Peterboro  Co.,  Ont.  H.  C.  Walker. 

P.  conspersa  f.  imbricata  Mass. 

Laciniae  short,  narrowed  and  imbricate-complicate. 

705,  on  trees,  Carleton,  N.  B.  G.  U.  Hay. 

P.  CONSPERSA  f.  STENOPHYLLA  Ach. 

P.  conspersa  var.  stenophylla  Ach.  Methodus,  p.  206. 

Laciniae  narrower  and  more  divided  than  in  f.  imbricata,  imbricated 
and  even  panniform. 

On  rocks. 

776,  Cape  Breton  Is.;  767,  Nipigon  River,  Ont.  J.  Macoun. 


—88— 


P.  conspersa  f.  isidiata  (Anzi)  Hue  Lich.  Ex.  n.  702. 

The  thallus  except  at  the  circumference  constipate-isidiose,  the  exciple 
likewise  clothed. 

On  rocks. 

122,  Cap  a l’Aigle,  Que. ; 73,  Algonquin  Park,  Ont.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  molliuscula  Ach.  Lich.  Univ.  p.  492. 

Reaction  me  K-|-  orange. 

On  earth. 

761,  Old  Wives  Creek,  Assa.:  760,  Bow  River  Pass,  Ry.  Mts. : 762,  Crows 
Nest  Pass,  Ry.  Mts.  J.  Macoun.  No.  316  D.  N.  Am.  Li.  labelled  P.  con- 
spersa stenophy  lla,  belongs  here. 

P.  centrifuga  Ach.  Methodus,  p.  206. 

Reaction  me  K — . 

On  rocks. 

3822.  Blanc  Sablon,  Labrador,  A.  E.  Waghorne:  775,  Diggs  Is.,  Hudson 
Straits,  R.  Bell;  752,  Lat.  6i°,  Long.  104°,  J.W. Tyrrell;  773,  Clearwater  Lake, 
Labrador,  A.  P.  Low:  774,  Tadousac,  Can.;  756,  Lower  Arrow  Lake,  B.  C.: 
769,  Summit  Lake,  Que.  ; 772,  Lake  Nipigon;  770,  Lake  Superior,  J.  Macoun. 

Commonly  found  only  infertile  but  some  of  the  specimens  well  fruited. 
Easily  distinguishable  from  P . conspersa  which  it  somewhat  resembles  by 
its  blackish-brown  color  below,  in  P.  co?ispersa  reddish-brown. 

P.  diffusa  (Web.)  Th.  Fr.  Arct.  p.  60. 

Reaction  KI. 

On  bark  of  trees  and  dead  wood. 

3665,  Laggan,  Alta.;  3666,  Yoho  Pass,  B.  C.;  780,  Jumping  Pound  Creek, 
Alta.;  777,  Lower  Arrow  Lake,  B.C.;  130,  Banff,  Ry.  Mts.;  785,  Cape 
Breton,  J.  Macoun.  No.  4023  on  old  logs,  Montmorency  Falls,  Que.,  J. 
Macoun, is  provided  with  whitish  soredia  facies.  P.  hyperoptam,  synonymous 
with  P.  ambigua  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis,  but  the  above  is  the  old  name 
and  should  be  conserved. 

P.  hyperopta  Ach.  Synopsis,  p.  208. 

Reaction  Ki. 

On  old  logs  and  fences. 

3664,  Yoho  Pass,  B.  C.  ; (characteristic)  J.  Macoun;  786,  Cape  Breton  J. 
Macoun,  strongly  resembles  P.  diffusa  but  is  cinereo-glaucescent  with 
whitish  soredia;  3820,  Labrador,  Waghorne. 

This  is  P.  ainbigua  var.  albescens  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis.  The 
Acharian  name  seems  to  have  priority  over  albescens,  Wallr.  It  is  a curious 
fact  that  dealbate  conditions  of  P.  diffusa  are  often  found  growing  with 
that  plant,  almost  impossible  of  separation.  But  typical  corticoline  P. 
hyperopta  is  in  our  experience  unaccompanied  by  P.  diffusa.  It  will  not  be 
improper  to  use  the  designation  albescens  for  the  whitish  states  of  P.  diffusa. 
Section  Hypotrachynae  Wain. 

Group  Cyclocheilae  Arn. 

P.  olivacea  (L.)  Ach.  Methodus,  p.  213. 

Reaction  me  C — . 

On  tree  trunks  and  branches  of  trees. 


3636,  Laggan,  Alta;  3660  and  3661,  Montmorency  River,  Que.;  7iiy 
Nipigon  River,  Ont.  ; 707,  St.  Anne’s  des  Monts  River,  Que.:  710,  Rock- 
Mountains;  708,  Kanaskis,  Ry.  Mts.:7i2,  Revelstoke,  Ry.  Mts. ; 719,  Jump, - 
ing  Pound  Creek,  Alta.:  716,  Victoria,  V.  I.,  J.  Macoun;  715,  Athabasca 
Rivir.  J.  M.  Macoun;  714,  Canaan  Forks,  N.  B.,  J.  Moser. 

The  plant  here  listed  is  that  form  of  the  olivacea  group  marked  by  itsdis" 
tinctly  rugulose  thallus.  This  and  the  lack  of  medullary  reaction  will  serve 
to  distinguish.  Tuckerman  appears  to  have  made  no  effort  to  discriminate 
the  many  forms  of  affinity  with  the  above  established  by  Nylander,  but  in 
large  series  of  specimens  that  author’s  differentiations  will  appear  to  be  well 
founded  and  reasonable.  It  may  be  noted  that  passage  forms  between  the 
various  olivacea  species  are  seldom  met  with,  and  each  seems  to  be  fairly 
constant  to  its  cited  characters. 

P.  glabra  Schaer.  exs.  No.  370. 

Reaction  Ki,  C+  rose. 

Thallus  membranaceous, orbicular,  loosely  attached, bright  brown  or  green- 
ish olivaceous,  laciniae  more  or  less  transversely  rugulose,  commonly 
rounded  at  the  apices  or  slightly  crenulate,  smooth  and  even  shining;  below 
concolorous  or  blackish  and. slightly  rhizinose.  Apothecia  concave  or  plane, 
concolorous,  the  exciple  slightly  crenulate  and  usually  papillate.  Spores 
1 V ■■  fx.  Not  previously  listed  from  America. 

718,  on  trunks,  Ottawa,  J.  Macoun. 

P.  conspurcata  (Schaer.)  Wain.  Notulae  de  syn.  lichenum  in  Medd.  of  Soc. 

pro.  Faun,  et  FI.  fennica,  Feb.  1886. 

P.  olivacea  a.  corticola  b.  conspurcata  Schaer.  exs.  no.  371. 

Reaction  KI,  C+  rose,  faint. 

Thallus  membranaceous,  orbicular,  appressed  but  not  closely  attached, 
olivaceous-brown  and  opaque,  laciniae  more  or  less  confusedly  rugulose,  the 
tips  of  the  lobes  rounded  and  crenate  with  the  upper  surface  whitish  or  yel- 
lowish pnnctate-sorediate,  these  dispersed  over  the  thallus  centrally,  but 
particularly  following  the  edges  of  the  laciniae;  below  blackish  and  rhizinose, 
concolorous  at  the  circumference  and  glabrous.  Apothecia  not  seen  in  Ameri- 
can specimens,  and  no  specific  description  of  same  is~'available  from  foreign 
sources. 

On  alders. 

732,  Cape  Breton;  717,  Hastings,  B.  C.  ; 44,  Blackwater  River,  B.  C.;  J. 
Macoun. 

A not  uncommon  American  plant,  but  only  recognized  in  published  lists 
from  material  determined  by  Wainio;  collected  by  Dr.  Fink  in  Minnesota. 

P.  verruculifera  Nyl.  in  Flora,  1878. 

Reaction  KI,  C+  rose,  me.  K (C)  -f-  rose. 

Thallus  much  as  in  the  last,  but  the  surface  at  the  centre  confluently 
verrucose-granulate  or  sub-isidiose,  the  granulations  here  and  there  white- 
tipped.  Apothecia  not  known  in  American  specimens. 

On  old  fences,  boards  and  hemlock  bark. 

720,  Seymour,  W,  Ont.;  3306,  Sable  Is.,  N.  S.;  3502,  Algonquin  Lake, 
Ont.  J.  Macoun. 


— go— 


Very  near  to  P.  conspurcata  but  distinguishable  by  the  surface  and 
reactions.  Reported  from  Isle  Miquelon  and  collected  in  Maine  by  the 
writer,  with  probably  a wider  distribution. 

P.  fuliginosa  Nyl.  in  Flora,  1868. 

Reaction  KI,  Cl,  me.K  (C)  -f-  red. 

Thallus  membranaceous,  orbicular,  appressed,  brownish-olivaceous  or 
darker,  furfuraceous,  fulginose  or  black-isidiose ; beneath  blackish  and  spar- 
ingly rhizinose;  lobes  plane,  crenate;  apothecia  moderate,  brownish,  the 
exciple  thickened  and  slightly  crenate.  Spores  U- 

P.  FULIGINOSA  f.  LAETEVIRENS  Krbg. 

Color  of  the  thallus  much  lighter  than  the  type,  a medium  green,  the 
isidia  concolorous. 

Only  the  form  so  far  seen. 

On  alders  and  fence  rails. 

721,  Hull,  Que. ; 723,  Ottawa,  Ont. , J.  Macoun. 

Similar  to  certain  forms  of  P . olivacea,  but  kept  apart  by  the  reaction 
and  isidia.  Not  previously  listed  from  America,  although  the  species  cited 
from  Labrador  and  Isle  Miquelon. 

P.  prolixa  (Ach.)  Nyl.  Syn.  p.  396. 

Reaction  none. 

On  rocks. 

3501,  Labrador,  Waghorne.  725,  Lake  Nipigon,  Ont.  J.  Macoun.  This 
is  P.  olivacea  var.  b.  prolixa  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis. 

P.  prolixa  f.  panniformis  Nyl.  Syn.  p.  397.  See  Tuck.  1.  c. 

729,  on  rocks,  Victoria,  V.  I.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  sorediata  (Ach.)  Nyl.  in  Flora,  1879. 

Reaction  none. 

On  rocks, 

728,  Galt,  Ont.;  3446,  Algonquin  Park,  Ont.;  729,  Black  Water  River,  B. 
C. ; 730,  Nipigon  River,  Ont.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  olivacea  var.  c.  sorediate  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis. 

P.  dubia  (Wulf.)  Schaer.  Enumer.  p.  5. 

Lichen  dubius , Wulf.  in  Jacq.  collect.  IV.  p.275,  tab. XIX,  fig,  1. 

The  antique  name  for  P.  Borreri  Ach.  No  specimen  of  this  species  was 
found  in  the  herbarium,  a rather  remarkable  fact,  and  one  confirming  the 
specific  rank  of  P.  rudecta. 

P.  rudecta  Ach.  Synopsis  p.  197. 

Reaction  me.  C+  red,  soredia  C+  red. 

On  trunks  and  old  rails. 

3631,  Peele  Point,  Ont  ; 3654,  Montmorency  River,  Que.;  904,  Brighton, 
Ont.,  J.  Macoun;  605,  Edmonton,  Ont.  J.  White. 

P.  Borreri  var.  rudecta  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis.  This  plant 
deserves  specific  rank  equally  with  such  isidiose  forms  as  P.  crinita,  P. 
pilosella , P.  sulphurata  etc.  The  writer  has  yet  to  examine  transitional 
states  between  the  present  and  P.  dubia , if  such  exist. 


—91— 


P.  frondifera  Merrill  sp.  nov. 

Reaction  Kt,  me.  C — 

Thallus  cartilagineous,  orbicular,  somewhat  expanded,  decumbent, 
testaceous  at  the  circumference  but  cinereo-glaucous  centrally,  lobate- 
laciniate  and  profoundly  divided,  but  confusedly  plicate  and  sub-imbricate 
centrally,  margins  crenulate  or  broadly  crenate  at  periphery,  but  centrally 
more  divided  and  even  fimbriate  and  here  together  with  the  surface  of  the 
thallus  beset  more  or  less  with  reduced  fimbriate  lobules;  the  upper  surface 
opaque,  confusedly  rugulose,  and  here  and  there  ruptured  forming  verrucae, 
these  white -sorediate-punctate;  within  white;  below  black  and  rhizinose  at 
the  centre,  pale  with  concolorous  rhizinae  at  the  circumference.  Apothecia 
short  pedicellate,  cup-shaped,  rather  large,  the  disk  light-chestnut 
and  bordered  by  an  incurved,  radiately  rugose  and  sometimes  fis- 
sured exciple,  this  similarly  punctate-soredjate  with  the  thallus.  Spores 
oblong- ellipsoid  - A0  /j.. 

On  cedar  bark,  No.  3627,  Peele  Point,  Ont.  J.  Macoun. 

Very  near  P.  dubia  and  P.  rudecta  but  separated  by  lack  of  reaction 
with  C,  the  lobulate  upper  surface  and  its  smaller  spores. 

Comparable  with  P.  reddenda  Stirton  in  lack  of  reaction.  The  curious 
fact  may  here  be  noted  that  nearly  all  lichenists  at  some  time  examine  speci- 
mens of  P.  dubia  and  P.  rudecta  which  fail  to  afford  its  characteristic 
reaction  with  C.  Nylander  himself  had  this  experience,  but  offered  no  ex- 
planation. All  specimens  of  the  two  species  in  our  own  herbarium  with 
one  exception  respond  to  the  reagent,  and  that  is  a normal  P.  rudecta 
Three  specimens  of  P . frondifera  from  widely  separated  localities,  Ontaria, 
New  York  and  Florida  are  me.  C — , and  it  seems  not  to  be  an  accidental 
negative. 

P.  ulophylla  (Ach.)  Merrill. 

P.  caperata  var.  ulophylla  Ach.  Lich.  Univ.  p.  458. 

Reaction  KI,  C+  bright  rose,  me.  K(C)-f-  rose,  but  evanescent;  soredia 
tinged  red  by  C. 

Thallus  cartilagineous,  broadly  expanded,  decumbent,  orbicular,  ochro- 
leucous  or  greenish-ochroleucous,  lobate-laciniate  at  the  circumference,  but 
the  laciniae  coalescing  centrally,  the  margins  cut-crenate  at  the  periphery, 
but  sinuous,  elevated  and  invested  with  conspicuous  sub  globose  or  limbate, 
granulate  or  sometimes  farinose  soredia  at  the  centre,  these  here  and  there 
running  together  and  forming  a crust;  above  opaque,  or  shining  at  the  cir- 
cumference, confusedly  rugulose,  the  cortex  sometimes  here  and  there  rimose 
or  punctate-ruptured  producing  white  soredia;  within  white;  below  black 
and  opaque  at  the  centre,  shining  and  brownish  at  the  periphery,  with  few 
and  scattered  rhizinae.  Apothecia  short-pedicellate,  moderate,  the  disk 
chestnut,  bordered  by  an  incurved,  slightly  crenate  exteriorly  sorediate  exci- 
ple. Spores  ellipsoid,  1 s ‘75_~ ' --  ju. 

On  trunks,  No.  734,  Manitoba  House,  Man.  J.  Macoun. 

This  plant  has  been  variously  called  P.  caperata  var.  ulophylla  Ach. 
Lich.  Univ.  p.  458.  P.  rudecta  var.  ulophylla  Ach.  Synopsis  p.  197.  and  P. 
Borreri  var.  ulophylla  Nyl.  and  Hue.  It  is  probable  that  this  is  the  plant 


— 92— 


mentioned  by  Tuckerman  in  the  paper,  Am.  Naturalist  Apr.  1868,  entitled 
“Can  Lichens  be  identified  by  Chemical  Tests?”  He  says  “ P.  caperata 
is  reckoned,' ' 'among  the  species  the  medullary  layer  of  which  gives  no  indi- 
cation of  a red  tinge  with  the  reagent.  I find  yet  the  contrary  the  case  in 
North  American  specimens,  as  well  from  Arctic  American  as  Texas,  etc., 
almost  all  these  states  being  marked  by  elevated  powdery  margins,' ' ' as  if 
a var.  ulophylla^ see  Ach.)  filled  in  this  species  an  analogous  place  to  the  var. 
olivetorum  ( P . olivaria ) in  P . per  lata."  Tuckerman  adds  that  some  speci- 
mens of  P.  caperata  have  a normal  reaction  however.  The  form  as  examined 
is  distinct  and  deserves  specific  rank. 

P.  tiliacea  Ach.  Methodus  p.  215. 

Reaction  Kt,  me.  C-J-  red. 

P.  tiliacea  var.  vicinior  (Hue)  Merrill  P . vicinior  Hue.  Li.  -Ex.  Eu.  I.  p.  156. 
K+,  C=,  K(C)I  * 

Distinguished  from  the  species  and  var.  subquercifolia  by  difference  is 
reaction,  and  so  far  as  American  examples  furnish  evidence  there  is  nothing 
else  to  satisfactorily  differentiate  with.  The  writer  possesses  three  examples 
of  P tiliacea , identical  in  lobation,  and  thecial  characters,  in  fact  exactly 
similar  to  the  eye  and  with  microscope,  but  of  which  one  affords  the  reaction 
of  P.  tiliacea,  another  that  of  P.  vicinior , and  the  last  that  of  P.  subquerci- 
folia K+>  at  length  red.  Both  Tuckerman  and  Wille3^  have  touched  on  the 
perplexities  attending  the  use  of  reagents  with  P.  tiliacea , but  the  present 
disposition  satisfactorily  meets  all  requirements  of  classification  for  the  P. 
tiliacea  forms  from  Northern  America.  P.  tiliacea  v.  sublaevigata 
Nyl.  of  Tackerman’s  Synopsis  is  made  synonymous  with  P.  subquercifolia 
by  Hue. 

On  trunks, 

3634,  Stittsville,  Ont. ; 3651,  Montmorency  Falls,  Que. ; 597,  Brighton, 
Ont.  ; 991,  Cape  Breton;  3509,  Algonquin  Pk  , Ont.;  593'  and  592,  Ottawa, 
Ont. ; 595,  St.  Anne’s  des  Monts  River,  Que. ; 594,  Quebec,  J.  Macoun. 
596,  Canaan  Forks,  N.  B.  J.  Moser. 

No.  102  D.  N.  A.  Li.  belongs  here. 

* Group  Irregulares  Wain. 

P.  saxatilis  (L.)  Ach.  Methodus,  p.  204. 

Reaction  K+>  crimson. 

On  rocks,  trees,  old  planks,  logs,  fences  and  on  the  earth. 

3647  and  3648,  Cap  a L’Aigle,  Que.;  609,'  Truro,  N.  S. ; 611,  Nipigon 
River,  Ont.  ; 3512,  Algonquin  Pk.,  Ont.:  621,  Burrard  Inlet,  B.  C. ; 614,  Lake 
Nipissing;  622,  Red  River,  Man.;  620,  Victoria,  V.  I.;  629,  Comox,  V.  I.; 
625,  Stittsville,  Ont.  ; 634,  Jupiter  River,  Anticosti;  616,  Lower  Arrow  Lake, 
B.  C.  ; 643,  Jumping  Pound  Creek,  Ry.  Mts. ; 640,  Victoria,  B.  C. ; 636, 
Nipigon  Lake,  Ont.;  638,  Cape  Breton;  3493,  Algonquin  Pk.,  Ont.;  641, 
Brighton,  Ont.;  J.  Macoun.  647,  Clearwater  Lake,  Labrador,  A.  P.  Low; 
625,  627,  St.  George’s  Is.,  Bering  Sea;  630,  618,  592,  St.  Paul’s  Is.,  Bering 
Sea,  J.  M.  Macoun.  623,  Vancouver  Is.  Dawson. 


—93  — 


P.  saxatilis  f.  furfuracea  (Schaer.)  Lich.  Helvet.  Spiclg.  p.  455. 

Differs  from  the  species  in  being  more  or  less  isidioid.  In  high  northern 
latitudes  the  isidia  sometimes  cover  and  completely  conceal  the  thallus  with 
a thick  crust,  except  at  the  circumference. 

On  rocks  usually,  but  occurring  on  trees. 

656,  Lower  Arrow  Lake,  B.  C.  ; 633,  Gaspe,  Que.  ; 659,  Cape  Breton,  J, 
Macoun.  635,  St.  Paul’s  Is.,  Bering  Sea;  624,  St.  George’s  Is.,  Bering  Sea,  J. 
M.  Macoun.  3492,  Blanc  Sablon,  Labrador;  3823,  Bolster  Rock,  Labrador,  A. 
C.  Waghorne. 

P.  saxatilis  var.  omphalodes  (L.)  Fr.  Li.  Eu.  Ref.  p.  62.  f.  caesio-pruin- 

osa  Nyl.  by  Stiz.  St.  Gall.  Nat.  Ges.  1876,  p.  206.  602.  Cape  Vancouver. 

Bering  Sea.  J.  M.  Macoun. 

No  omphalodes  proper  found  in  the  herbarium.  The  form  is  like  the 
species  in  all  except  being  pruninose  throughout.  It  has  been  the  habit  of 
American  lichen  students  to  call  any  dark,  reddish,  brownish  or  blackening 
saxatilis,  omphalodes,  but  the  genuine  form  is  shining  and  smooth,  not 
opaque.  The  reddish  or  dark  color  of  omphalodes  or  pseudo-omphalodes  is 
due  to  a natural  maceration  with  meteoric  or  other  waters. 

P.  SAXATILIS  OMPHALODES  f.  PANNIFOMIS  (Ach.)  Nyl.  by  Stiz.  1.  C. 

Thallus  densely  imbricated,  the  lobes  reduced  and  scale-like  and  some- 
times caesio-pruinose  as  in  the  last. 

On  rocks 

654,  Lower  Arrow  Lake,  B.C.  ; 650,  Elbow  River,  Alta.;  648,  Lake 
Nipigon,  Onfe.  J.  Macoun. 

Panniform  conditions  of  the  species  are  sometimes  seen  with  normal 
coloration,  and  it  is  probable  that  most  of  our  dark  colored panniformis  is 
merely  the  product  of  discoloration. 

P.  saxatilis  var.  laevis  Nyl.  Syn.  I.  p.  386. 

Thallus'  smooth,  rather  shining,  faintly  and  delicately  reticulated, 
laciniae  narrowed,  discrete,  below  clothed  densely  with  black  rhizinae.  Apo- 
thecia  moderate,  for  the  most  part  plane,  chestnut- colored  with  an  entire 
margin. 

On  trunks. 

639,  Cape  Breton;  619,  Mt.  Benson,  V.  I.;  607,  St.  Anne’s  des  Monts 
River,  Que.;  608,  Jupiter  River,  Anticosti;  J.  Macoun;  606,  Tobique,  N.  B. 
G.  U.  Hay. 

P.  sulcata  Tayl.  in  Mack.  Flor.  Hibern.  (1836)  p.  145. 

Synonymous  with  P . saxatilis  var.  sulcata  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis. 

Reaction  as  in  P . saxatilis. 

On  old  boards,  posts  and  rails,  trunks  and  also  rocks. 

3304,  Sable  Is.,  N.  S.  ; 613,  Belleville,  Ont. ; 632,  Comox,  V.  I. ; 649,  Jump- 
ing Pound  Creek.  Alta.;  645,  Lower  Arrow  Lake,  B.C.  ; 646,  Hastings, 
B.  C.  ; 3655,  Montmorency  River,  Que.;  3647,  Cap  a L’Aigle,  Que.;  J 
Macoun.  Middleton  Is.,  Alaska.  J.  M.  Macoun. 

Differing  sufficiently  from  P.  saxatilis  to  be  accorded  specific  rank,  in 
the  opinion  of  Nylander  and  others,  the  best  argument  for  separation  seems 
to  be  that  there  are  no  connecting  or  intermediate  states  between  the  two. 


-94- 

Section  Amphigymniae  Wain. 

Group  Subflavescentes  Wain. 

P.  caperata  (L.)  Ach,  Methodus  p.  216. 

Reaction  K+  or  famt+  me.  K(C)+  reddish  or  orange. 

On  trunks,  old  rails  and  dead  wood. 

3491,  Algonquin  Park,  Ont.  ; 733,  Guelph,  Ont.  ; 3663,  Lincoln  Co.,  Ont.  ; 
4089,  Montmorency  River,  Que.  ; 745,  Nipigon  River,  Ont.  ; 742,  735,  Belle- 
ville, Ont.;  736,  Rocky  Mts. , J.  Macoun;  743.  Tobique  River.  N.  B.,  G.  U. 
Hay;  744,  Canaan  Forks,  N.  B.,  J.  Moser;  Edmonton,  Ont.,  J.  White. 

P.  caperata , or  strictly  speaking  the  plant  here  catalogued  has  been 
ascribed  to  Dillenius  (Lichenoides  caperatum  rosacae  expansum,  sulphureo 
vlrens),  by  Mudd ; to  Linnaeus  (Lichen  caper atus)  Sp.  Plant  (1753),  p.  1147, 
almost  universally ; and  to  Hoffman  (Lichen  caper atus)  Enum.Lich.(i784)  p.94, 
by  Hue  Li.  Ex.  Eua.  I,  p.  180.  Hue  seems  to  base  his  opinion  on  the  curi- 
ous discovery  made  by  Wainio  and  recorded  in  Rev.  Lich.  in  herb.  Linn, 
asserv.  p.  5,  that  Lichen  caperatus  is  the  name  given  by  the  great  botanist  in 
herb,  to  what  is  called  by  Tuckerman  Qetraria  juniperina  var.  Pinastri. 
This  is  the  more  surprising  as  Linnaeus  cites  the  plant  of  Dillenius  as 
synonymous  with  his  own,  and  by  no  token  of  the  Dillenian  plate  or  text  is  it 
to  be  inferred  that  they  figure  or  describe  Lichen  Pinastri.  This  must  as 
surely  have  been  perceived  by  Linnaeus,  as  by  those  later  students  who 
have  given  us  commentaries  on  the  Historia  Muscorum.  That  the  Dillenian 
plate  really  illustrates  P.  caperata  is  confirmed  by  Crombie,  and  notwith- 
standing the  testimony  of  his  herbarium,  we  believe  that  Linnaeus  framed 
his  diagnosis  for  Linchen  caperatus  and  not  L.  pinastri. 

Group  Subglaucescentes  Wain. 

P.  oliv aria  (Ach.)  Hue  Li.  Ex.  Eur.  p.  195. 

P . per  lata  var.  oliv  aria  Ach.  Methodus  p.  217. 

P.  per  lata  var.  olivetoruni  of  many  authors. 

Reaction  Kt,  me.  C-f-  red,  evanescent. 

Thallus  cartilagineous,  expanded,  orbicular,  loosely  appressed,  greenish 
or  cinereo-olivaceous,  lobed,  the  margins  of  the  laciniae  undulate,  crisped, 
incurved,  and  centrally  more  or  less  ascendant,  marginally  white  limbate- 
sorediate  in  typical  sta'tes ; above  opaque  or  somewhat  shining  and  here  and 
there  white-punctate ; within  white ; below  blackish  and  paler  at  the  margins, 
rhizoides  few  and  scattered,  Apothecia  moderate  to  large,  in  the  latter  state 
the  margin  ruptured  but  otherwise  entire ; spores  oblong-ellipsoid  \pp3M. 

On  trunks,  rocks  and  old  rails. 

590,  Cape  Breton;  1539,  Guelph,  Ont.;  513,  Tobique,  N.  B.  ; 18,  Mont- 
morency River,  Que.  ; 4,  Algonquin  Park,  Ont.  ; 563,  McKay’s  Woods, 
Ottawa,  Ont.  ; 577,  Seymour,  W.  Ont.  ; 570,  Chelsea,  Ont.  ; 569,  Belleville, 
Ont.  J.  Macoun.  577,  Canaan  Forks,  N.  B.,  J.  Moser;  3629,  Kingston  Mills, 
Ont.  J.  M.  Macoun. 

P.  per  lata  in  part  of  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis.  Tuckerman’s  conception 
of  P.  perlata  included  a very  varied  assortment  of  forms.  This  assemblage 
has  been  differentiated  by  Nylander,  Muller  and  Hue  until  it  may  be  safely 
said  to  comprise  a dozen  names. 

P.  olivaria  is  very  distinct  from  P.  perlata , although  the  difference 
between  it  and  P.  cetrarioides  or  the  P.  perlata  of  some  of  the  European 
writers  is  not  very  obvious.  All  the  American  material  in  our  herbarium 
identified  by  others  as  P.  perlata  belongs  here,  including  No.  8,  D.  N.  A. 
Lich.  The  nearest  approach  to  P.  perlata  in  the  Dominion  herb,  is  no.  567 , 
on  old  logs,  Belleville,  Ont.  J.  Macoun.  The  plant  is  sterile,  but  in  reac- 
tion and  most  other  particulars  is  in  agreement  with  that  species. 


—95- 


P.  olivaria  f.  cetrarioides  (Del.)  Merrill. 

P.  cetrarioides  (Del.)  Nyl.  in  Flora  (1869)  p.  290. 

Reaction  Kt  orange,  me.  K(C)-|-  reddish. 

With  difficulty  separable  from  the  preceding  on  any  aspect  except  its 
behavior  with  reagents,  and  no  better  definition  is  practicable.  This  asser- 
tion applies  to  those  conditions  of  the  plant  commonly  met  with.  In  large 
series  of  examples  forms  of  considerable  diverseness  from  typical  P.  olivaria 
may  be  found,  but  such  authentic  foreign  material  as  has  been  examined 
leaves  us  with  the  conviction  that  the  extremes  of  variation  should  not  be 
made  to  furnish  factors  for  diagnosis.  Students  are  warned  not  to  accept  in 
a plant  under  examination  furnishing  a similar  reaction,  such  as  evidence  of 
affinity  with  the  present  for  there  are  several  Parmelia  forms  belonging 
with  other  sections  affording  the  same  reaction.  On  trees. 

3626,  Leamington,  Essex  Co.,  Ont.  ; 572,  Truro,  N.  S.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  proboscidea  Tayl.  in  Mack..  FI.  Hibern.  II.  (1836)  p.  143. 

Reaction  Kf,  Cl,  me.  K(C)-j-  faint  red. 

Thallus  cartilagineous,  loosely  appressed,  orbicular,  whitish  or  pale- 
glaucescent,  irregularly  divided,  the  lobes  convex  or  plane,  subimbricate,  at 
the  periphery  unequally  rounded  or  sometimes  angulate-crenate,  the  margins 
of  the  lobes  throughout  more  or  less  recurved-ascendent,  ciliate,  above 
smooth  and  uniform,  esorediate  and  destitute  of  isidia;  within  white,  below 
black,  at  the  circumference  brownish,  or  yellowish  or  sometimes  whitish,  and 
glabrous,  centrally  more  or  lessrhizinose.  Apothecia  large,  cupshaped,  ses- 
sile or  at  length  sub-pedicellate,  imperforate,  disk  chestnut  or  lighter,  with 
an  entire  or  subcrenulate  margin,  the  exterior  of  the  exciple  faintly  reticu- 
late-rugose. Spores  ellipsoid  I1-  On  trees. 

584,  British  Columbia.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  crinita  Ach.  forma  pilosella  (Hue)  Merrill. 

P.  pilosella  Hue  Causerie  sur  les  Parm.  p.,22. 

Reaction  K+oranse’  Cl  K(C>~ 

Thallus  commonly  membraneous  but  sometimes  thickened,  greenish  or 
ashy-glaucous,  irregularly  divided,  often  profoundly  lobate,  the  laciniae 
convex  at  the  centre,  more  or  less  plane  at  the  circumference,  centrally 
coalescent,  at  the  periphery  entire  and  rounded,  or  lacinulate,  the  margins 
crenateor  lacerate-crenulate  and  ciliate;  above  opaque,  more  or  less  rugulose, 
invested  centrally  with  isidia  interspersed  with  short  black  cilia,  the  tips  of 
the  isidioid  excrescences  sorediate  or  not;  within  white,  below  black,  opaque 
or  at  the  margins  narrowly  testaceous  and  shining,  interruptedly  short-rhiz- 
inose.  Apothecia  rather  large,  pedicellate,  cup-shaped,  without  perforation, 
chestnut  or  lighter,  the  margin  faintly  crenulate.  Spores  ellipsoid  a. 

On  trunks. 

536,  Central  Ontario  Junction.  Ont.  ; 3633,  Southampton,  Ont.  ; 588, 
Brighton,  Ont.  ; 3628,  Bruce  Peninula,  Ont.  J.  Macoun. 

P.  crinita  of  Tuckerman's  Synopsis  appears  to  include  a number  of 
forms  by  others  considered  as  distinct.  There  is  scarcely  anything  to  dis- 
tinguish the  present  from  P . crinita  except  the  black  fibrils  of  the  upper  sur- 
face, the  color  of  the  thallus,  and  habit  of  growth.  What  Tuckerman  has 
termed  the  southern  P.  crinita  seems  to  be  the  plant  of  Acharius. 

P.  crinita  forma  varians  Merrill  f.  nov. 

Reaction  K+orange’  Cl,  me.  K(C)+  intense  red. 

Scarcely  differing  from  the  species  except  in  color  and  reaction,  and 
without  the  superficial  garniture  of  cilia  as  in  f.  pilosella. 

3828,  Carleton  Place,  Ont.  J . Macoun. 

The  specimen  marked  P . crinita  issued  with  Dr.  Fink’s  Iowa  Lichens 
belongs  here.  Rockland,  Maine. 


MUSCI  ACROCARPI  BOREALI-AMERICANI. 

(Issued  by  Dr.  J.  M.  Holzinger.) 

Fascicle  ten  of  this  series  was  issued  last  fall,  and  contains  many  inter- 
esting forms  of  which  the  following  are  the  most  noteworthy: 

Dicranum  Starkei  W.  & M.  Pterygoneuron  sub  sessile  Jur.  Desma- 
todon  plinthobius  S.  & L.  Grimmici  maritima  Turn,  Grimmia  torquata 
Grev.  Amphidium  Calif 'ornicum  Schimp  Physcomitrium  immersum 
Sull.  Paludella  squarrosa  Brid.  Timmia  austriaca  Hedw.  Cathar.inaea 
Macmillani  Holzr. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  issue  there  are  several-  packets  of  additional 
material  of  the  earlier  numbers..  The  specimens  of  Grimmia  maritima  are 
especially  interesting,  since  the  various  manuals  confine  its  range  to  the 
shores  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  while  these  specimens  were  collected  on  the 
Puget  Sound  Islands  by  Mr.  A.  S.  Foster.  Dr.  Holzinger  is  to  be  congratu- 
lated upon  the  series  that  he  is  issuing;  it  is  absolutely  indispensable  to  any- 
one that  is  studying  the  North  American  mosses. 

Edward  B.  Chamberlain. 


SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  NOTES. 

New  Members — No.  191.  Edward  J.  Wheeler,  Ph.D.,  79  Chapel  Street, 
Albany,  New  York.  No.  192.  W.  E.  Bristol,  Syrian  Protestant  Col- 
lege, Beirut,  Syria. 


OFFERINGS. 

(To  Society  Members  only.  For  postage.) 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  Highlands,  New  Jersey.  Jungermamiia  atrovirens 
Schliech.  Collected  in  Washington  by  Dr.  Frye.  Ptilidium  Calif or- 
7iicum  (Aust.)  Underw.  Collected  in  Washington  by  Mr.  A.  S.  Foster. 

Mr,  Chester  C,  Kingman,  1 Harnden  Street,  Reading  Mass.  Cephalozia 
divaricata  Dumort.  Chiloscyphus  pallescens  Dumort.  Odontoschisma 
denudata  Lindb.  All  collected  in  eastern  part  of  Massachusetts. 

Mr.  W.  W.  Calkins,  Berwyn,  Cook  Co.,  Illinois.  Sphagnum  compactumDC. 
in  fruit.  Also  other  species  offered. 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  Street,  New  York  City.  Hyloco -- 
mium  loreum  B.  & S.,  Hypnum  uncinalumHedw.  and  Porotrichmn  alo- 
pecurum  Mitt,  all  c.fr.  and  collected  in  Ireland  by  Rev.  C.  H.  Waddell. 

Mr.  Charles  C.  Plitt,  3933  Lowndes  Avenue,  Baltimore,  Md.  Anojnodon 
rostratus  Schimp.  Collected  in  Maryland. 

Miss  Alice  L.  Crockett,  Camben,  Maine.  Placodium  aurantiacu77i  (Leighft.) 
N.  & H.  Collected  in  Camden. 

Dr.  J.  F.  Brenckle,  Kulm,  North  Dakota.  Leca7iora  cinerea  (L.)  Sommerf. 


rnruu  mJxrLrmrmjTJTJTJTJTj^ruTJxnjajTj~mjxnjTJT.njTjxnjrrLr^ 

VOLUME  XI  NUMBER  6 5 


NOVEMBER  1908  ^ 


The  BRY0L0G15T 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 
ASSOCIATE 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D. 


CONTENTS 


Some  Relations  Between  the  Habitat  of  Mosses  and  their 

Structure  . A.  J.  Grout 


Asa  Gray  ( Portrait ) 


Preliminary  List  of  Hepatics  found  near  Baltimore 

Charles  C.  Plitt 

Lichen  Notes  No.  7,  Yukon  Lichens  . G.  K.  Merrill 

Report  of  the  Hepaticae  of  Franconia  Mts.,  N.  H.  Annie  Lorenz 
Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes,  Election  of  Officers,  etc. 
Offerings 


97 

100 

100 
10, 5 
112 

115 

116 


q Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  secdnd  class  of  mail 
C matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879. 

q Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 

dTjrnjT-nJTJTJinjTJiJTJTJijxnji^ 

PRESS  OF  vfcBRIDE  & STERN,  97-99  CLIFF  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

gimcmtlxty  goxtvual 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

Four  VOLS.  1898-1901 — 11.50  Six  Vols.  1902-1907— $6.00 


Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1908,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  1908 

President — Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington, 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary —Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson, 3964  Laclede  Avenue 

St.  Louis , Mo. 

Treasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


' 

IN  CHARGE 

Of  the  Moss  Departitient  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium : 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  3964  Laclede  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Of  the  Hepatic  Department^and  Hepatic  Herbarium; 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  16  East  36th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  X. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST. 


Vol.  XI.  November,  1908.  No.  6 


SOME  RELATIONS  BETWEEN  THE  HABITATS  OF  MOSSES  AND 
THEIR  STRUCTURE. 

A.  J.  Grout. 

Fifteen  years  of  study  of  North  American  mosses  both  in  the  field  and 
herbarium  have  convinced  the  writer  that  many  peculiarities  of  moss  struc- 
ture are  a direct  result  of  peculiarities  of  habitat.  It  is,  of  course,  extremely 
difficult  to  determine  whether  in  any  given  case  a peculiarity  in  habitat  cor- 
related with  a peculiarity  of  structure,  has  a causal  relation  or  is  merely  a 
coincidence.  Besides  it  is  difficult  to  find  such  relationships  that  are  not  more 
or  less  obscured  by  exceptions  to  the  general  run  of  facts.  The  present 
article  is  put  forth  as  tentative  and  suggestive,  yet  it  seems  to  the  author  that 
it  certainly  contains  much  of  truth,  possibly  interwoven  with  more  or  less 
misinterpretation. 

There  are  numerous  cases  where  mosses  of  widely  different  relationships 
but  of  a common  habitat,  possess  strikingly  similar  characteristics.  These 
similarities  must  often  be  due  to  similar  conditions  of  life.  The  fact  that  this 
has  not  always  been  recognized  has  led  to  many  classifications  not  at  all 
natural,  as  for  instance  the  Cleistocarpi. 

First  let  us  consider  the  sporophyte.  Here  the  most  striking  fact  to 
me  is  that  mosses  growing  largely  or  wholly  on  tree  trunks  have  erect  cap- 
sules. Here  we  have  many  species  of  Orthotrichaceae , Leucodontaceae , 
Fabroniaceae , Neckeraceae , Leskeac.eae  and  Hypnaceae.  An  examination 
of  some  cases  of  erect  capsules  in  the  Hypnaceae  illustrates  this  relation  most 
strikingly.  Species  classed  with  Homalothecium  ( Euhomalothecium  of 
Cardot)  are  not  separable  from  Camptothecium  except  by  sporophyte  char- 
acters. In  Brachythecium  the  erect-capsuled  species,  B.  acuminatum 
(Hedw.)  Kindb.,  B.  cyrtophyllum  Kindb.  etc.,  are  largely  tree-growing.  I 
believe  it  is  not  the  substratum  but  the  position  of  growth  that  causes  this 
modification  of  the  capsule  so  that  we  find  a similar  modification  in  species 
that  grow  largely  on  faces  of  cliffs  or  in  fissures  of  cliffs,  e.  g.  Brachythe- 
cium collinum  and  its  allies.  Pylaisia  is  certainly  closely  related  to  many 
species  of  Hypnum  having  curved  capsules,  and  Amblystegium  adnatum , 
largely  a tree-growing  species,  has  nearly  erect  capsules.  Many  more  illus- 
trations could  be  given  but  the  above  will  suffice. 

Let  us  consider  in  what  way  this  growing  on  a more  or  less  vertical  sub. 
stratum  could  affect  the  structure  of  the  capsule.  It  has  undoubtedly  been 
brought  about  through  the  medium  of  spore  dispersal.  We  shall  find  that 
very  few  mosses  with  erect  capsules  have  complete  double  peristomes,  even 
if  most  closely  related  to  others  having  typically  developed  double  peristomes 
with  segments  and  cilia,  e,  g.  Pylaisia , Brachythecium  acuminatum  and 
Homalothecium.  The  Orthotrichaceae  as  a rule  have  only  a trace  of  the 
inner  peristome. 


The  September  BRYOLOGIST  was  issued  September  1,  1908. 


-98- 


The  complete  double  peristome  is  a device  to  prevent  the  too  rapid  escape 
of  the  spores  in  mosses  with  pendent  or  strongly  cernuous  capsules,  but 
mosses  growing  on  trees  or  cliffs  can  shed  the  spores  much  more  freely  and 
without  waste  as  the  much  greater  distance  above  the  ground  insures  freer 
and  more  certain  access  to  air  currents.  Hence  imperfect  peristomes  would 
be  no  bar  to  reproduction,  and  natural  selection  would  not  keep  the  peristome 
up  to  its  full  perfection.  In  vertical  erect  capsules  many  spores  must  fail  to 
escape  at  the  most  advantageous  time  or  even  at  all  until  moisture  or  old  age 
have  rendered  them  valueless  for  reproduction.  Hence  a curved  and  cernuous 
or  a drooping  capsule  with  the  mouth  well  guarded  by  a complete  peristome 
would  insure  the  greatest  percentage  of  reproduction  in  mosses  with  a vertical 
seta,  but  if  the  substratum  be  vertical  the  erect  capsule  is  horizontal  or  even 
pendent,  as  in  Neckera , and  the  spores  find  easy  and  ready  exit. 

I am  not  unaware  of  exceptions  to  this  line  of  reasoning,  Hypnum  reptile 
with  a tree  habitat  and  curved  capsules,  or  many  species  of  Entodo7i  with 
horizontal  habitat  and  erect  capsules  with  imperfect  peristomes,  but  there 
must  of  necessity  be  some  cases  of  progressing  adaptation  and  of  the  sur- 
vival of  a character  after  a change  of  habitat  has  rendered  it  more  or  less 
unsuited  to  new  conditions. 

There  are  undoubtedly  many  mosses  of  a more  primitive  type  of  peri- 
stome in  which  the  erect  sporophyte'is  the  primitive  condition  and  these  as.  a 
class  may  grow  on  almost  any  substratum,  e.  g.  Georgia , Catharine  a,  many 
of  the  Tortulaceae . Dicranaceae  and  perhaps  the  Grimmiaceae.  A second 
apparently  similar  case  of  habitat  modification  is  found  in  the  so-called 
Cleistocarpi  and  many  gymnostomous  species.  These  as  a rule  grow  on 
moist  soil,  either  bare  from  fresh  disturbance  or  scantily  covered  with  other 
vegetation.  They  are  usually  annual  and  develop  their  spores  in  the  spring 
while  the  soil  is  moist,  disappearing  in  many  cases  during  the  drier  part  of 
the  season,  though  under  favorable  conditions  it  seems  probable  that  the  pro- 
tonema  may  persist  for  more  than  one  season.  The  whole  subject  of  the  dur- 
ation of  these  forms  is  imperfectly  known  and  more  observation  is  needed. 
The  leaves  of  these  mosses  are  usually  thin  and  soft  although  Astomum  and 
Weisia  still  retain  the  leaf-structure]  of  the  Tortulaceae  and  are  probably 
not  annuals.  Some  of  these  mosses  may  possibly  be  primitive  types  but 
most  are  degenerate  members  of  families  of  a high  degree  of  development. 
Such  are  Sphaerangium,  Phascum , Pleuridium,  Acaulon  and  Bruchia  of 
the  Cleistocarpi  and  Astomum , Physcomitrium,  Aphanoregma  and  Pottia 
species,  of  the  gymnostomous  forms.  Just  how  or  to  what  extent  the  habi- 
tat of  these  degenerate  forms  has  induced  the  common  character  is  not  clear 
but  I believe  there  is  a causal  relation. 

Second.  Modifications  of  the  gametophyte.  Mosses  whose  habitat  is 
strongly  xerophytic  for  any  considerable  portion  of  the  time  have  small  cells 
and  very  thick  cell  walls,  e.  g.  Grimmia , Orthotrichum , many  of  the  Tor- 
tulaceae and  Leskeaceae.  This  condition  obviously  retards  the  escape  of 
water.  Manyof  the  larger  mosses  like  some  species  of  Poly  trichum  growing 
in  places  where  seed  plants  have  abundant  moisture  are  at  times  thoroughly 


—99— 


dried  out  by  reason  of  their  limited  absorption  area  or  lack  of  vascular  system 
or  both.  It  seems  probable  that  the  large  papillae  found  on  the  surface  of  the 
cells  of  many  species  may  be  but  an  added  protection  against  dessication,  e. 
g.  Orthotrichum,  Andreaea,  Thuidium , Anomodon  and  Thelia.  The  fact 
that  such  species  hs  Anomodon  rostratus  and  Thuidium  delicatulum  grow  in 
moist  situations  does  not  outweigh  the  fact  that  these  genera  as  a whole  are 
xerophytic.  The  papillae}formed  by  the  projecting  angles  of  the  leaf-cells  as 
in  Bryhnia  Kaurin  belong  in  a wholly  different  category.  We  have  a few 
cases  of  xerophyte  species  with  papillose  leaf-cells  in  genera  which  do  not  as 
a rule  have  papillae,  e.  g,  Dicranum  spurium  and  D.  condensatum. 

While  considering  this  topic  it  is  well  to  call  to  mind  the  fact  that  many 
mosses  that  are  drenched  with  moisture  much  of  the  time  are  at  others  exposed 
to  drying  winds  of  high  velocity  and  great  absorbing  power.  Plants  grow- 
ing on  exposed  rocks  in  mountains  furnish  a good  illustration  of  this. 
Andreaea  petrophila  grows  freely  all  over  Mt.  Mansfield,  Vermont,  at  an 
altitude  of  4000  feet  and  over,  but  fruits  freely  in  sheltered  spots  only.  The 
evidences  of  the  importance  of  water  supply  and  retention  in  the  mosses  are 
so  abundant  and  conclusive  that  further  enumeration  is  not  needed  here.  It 
is  entirely  probable  that  the  failure  of  any  terrestrial  plants  below  the  vas- 
cular cryptogams  to  attain  commanding  size  is  due  to  the  lack  of  ability  to 
supply  and  retain  sufficient  moisture  for  a greater  development. 

All  careful  students  of  our  mosses  have  noted  the  large  number  of  quad- 
rate, thick- walled  alar  cells  found  in  pleurocarpous  mosses  growing  on  the 
bark  of  trees  and  similar  xerophytic  habitats  even  in  genera  or  families  in 
which  such  cells  are  not  usually  numerous,  e.  g.  Pylaisia , Eurhynchium 
myosuroides  Schimp.,  Isothecium , Rhytidium  rugosian  (L.)  Kindb.  Also 
note  that  Pylaisia  Schimperi  (Hedw. ) Card,  growing  in  dry  exposed  situa- 
tions such  as  old  apple  trees  has  a much  larger  number  of  these  cells  than  P. 
intricata  (Hedw.)  Cardot  (P.  velutina  of  authors)  which  grows  in  moist 
woods. 

On  the  other  hand  the  alar  cells  of  aquatic  or  subaquatic  pleurocarpous 
species  tend  to  become  enlarged  and  inflated,  e.  g.  Drepanocladus  (Harpi- 
dium),  Scleropodium  obtusifolium , Campy lium  stellatum , Brachythecium 
rivulare , etc.  In  these  examples  it  will  be  noted  that  the  other  leaf-cells 
are  mostly  exceedingly  long  and  narrow,  making  the  contrast  much  more 
striking.  The  meaning  of  this  modification  is  very  obscure.  The  almost  uni- 
versal differentiation  of  alar  and  basal  cells  in  mosses  is  possibly  due  to  the 
fact  that  their  part  in  photosynthesis  is  very  small  and  they  are  the  ones  most 
free  to  respond  to  other  than  light  relations. 

It  may  possibly  be  that  these  thin  walled  and  inflated  alar  cells  of 
aquatic  mosses  are  structures  facilitating  osmosis  between  the  contents  of 
the  cells  and  the  water  outside.  It  is  also  possible  that  scarious  leaf  bases 
like  those  of  Poly  trichum  may  be  water  absorbing  organs.  It  is  pretty  gen- 
erally admitted  that  the  large  thin-walled  cells  of  the  leaves  of  Sphagnum 
serve  to  absorb  and  retain  water  for  by  means  of  these  cells  the  plant  is 
almost  sponge-like  in  its  power  to  absorb  and  retain  moisture. 


IOO — 


This  entire  subject  is  one  of  the  greatest  importance  to  the  systematic 
bryologist  and  the  preceding  suggestions  only  touch  upon  its  fringe.  Had 
its  importance  been  recognized  by  earlier  writers  not  only  would  the  Cleisto - 
parpi  never  have  been  treated  as  a separate  group,  but  Grimmia  and  Ortho- 
trichum would  never  have  been  put  in  the  same  family  or  Homalothecium, 
Pylaisia , Orthothecium  and  Entodon  been  closely  associated. 

Sometime  later  I hope  to  be  able  to  add  to  the  above  suggestions  and  to 
give  an  extensive  list  of  species  confirming  these  suggestions,  together  with 
such  exceptions  as  I can  find. 

October,  1908.  Brooklyn,  New  York. 


ASA  GRAY. 

November  18,  1810 — January  30,  1885. 

The  portrait  herewith  presented  marks  the  recent  publication  of  the 
seventh  edition  of  the  long  familiar  “ Gray’s  New  Manual  of  Botany.”  This 
volume  is  illustrated,  some  groups  more  fully  than  others,  and  rearranged  to 
follow  in  large  part  that  of  Engler  and  Prantl,  but  it  is  still  in  all  essentials 
the  beloved  book  of  our  youthful  days.  It  is  edited  by  Benjamin  Lincoln 
Robinson,  Asa  Gray  Professor  of  Systematic  Botany  at  Harvard  University, 
and  Merritt  Lyndon  Fernald,  Assistant  Professor  in  the  same  University, 
and  published  by  the  American  Book  Co. 

We  had  hoped  to  have  a biographical  sketch  to  offer  at  this  time  but  our 
space  is  full  and  we  can  only  refer  our  readers  to  the  interesting  account 
given  by  Walter  Deane  of  the  life  and  death  of  this  “ venerable  Priest”  of 
Botany,  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  Vol.  XV.,  No.  3, 
March,  1888,  from  which  number  our  plate  is  reproduced. 


A PRELIMINARY  LIST  OF  HEPATICS  FOUND  IN  THE  VICINITY 

OF  BALTIMORE. 

Charles  C.  Plitt. 

Ricciaceae. 

1.  Riccia  fluitans  L.  (terrestrial  form). 

In  early  spring,  after  the  snows  and  ice  have  disappeared,  and  the 
streams  are  beginning  to  subside,  this  pretty  little  hepatic  will  be  found 
appearing  in  great  numbers  upon  areas  of  the  alluvial  soil  along  the 
river,  sometimes,  too,  extending  into  the  cultivated  fields,  some  distance 
from  its  banks. 

Marchantiaceae. 

2.  Rehoulia  hemisphaerica  (L.)  Raddi. 

This  is  a fairly  common  hepatic  in  our  limestone  regions.  I had  become 
so  accustomed  to  seeing  it  only  in  such  regions,  that  I' was  very  much 
surprised  to  find  it  once  in  a shady  spot  along  a roadside  in  our  Coastal 
Plain. 


— IOI  — 


3.  Conocephalum  conicum  (L.)  Dumort. 

This  is  possibly  our  most  conspicuous  as  well  as  common  hepatic.  The 
large  patches  formed  by  its  wide  ribbon-like  thallus,  covering  moist 
shady  banks,  where  it  grows,  are  sure  to  attract  attention.  Notwith- 
standing that  it  is  so  very  common,  I have  never  found  it  in  fruit.  I 
have  found  it  only  in  the  Piedmont  region. 

4.  Lunularia  cruciata  (L.)  Dumort. 

This  neat  little  hepatic  is  almost  sure  to  be  found  in  any  old  greenhouse, 
growing  on  the  soil,  generally  among  the  ferns. 

5.  Marchantia  polymorpha  L. 

Another  very  common  hepatic,  but  rather  erratic  in  its  behavior,  found 
sometimes  for  years  in  a certain  locality,  only  to  suddenly  disappear. 
Almost  sure  to  be  found  on  the  hillside  of  any  newly-cut  road,  espe- 
cially if  such  a road  goes  through  moist  wooded  regions.  It,  however, 
does  not  seem  to  be  over  particular  in  its  choice  of  habitat.  I have  found 
it  growing  on  old  ash  heaps,  on  the  pavements  of  our  city  streets,  and 
even  in  the  bed  of  a shallow  stream. 

Metzgeriaceae. 

6.  Riccardia  latifrons  Lindb. 

Rather  rare,  at  any  rate  I have  found  it  but  once  on  a wet  decaying 
log  in  a deep  ravine  in  the  Piedmont  region. 

7.  Metzgeria  conjugata  Lindb. 

Not  at  all  uncommon  on  shaded  rocks  in  deep  woods.  . Found  thus  far 
only  in  the  Piedmont  region. 

8.  Pallavicinia  Lyellii  (Hook.)  S.  F,  Gray. 

Very  common,  growing  over  mosses  in  swampy  woods  in  our  Coastal 
Plain. 

9.  Pellia  epiphylla  (L.)  Corda. 

Another  common  hepatic,  found  growing  on  the  ground  in  moist  places 
of  our  Coastal  Plain.  I have  found  it  also, 'but  less  frequently,  in  springy 
places  among  the  wet  rocks  in  the  Piedmont  region. 

10.  Blasia pusilla  L. 

Another  fairly  common  hepatic,  sometimes  covering  large  areas.  Found 
in  situations  similar  to  those  in  which  Marchantia  is  frequently  found. 
An  interesting  companion  plant  is  Anthoceros  laevis.  In  fact,  wherever 
I find  Blasia , I am  sure  of  finding  Anthoceros. 

J unger  man  niaceae. 

11.  Nardia  crenulata  (Smith)  Lindb. 

On  earth  among  rocks  in  bed  of  a brook  coming  down  steep  hillside. 
Rather  rare. 

12.  Nardia  obovata  (Nees)  Lindb. 

Rare.  Found  at  the  base  of  a large  over-hanging  rock,  on  moist  earth, 
in  Piedmont  region. 

13.  Plagiochila  asplenioides  (L.)  Dumort. 

On  dripping  rocks  and  around  the  base  of  trees  in  swampy  ground 


102 


There  is  a marked  difference  between  the  form  found  on  the  wet  rocks  of 
our  Piedmont  region,  and  the  form  found  in  the  swampy  ground  of  our 
Coastal  Plain.  The  one  being  true  asplenioides  and  the  other,  no  doubt, 
the  form  spinulosa  Dumort.  This  marked  difference,  however,  is  only 
noticeable  when  specimens  are  fresh  and  growing. 

14.  Lophocolea  heterophylla  (Schrad.)  Dumort. 

On  ground  over  mosses,  in  low  woods  on  the  banks  of  our  Coastal  Plain 
rivers.  Common. 

15.  Chiloscyphus  poly  ant  hos  var.  rivularis  (Schrad.)  Nees. 

Fairly  common  in  wooded  swamps  in  the  Coastal  Plain,  growing  over 
mosses. 

16.  Geocalyx  graveolens  (Schrad.)  Nees. 

In  localities  similar  to  those  in  which  Lophocolea  is  found,  and  equally 
common. 

17.  Cephalozia  connivens  (Dicks.)  Lindb. 

In  wet  thickets  on  the  ground. 

18.  Cephalozia  curvifolia  (Dicks.)  Dumort. 

On  decaying  logs — watersoaked  logs. 

19.  Cephalozia  serrifiora  Lindb. 

On  decaying  fallen  tree  trunks,  frequently  with  C.  curvifolia  and 
other  hepatics.  When  thus  mixed  C.  curvifolia  shows  out  beautifully  in 
red  brown,  and  C.  serrifiora  in  green. 

20.  Odontoschisma  denudatum  (Mart.)  Dumort, 

On  decaying  logs,  in  Coastal  Plain  woods. 

21.  Odontoschisma  prostratum  ( Swartz)  Trevis. 

Over  mosses  in  Coastal  Plain  swamps.  Very  common.  I have  mistaken 
this  for  Nardia  crenulata,  but  have  now  learned  that  Nardia  has  mar- 
ginal cells  more  pronounced,  and  is  only  about  half  the  size  of  Odontos- 
chisma. 

22.  Calypogeia  Trichomanis  (L.)  Corda. 

Very  common,  on  the  ground,  over  mosses  and  on  decaying  tree  trunks. 

23.  Bazzania  trilob  at  a (L.)  S.  F.  Gray. 

Another  common,  but  very  pretty  hepatic.  Found,  thus  far,  only  in  the 
Coastal  Plain  where  it  grows  over  mosses,  where  it  is  found  in  moist 
places  or  on  wet  rotting  logs. 

24.  Lepidozia  sylvatica  Evans. 

Found  with  Cephalozia  curvifolia. 

25.  Ptilidium  pulcherrimum  (Web.)  Hampe. 

On  fallen  decaying  tree  trunks,  found  on  the  rocky  hillsides  of  ravines  in 
the  Piedmont  region.  It  does  not  seem  to  be  very  common. 

26.  Trichocolea  tomentella  (Ehrh.)  Dumort. 

This  pretty  hepatic  is  found  growing  over  mosses  in  swampy  places.  It 
is  common  and  is  found  as  frequently  in  Piedmont  region  as  in  the 
Coastal  Plain. 

27.  Diplophylleia  apiculata  Evans. 

On  earth  among  rocks,  in  bed  of  brook  coming  down  steep  hilly  places ; 
nearly  always  with  Scapania  nemorosa. 


— 103 — 


28.  Scapania  nemorosa  (L.)  Dumort. 

This  is  quite  common,  on  soil  among  rocks  in  moist  places  and  on  the 
ground.  In  former  places,  I find  Diplophylleia  apiculata  frequently 
with  it.  The  two  plants  are  readily  separated,  for  even  the  beginner  will 
observe  that  whereas  Scapania  ne7norosa  is  ciliated,  Diplophylleia  is 
not.  I find  gemmiferous  specimens  during  latter  part  of  August. 

29.  Radula  complanata  (L.)  Dumort. 

Fairly  common  on  rocks  in  Piedmont  region. 

30.  Porella  pinnata  L. 

Very  common,  found  on  rocks  frequently  submerged,  in  brooks  of  our 
Piedmont  region.  When  wet  it  presents  a most  beautiful  appearance. 

31.  Porella  platyphylla  (L.)  Lindb. 

Very  common  on  rocks  and  on  the  trunks  of  trees.  Found  here  most  fre- 
quently on  rocks  in  the  Piedmont  region. 

32.  Leucolejeunea  unciloba  (Lindenb.)  Evans. 

Found  on  rocks  and  on  tree  trunks  especially  those  of  Ilex  opaca.  In 
the  Coastal  Plain,  I find  it  on  trees,  and  in  the  Piedmont  region  generally 
on  rocks. 

33.  Jubula  pennsylvanica  (Steph.)  Evans. 

In  moist  places  on  rocks  or  on  the  ground.  Rather  rare. 

34.  Frullania  Asagrayana  Mont. 

Very  common,  on  trees  and  on  rocks.  Here  it  is  most  frequently  found 
on  the  bark  of  Kalmia  latifolia,  especially  those  old  plants  found  on  the 
slopes  of  our  deep  shady  ravines. 

35.  Frullania  Brittoniae  Evans. 

Not  at  all  common,  found  thus  far  only  on  rocks  in  the  Piedmont  region. 

36.  Frullania  Eboracensis  Gottsche. 

More  or  less  common,  found  generally  on  smooth-bark  trees,  upon  which 
it  makes  some  of  the  prettiest  tracings. 

37.  Frullania  plana  Sulliv. 

Found  but  once,  but  then  in  the  greatest  profusion  on  shaded  rocks  over- 
looking a river,  in  Piedmont  region. 

Anthocerotaceae. 

38.  Anthoceros  laevis  L. 

This  is  quite  common,  and  is  likely  to  be  found  in  almost  any  wet 
springy  place  in’the  Piedmont  region. 

Besides  the  seventeen  species 'with  numbers  bold  faced  in  the  above  list, 
Ward  mentions  also  the  following  as  found  near  Washington,  D.  C.,  in  his 
Check  List: 


Riccia  lutescens  Schwein. 

Metzgeria  myriopoda  Lindb. 

B lepharosto7na  trichophyllwn  (L.) 
Dumort. 

[aTnesoniella  autumnalis  (DC.) 
Steph. 

Microlejeunea  lucens  (Tayl. ) Evans. 


Lophocolea  bidentata  Dumort. 
Lepidozia  reptans  (L.)  Dumort. 
Lepidozia  setacea  (Web.)  Mitt.* 
Ptilidiwn  ciliare  (L„)  Nees.** 
Anthoceros  punctatus  L. 


*(Probably  L.  sylvatica  Evans). 

**(Probably  P.  pulcherrimum  (Web.)  Hampe).  Notes  are  on  authority  of  Miss  Haynes. 


— 104 — 


Besides  these,  many  of  which  will  in  all  probability  be  found  also  in  this 
vicinity,  I have  a specimen  of  Aster  ella  tenet  la  (L.)  Beauv.  collected  by 
Miss  Mary  F.  Miller  at  Great  Falls.  This,  too,  is  likely  to  be  found  here. 

Examining  the  list  of  38  species,  as  given,  we  will  note  the  following: 
That  15  species  or  more  than  one-third,  are  found  only*  in  the  Piedmont 
region;  11  species  only  in  the  Coastal  Plain;  11  species  in  either,  and 
1,  Lunularia  cruciata,  only  in  greenhouses.  Of  the  11  species  found  in 
either  Coastal  Plain  or  Piedmont  region,  6 are  found  most  frequently  in  the 
Piedmont,  and  1 most  frequently  in  the  Coastal  Plain,  leaving  4 that  are 
found  equally  common  in  either  region. 

This  would  seem  to  show,  that  of  the  38  species,  16  of  them  may  be 
found  in  the  Coastal  Plain;  but  in  the  Piedmont  region,  with  its  greater 
diversity  of  soils  and  conditions,  25  or  more  than  one-half  again  as  many 
species  are  to  be  found. 


Species  found  only  in  the  Piedmont  region: 

1 Riccia  jiuitans.  8.  Ptilidiuin  pule  her  rimum. 

2.  Conocephalum  conicum.  9.  Diplophylleia  apiculata. 

3.  Riccardia  latifrons . 10.  Radula  complanata. 


4.  Metzgeria  conjugata. 


Blasia  pusilla, 
Nardia  crenulata. 


7.  Nardia  obovata. 


11.  Porella  pinnata. 

12.  Jubula  pennsylvanica. 

13.  Frullania  Brittoniae. 

14.  Frullania  plana. 

15.  Anthoceros  laevis. 


Species  found  only  in  the  Coastal  Plain : 

1.  Pallavicinia  Lyellii  6.  Cephalozia  curvifolia. 

2.  Lophocolea  heterophylla.  7.  Cephalozia  serrifiora. 

3.  Chiloscyphus  polyanthus  rivu-  8.  Odontoschisma  de?iudatum. 

laris.  9.  Odontoschisma  prostratum. 

4.  Geocalyx  graveolens.  10.  Bazzania  trilobata. 

5.  Cephalozia  connivens.  11.  Lepidozia  sylvatica. 

Species  found  in  either  region,  but  preferring  the  Piedmont; 

1.  Reboulia  hemisphaerica.  4.  Porella  platyphylla. 

2.  Marchantia polymorpha  5.  Frullania  Asagrayana. 

3.  Scapania  nemorosa.  6.  Frullania  Eboracensis. 

Species  found  in  either  region,  but  preferring  the  Coastal  Plain: 

1.  Pellia  epiphylla. 

Species  equally  at  home  in  either  region ; 

1.  P lagiochila  asplenioides.  3.  Trichocolea  tomentella. 

2.  Calypogeia  Trichomanes.  4.  Leucolej eunea  unciloba. 

In  concluding,  allow  me  to  state  that  my  thanks  are  due  Miss  Caroline 
C.  Haynes,  not  only  for  her  determinations  and  verifications  of  specimens, 
but  now  alsd  for  kindly  rearranging  their  names  according  to  Engler  and 
Prantl.  Baltimore,  Maryland. 


-105- 


LICHEN  NOTES  No.  7. 

Yukon  Lichens. 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

The  Lichens  enumerated  below  were  collected  by  Prof.  John  M.acoun 
during  July  and  August,  1902,  in  the  region  around  Dawson  City,  upper 
Yukon.  So  far  as  is  known  this  is  the  first  list  of  these  plants  for  the  locality 
In  working  over  the  material,  there  has  been  found  a number  of  forms  new 
to  the  Alaskan  district  and  a few  heretofore  unrecorded  as  occurring  in  con- 
tinental North  America.  The  collection  is  remarkable  for  the  abundance  of 
its  distinctly  sub-arctic  species,  although  the  district  explored  is  situated 
sixty-four  degrees  north  of  the  equator.  This  latitude  might  well.be  expected 
to  furnish  numerous  exclusively  arctic  forms,  but  it  will  be  noted  that  such  of 
these  as  are  enumerated  were  for  the  most  part  found  on  ‘‘the  Dome,”  a 
mountain  four  thousand  feet  in  height  situated  about  fifty  miles  from 
Dawson.  No  information  regarding  the  climatic  conditions  prevailing  in  the 
district  is  possessed,  and  comment  appended  to  the  names  is  along  other 
lines.  Tuckerman’s  generic  arrangement  and  sequence  of  species  is  adhered 
to,  except  in  Parmelia  and  Cladonia. 

Cetraria  (Ach.)  Tuck. 

C.  ( Dactylina ) arctica  (Hook.)  Tuck.  With  mosses,  “the  Dome,’’  nos. 

2 and  5.  In  no  2 attaining  to  5 cent,  in  height,  and  provided  with  lateral 
pustular  ramuli,  while  no.  5 is  smaller  and  unbranched.  Infertile.  Reported 
from  various  Alaskan  localities  in  most  cases  maritime. 

r C.  ( Eucetrarid ) Islandica  (L.)  Ach.  On  humus  mixed  with  other 
lichens.  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  8 and  9,  fertile.  The  margins  of  the  laciniae 
more  or  less  connivent  and  beset  with  elongated  spinules.  Both  numbers 
intermediate  with  var.  crisfta. 

C.  {Eucetrarid)  Richardsonii  Hook.  On  earth,  “the  Dome;”  no.  13, 
infertile.  The  identification  made  positive  through  comparison  with  Rich- 
ardson's specimens,  by  kindness  of  Prof.  W.  G.  Farlow.  Not  previously 
reported  from  the  Alaskan  region. 

C.  {Eucetrarid)  cucullata  (Bell.)  Ach.  On  humus,  “ the  Dome,”  no.  6 
infertile.  Hue  Lich.  Ex.  Eur.  i,  p.  85  reassociates  this  species  with  Cetraria. 
Its  affinities  are  clearly  with  that  section  which  shall  include  C.  Islandica , 
for  not  only  does  the  latter  furnish  forms  distinctly  similar  in  lobation,  but 
C.  cucullata  is  in  high  latitudes  sometimes  found  with  spinulose  margins. 
This  condition  is  noted  in  the  present  number. 

C.  {Eucetraria)  nivalis  (L.)  Ach.  On  humus,  Mt.  Moosehead  near 
Dawson,  no.  7,  infertile.  Hue  also  reaffirms  this  species  to  Cetraria.  Ex- 
cellent reasons  for  this  view  may  be  found  in  West  Greenland  Lichens,  Lind- 
say, Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  vol.  XXVII,  1869,  p.  322. 

C.  {Platysma)  Fahlunensis  (L.)  Schaer.  On  rocks,  Hunker  Creek, 
nos.  35  and  36;  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  11;  and  “the  Dome,”  no.  12.  All  fertile 
but  no.  35. 


— io6 — 


C.  (P  latysma)  juniperina  (L. ) Ach.  var.  terrestris  Schaer.  On  naked 
earth  and  among  mosses,  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  3,  infertile.  Not  mentioned 
in  the  Alaskan  list  of  Miss  Cummings. 

C.  juniperina  var.  Pinastri  Ach.  On  birch  bark,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  1, 
infertile. 

Alectoria  (Ach.)  Nyl. 

A.  ( Eualectoria ) ochroleuca  (Ehrh.)  Nyl.  On  earth,  “the  Dome,”  no. 
14,  infertile.  Miss  Cummings  seems  to  have  discriminated  A.  ochroleuca 
from  its  variety  rigida  (Vill.)  Fr.  Ehrhart’s  name  has  priority,  and  rigida  is 
merely  a synonym. 

A.  ( Bryopogon ) divergens  (Ach.)  Nyl.  On  earth,  “ the  Dome,”  no.  15, 
infertile. 

A.  ( Bryopogon ) jubata  (L.)  Ach.  var.  chalybeiformis  (L.)  Ach.  On  old 
logs,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  16;  on  branches,  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  17,  both  infer- 
tile. Another  specimen  found  on  spruces,  Dawson,  no.  19,  is  referable  to 
var.  lanestris  Ach. 

Parmelia  (Ach.)  Hue. 

P.  ( Menegazzia ) physodes  (L.)  Ach.  On  dead  wood,  Hunker  Creek,  no. 
28,  infertile. 

P.  physodes  form  labrosa  (Ach.)  Arn.  On  dead  spruces,  Bonanza 
Creek,  no.  29,  infertile.  Not  previously  reported  from  the  district. 

P.  physodes  form  austerodes  (Nyl.)  Merrill.  P.  austerodes  Nyl.  Flora, 
1881,  p.  537.  On  mosses,  “the  Dome,”  no.  31,  quite  characteristic.  On 
dead  wood,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  30,  like  form  platyphylla,  both  infertile. 
Black  edged  as  in  P.  vittata  (Ach)  Nyl.  Both  plants  resemble  the  species 
except  for  coloration. 

P.  {Euparmelid)  stygia  (L.)  Ach.  On  rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  45,  infer- 
tile. 

P.  {Eup annelid)  conspersa  (Ehrh.)  Ach.  form  stenophylla  (Ach.)  Mer- 
rill. On  rocks,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  26,  infertile. 

P.  {Eup annelid)  centrifuga  Ach.  On  rocks,  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  24, 
fertile.no.  25,  infertile.;  Hunker  Creek,  no.  21,  infertile.  Not  mentioned  in 
the  Cummings  list. 

P.  {Euparmelid)  diffusa  (Web.)Th.  Fr.  On  bark  and  dead  wood.  Hun- 
ker Creek,  no.  22.  Recorded  by  Miss  Cummings  from  several  Alaskan  local- 
ities under  the  synonym  P.  ambigua. 

P.  {Euparmelid)  hyperopta  Ach.  On  dead  wood,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  23  ; 
on  rotten  wood,  West  Dawson,  no.  40,  both  fertile.  P.  ambigua  albescens  of 
the  Cummings  list. 

P.  ( Eupannelia ) olivacea  (L.)  Ach.  On  birch  bark,  Bonanza  Creek,  no. 
27,  infertile.  No  reaction  observed  with  K br  C. 

P.  {Euparmelid)  saxatilis  (L.)  Ach.  var.  omppialodes  (L.)  Fr.  form 
panniformis  (Ach.)  Nyl.  On  rocks,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  37,  infertile.  Not 
previously  recognized  as  an  Alaskan  form. 

P.  (Euparmelid)  sulcata  Tayl.  On  trees,  West  Dawson,  nos.  32  and  33, 
infertile;  no  34,  on  rocks,  “the  Dome,”is  panniform  and  more  or  less  deni- 
grate. 


— 107  - 


Physcia  (Schreb.)  Th.  Fr. 

P.  ( Euphyscia ) pulverulenta  (Schreb.)  Nyl.  var.  muscigena  (Whlnb.) 
Nyl.  On  mosses,  West  Dawson,  no.  39,  and  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  38,  both 
infertile. 

P.  ( Euphyscia ) obscura  (Ehrh.)  Nyl.  On  rocks,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  43, 
and  West  Dawson,  no.  44,  both  infertile. 

P.  obscura  var.  ulothrix  (Ach.)  Nyl.  On  mosses,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  42, 
infertile.  The  receptacle  hirsute  beneath,  and  the  whole  plant  very  dark 
colored. 

Umbilicaria  Hoffm. 

U.  ( Gyrophora ) arctica  Ach.  U.  proboscidea  arctica  Tucks.  Syn.  On 
rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  48,  fertile  and  characteristic.  Not  previously  re- 
ported from  the  Alaskan  region. 

U.  ( Gyrophora ) anthracina  (Wulf.)  Schaer.  var.  reticulata  Schaer. 
On  rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  47,  fertile,  the  apothecia  elevated.  Not  previ- 
ously reported  from  the  region. 

U.  ( Gyrophora ) hyperborea  Hoffm.  On  rocks,  “ the  Dome,”  no.  49, 
fertile. 

U.  ( Gyrophora ) vellea  (L.)  Nyl.  On  rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  50,  infer- 
tile. Specimen  poor  and  complicate-lobed.  Only  U.  vellea  tylorrhiza  Nyl. 
previously  recorded  from  the  Alaskan  district. 

Nephroma  Ach. 

N.  ( Eunephroma ) arcticum  (L.)  Fr.  On  earth,  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  54, 
fertile. 

N.  ( Nephromium ) expallidum  Nyl.  On  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  55, 
fertile. 

N.  ( Nephromiuiri)  Helveticum  Ach.  On  rocks,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  56, 
fertile.  Not  previously  reported  from  Alaskan  district. 

N.  {Nephromiuiri)  laevigatum  Ach.  On  rocks,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  52, 
infertile. 

' N.  laevigatum  var.  parile  (Ach  ) Nyl.  On  rocks,  Bonanza  Creek,  no. 
53,  infertile. 

Peltigera  Willd. 

P .{Peltidea)  venosa  (L.)  Hoffm.  On  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  117, 
fertile. 

P.  {Peltidea)  aphthosa  (L.)  Hoffm.  On  earth-,  West  Dawson,  no.  118, 
infertile. 

P.  {Eupeltigera)  scutata (Dicks.)  Leight.  On  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no. 
122,  infertile,  spongiose  beneath  and  distinctly  limbate-sorediate.  Previously 
reported  from  Kotzebue  Sound. 

P.  {Eupeltigera)  pulverulenta  (Tayl.)  Nyl.  On’earth,  Bonanza  Creek 
no.  1 19,  infertile.  The  cortex  granulate. 

P.  {Eupeltigera)  rufescens  (Neck.)  Hoffm.  On  earth,  Dawson,  no.  121, 
and  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  120  and  120a,  the  latter  fertile. 

P.  rufescens  sub-sp.  spuria  (Ach.)  Nyl.  Syn.  p,  325.  On  earth.  Hunker 
Creek,  no.  123,  fertile. 


— io8 — 


Solorina  Ach. 

S.  crocea  (L. ) Ach.  On  earth,  “the  Dome,”  no.  127,  fertile. 

S.  saccata  (L.)  Ach.  On  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  I26,  fertile. 

Pannaria  (Delise)  Tuck. 

P.  Psoroma)  hypnorum  (Hoffm.)  Koerb.  On  humus  and  charred  wood, 
Dawson,  no.  129;  spores  17-20  x 10-11/*,  ovoid-ellipsoid  and  colorless.  On 
earth  and  wood,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  128,  spores  14-20  x 8-10 /*. 

P.  (. Eupannaria ) brunnea  (Sw.)  Mass.  On  earth,  Bonanza  Creek,  no. 
13 1 ; spores  18-23x9-12/*,  ovoid-ellipsoid  and  colorless.  On  earth,  Hunker 
Creek,  no.  130. 

Collema  Ach. 

C.  ( Eucollema ) melaenum  Ach.  On  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  167,  spores 
17-23  x 10-12/*,  broad-ellipsoid,  muriform  and  decolorate, 

Leptogium  (Ach.)  Fr.,  Nyl. 

L.  ( Mallotium ) saturninum  (Dicks.)  Nyl.  var.  tomentosum  Hoffm.  On 
rocks,  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  163,  infertile, 

Placodium  (DC.)  Naeg.  & Hepp. 

P,  {Euplacodium)  elegans  (Link)  DC.  On  mosses,  Bonanza  Creek,  no. 
79,  fertile. 

P.  ( Callopisma ) cerinum  (Hedw.)  Naeg.  & Hepp.  var,  pyracea  Ach.  On 
willow  bark,  West  Dawson,  no.  80,  spores  11-13x6-7/*. 

P.  ( Callopisma ) Jungermanniae  'Vahl.  On  mosses  and  fragment  of 
Peltigera,  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  81  and  17 1,  spores  17-20  x 7-10/*. 

P.  ( Callopisma ) sinapispermum  (Auct. ) Hepp.  On  mosses,  Hunker 
Creek,  no.  82,  spores  20-21  x 10-12/*. 

Lecanora  (Ach.)  Tuck. 

L.  {Eu lecanora)  subfusca  (L.)  Ach.  var.  hypnorum  Schaer.  On  mosses, 
Bonanza  Creek,  nos.  133  and  134,  spores  11-15  x8-io/*. 

L.  subfusca  var.  coilocarpa  Ach.  On  bark  of  trees,  Hunker  Creek,  no. 

143. 

L.  ( Eulecanora ) atra  (Huds.)  Ach.  On  rocks  and  trunks  of  trees. 
Hunker  Creek,  nos.  139  and  142,  spores  of  no.  142,  10-17  x 4-9/*. ; those  of  no. 
139  much  smaller,  10-12  x 4-5 /*. 

L.  ( Eulecanora ) varia  (Ehrh  ) Nyl.  Tuckerman’s  a.  On  various  trees, 
Hunker  Creek,  no.  139a,  spores  10-12  x 5/*. 

L.  (. Haematomma ) ventosa  (L.)  Ach.  On  rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  139, 
spores  33  x 2/*,  aeicular  and  pluriseptate. 

L.  ( Ochrolechia ) pallescens  (L.)  Schaer.  On  wood,  Bonanza  Creek,  no. 

144,  spores  77-83  x 40-48/*,  broad-ellipsoid. 

L.  ( Ochrolechia ) tartarea  (L.)  Ach.  On  mosses,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  137, 
spores  60-63  x 27-37/*,  me  CaCl-f- ; on  rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  88,  infertile. 
Rinodina  (Mass.)  Tuck. 

R.  (Eurinodina)  turfacea  (Wahl.)  Nyl.  On  mosses,  Hunker  Creek,  no. 
135,  spores  40-45  x 12-17/*,  variously  shaped,  even  showing  a tendency  toward 
muriform  conditions. 


— iog — 


R:  (. Eurinodina ) sophodes  (Ach.)  Nyl.  emend,  var.  confragosa  (Ach.)Nyl. 
On  birch  bark,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  141,  spores  27-37  x 11-15/*;  on  various 
trees,  Moosehead  Mt.,  Dawson,  no.  140,  spores  27  x 13/*. 

R.  sophodes  var.  exigua  (Ach.)  Fr.  On  willow  bark,  West  Dawson,  no. 
151,  spores  13-20  x 7-9//.  Not  mentioned  in  the  Cummings  list. 

Pertusaria  DC. 

P.  dactylina ( Ach. ) Nyl.  On  mosses,  “the  Dome,”  no.  138,  spores  225- 
250  x 85-100/*,  solitary. 

P.  glomerata  (Ach.)  Schaer.  ^On  rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  86,  spores  164- 
180  x 64-70/*,  invested  with  a halo,  and  in  two’s. 

Urceolaria  (Ach.)  p.p.  Nyl. 

U.  scruposa  (L.)  Nyl.  On  rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  84,  spores  37  x 20/*, 
muriform.  Seems  to  be  new  for  the  region. 

5tereocaulon  Schreb. 

S.  paschale(L.)  Fr.  In  bogs,  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  161. 

S.  tomentosum  (Fr.)  Th.  Fr.  On  rocks,  West  Dawson,  no.  160;  on 
mosses  in  bog,  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  159;  on  rocks,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  158. 

S.  tomentosum  var.  alpinum  Th.  Fr.  On  rocks,  “the  Dome,”  no.  162a. 

Pilophorus  Th.  Fr. 

P.  cereolus  (Ach.)  in  Tuckerman’s  sense,  var,  acicularis  Ach.  & Tuck. 
On  rocks,  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  157.  The  spores  five  times  longer  than  thick. 

Cladonia  Hill. 

Sub-genus  cladina  (Nyl.)  Wain. 

C.  rangiferina  (L.)  Web.  On  earth,  West  Dawson,  no.  91. 

C.  rangiferina  forma  leucosticta  Merrill  f.  nov.  In  a bog,  Hunker 
Creek,  nos.  112  and  113.  KHO-f-  Verrucose-maculate  and  between  the 
verrucae  semi-pellucid. 

C.  sylvatica  (L. ) Rabenh.  var.  sylvestris  Oed.  On  earth,  Hunker 
Creek,  no.  92. 

C.  sylvatica  f.  valida  Rabenh.  In  a bog,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  93.  Not 
previously  reported  from  America. 

C.  alpestris  (L.)  Rabenh.  m.  sphagnoides  (Hepp)  Wain.  On  earth, 
Bonanza  Creek,  no.  90. 

Sub-genus  cenomyce  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr. 

Section  cocciferae  Del. 

C.  coccifera  (L.)  Willd.  var.  stemmatina  Ach.  form  grandis  Kremplh. 
On  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  59.  Not  previously  reported  from  North 
America. 

C.  deformis  Hoffm.  m.  Extensa  (Hoffm.)  Wain.  On  earth  in  bogs,  West 
Dawson,  no.  57:  on  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  57a.  Although  not  previously 
reported  under  this  combination,  it  is  probable  that  all  the  recorded  Alaskan 
examples  belong  here. 

Section  Unciales  (Del.)  Wain. 

C.  amaurocraea  (Flk.)  Schaer.  form  celotea  Ach.  In  peat  bogs, 
Bonanza  Creek,  no.  100;  on  earth,  Bonanza  Creek,  nos.  60,  61  and  68.  Not 
previously  reported  under  this  combination  from  the  Alaskan  district.  This 


— no — 


is  the  scyphiferous  state  of  the  species  and  the  one  most  commonly  met  with 
in  the  mountains  of  the  eastern  United  States. 

C.  amaurocraea  form  oxyceras  Ach.  In  a bog,  Hunker  Creek,  no,  67. 
Previously  unreported. 

C.  amaurocraea  form  furcatiformis  (Nyl.)  Wain.  In  a bog,  Hunker 
Creek,  no.  no.  Not  previously  reported. 

C.  uncialis  (L.)  Web.  m.  turgescens  Del.  sensu  Wainio.  On  earth  and 
in  a bog,  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  68  and  105;  on  earth,  “the  Dome,”  no.  101. 
All  intermediate  with  C.  uncialis  v.  adunca  Ach.  Typical  specimens  of  m. 
turgescens  are  found  in  the  following  numbers; on  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no. 
64;  Bonanza  Creek,  no.  102;  and  interspersed  with  mosses,  “the  Dome,” 
no.  4. 

Section  Chasmariae  (Ach.)  Flk. 

C.  furcata  (Huds.)  Schrad.  var.  racemosa  (Hoffm.)  Flk.  On  earth  in  a 
bog,  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  114  and  115,  and  West  Dawson,  no.  m. 

C.  furcata  racemosa  form  corymbosa  (Ach.)  Nyl.  In  a bog,  Hunker 
Creek,  no.  95. 

C.  multiformis  Merrill  in  herb.  nom.  nov.  In  a bog,  Bonanza  Creek, 
no.  96.  In  part  synonymous  with  C.  furcata  a.  crispata  Flk.  of  Tucker- 
man’s  Synopsis. 

C.  crispata  (Ach.)  Flot  form  infundibulifera  (Schaer.)  Wain.  In  a bog, 
Hunker  Creek,  no.  97.  Intermediate  with  f.  dilacerata  (Schaer.)  Malbr., 
cortex  continuous. 

C.  crispata  infundibulifera  sub-form  albo=punctata  Merrill  f.  nov. 
In  a bog,  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  104  and  108.  Corticated  in  much  the  same 
manner  as  C.  rangiferina  f.  leucostica,  and  found  in  the  same  locality. 

C.  crispata  f.  schistopoda  Wain.  In  a bog.  Hunker  Creek,  no.  62. 

C.  crispata  var.  gracilescens  (Rabenh.)  Wain.  In  a bog,  Hunker  Creek, 
no.  107.  All  the  crispata  forms  above  enumerated  hitherto  unrecorded  for 
the  Alaskan  region  under  the  combinations  employed. 

C.  cenotea  (Ach.)  Schaer,  form  crossota  (Ach.)  Nyl.  On  earth,  Dawson, 
nos.  94  and  103  in  part  ; in  a bog,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  106. 

Section  Podostelides  (Wallr.)  Wain. 

C.  cariosa  (Ach.)  Spreng.  form  cribosa  (Wallr.  Wain.  On  earth,  Hunker 
Creek,  no.  74,  previously  unrecorded  for  the  Alaskan  region. 

C.  cariosa  m.  corticata  Wain.  On  earth,  West  Dawson,  no.  75.  Only 
once  previously  recorded  from  the  Alaskan  district. 

C.  decorticata  (Flk.)  Spreng.  On  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  71. 

Section  Thallostelides  Wain. 

C.  gracilis  (L.)  Willd.  var.  dilatata  (Hoffm.)  Wain.  On  earth,  Hun- 
ker Creek,  no.  65,  and  West  Dawson,  no.  66. 

C.  gracilis  var.  chordalis  (Flk.)  Schaer.  On  earth,  Bonanza  Creek, 
no.  69. 

C.  cornuta  (L.)  Schaer.  Ou  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  70  and  71. 

C.  pyxidata  (L.)  Fr  var.  neglecta  (Flk.)  Mass.  On  earth,  Bonanza 
Creek,  no.  73,  and  no.  72  from  Hunker  Creek  is  an  intermediate  form  between 
the  above  and  var.  chlorophaea  Flk. 


— II 


C.  degenerans  (Flk.)  Spreng.  form  cladomorpha  (Ach.)  Wain.  On  earth 
and  in  a bog,  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  98  and  99.  Not  previously  recorded  under 
this  combination  from  The  Alaskan  region. 

Section  Ochroleucae  Fr. 

C.  carneola  Fr.  On  earth,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  58. 

Baeomyces  Pers.  DC. 

B.  ( Icmadophila ) aeruginosus  (Scop.)  DC.  On  mosses,  West  Dawson, 
no.  89. 

Biatora  Fr. 

B.  ( Eubiatorci ) cupre^  (Sommerf.)  Fr.  On  mosses.  Bonanza  Creek,  no. 
152,  spores  13-15  x 4 ju,  oblong-ellipsoid  and  simple. 

B.  ( Eubiatora ) vernalis  (L.)  Fr.  On  dead  wood,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  149. 
Spores  12-15  x 5-6/4,  bilocular;  on  mosses,  Dawson,  no.  83;  Bonanza  Creek, 
no.  154;  Hunker  Creek,  nos.  150  and  177,  spores  12-19  x 4-5//  oblong-ellip- 
soid and  simple. 

B.  ( Bilimbia ) spheroides  (Dicks.)  Tuckerm.  On  earth,  Hunker  Creek, 
no.  148,  spores  14-17  x 3-4 ju,  fusiform  and  quadrilocular. 

Buellia  (D.N.)  Tuck 

B.  ( Catolechia ) pulchella  (Schrad.)  Tuck,  On  rocks,  West  Dawson,  no. 
145,  spores  12-17  x 7-9//  bilocular  and  brown.  New  to  the  Alaskan  region. 

B.  Eubuellia ) papillata  (Sommerf.)  Tuck.  On  earth  and  rocks,  Hunker 
Creek,  no.  155,  spores  20-25  x 7-1 1/4,  bilocular  and  brown. 

B.  ( Eubuellia ) myriocarpa  (DC.)  Mudd.  On  wood,  Hunker  Creek,  no. 
175,  spores  16-18  x 7-9/4,  bilocular  and  brown,  hypothecium  colorless. 

Sphaerophorus  Pers. 

S.  globiferus  (L.)  DC.  On  earth,  “the  Dome,”  no.  169.  The  nitides- 
cent  arctic  state. 

Normandina  Nyl. 

N.  laetevirens  Turn.  On  mosses,  Hunker  Creek,  no.  125. 

The  following  named  plants  were  secured  in  Skagway,  by  the  same  col- 
lector: 

Cetraria  {Platysma)  glauca  (L.)  Ach.  var.  stenophylla  Tuck.  On  olcf 
logs,  no.  10. 

Alectoria  ( Bryopogon ) jubata  (L.)  Ach.  var.  implexa  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr. 
Scand.  On  trees,  no.  18.  KHO-f-  yellow.  This  is  implexa  vera  and  not 
the  commonly  found  dark  colored  form  of  the  United  States,  the  reaction  for 
which  is  KHO-j-  fucescent.  Only  four  stations  for  implexa  vera  are  known 
to  the  writer  for  North  America. 

Physcia  stellaris  (L.)  Nyl.  On  birch  bark,  no.  41. 

Nephroma  ( Nephromium ) tomentosum  (Hoffm.)  Koerb.  On  rocks,  no.  51. 
Nephroma  (. Nephromium ) laevigatum  Ach.  var.  parile  (Ach.)  Nyl.  On 
rocks,  no.  124. 

Pertusaria  sub=velata  Merrill  sp.  nov.  On  birch  trees,  no.  87.  Much  re- 
sembling P.  velata  (Turn.)  Nyl.  the  distinguishing  differences  being  afforded 
in  the  elevated  drum-shaped  apothecia  of  which  the  disk  is  brown,  white- 
pruinose,  sometimes  granulate,  and  the  reaction.  The  spores  are  solitary 
measuring  210-230  x 66-90/4,  Reaction,  KI.  Cl,  K(C)I,  for  P.  velata 
KI,  CIred. 

Sphaerophorus  globiferus  (L.)  DC.  On  rocks,  no.  168. 

Pilophorus  cereolus  var.  acicularis  Tuck.  On  rocks,  no.  156. 

Rockland,  Maine. 


— 1 12 — 


REPORT  ON  THE  HEPATICAE  OF  FRANCONIA  MOUNTAINS,  N.  H. 

The  forty-third  field  meeting  of  the  Appalachian  Mountain  Club  was 
held  at  the  Profile  House,  N.  H.,  July  3-11,  1908.  Owing  to  the  burning  of 
the  Summit  House  on  Mount  Washington,  the  projected  meeting  of  the  New 
England  Federation  of  Natural  History  Societies  at  that  place  was  aban- 
doned, and  the  Appalachian  Club  courteously  offered  the  privileges  of  guests 
to  any  of  the  Federation  who  desired  to  attend. 

This  invitation  was  accepted  by  a committee  of  four  from  the  Sullivant 
Moss  Society,  appointed  by  Miss  Haynes,  namely:  Dr.  Evans,  chairman; 
Miss  Haynes,  Miss  Robinson,  and  Miss  Lorenz.  The  committee,  followed  in 
the  main  the  expeditions  made  by  the  Club,  but  collected  as  copiously  as 
possible  en  route,  besides  making  some  independent  explorations. 

Mt.  Lafayette,  Bald  Mt. , the  Flume,  Lonesome  Lake,  and  Mt.  Agassiz 
were  visited,  and  rather  careful  attention  was  given  to  the  vicinity  of  Profile 
and  Echo  Lakes. 

The  summit  of  Mt.  Lafayette,  5269  ft.  alt.,  resembles  that  of  Mt.  Mans- 
field rather  than  that  of  Mt.  Washington.  The  rock  is  a coarse  granite,  in 
large  pieces,  instead  of  the  jagged  schist  of  Washington  and  the  Northern 
Peaks,  while  the  flora  is  of  a somewhat  xerophytic  character.  The  most 
interesting  species  collected  were:  Gymnomitrium  concinnatum , Marsu- 
pella  ustulata,  M.  Sullivantii,  Lophozia  alpestris , Temnoma  setiforme , 
and  Scapania  curta . 

Below  the  summit  is  a most  enticing  tarn,  Eagle  Lake,  whose  sphagnum- 
edged  shores  produced  Scapania  irrigua,  Mylia  anomala , Lophozia  infiat a 
and  Calypogeia  tenuis.  Scapania  umbrosa  was  abundant  on  wet  rocks 
along  the  trail  above  3000  ft.  alt. 

The  Flume  is  the  well-known  ravine  on  the  slope  of  Mt.  Flume,  about 
five  miles  south  of  the  Profile  House.  It  is  about  700  ft.  long,  with  perpen- 
dicular walls  of  coarse  granite,  about  10  ft.  apart  in  the  narrowest  part,  and 
perhaps  60  ft.  deep.  Flume  Brook  enters  by  a cascade  over  the  upper  end  of 
the  ravine.  The  walls  are  constantly  dripping  with  moisture,  and  support  a 
rich  moss-flora.  Although  we  did  not  find  any  species  new  to  New  Hamp- 
shire, it  well  repaid  the  day’s  work,  as  we  collected  Lejeunea  cavifolia,  Ric- 
cardia  pinguis,  Nardia  hyalina,  Jungermannia  p until  a,  Lophozia  in  flat  a. 
L.  Lyoni , Sphenolobus  exsectus  and  Scapania  curta. 

Lonesome  Lake  lies  on  the  south-eastern  slope  of  Mt.  Cannon,  at  an 
elevation  of  2750  ft.  and  commands  a magnificent  view  of  the  Franconia 
range.  It  is  nearly  surrounded  by  the  choicest  kind  of  heath  and  sphag- 
num bog,  which  yielded  Mylia  anomala , Cephalozia  pleniceps,  Cephalozia 
fluitans,  Calypogeia  tenuis , and  Lepidozia  setacea.  Lophozia  longidens 
was  found  on  the  dry  bark  of  a dead  birch  on  the  bridle  path. 

Bald  Mt.,  2394  ft.,  our  first  climb,  produced  Lophozia  bicrenata.  On  our 
return  we  found  Sphenolobus  Hellerianus  on  some  old  logs.  It  grows  mixed 
with  other  things,  particularly  Cephalozia  curvifolia , and  prefers  a rather 
dry  log,  with  the  bark  off,  but  the  wood  still  firm,  while  Scapania  apicu- 
lata  wants  wood  bare,  but  wet. 


The  old  logs  of  the  region  were  particularly  prolific,  yielding  Cephalozia 
serrifiora  and  Calypogeia  suecica , both  new  to  New  Hampshire.  Lophozia 
Marchica  also  new  to  New  Hampshire,  was  abundant  on  the  damp  sand-flat 
south  of  Echo  Lake. 

Our  researches  resulted  in  the  detection  of  seven  species  new  to  New 
Hampshire,  namely,  Lophozia  Marchica , Cephalozia  serrifiora , Cepha- 
loziella  7nyrantha,  Lepidozia  set  ace  a,  Calypogeia  suecica , C.  tenuis , and 
Metzgeria pub escens . This  last  is  new  to  New  England,  and  grew  on  the 
dry  bark  about  the  base  of  a yellow  birch,  intermixed  with  M . conjugata. 
The  total  for  New  Hampshire  is  now  115,  of  which  77  were  collected  on  this 
trip. 

A full  set  is  to  be  deposited  in  the  herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden,  Dr.  Evans  being  responsible  for  all  critical  determinations.  A 
list  of  the  species  collected  follows. 

In  closing,  the  Committee  desires  to  express  its  thanks  to  the  Appalach- 
ian Club  for  the  cordial  reception  accorded  to  its  members. 

For  the  Committee, 

Annie  Lorenz. 

Marchantiaceae. 

CoNOCEPHALUM  conicum  (L.)  Dum.  Common. 

Marchantia  polymorpha  L.  Sand-flat,  Echo  Lake. 

Preissia  quadrata  (Scop.)  Nees.  Flume. 

Metzgeriaceae. 

Blasia  pusilla  L.  Mt.  Agassiz. 

Metzgeria  conjugata  Lindb.  Flume,  Wildwood  Path. 

“ pubescens  (Schrank.)  Raddi.  On  old  birch,  Wildwood  Path. 
Pellia  epiphylla  (L.)  Corda.  Common. 

Riccardia  latifrons  Lindb.  Logs,  rather  common. 

“ multifida  (L. ) S.  F.  Gray.  Flume,  Wildwood  Path. 

“ palmata  (Hedw.)  Carruth.  Old  logs,  Wildwood  Path. 

“ pinguis  (L.)  S.  F.  G.  Flume. 

Jungermanniaceae. 

Gymnomitrium  concinnatum  (Lightf.)  Corda.  Mt.  Lafayette. 

Marsupella  emarginata  (Ehrh.)  Dum.  Common. 

“ Sullivantii  (De  Not.)  Evans.  Mt.  Lafayette. 

“ ustulata  (Hiiben.)  Spruce.  Mt.  Lafayette. 

Nardia  hyalina  (Lyell)  Carr.  Flume,  Profile  Brook. 

Jungermannia  pumila  With.  Flume. 

“ lanceolata  L.  Wildwood  Path. 

Jamesoniella  autumnalis  (DC.)  Steph.  On  logs,  etc.  Common. 

Lophozia  alpestris  (Schleich.)  Evans.  Mt.  Lafayette. 

“ attenuata  (Mart.)  Dum.  Rather  common. 

“ barbata  (Schreb.)  Dum.  Bald  Mt, 

“ bicrenata  (Schmid.)  Dum.  Bald  Mt. 

“ incisa  (Schrad.)  Dum.  Old  logs,  frequent. 

“ inflata  (Huds.)  M.  A.  Howe.  Eagle  Lake,  Mt.  Lafayette;  Flume. 


— ii4- 


Lophozia  longidens  (Lindb.)  Macoun.  Trail  to  Lonesome  Lake. 

“ LYONi(Tayl.)  Steph.  Flume. 

“ Kunzeana  (Hiiben.)  Evans.  Mt.  Lafayette. 

“ \ Marchica  (Nees)  Steph.  Sand-flat,  Echo  Lake. 

“ porphyroleuca  (Nees)  Schiffn.  Old  logs. 

“ ventricosa  (Dicks.)  Dum.  Rocks,  frequent. 

Sphenolobus  exsectus  (Schmid.)  Steph.  Rocks,  rather  frequent. 

“ exsectae  formis  (Breidl.)  Stepp.  Echo  Lake. 

“ Hellerianus  (Nees)  Stepht  Old  dry  logs. 

“ Michauxii  (Web.)  Steph.  Rather  common. 

“ minutus  (Crantz)  Steph.  Rocks,  not  rare. 

Plagiochila  asplenioides  (L-. ) Dum.  Common. 

Mylia  anomala  (Hook. ) S.  F.  Gray.  Mt.  Lafayette,  Lonesome  Lake. 

“ Taylori  (Hook.)  S.  F.  Gray.  Mt.  Lafayette. 

Lophocolea  heterophylla  (Schrad.)  Dum.  Rather  common. 

Chiloscyphus  pallescens  (Ehrh.)  Dum.  Wildwood  Path. 

“ polyanthus  (L.)  Corda.  Wildwood  Path. 

Harpanthus  scutatus  (Web.  f.  & Mohr)  Spruce.  Old  logs,  frequent. 
Geocalyx  graveolens  (Schrad.)  Nees  Not  rare. 

Calypogeia  suECiCA(Arn.  & Pers.)C.  Miill.  Frib.  Old  logs,  Wildwood  Path. 

“ tenuis  (Aust.)  Evans.  Eagle  Lake,  Mt.  Lafayette,  Lonesome 

Lake. 

“ Trichomanis  (L.)  Corda.  Common. 

Bazzania  tricrenata  (Wahl.)  Trevis.  Flume. 

“ trilobata  (L. ) S.  F.  Gray.  Common. 

Lepidozia  reptans  (L.)Dum.  Frequent. 

“ set acea  (Web.)  Mitt.  Lonesome  Lake. 

Cephalozia  bicuspidata  (L.)  Dum.  Frequent. 

“ curvifolia  (Dicks.)  Dum.  Common. 

“ fluitans  (Nees)  Spruce.  Lonesome  Lake. 

lunulaefolia  Dum.  Common. 

“ pleniceps  (Aust.)  Lindb.  Old  logs,  Lonesome  Lake. 

“ serriflora  Lindb.  Old  logs,  Wildwood  Path. 

Cephaloziella  divaricata  (Sm.)  Schiffn.  Mt.  Lafayette. 

“ myriantha  (Lindb.)  Schiffn.  Mt,  Lafayette. 

Blepharostoma  trichophyllum  (L.)  Dum.  Frequent. 

Temnoma  setiforme  (Ehrh.)  M.  A.  Howe.  Mt.  Lafayette. 

Ptilidium  ciliare  (L.)  Nees.  Rather  frequent. 

“ pulcherrimum  (Web.)  Hampe.  Common. 

Trichocolea  tomentella  (Ehrh. ) Dum.  Not  rare. 

Diplophylleia  taxifolia  (Wahl,)  Trevis.  Bases  of  rocks. 

Scapania  apiculata  Spruce.  Old  wet  logs.  Flume.  Wildwood  Path. 

“ curta  (Mart.)  Dum.  Flume,  Mt.  Lafayette, 

“ irrigua  (Nees)  Dum.  Eagle  Lake,  Mt.  Lafayette. 

“ nemorosa  (L.)  Dum.  Common. 

“ umbrosa  (Schrad.)  Dum.  Rocks,  Lafayette  trail. 

“ undulata  (L.)  Dum.  Common. 

Porella  platyphylla  (L.)  Lindb.  Common. 

Lejeunea  cavifolia  (Ehrh.)  Lindb.  Common. 

Cololejeunea  BiDDLECOMiAE(Aust.)  Evans.  Wildwood  Path. 

Frullania  Asagrayana  Mont.  Common. 

“ Eboracensis  Gottsche.  Common. 

“ Oakesiana  Aust.  Common  above  3000  ft. 

Hartford,  Connecticut. 


I 


— 1 15 — 


SULLI VANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  NOTES. 

There  will  be  a meeting  of  our  Society  in  Baltimore,  Maryland,  in  con- 
nection with  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science 
and  its  affiliated  societies  during  convocation  week,  December  23  to  January 
2.  The  exact  date  of  our  meeting  and  the  location  of  room,  has  as  yet  not 
been  decided.  If  word  is  received  too  late  for  publication  in  this  number  of 
The  Bryologist,  cards  will  be  sent  out  later  giving  all  necessary  details. 
This  is  to  advise  all  members  of  the  contemplated  meeting  and  urge  each 
one  to  contribute  something  in  the  way  of  suggestion  as  to  the  plan  and  scope 
of  meeting,  also  to  be  present  with  us  and  read  a paper  or  give  a talk,  or 
send  manuscript  for  use  as  seems  best,  or  send  material  for  exhibition.  An 
unusually  large  number  have  signified  intention  to  be  at  the  meeting  and 
we  shall  confidently  anticipate  a larger  number  than  participated  in  the 
Columbia  University  meeting  in  1906.  Address  all  communications  to  Mrs. 
Smith,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y 


NOTICE— ELECTION  OF  OFFICERS. 

Members  of  The  Sullivant  Moss  Society  are  requested  to  send  ballots  at 
once  to  the  Judge  of  Election,  Miss  Harriet  Wheeler,  Chatham,  Columbia 
Co.,  New  York.  Polls  close  November  30th.  The  present  board  will  serve 
another  year  if  desired ; the  members  are  at  liberty  to  vote  for  any  other 
candidate  should  they  prefer  to  do  so. 

For  President — Dr.  T.  C.  Frye,  University  of  Washington,  Seattle, 
Wash. 

For  Vice-Pres. — Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  N.  Y.  City,  and  Highlands,  New 
Jersey. 

For  Secretary — Mr.  N.  L.  Nelson,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

For  Treasurer — Mrs.  Smith,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Sullivant  Moss  Society  New  Members.  No.  193.  Mr.  Francis  Jackson 
Bassett,  20  Ashland  Street,  Taunton,  Mass. 


IMPORTANT  TO  ALL  OUR  SUBSCIBERS  AND  SULLIVANT  MOSS 
SOCIETY  MEMBERS. 

Before  this  issue  of  The  Bryologist  reaches  you,  all  who  are  in  arrears 
for  the  current  year,  as  well  as  a few  who  owe  for  more  than  this  year  will 
receive  a bill.  This  is  to  comply  with  the  new  ruling  of  the  Post  Office  to 
the  effect  that  unless  subscriptions  are  either  paid  for  or  notice  of  intention 
to  do  so  is  sent  the  publisher  within  six  month  such  names  must  be  dropped 
from  the  regular  mailing  list  and  sent,  if  at  all,  with  stamps  affixt  at  regular 
rates  instead  of  publishers’  rates. 

It  has  been  our  custom  to  send  bills  only  at  irregular  intervals,  say  each 
second  or  third  year.  In  order  to  relieve  us  of  this  burden  will  you  not  pay 
your  bill  now,  and  as  many  as  can  conveniently  do  so  add  the  amount  for 
1909  and  receipts  will  be  returned  in  accordance.  We  have  one  account  paid 
up  to  January,  1915,  and  a number  for  two  and  four  years  in  advance.  In  fact, 


1 6 — 


quite  a number  always  pay  for  two  years  in  advance,  in  order  to  save  them- 
selves the  trouble  of  frequent  transmision.  All  accounts  become  due  on 
January  ist  of  ®each  year  as  those  subscribing  or  becoming  Society  members 
late  in  a given  year  receive  the  back  numbers  for  that  year.  New  books  have 
just  been  opened  and  any  corrections  as  to  address,  etc.,  will  be  gladly  noted. 

The  Editor. 

OFFERINGS. 

(To  Society  Members  only.  For  postage.) 

Miss  Harriet  Wheeler,  Chatham,  Columbia  Co.,  New  York.  Pogonatum 
urnigerum  Beauv.,  Pohlia  e long  at  a Hedw.,  both  c.fr.  Collected  in 
White  Mountains. 

Miss  Annie  Lorenz,  96  Garden  Street,  Hartford,  Conn.  Hypnum  pallescens 
B.  & S.  c.  fr.  Collected  near  Waterville,  New  Hampshire. 

Miss  Alice  C.  Kendall,  1230  Amsterdam  Avenue,  New  York  City.  Hylo- 
comium  squarrosum  B.  & S.,  Hypnum  cor  difolium  Hedw.,  both  c.fr. 
Collected  in  Holden,  Mass, 

Mrs.  H.  C.  Dunham,  53  Maple  Street,  Auburndale,  Mass.  Dicranum  Drum- 
mondii  C.  Muell.,  D.  fuscescens  Turn.,  both  c.fr.  Collected  at  Rangeley 
Lakes,  Maine. 

Rev.  H.  Dupret,  Seminary  of  Philosophy,  Montreal,  Canada.  Physcomi- 
irium  turbinatum  Brid.,  c.fr.  Collected  near  Montreal. 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  Highlands,  New  Jersey.  Pallavicinia  Lyellii  (Hook.) 
S.  F.  Gray.  Collected  by  Mr.  S.  Rapp  in  Florida.  Cephalozia  divari- 
cata  (Smith)  Dumort.  Collected  by  Miss  Haynes  in  the  Adirondack 
Mountains. 

Mrs.  Carolyn  W.  Harris,  “The  Grafton,”  Connecticut  Avenue,  Washington, 
D.  C.  Physcia  aquila  (Ach.)  Nyl.  var.  detonsa  Tuckerm.  Collected  at 
Mt.  Meenahga,  Ellenville,  New  York. 

Miss  Emily  L.  Crosswell,  20  St.  James  Avenue,  Boston,  Mass.  Cladonia 
squamosa phyllocoma  Rabenh. ; Cladonia  reticulata  (Russ.)  Wainia  (C. 
Boryi  Tuckerm.).  Collected  at  Scarsboro,  Maine, 

Mr.  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr.,  Thoreau  Museum,  Middlesex  School,  Con- 
cord, Mass.  Hydrotheria  venosa  Russell.  Collected  on  Mt.  Monad- 
nock.  N.  H. 

Mrs.  Josephine  D.  Lowe,  1827  “Eye”  Street,  Washington,  D.  C.  Sticta 
pulmonaria  (L.)  Ach.;  S.  crocata  (L.)  Ach,;  Umbilicaria  pustulata 
papulosa  Tuckerm.  ; Lepiogium  tremelloides  (L.  f.)  Fr.  All  collected 
in  Nova  Scotia. 


WANTED — By  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr,,  Concord,  Mass.,  a copy  of 
‘Enumeration  'of  the  Lichens  found  in  New  Bedford,  Massachusetts,  and 
‘vicinity,  from  1862-1892,”  by  Henry  Willey, 


The  Bryologist 

AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY 

DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


Volume  XII  1909 


Editor 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


Published  by  the  Editor 
78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn.  N.  Y, 


INDEX  1909 


* Star  indicates  illustrations. 


Acarospora  glebosa 103 

Acer  circinatum 74 

“ macrophyllum  52,  103 

Acrocladium  cuspidatum 28 

Alectoria  Fremontii  5,  64 

“ jubata  prolixa 5,  6,  64 

“ “ stricta 5 

“ ocnroleuca 64 

“ sarmentosa  .5,  6 

“ tortuosa,  sp.  nov 5 

“ virens 5 

Allodium 107 

Alnus  Oregona 6,  7 

Alsia  abietina  64 

Amblystegieae  28,  95,  96 

Amblystegiella 28 

Amblystegium 28 

brachyphyllum ....  99 

“ brevipes 99 

“ compactum.  . .95,  97,  99 

“ dissitifolium 97 

“ fallax 99 


Vallis 

clausae  . . 99 

Floridanum 99 


fluviatile..97,  98,  99,  100 
f.  brevifolia 


98,  100 

fluviatilef.  typica  . 98 

Holzingeri,  sp.  nov. 

95,  97 

hygrophilum.  .95,  96, 

97,  *100 

irriguum . .95,  97,  98, 

99,  100 

irriguum  flaccidum.  98 
“ spinifolium 

98,  99,  109 


Juratzkanum 95,  96 

Kochii 95,  96,  97,  99 

laxirete  99 

Lescurii . 28,  99 


noterophilum  .97.  98, 

99,  108,  109 
orthocladon  .95,  97, 

98,  99,  100 
orthocladon  varium  95 

radicale 95 

riparium ..... 96,  99,  109 
serpens ....  95,  96,  97,  99 
“ giganteum, 

van  nov  . . . 96 

Sprucei.  ...  106 

subcompactum  ....  97 

vacillans  99 


Amblystegium  varium  . .96,  97,  98,  99 
“ “ orthocladon  . . 99 

“ “ f.  ovata  forma. 


nov 99 

Andreaea  heterophylla 35 

“ pumila. 35 

“ verruclosa 35 

Aneura  pinguis 104,  *105 

Anthoceros  fusiformis 7,  71 

“ Pearsoni 71 

“ punctatus 71 

Anthophyta 86 

Antitrichia  curtipendula 53 

Anzia 74 

Arthonia. . . . ? 108 

Asterella  gracilis 65 

Atractylocarpus  mexicanus 83 

Atrichum 83 

Aulacomitrium  Daviesii  86 

Aulacomnium  palustre 106 

“ turgidum 106 

Bacidia  endoleuca  . 103 

Baeomyces  roseus 33 

“ turbinatus  crispatus.  3 

Barbella  pendula 62; 

Barbula  ...  50 

“ andreaeoides 62; 

“ Bakeri 62 

“ convoluta  Sardoa 49 

“ rigens 62; 

“ subandreaeoides 62: 

“ Treleasii 62 

“ unguiculata 85 

Bartramia  ithyphylla 64 

“ leucocolea 35 

Bazzania  triangularis 54 

“ tricrenata  68 

“ trilobata. . . . 39 

Biatora  (Section)  102 

“ atrogrisea 103 

“ fuscescens 102 

“ glauco-nigrans 102 

“ rubella 6 

Biatorina  (Section) 102 

Blasia  pusilla. .7,  66 

Blepharostoma  trichophyllum  ...  69 

Brachytheciaceae 28,  29 

Brachythecium  coruscum  87 

“ densum 97 

“ oxycladon 54 

“ salebrosum  arcti- 

cum  106 

“ udum 87 

Breutelia  Skottsbergii 35 

Brown  Algae 85 

Bryhnia . .....  62 


2 — 


Bryophyta 

Bryoxiphium  mexicanum  . . 

83 

“ Norvegicum 

83 

Bryum  amblyolepis 

. . . . 36 

“ arduum 

87 

argenteum  

84 

“ bernense 

.....  87 

“ Bornmuelleri 

.....  87 

“ Bryhnii 

• 87 

“ caespiticium 

84 

“ calophyllum 

....  106 

“ camurum 

87 

“ castaneum  Bomanssonii.  87 

“ cephalozioides  .... 

35 

“ crispulum 

106 

“ cyclophyllum, 

“ humectum 

...  87 

“ Islandicum 

....  87 

“ Kaalaasii 

87 

“ nitidulum 

106 

“ nutans 

....  64 

“ obtusifolium 

106 

“ pallens 

....  106 

“ Pearyanum ........ 

106 

“ pedemontanum, 

87 

“ pendulum 

106 

“ rhexodon 

87 

“ riparium  

87 

“ spissum 

87 

“ teres  

“ umbratum  

87 

“ ventricosum, 

106 

Buellia  geographica  

. . . . 64 

“ retrovertens 

104 

Calamophyta  

86 

Calicium  byssaceum 

.107,  108 

“ Curtisii 

“ “ splendidula. . . . 108 

“ mmutissimum,  sp. 

nov. 

107,  108 

“ obscurum,  sp.  nov. 

. ...  107 

“ trichiale 

107 

Calliergon 

28 

Calymperes  Heribandi. . . . . 

...  . 62 

Calymperes  partoricense. . . 

62 

“ Somieri 

10 

Calypogeia  suecica 

68 

“ Trichomanis.  . . 

39,  54,  68 

Camptothecium 

. . . . 29 

“ megaptilum. 

7 

pinnatifidum 

....  64 

Campylium 

..  .28,  96 

“ chrysophyllum  . , 

96 

“ radicale 

96 

“ stellatum 

. . . . . 106 

Campylopus 

49 

Catagonium 

29 

Catharinea 49 

Catillaria  glauco-nigrans,n.  comb. 

102, 103 

“ lenticularis  vulgaris..  102 

Ceratodon  purpureus  .85,  106 

Cetraria  aleuritis 34 

“ ciliaris 34,64 

“ glauca 6 

“ lacunosa 34 

“ “ stenophylla . . 6 

“ Okesianai 34 

Cephalozia 25 

“ bicuspid  ata  68 

“ curvifolia • 54 

“ leucantha 68 

“ lunulaefolia 68 

“ pleniceps 68 

Cephaloziella  byssacea 26,  27 

“ div'aricata.25,  26,  27,  68 

“ “•  scabra.  68 

“ Jackii 25 

“ myriantha.  . .25,  26,  27 

“ trivialis 27 

Chareae 85 

Chiloscyphus  pallescens 68 

“ polyanthus  rivu- 

laris 68 

Chiodecton  Californicum 101 

Chroolepus 101 

Cinclidium  hymenophyllum, ....  106 

“ subrotundum 106 

Cirriphyllum 29 

“ Boscii 62 

Cladonia  alpestris 91 

“ alpicola  Karelica.*43,  45,  46 
“ amaurocraea  celotea...  93 

“ arborea 5 

“ Boryi 92 

“ “ f.  reticulata,  comb. 

nov 92 

“ cariosa 44,  45,  46,  93 

“ “ corticata 45,  46 

“ “ f.  cribosa 93 

“ coccifera  stemmatina  . . 91 

“ cornucopioides 91 

“ “ b.  pleurota.  91 

“ crispata 2,  3,  4,  5 

“ “ m.  divulsa 3 

“ u infundibulifera, 

1,  3,  4,  5 

“ “ f.  schistopoda. . 3 

“ “ f.  virgata 3 

“ cristatella 33,  40,  91 

“ “ f.  Beauvoisii. . 91 

“ deformis 91 

“ “ extensa 91 

“ delicata  92 


— 3— 


Cladonia  delicata  f.  quercina  ...  92 


u 

didyma  muscigena. . . 

..  33 

u 

digitata 

..  91 

u 

tt 

f.  monstrosa 

. . 91 

u 

fimbriata 

..  22 

“ 

coniocraea  . 

..  94 

a 

“ 

“ fibula. 

. . 94 

it 

“ 

“ subulata  94 

it 

furcata  1,  2,  3,  40 

arbuscula 

. 93 

tt 

corymbosa. . . . 

. . 2 

it 

“ 

a.  crispata.  . . . 

..1,  2 

it 

u 

Finkii 

. 1,  2 

it 

tt 

fissa 

92,  93 

it 

tt 

paradoxa 

..1,  3 

it 

tt 

pinnata  sub. 

V. 

foliolosa 

. . 40 

tt 

racemosa.  . . . . 

.3,  92 

“ “ corymbosa 

2,  8,  92,  98 

“ scabriuscula.  ...  40 

“ “ f.  adspora  40 

gracilis 3,  44 

“ chordalis 93 

“ dilatata 1,  40 

“ elongata. . . .5,  40,  93 

“ verticillata.  . . .43,  93 

“ “ f.  cervi- 

cornis..  *43 
“ “ f.  sym- 


44 


44 


44 

44 


44 

44 

44 


X4 

.44 


jLi 

it 

it 


phycarpia.  .43,  44,  45 

leporina.  93 

mitrula 92 

“ f . imbricatula. . . 93 

multiformis  .*1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  40 
“ a.  crispata..  3 

ochrochlora 94 

“ cerotodes ...  94 

papillaria. 33,  91 

“ m.  molariformis  91 
“ m.  papillosa  ...  91 

polycarpia,  n.  sp 46 

pyxidata  33,  43,  93 

“ chlorophaea  ...  40 

“ neglecta  ...  .93,  94 

“ symphycarpa.  . 4o 

racemosa  1 

rangiferina .33,  91 

“ c.  alpestris  . 91 

“ b.  sylvatica.  91 

reticulata  f.  reticulata..  92 

polycarpia *43 

squamosa 3,  93 

“ f.  denticollis  .40,  93 
strepsilis  f.  glabrata, . . 93 

subcariosa  *43,  44,  46 

“ f.  evoluta.. . . 93 


Cladonia  subsquamosa  f.  granu- 
losa   6 

“ sylvatica 33,  40 

“ “ f.  laxiuscula.  .40,  91 

“ “ sylvestris 40 

“ symphycarpa.. *43,  44,  45, 

46,  93 

“ “ epiphylla . . . . 44 

“ turgida 93 

“ “ m.  stricta 93 

“ uncialis 92 


“ “ adunca 92 

“ “ f.  biuncialis  ...  92 

“ “ humilior 92 

“ “ f.  obtusata 92 

“ verticillata  evoluta.. . .40,  93 

Conifers 86 

Conjugata 85 

Conocephalum  conicum 65 

Conomitrium  mexicanum  . 83 

Conostomum  perangulatum 35 

Crataegus  Douglasii 74 

Cratoneuron  28,  97 

“ commutatum 28 

Ctenidium  molluscum 28 

Cupressinopsis 29 

Cycadophyta 86 

Cynodontium  Treleasii 62 

Cystococcus 107 

Dactylhymenium  Pringlei 83 

Dendrographa  101 

Diatomeae 85 

Dichodontium  Nelsoni 62 

“ pellucidum 106 

Dicotylae 86 

Dicranella  falcatum  pumelum. . . 64 

“ substenocarpa. . . . . . . 62 

Dicranum  fulvum 54 

“ hispidulum 62 

longifolium 54 

“ Nordenskjoldii 36 

“ spadiceum 87 

“ “ obtusum  . . 106 

“ Starkii 64 

“ subflagellare 62 

“ subulifolium 62 

Didymodon  alpigena 106 

“ rubellus 106 

Diplophylleia  albicans 69 

“ apiculata 54 

“ taxifolia.  .....  . . 69 

Diphyscium  foliosum  83 

Dirina  101 

Distichium  capillaraceum  .......  106 

Distichophyllum  carinatum 85 

Ditrichum  flexicaule 106 

Drepanium  29 


— 4— 


Drepanocladus 28 

“ aduncus 109 

“ brevifolius 106 

“ exanulatus  polaris  106 

“ fluitans 106 

“ intermedius.  . . . . 106 

“ polycarpus 106 

“ revolvens  106 

“ uncinatus 106 

Ectropothecium 28,  29 

“ caloosiense  ......  28 

Eleutera  ornithopodioides 82 

Elodium  28 

Encalypta  commutata 106 

“ rhabdocarpa 106 

Endocarpon  miniatum 38 

Entodontaceae 36 

Entodon  brevisetus. 54 

Ephemeropsis  Tjbodensis 51 

Equiseteae  86 

Euamblystegium . ..-.  95 

Eubacidia  (Section)) 103 

Eurhynchium 36,  62 

“ hians 99 

“ stoloniferum 53 

“ strigosum  64 

“ substoloniferum . . . 53 

Evernia  vulpina. 5,  6 

Exodokidium  subsvmmetricum . 35 

Ferns ' 86 

Fissidens  arcticus 62 

“ asplenioides. . . 83 

“ Bushii 62 

“ Closteri 9 

“ grandifrons 108 

“ Helleri 62 

“ minutulus 9 

“ rochensis 62 

Fission  Plants 85 

Fontinalis  Bryhnii 87 

“ chrysophylla 64 

Frullania  Asagrayana 39,  54 

“ Bolanderi 70 

“ Californica 70 

“ Eboracensis  54 

“ franciscana.  70 

“ Nisquallensis 71 

“ Tamarisci  39 

Funaria  hygrometrica  ...  .49,  51,  55 

“ polaris  62 

“ spathulifolia 62 

Geocalyx  graveolens 54 

Georgia  geniculata 10,  38 

pellucida 10 

Glyphomitrium  Cockerelleae. ...  63  * 

“ Daviesii 86 

Leibergii  ....  62 


Gonidiophyta 85 

Graphis 33 

“ scripta... 22 

Grimmia 50 

“ antarctica 35 

“ apocarpa *23,24 

“ Doniana 7 

“ gracilis 64 

“ Muhlenbeckii 64 

“ torquata 64 

Gymnostomum  laeve 62 

Gyrothyra  Underwoodiana 67 

Helodium 28 

Heppiae  104 

Herberta  adunca 54 

Heterophyllum 29 

Holmgrenia  chrysea  ......  106 

“ stricta  106 

Holomitrium  Maxoni 62 

Homalotheciella ....  29 

“ subcapillata. ....  54 

Homalothecium •.  . 29 

“ subcapillatum  . . 36 

Homomallium 28 

Hydrotheria  33 

Hygroamblystegium 28,  97 

“ filicinum  . . 28 

Hygrohypnum 28 

Hylocomieae  28 

Hylocomium . . 28 

“ parietinum  28 

“ proliferum.  ......  28 

“ robustum 7 

“ triquetrum 55 

Hymenostylium  curvirostre. ....  83 

Hyophila  quadeleupensis  62 

“ mollis  62 

“ riparia  62 

Hypneae  95 

Hypnaceae 28 

Hypnum  Bergenense 95,  96,  *100 

“ chrysophyllum 99 

“ complanatum 82 

“ cordifolium  fontin- 

aloides 64 

“ filicinum  .........  106 

“ fluviatile  *100 

“ fronde  subpinnata. . . . 83 

“ giganteum  106 

“ ochraceum 64 

“ ornithopodioides 82 

“ orthocladon *100 

“ radicale 96,  *100 

“ sarmentosum  acumina- 
tum . . . . 106 

“ Schreberi  28 

“ serrulatum  36 


—5— 


Hypnum  stramineum 106 

uncinatum  foeneum  . 87 

Isopterygium  29 

“ pulchellum 106 

Isotes 86 

Jungermannia  atrovirens.  67 

“ byssacea 26 

“ cordifolia . 7 

“ divaricata 26 

“ lanceolata  ......  67 

“ rubella 25 

Lecanora  laevata  . . 102 

“ pallescens 6 

“ “ tumidula.  . . 6 

“ varia . 23 

Lecidea  albo-caerulescens  .....  33 

cadubriea 102 

“ fuscescens 102 

“ lenticularis  f.  vulgaris.,  102 

“ milliaria  endoleuca  ....  103 

Lecomium  . 29 

Lejeunea  cavifolia 39 

Lepidophyta  86 

Lepidozia  reptans 68 

“ sylvatica 54 

Leptodictyon  99 

Leptodontium  excelsum . 62 

Leptogium  tremelloides 40 

Lepyrodon  trichophyllus 63 

Leskea  denticulata 36 

“ varia .*100 

Leucobryum 26 

“ glaucum *79,81 

Leucoloma  Dussianum 62 

Leucomiaceae 28,  29 

Lichen  uncialis 92 

Limnobium 28 

Lophocolea  cuspidata 68 

“ heterophylla 39 

Lophozia  barbata 39 

“ gracilis 54 

“ incisa .64,  67 

“ inflata  90 

“ “ heterostipa  ....  67 

“ ovata  67 

porphyroleuca 39,  67 

“ ventricosa 64,  67 

Lycium  Californicum.  . . 101 

Lycopodieae 86 

Marchantia  polymorpha. . ..54,  65,  85 
“ aquatica.  65 

Marsupella  emarginata 64,  66 

“ ustulata 26 

Meesea  triquetra 106 

Meiothecium  29 

Metzgeria  conjugata 54,  66 

Metzleria  leptocarpa 83 


Microlejeunia  ulicina  39 

Microthamnium 28,  63 

Mittenothamnium 28 

Mnium... : ........  ...49,104 

“ cuspidatum 99 

“ hornum. 84 

“ hymenophylloides 85 

Mnium  hymenophyllum 85 

“ insigne. 55 

“ punctatum 7 

Monocotylae 86 

M ycophyta 85 

Mylia  anomala  ...  ........  67 

Myurella  apiculata 106 

“ julacea 106 

Myxomycetes . . 38 

Myxophyta  85 

Nardia  crenulata  67 

“ obcrvata 67 

Neckera  complanata 82 

“ Menziesii ...  .*52,  53,  64 

“ pennata  54 

Nephroma  laevigatum . 40 

Octodiceras  mexicana 83 

Odontoschism  a denudatum 54 

Orthothecium  acuminatum.  ...  63 

“ trichophyllum 63 

Orthotrichum  abbreviatum 86 

“ Killiasia  transi- 

toria  . 86 

“ minutum 62 

“ nudum  Norvegica  86 

“ Sardagnae  .......  86 

“ sordidum 62 

“ vittalum 35 

Oxyrhynchium  rusciforme. .....  62 

Papillaria  martinicensis  62 

Parmelia  ambigug. 32 

“ “ albescens 32 

“ aurulenta 72,  73 

“ Borreri .22,  23,  33,  34 

“ “ hypomela  ....  40 

“ “ rudecta . . 31,  34 

“ caperata 22,  23,  32 

“ centrifuga 32 

“ cetrata 31 

“ colpodes 32,  74 

“ consperqata 39 

conspersa  . . 32 

“ “ isidiata 32 

“ stenophylla. ...  32 

„ coralloidea  . . 29,  30,  71 

“ crinita  f.  pilosella  . . 39 

“ cristifera 29,  30,  71 

u endoxantha,  n.  sp 73 

“ enteromorpha 32 

“ glaberrima.  . 30 


— 6 — 


Parmelia  incurva  . . 
“ isidiocera 


32 

73 

laevigata 31,  72,  73 

lanata  64 

latissima ..29,  30,  31 

“ f.  cristifera.  . 30 

olivacea 32,  74 

“ aspidota.  ...  32 

“ multisporum, 

comb,  nov  . . 73 

“ panniformis.  32 

“ sorediata. . . . 32 

omphalodes 31 

perforata  31 

perlata 31,  39,  71 

“ coralloidea  ....  30 

“ platyloba 30 

persulfurata 72 

pertusa 32,  34,40 

physodes 6,  32 

“ f.  hypotrypodes.  32 

“ labrosa 32 

“ f.  labrosa  39 

“ platyphylla 32 

“ vittata.. ....... . 32 

praetervisa  30 

rudecta 39 

Russellii 31 

saxatilis  .22,  31,  32,  39,  40 
“ furfuracea. . 32 

“ f.  laevis 6 


Phaeophyta 85 

Phascum  hyalitrichum 62 

Philonotis  fontana 9,  64 

“ tomentella ....  106 

Physcia  adglutinata 60 

“ aquila  detonsa 59 

“ caesia  60 

“ “ stellata 31,  59 

“ hispida 40,  60 

“ hypoleuca 34,  59 

“ Laena 59 

“ obscura 60 

“ “ endochrysea. . . 60 

“ pulverulenta 32,  59 

“ “ leucolieptes. . . 59 

“ setosa 60 

“ speciosa  40,  59 

“ stellaria 23 

“ stellaris 40,  59 

“ tribacia 34 

Physcomitrella  patens 49 

Physcomitrium  rufipes 62 

Pink  Beds 54 

Pinus  contorta 70 

Placodium  microphyllinum 23 

Plagiochila  asplenioides 7,  67 

“ Sullivantii 54 

Plagiothecieae 28,  29 

Plagiothecium 29 

“ fallax 63 

“ Groutii 9 


“ omphalodes.  32 

Platanus  occidentals . 

. . 23 

“ 

“ sulcata... 

31,  40 

Pleuridium  Bakeri 

. . . 62 

“ 

Scortea.  

. . 31 

Pleuropus 

. . . 29 

stellaris , 

32 

Pohlia  commutata 

...  106 

■“ 

stygia ......  

. . 32 

“ nutans 

...  106 

“ 

sulfurata 

.71,  72 

Polyporus 

...  107 

u 

taeniata  

. . 74 

Polytricha 

. . . 26 

“ 

terebrata- 

..  32 

Polytrichadelphus  Lyallii. . . . 

...  7 

“ 

tinctorum  

. . 30 

Poly  trichum 

...  104 

“ 

tiliacea 

.31,  73 

“ alpinum  

. ...  106 

“ 

“ sublaevigata 

. . 73 

“ commune  ...... 

. 50,83 

“ 

“ sulfurosa. . . . 

. . 73 

“ Ghiesbreghtii . . . 

...  83 

(( 

tribacia  

. . 59 

“ gracile , 

...  64 

u 

trichotera 

. 39 

“ juniperiforme. . . 

, . . . 83 

u 

xanthomyela 

. . 73 

“ juniperinum 

...7,  83 

Pellia  epiphylla 

.54,  66 

“ piliferum 

...  64 

“ 

Neesiana 

. . 66 

Populus  tremuloides 

. . . . 70 

Peltigera 

Porella  navicularis 

, ..  70 

U 

aphthosa 

..6,  39 

“ platyphylla 

. .39,  54 

“ 

canina  

..6,  39 

“ rivularis  

70 

u 

“ membranacea. 

6 

“ Roellii 

...  70 

“ polydactyla. . . 

.39,  40 

Potamium 

...  29 

u 

rufescens  f.praetextata  39 

Pottia  Nevadensis 

. ..  62 

u 

scutata 

..  40 

Preissia  quadrata 

...  * 1 05 

u 

venosa  

...  6 

Protococcus 

...  103 

Pertusaria  nolens 


101 


— 7— 


Pseudodistrichium  austrogeorgi- 


cum 35 

Pseudo-Raphidostegium 29 

Pterogonidium 29 

Pterogoniella  pulchella , . 29 

Pterophyta 86 

Ptilidium  Californicum 64,  69 

“ ciliare 39 

“ crista-castrensis 28 

“ pulcherrimum.  .....  39 

Pylaisia  intricata. . 54 

“ subdenticulata 54 

Pyrenomycete. 23 

Pyrenula  33,  108 

Pyxine  Frostii  31 

“ sorediata 34,  60 

Radula  Bolanderi 7,  69 

“ complanata 7,  39,  70 

Ramalina  farinaceaf.  pilosella..  40 

“ pnsilla 40 

“ geniculata 40 

Raphidostegium 29 

“ recurvans  f.  flagel- 

lata 54 

Red  Algae 85 

Ribes  hesprium  102 

Riccardia 54 

“ latifrons  ..  . 66 

“ multifida 66 

“ palmata 66 

“ pinguis  . . 66 

“ sinuata 66 

Ricciocarpus  natans 65 

Rigodium 62 

Rhacomitrium  heterostichum ...  64 

“ lanuginosum  ...  7 

Rhacopilum  tomentosum 82 

Rhegmatodon  . . 29 

Rhegmatodontaceae 28,  29 

Rhodobryum  lucidum,  comb.  nov.  7,64 

Rhodophyta 85 

Rhus  diversiloba ....  103 

“ typhina  108 

Rhynchostegiella 62 

Rhynchostegium ....  62 

“ Knowltoni 63 

“ rusciforme 36 

Rhytidiopsis  28 

“ robusta 28 

Rhytidium  rugosum  28 

Rocella 101 

Rubiaceae 62 

Sauloma 29 

Selaginelleae 86 

Seligeria  patula 62 

“ “ tristichoides. . . . 62 

“ subcampylopoda 62 


Sematophyllaceae  ,.28,  29 

Sematophyllum 29 

“ delicatulus 29 

“ recurvans 29 

Scapania  Bolanderi 39,  69 

“ curta .69 

“ dentata  Oakesii 69 

“ nemorosa 39,  54,  69 

“ umbrosa  69 

“ undulata. 69 

Schizophyta 85 

Schwetschkeopsis  denticulata  . . 36 

Sciaromium  (Genus) 28 

“ Lescurii 99 

Sclerophyton  Californicum 101 

Scleropodium 29 

Skottsbergia  paradoxa 35 

Slime  Moulds  85 

Solorina  crocea 64 

Sphaerella  nivalis 7 

Sphaerocarpus  hians 37 

Sphagnum  angustilimbatum ...  89 

“ cuspidatum 89 

“ “ falcatum...  90 

“ “ plumosum..  88 

“ Faxonii .88,  89,  90 

“ “ plumulosum  90 

“ “ submersum.  90 

“ molluscum 50 

“ recurvum  parvifolium  89 

Sphenolobus  exsectus 54 

Splachum  australe 62 

Stenocybe  (sub-genus) 107,  108 

Stereocaulon  coralloides  40 

“ paschale... 40 

“ tomentosum 64 

Stereodon 28 

“ Banbergeri 106 

“ hamulosus 106 

“ revolutus  .............  106 

“ Vaucheri 106 

Stereodonteae 28 

Stereohypnum 28,  63 

Sticta  crocata 40 

“ fuliginosa 40’ 

“ pulmonaria  40 

“ scrobiculata 40 

“ sylvatica 40 

Stoneworts 85- 

Stroemia  (Genus) ........  86 

“ gymnostoma 86 

“ obtusifolia 86- 

Strobilophyta 86 

Symblepharis  Schimperiana  ....  83 

Synthetodontium  Pringlei 83 

Syrrhopodon  Dussii 6& 

“ martiuicensis 62 


— 8— 


Syrrhopodon  Pittieri  62 

tricolor ....  62 

Targionia  hypophylla 65 

Taxithelium . 29 

“ planum 29 

Tayloria  Dubyi 35 

“ serrata 64 

Tetraplodon  australis.  ' 62 

“ mnioides  106 

Thelia  asprella 99 

Theloschistes  parietinus 40 

Thuidieae 28 

Thuidium  28 

Timraia  austriaca 106 

“ Norvegica 106 

Tortula 83 

“ brachypoda 62 

“ Bushii 62 

“ macrotricha 62 

“ Norvegica 106 

“ ruralis . 106 

Trematodon gymnostomum  ....  83 

“ Lozanoi 83 

Trichocolea  tomentella ...  54 

Trichosteleum 29 


Trichostomum  cuspidatissimum.  62 
Tripterocladium  Brewerianum . . 62 

“ Howei 62 

Trypethelium  virens ....  23 

Ulota  Alaskana ...  62 

“ crispa  ...  54 

“ Drummondii  anceps 86 

Umbilicaria  aphthosa  papulosa.  40 

“ Dillenii 33 

“ hyporborea 64 

Usnea ...  34 

“ barbata  ceratina 64 

“ “ dasypoga 40 

“ “ florida 40 

Verrucaria  nigrescens 24 

Verrucidens  turpis 35 

Vesicularia 29 

“ ampbibolum 29 

“ vesicularis 29 

Voitia  hyperborea 106 

Williamsiella  tricolor,  nom.  nov.  62 

Witch’s  Brooms 52 

Zygodon  excelsus 54 

Zygodon  Stirtoni 86 

“ viridissimus  Stirtoni .. . 86 


INDEX  TO  TITLES. 


A Blunder  in  Nomenclature. 

I.  Hagen  82 

Addditions  to  Lichen-Flora  of 
Southern  California,  No.  2. 

H.  E.  Hasse. . . .101,  102,  103,  104 
Alectoria  tortuosa,  sp.  nov. 

G.  K.  Merrill 5 

Annual  Reports  Sullivant  Moss 

Society. 11,  12,  13,  14 

Arctic  Mosses.  Elizabeth  G. 

Britton 106 

Asexual  Reproduction  of  Leuco- 
bryum  glaucum.  (Illus.). 

Charles  C.  Plitt 79,  80,  81 

Boston  Meeting  of  Sullivant 

Moss  Society 109 

Bryophytes  from  Mt.  Hood 

Region,  Oregon.  A.  S.  Foster  64 
Current  Literature.  Annie  Mor- 
rill Smith  84,  85,  86,  87 

Current  Literature  — La  Flore 
Bryologique  des  Terres  Magel- 
laniques  de  la  Georgia  du  Sud, 
et  TAntarctide,  par  Jules  Car- 
dot.  JohnM  Holzinger. 34,35,36 


Enumeration  of  the  Washington 
and  Oregon  Hepaticae.  Col- 
lected by  Mr.  A.  S.  Foster. 

1904 — 1909.  Caroline  Coven- 
try Haynes. 65,  66,  67,  68,  69,70,71 
Farrant’s  Medium  for  Mounting 

Mosses.  William  B.  Davis.  8 
Georgia  geniculata  in  New  Hamp- 
shire. Annie  Lorenz 10 

Hepaticae  in  Fiction.  Annie 

Lorenz 63,  64 

Hepatics  and  Lichens  collected 
in  Nova  Scotia.  Josephine 

D.  Lowe .38,  39,  40 

Hepatic  Department,  Sullivant 

Moss  Society  Report. ......  13,  14 

Judge  of  Elections  Sullivant  Moss 

Society 12 

Leo  Lesquereux  — Portrait. 

Annie  Morrill  Smith.  .75,  76, 

77,  78 

Lichen  Department  Report, 

Sullivant  Moss  Society ......  13 

Lichen  Notes,  No.  8.  (Illus  ). 
Cladonia  multiformis,  nom. 
nov.  G K.  Merrill..  1,2,  3,  4,  5 


— 9— 


Lichen  Notes,  No.  9.  Parmelia 
latissima  Fee,  and  two  Com- 
monly Associated  Species. 

G.  K.  Merrill .29,  30,  31 

Lichen  Notes,  No.  10  (Ulus.) 
Cladonia  gracilis  a.  verticil- 
lata  f.  symphycarpia  Tuck, 
and  Cladonia  symphycarpa 
Fr.  a present  view  of  their 

identity.  G.  K.  Merrill 

43,  44,  45,  46 

Lichen  Notes,  No.  11.  Describ- 
ing Parmelia  endoxantha,  a 
new  species ; P.  olivaceae 
multisporum,  n.  comb.,  and 
three  little  known  and  inade- 
quately diagnosed.  G.  K. 
Merrill.  ......  . . . . . 71,  72,  73,  74 

Lichen  Notes, No.  12.  Cladonia 
Specimens  of  Lichenes 
Boreali-Americani.  G.  K, 

Merrill 90,  91,  92,  93,  94 

Lichen  Notes,  No.  13.  Three 
New  Forms  of  Calicium.  G. 

K.  Merrill.  ..........  ...  .107,  108 

Licheno-Ecologic  Studies  from 
Beechwood  Camp.  (Ulus  ). 

Bruce  Fink 21,  22,  23,  24 

Lichens  and  Bryophytes  from 
Mount  Hood,  A few.  T.  C. 

Frye 6,  7 

Lichens  of  Baltimore  and  vicin- 
ity. Charles  C.  Plitt 33,  34 

Lichens  of  Mount  Monadnock 
Region,  N.  H,,  No.  3. 
Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr. 

31,  32 

Lichens  of  Mount  Monadnock 
Region,  N.  H.  , No.  4.  (Illus.). 
Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr, 

59,  60 

List  Members  Sullivant  Moss 

Society. 16,  17,  18,  19,  20 

Method  of  Making  Photo-Micro- 
graphs of  Mosses  and  Hepa- 

tics.  William  B.  Davis 47 

Musci  Mexicani.  Elizabeth  G. 

Britton  83 

Note  on  Amblystegium  notero- 
philum.  E.  J.  Hill. .....  108,  109 

Notes  on  Amblystegium,  (Illus.). 

A.  J.  Grout. 95,  96,  97,  98,  99,  100 
Notes  on  Cephaloziella  (Spruce) 
Schiffner.  Annie  Lorenz.  25, 

26,  27 

Notes  on  Nomenclature  X.  Eliza- 
beth G.  Britton 27,  28 


Notes  on  Nomenclature  XI. 

Elizabeth  G.  Britton 62,  63 

Notes  on  North  Carolina  Bryo- 
phytes. A.  J.  Grout 54 

Obituary. — 

Bogue,  Ernest  Everett 61 

Eaton.  Alvah  A 15 

Eby,  Mrs.  Amelia  F 15 

Offerings.. . .15,  41,  57,  58,  74,  94,  111 
Peculiarity  in  Neckera  Menziesii. 

(Illus.).  Theodore  C.  Frye. 52,  53 
Plea  Against  Abbreviations. 

John  M.  Holzinger 9,  10 

President’s  Report  Sullivant  Moss 

Society..  11 

Remarkable  Form  of  Funaria 
hygrometrica.  (Illus.). 

H.  N.  Dixon 48,  49,  50,  51 

Report  of  Sullivant  Moss  Society 
Meeting  at  Baltimore.  C.  C. 

Haynes 37,  38 

Review. — Aposporie  et  Sexualiti 
chez  les  Mousses.  El.  and 
Em.  Marchal 84 


Review. — Bryophytes  of  Connec- 
ticut, by  Evans  & Nichols. 

A.  J.  Grout 36,  37 

Review. — Bryophytes  of  Connec- 
ticut, Evans  & Nichols. 

Caroline  C.  Haynes., 56 

Review. — Classification  of  Plants. 

John  H.  Schaffner 85,  86 

Review. — Contribution  to  Bry- 
ology of  Tornean  Lapland. 

H.  N.  Dixon 85 

Review.  — Forarbejder  til  en 

Norsk Loomosflora.  I, Hagen. 

Edward  B.  Chamberlain 86 

Review.  — Lieut.  Shackleton’s 

Antarctic  Expedition.. 84,  85 

Review. — Mosses  and  Hepatics, 
Prince  Charles  Foreland. 

W.  S.  Bruce 87 

Review. — Mosses  of  Sussex. 

W.  E.  Nicholson. 85 

Review. — Mousses  Nouvelles. 

I.  Hagen 87 

Review.— Notes  on  Mosses  from 

South  Tyrol  and  Carinthia. 

W.  E.  Nicholson 85 

Review. — -Ryan’s  Mosherbarium. 

I.  Hagen 87 

Second  Station  for  Fissidens  Clos- 
teri.  Louise  Holmes  Handy.  9 
Secretary’s  Report,  Sullivant 

Moss  Society 11,  12 


— IO — 


Sequence  of  Moss  Growths, 

Albert  J.  Hill 54,  55,  56 

Sphagnum  Faxonii;  an  Addition 
to  Flora  of  New  England. 

Carl  Warnstorf  88,89 

Spore  Dispersal  in  Sphagnum. 

A.  LeRoy  Andrews. ...  58 

Some  Rare  Abnormalities  in 
Liverworts.  (Illus.).  W.  C. 
Coker 104,  105 


Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes.. 

14,  41,  56,  74,  110 
Treasurer’s  Report,  Sullivant 

Moss  Society 12 

Type  Locality  of  Sphagnum 
Faxonii.  Harley  Harris 
Bartlett 89,  90 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORS, 


Andrews,  A.  LeRoy 58 

Bartlett,  Harley  Harris 89,  90 

Britton,  Elizabeth  G 28,  29,  62, 


63,  83,  106 


Chamberlain,  Edward  B.... 

86 

Coker,  W.  C 

..104,  105 

Davis,  Wm.  B 

.8, 

47 

Dixon,  H.  N 

..48, 

49, 

50, 

51 

Fink,  Prof.  Bruce  . . . 

. 21, 

22, 

23, 

24 

Foster,  A.  S 

64 

Frye,  Theodore  C... 

6*  7, 

11, 

52, 

53 

Grout,  A.  J 36,  37, 

54,  95 

, 96 

, 97 

98,  99,  100 


Hagen,  I, 82 

Handy,  Louise  Holmes 9 


Hasse,  Dr.  H.  E 101,  102, 103,  104 

Haynes,  Caroline  Coventry. . 14,  37, 
38,  56,  65,  66,  67,  68,  69,  70,  71 


Hill,  Albert  J 54,  55,  56 

Hill,  E.  J 108,  109 

Holzinger,  John  M . . . 9,  10,  34,  35,  36 
Howe,  Jr.  Reginald  Heber....31, 32, 

59,  60 

Lorenz,  Annie 10,  25,  26,  27,  63,  64 

Lowe,  Josephine  D 38,  39,  40 

Merrill,  G.  K..1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,29,  30, 

31,  43,  44,  45,  46,  71,  72,  73,  74, 

90,  91,  92,  93,  94,  107,  108 

Miller,  Mary  F 13 

Nelson,  N.  L.  T 11,  12 

Plitt,  Charles  C ...  ..33,  34,  79,  80,  81 
Smith,  Annie  Morrill. . . .12,  15,  75, 

76,  77,  78,  84,  85,  86,  87,  109 

Warnstorf,  Carl...., 88,  89 

Wheeler,  Harriet,. 12 


rnj-Lru  mjxrxrmrLruTJOJTJiJTJ^rmjTJTJxnjTJT.jajiJi^ 

VOLUME  XII  NUMBER  1 5 


A 


f • * 


JANUARY  1909 


J&s* 


The  BRYOLOGIST 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


FOUNDED  IN  1898 
By 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


CONTENTS 

Lichen  Notes,  No.  7,  Cladonia  multiformis  (. Illustrated ) 

G.  K.  Merrill  1 

Alectoria  tortuosa,  sp.  nov G.  K.  Merrill  5 

A Few  Lichens  and  Bryophytes  from  Mt.  Hood  T.  C.  Frye  6 
Farrant’s  Medium  for  Mounting  Mosses  Wm.  B.  Davis  8 

Second  Station  for  Fissidens  Closteri  Louise  Holmes  Handy  9 
Plea  Against  Abbreviations  . / ohn  M.  Holzinger  9 

Georgia  geniculata  in  New  Hampshire  Annie  Lorenz  10 

Annual  Reports  Sullivant  Moss  Society n 

Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes,  Offerings,  etc 14, 

S.  M.  S.  List  of  Members .16 


^ Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail  p 
Cj  matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879.  p 

C*  Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A.  p 

mjXTlJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJlJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJtJTJTJTJlJTJT^^ 

PRE8S  OF  MCBRIDE  & STERN,  97-99  CLIFF  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

giwmxtM#  gmtvttal 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 
Awarded  Silver  Medal — Universal  Exposition — St.  Louis,  1904 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

Four  Vols.  1898-1901— $1.50  Seven  Vols.  1902-1908—17.00 


Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1908,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year — this  includes  a subscription  to  The' 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

officers  for  1909 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  ....  4509  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue 
St.  Louis , Mo. 

Treasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

0/  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Of  the  Hepatic  Department  and  Hepatic  Herbarium: 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  16  East  36th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M Street,  N W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  I.  Cladonia  multiformis . 
All  reduced  dne-third. 


Plate  I.  Cl  adonis 
All  reduced  c 


THE  BRYOLOGIST. 


Vol.  XII 


January  1909 


No.  1 


LICHEN  NOTES  No.  7. 

Cladonia  multiformis  (nom.  nov.)  Bry.  6:  1908. 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

Explanation  of  Plate  I.  Cladonia  multiformis. 

All  the  above  specimens  here  illustrated  were  collected  in  South  Thomas- 
ton,  Maine,  within  a limited  area.  An  attempt  has  been  made  to  show  in 
sequence  the  stages  of  development  between  the  scyphiform  juvenile 
plant,  and  maturer  conditions  ultimately  branched.  No.  1 illustrates  simple 
podetia  without  proliferations;  Nos.  2,  3,  4 and  5 show  both  simple  and  pro- 
liferating conditions,  and  No.  6 cups  in  two  ranks.  The  remaining  numbers, 
excluding  22,  are  from  specimens  showing  the  beginnings  of,  and  pro- 
gressively the  extent  and  mode  of  ramification  in  branched  states.  All  of 
these  latter  show  the  cups  more  or  less  perfectly,  and  make  plain  that  the 
species  is  unquestionably  scyphiform.  No.  22  illustrates  fissured  and  gaping 
podetia. 

Explanation  of  Plate  II.  Cladonia  multiformis. 

No.  1.  illustrates  a specimen  of  C.  furcata  var.  Finkii  Wain,  received 
from  Dr.  Bruce  Fink.  The  cups  are  not  well  shown,  and  the  plant  is  more 
foliolose  than  any  in  PI.  I.,  but  there  can  be  no  question  of  its  being  identi- 
cal. No.  2 is  a short  robust  state  remarkable  for  being  corticated  exactly  as 
in  C.  gracilis  var.  dilatata  and  with  its  scyphi  similar  in  shape.  No.  3 is  a 
well  developed  exclusively  scyphiform  condition  determined  by  one  authority 
as  C.  furcata  var.  paradoxa  Wain.,  but  the  identification  afterward 
amended  when  called  a “scyphiform  C.  furcata No.  4 coming  to  the 
writer  labelled  as  C.  furcata  v . paradoxa  Wain.,  is  an  unaccountable  opin- 
ion. It  is  comparable  with  No.  21  of  PI.  I.  and  No.  6 of  the  present.  No. 
5 was  determined  by  an  Old  World  student  as  C.  furcata  v. paradoxa  Wain, 
but  afterward  amended  in  the  same  manner  as  No.  3 ; it  is  comparable  with 
Nos.  4 and  6 of  PI.  I.  No.  6 is  a well  developed  plant  from  central  Maine 
attaining  to  8 cent,  in  height,  marked  as  C.  furcata  a.  crispata  by  an  Amer- 
ican authority.  No.  7 was  determined  for  the  writer  as  C.  crispata  v.  in- 
fundibulifera , with  the  remark  “ cups  very  large,”  and  No.  8 an  exactly  simi- 
lar plant  was  identified  by  the  same  person  as  C.  furcata  v.  Finkii  with  the 
remark  “ nearer  to  this  than  racemosaf  All  reduced  yz. 


The  plates  accompanying  this  paper  provide  a fairly  complete  pictorial 
view  of  a well  known  but  little  understood  American  Cladonia  form.  Associ- 
ated by  Tuckerman  with  Cladonia  furcata  (Huds.)  Fr.,  it  is  in  part  de- 
scribed under  var.  a.  crispata  Flk.  in  his  Synopsis  Pt.  I,  p.  247.  American 
students  have  apparently  found  no  difficulty  in  making  Tuckerman’s  descrip- 
tion of  a.  crispata  fit  such  examples  of  C.  multiformis  as  were  brought  to 


The  November  Bryologist'  was  issued  November  2, 1908. 


— 2 — 


their  notice,  and  to  have  been  unassailed  by  doubts  regarding  the  accuracy 
of  their  reference,  or  the  status  of  the  form  itself.  The  first  to  challenge 
equivalency  for  the  plant  with  a!  crispata — or  C.  crispata  (Ach.)  FI.  as  now 
reckoned,  seems  to  have  been  Wainio.  From  material  sent  to  him  by  Dr. 
Fink,  he  indicated  the  form  as  a new  variety  Finkii  Wain,  of  C. fur  cat  a. 
The  evidence  that  C. fur  cat  a Finkii  Wain,  is  identical  with  the  plant  here 
defined,  is  furnished  by  Dr.  Fink’s  brief  description  in  Bryologist  VII,  no. 
4,  p.  55,  examination  of  specimens  of  v.  Finkii  communicated  to,  and  deter- 
mined for  the  writer  by  Dr.  Fink,  and  of  others  identified  for  Mrs.  C.  W. 
Harris.  Study  of  the  large  series  of  C.  multiformis  contained  in  our  herb- 
arium prompts  a doubt  of  the  validity  of  this  proposed  association  with  C. 
fur  cat  a,  and  brings  conviction  that  the  plant  however  near  it  may  be  to  other 
forms,  is  yet  specifically  distinct.  The  comparatively  meagre  material  that 
the  writer  has  been  enabled  to  transmit  to  European  students  has  proved 
puzzling,  and  no  definite  place  has  been  fixed  by  them  for  the  plant,  except  a 
tentative  concurrence  with  Wainio’s  opinion.  The  most  obvious  point  of 
resemblance  between  C.  7nultiformis  and  C.  furcata,  and  the  one  which  it  is 
assumed  suggested  the  relationship  to  Wainio,  is  only  to  be  noted  in  such 
individuals  of  the  first  named  as  are  conditioned  in  that  cristate-ramulose 
manner  of  which  the  divisions  are  more  or  less  fissured  and  flattened,  as  in 
the  summits  of  C.  furcata  racemosa  corymbosa  Nyl.  (sensu  Wainio).  Now 
while  this  resemblance  is  in  a manner  confirmatory  of  such  a view,  the  fail- 
ure of  C.  furcata  in  its  racemose  variations  to  furnish  scyphiform  exhibitions 
even  recedently,  presents  as  yet  an  unbridged  gap  in  phylogentic  record.  It 
is  true  that  there  are  states  of  C.  multiformis  ultimately  resembling  certain 
forms  of  C.  furcata , but  curiously  enough,  both  must  attain  a degree  of 
maturity  before  this  is  apparant.  In  no  instance  so  far  as  our  observation 
extends,  is  there  any  similarity  between  juvenile  forms.  C.  jurcata  is  pri- 
marily and  constantly  ascyphiferous,  while  C.  multiformis  is  initially  cup- 
bearing and  does  not  develop  ramuli  until  a scyphus  has  been  formed. 
Proliferations  from  this  may  be,  and  often  are,  simple  like  the  basal  section 
of  the  podetia  and  terminating  in  a cup,  or  at  once  become  branched.  In- 
stances have  been  noted  of  one  proliferation  from  the  first  scyphus  continu- 
ing until  five  to  seven  ranks  were  attained,  all  cup-bearing,  while  another 
becomes  branched  and  cristate.  If  the  species  is  a hybrid,  it  may  safely  be 
asserted  that  the  fusion  is  not  anterior  to  the  development  of  the  scyphus, 
and  thus  that  phenomena  of  the  partnership  which  produces  a counterpart  of 
the  habit  of  C. furcata  corymbosa  is  in  another  aspect  lessened  in  import- 
ance as  a guide  to  affinity  or  specific  rank.  On  the  evidence  afforded  by 
the  specimens  examined,  it  seems  probable  that  while  the  branching  summits 
of  the  species  apparently  mark  the  ultimate  of  development,  this  is  only  true 
in  particular  cases,  for  some  individuals  never  develop  ramifications.  And 
again  some  aspects  of  C.  multiformis , as  before  noted  present  a dual  phase  of 
development,  in  the  curiously  inconsistent  conditions  of  a fruticulose  com- 
bined in  one  individual  with  a scyphiferous  type ; but  this  while  remarkable 
is  not  without  analogy  in  Cladonia.  The  point  to  be  clearly  noted  is,  that  of 
the  two  modes  of  proliferation,  one  scyphiform  throughout  its  development, 


— 3 — 


and  the  other  dendritic  and  never  provided  with  cups,  the  latter  must  be  con- 
sidered the  atypical  as  it  is  known  to  be  the  inconstant  phase  of  growth.  As 
no  observation  has  yet  conclusively  established  C.  furcata,  its  var.  race7nosa, 
or  its  modification  corymbosa  to  be  an  ascyphiferous  evolution  of  C.  multi- 
formis or  any  other  cup-bearing  Cladonia,  there  appears  no  good  reason  for 
Wainio’s  association  of  the  two  specifically.  Even  if  C.  multiformis  is  as- 
sumed to  be  the  phylogenetic  precursor  of  C.  furcata , and  a sequence  of 
metamorphosis  is  to  be  found,  the  term  furcata  is  a misnomer  in  its  applica- 
tion to  the  scyphiferous  prototype  and  anew  name  is  in  order.  But  evidence 
for  such  paternity  for  C.furcata.  is  yet  lacking.  Both  species  are  found  in 
Knox  Co.,  Maine.  C.  furcata  racemosa,  abundantly  and  in  all  its  forms  as 
recognized  by  Wainio,  C.  multiformis  sparingly.  The  former  grows  almost 
uniformly  in  colonies,  while  the  latter  is  usually  found  solitary  or  in  isolated 
small  clumps.  No  C.  multifor7nisYia.§yQX.  been  found  growing  with  C.  fur- 
cata racemosa , nor  has  the  latter  been  found  in  any  quantity  where  the 
former  abounds.  C.  7nultiformis  is  a shade  loving  plant,  and  is  scarcely 
found  in  any  other  situation,  while  C.  furcata  race7nosa  will  obtain  a footing 
under  less  favorable,  and  even  adverse  conditions. 

Having  specified  the  points  of  dissimilarity  which  serve  to  distinguish  C. 
77iultifor7nis  from  C.  furcata , a similar  severance  is  undertaken  for  its  alleged 
relationship  to  C.  crispata . The  variability  of  C.  multiformis  has  been 
foreshadowed  in  the  preceding  lines.  So  extreme  is  this  diverseness  that  be- 
side the  erroneous  reference  of  the  form  to  a.  crispata  by  Tuckerman  and 
others  generally,  certain  of  its  conditions  have  been  named  C.  gracilis , C. 
squa7nosa , C.  crispata  inf undibu  lifer  & and  C.  furcata  paradoxa  by  good 
American  authorities.  Although  inaccurately  identified,  any  reference  of  the 
plant  to  C.  crispata  may  be  condoned,  for  in  its  various  modifications  so 
closely  does  it  simulate  some  of  the  crispata  subdivisions  as  recognized  by 
Wainio,  that  only  one  well  acquainted  with  the  diagnostic  factors  for  sepa- 
ration may  avoid  error.  Thus  the  fissured  conditions  of  C.  7nutifor7nis  are 
not  unlike  C.  crispata  f.  schistopoda  Wain.,  the  folioliferous  m.  divulsa 
(Del.)  Arn.,  and  the  f.  virgata  (Ach.)  Wain,  finds  an  imitator  in  some  dark 
colored  scyphiferous  states.  But  all  the  varying  exhibits  on  examination  in 
an  extended  series  resolve  themselves  into  mere  records  of  development, 
and  the  primal  characters  for  the  species  are  obvious  throughout.  The  brief 
and  inadequate  description  of  Baeo7nyces  turbinatus  v.  crispatus  in  the 
Acharian  Methodus  might  be  made  to  apply  to  C.  7nultifor7nis  equally  with 
C.  crispata , but  in  his  Synopsis  that  author  gives  an  amplified  diagnosis  that 
clears  up  the  question  of  what  is  being  described.  Further  confirmation  of 
this  may  be  derived  from  a statement  of  the  Abbe  Coemans  in  his  “Cla- 
donia Achariana.”  He  says  under  the  head  of  C.  crispala  that  “all  speci- 
mens of  the  Acharian  herbarium  are  perfectly  typical,  and  exhibit  no 
approach  to  any  other  species.”  Perhaps  the  best  method  of  pointing  out  the 
differences  between  C.  multiformis  and  C.  crispata  is  the  parallel  column. 
The  form  of  C.  crispata  described  is  infmidibulifera  (Schaer.)  Wain.,  for 
that  seems  to  be  the  historical  type,  and  is  the  condition  of  the  species  associ- 
ated with  C.  77iultifor7nis  under  the  name  of  a.  crispata  in  the  Tuckerman 
herbarium. 


Cladonia  multiformis. 

Primary  thallus  commonly  evan- 
escent , but  when  observed,  consist- 
ing of  digitate,  crenate  or  sinuous, 
small  or  medium  sized  squamules, 
growing  compacted  or  diffused. 

Podetia  irregularly  sub-cylindri- 
cal at  the  base,  commonly  entire  but 
sometimes  fissured  and  gaping , slen- 
der or  stout,  simple  or  pseudo- 
branched  by  obliteration  of  an  early 
scyphus , esquamulose  or  more  or  less 
leafy  throughout,  the  cortex  contin- 
uous or  areolate,  glaucescent,  whit- 
ish-glaucescent,  olivaceous,  greenish, 
fuscescent  or  dark  brown,  scyphifer 
ous,  the  cups  closed  by  a membrane , 
or  rarely  minutely  porforated,  2-25 
mm.  in  width,  narrowed  or  abruptly 
dilated,  regular  and  the  disk  nearly 
uniform  when  small,  but  often 
oblique  as  the  plant  ages,  old  and ex- 
planate  scyphi  often  becoming  sul- 
cate,  cribellate  and  lacerate  be- 
tween the  centre  and  margin,  the 
margins  dentate,  or  radiately  or 
erectly  proliferous,  with  cylindrical 
prolongations  terminating  in  a cup, 
not  uncommonly  followed  by  from 
one  to  five  more  ranks,  or  the  sec- 
ondary cup  obsolete , when  one , more 
or  all  of  the  proliferations  may  be- 
come branched , these  erect,  diver- 
gent or  recurved,  subcylihdrical  or 
compressed,  sulcate  fissured  and  gap- 
ing, the  summits  furcate. 

Apothecia  short-pedicellate  on 
the  margins  of  the  cups,  or  terminal 
on  the  extremities  of  the  ramuli  in 
branched  states,  immarginate,  con- 
vex or  subglobose,  and  often  perfor- 
ated at  the  centre. 

The  contents  of  the  hymeneum  for  both  species  offer  no  points  of  differ- 
ence. Italics  mark  the  distinctive  features  of  C.  multiforjnis . 

The  scyphi  of  C.  crispata  are  infundibuliform  or  rarely  closed,  those  of 
C.  multiforniis  typically  closed  or  rarely  perforated.  This  distinction  while 
not  infallible  is  of  first  importance  in  identification. 


Cladonia  crispata  infundibulifera. 

Primary  thallus  persistent  or  at 
length  evanescent,  of  commonly 
medium  sized  ascendant  squamules, 
these  digitate  laciniate,  but  the  divi- 
sions mostly  difform,  growing  com- 
pacted or  diffused. 

Podetia  irregularly  sub-cylindri- 
cal, commonly  uniform,  slender  or 
stout,  simple  or  branched,  erect, 
esquamulose  or  leafy  at  the  base, 
the  cortex  continuous  or  areolate, 
glaucescent  or  whitish-glaucescent, 
olivaceous  or  variegated,  scyphifer- 
ous,  the  cups  perforated  and  fun- 
nel-shaped, 3-6  mm.  in  width, 
commonly  abruptly  dilated,  regular 
or  at  length  oblique,  the  margin 
dentate,  or  radiately  and  simply  or 
at  length  repeatedly  proliferous, 
each  proliferation  commonly  termin- 
ating in  a cup. 

Apothecia  seated  on  the  margins 
of  the  cups,  sub-pedicellate,  irregu- 
larly dispersed  or  aggregate. 


C.  multiformis  so  far  as  is  ascertainable  seems  to  be  an  exclusively 
American  form,  unless  two  Scottish  plants  described  by  Stirton  and  alluded 
toby  Wainio  Mon.  II,  p.  454  may  be  related.  The  second  of  these  C.  arborea 
Stirt.  Not.  Brit.  Clad.  (1885)  p.  4 according  to  the  description,  is  not  unlike 
certain  states  of  C.  multiformis , but  Stirton  remarks  that  the  cups  were  all 
perforated.  This  seems  to  imply  a relationship  to  C.  crisp  at  a,  and  it  is 
under  this  caption  that  Wainio  records  it.  A specimen  contained  in  the 
Tuckerman  collection  communicated  by  Sprengnel,  marked  “ex.  herb.  De- 
lise’’clearly  with  the  present,  is  labelled  Cenomyce  Novae  Angliae  Delise, 
but  bn  testimony  of  both  Nylander  and  Wainio  that  name  was  also  applied 
by  Delise  to  C.  crispata  infundibulifera  hence  is  untenable  for  the  form  here 
discussed. 

C.  multiformis  is  found  according  to  data  accompaning  specimens  com- 
municated to  the  writer  on  dead  wood,  humus,  thin  earth  over  rocks  and 
among  mosses.  In  Knox  Co.,  Maine,  it  is  found  in  grassy  tufts  in  old  pas- 
tures and  sparingly  with  densely  growing  C.  gracilis  elongata.  It  has 
been  examined  from  Lake  Nipigon,  Ont. , Montmorency  River,  Que.,  The 
Gaspe  Peninsular,  Fraser  Falls,  Que.,  and  the  Klondike  region,  collected  by 
Prof.  J.  Macoun.  Chilson  Lake,  N.  Y.,  Mrs.  C.  W.  Harris;  Lake  Winnepe- 
saukee,  N.  H.,  Mrs.  L.  A.  Carter;  Sudbury,  Mass.,  Miss  C.  M.  Carr;  Swan 
River  Valley,  Mont.,  Mr.  T.  A.  Bonser;  Pea  Cove.  Me.,  Mr.  F.  D.  Merrill; 
Waltham,  Mass.,  Mr.  W.  Gerritson;  Guilford,  N.  H.,  Mrs.  N.  Smith,  and 
Flag  Island,  Minn.,  Dr.  B.  Fink.  The  plant  has  been  personally  collected 
in  various  localities  in  Knox  County,  Maine,  and  in  the  White  Mountains  of 
New  Hamshire.  Rockland,  Maine. 

ALECTORIA  TORTUOSA  SP.  NOV. 

Thallus  pendulous,  elongated  (30-40  cent.),  lax,  complicate,  greenish-yel- 
low, greenish-olivaceous  or  greenish-fuscesce'nt ; the  comparatively  thickened 
major  branches  unevenly  terete,  terete-compressed  or  sometimes  angulate 
the  minor  ones  modified  similarly  and  filiform ; rather  remotely  divided,  the 
branching  patent,  axils  compressed,  webbed,  and  commonly  somewhat 
lacunose,  both  major  and  minor  branches  more  or  less  spirally  elevated-white- 
striate;  cortex  smooth  and  sub-opaque.  Apothecia  not  seen. 

Anatomically  the  plant  agrees  in  all  its  details  with  that  of  other  Alec- 
toria  species.  The  characteristic  cottony  axis  and  filamentous  cortical  layer 
are  identical  with  the  similar  elements  of  Alectoria  sarmentosa  Ach.,  which 
is  indeed  its  nearest  congener.  The  color  of  the  thallus  may  be  likened  to 
that  of  the  darker  greenish  states  of  Evernia  vulpina , and  in  common  with 
that  species  it  communicates  a little  of  its  color  to  white  blotters  when  wetted. 
The  reaction  is  similar  to  that  of  Alectoria  FremontiiTuok.,  A jubatapro- 
lixa  Ach.  and  A jubata  stricta  Ach.  being  KHO-j-fuscescent  Comparable 
with  A.  virens  Tayl.  in  coloration,  it  differs  in  all  other  particulars.  The 
peculiar  twisted  appearance  of  the  cortical  layer  is  found  on  splitting  one  of 
the  branches  to  be  structural,  the  torsion  affecting  all  the  layers.  The  extent 
of  the  twist  is  observed  to  equal  six  complete  turns  to  the  inch  in  one 


— 6— 


instance,  but  some  of  the  branches  exhibit  none  whatever.  The  white 
striation  is  due  to  a rupturing  or  near-rupture  of  the  cortex. 

Collected  by  Mr.  A.  J.  Hill  in  the  vicinity  of  New  Westminster,  B.  C.,  in 
July,  1904,  and  recognition  of  the  plant  as  a new  species  was  communicated 
to  the  discoverer  the  same  year.  G.  K.  Merrill. 

Rockland,  Maine. 

A FEW  LICHENS  AND  BRYOPHYTES  FROM  MOUNT  HOOD. 

T.  C.  Frye. 

Between  August  25  and  29,  igo),  the  writer  had  occasion  to  make  a trip 
to.  the  Mt.  Hood  region  in  Oregon,  remaining  for  a few  days  in  the  vicinity 
of  Mt.  Hood  post  office  at  an  altitude  of  about  2000  feet.  From  there  the 
mountain  was  ascended  to  a height  of  9000-10000  feet,  following  the  trail  to 
Cloud  Cap  Inn,  and  from  there  the  ridge  on  the  east  side  of  Eleanor 
Glacier.  A few  mosses,  liverworts  and  lichens  were  picked  up  on  the  trip,  a 
list  of  which  is  here  given. 

Lichens. 

Biatora  rubella  (Ehrh.)  Rabenh.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  bark  of  living 
Alnus  Oregona , 

Lecanora  pallescens  (L.)  Schaer.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  trees. 

Lecanora  pallescens  tumidula  (Pers.)  Schaer.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  bark 
of  living  Alnus  Oregona , along  rivulet. 

Parmelia  saxatilis  f.  laevis  Nyl.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  bark  of  living 
Alnus  Oregona , along  rivulet. 

Parmelia  physodes  (L.)  Ach.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  trees  along  streamlet. 
This  is  a very  common  lichen  of  the  Northwest  Coast  region. 

Peltigera  canina  (L).  Hoffm.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  dry  ground  in  open 
woods.  A common  West  Coast  form. 

Peltigera  canina  membranacea  Ach.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  dry  soil. 

Peltigera  aphthosa  (L.)  Ach  Mt.  Hood  P.  O.  ; on  rather  damp  soil  along 
stream.  A common  form  along  damp,  shady  banks  in  the  Northwest. 

Peltigera  venosa  (L.)  Hoffm.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  soil  in  woods.  A 
common  form  on  clay  banks. 

Cladonia  subsquamosa  f.  granulosa  Wain.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  dry  soil. 

Evernia  vulpina(L.)  Ach.  Mt.  Hood;  on  trees;  at 2000  feet  only  in  damp 
hollows,  at  8000  feet  almost  everywhere.  This  is  a common  form  in  high  alti- 
tudes but  usually  sterile ; here  at  high  altitudes  it  fruited.  Its  yellow  color 
makes  it  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  lichens  of  the  region. 

Cetraria  glauca  (L.)  Ach.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on 'trees  along  streamlet. 
A common  West  Coast  form. 

Cetraria  lacunosa  stenophylla  Tuck.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O ; on  trees.  Often 
found  in  higher  altitudes  along  West  Coast. 

Alectoria  sarmentosa  Nyl.  Mt.  Hood ; on  freest  altitude  3000-4000  feet. 
Not  a common  lichen  in  low  altitudes  on  the  Coast. 

Alectoria  jubata  prolixa  Ach.  Mt.  Hood;  on  trees;  alt.  3000-4000 
feet.  This  is  found  abundant  in  the  Cascades,  but  not  abundant  in  lower 
Coast  regions. 


— 7— 

Liverworts. 

Blasia  pusila  Michx.  near  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on.  wet  clay  bank,  along 
rivulet. 

Jungermannia  cordifolia  Hook.  On  rocks  in  alpine  rivulet,  on  Mt. 
Hood ; alt.  8000  feet.  About  the  tree  limit. 

Radula  Bolanderi  Gottsche.  Near  Mt.  Hood  P.  O.  ; on  logs  and  on 
living  Alnus  Oregona ; in  damp  ravine. 

Radula  complanata  (L.)  Dum.  Near  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; on  living  Alnus 
Oregona , along  streamlet. 

Plagiochila  asplenoides  (L  ) Dum.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; in  water  of  stream- 
let. 

Anthoceros  fusiformis  Aust.  Mt.  Hood;  alt.  8000  feet;  on  wet  soil  along 
Alpine  rivulet.  This  seems  to  be  by  far  our  most  common  Anthoceros  in 
the  Northwest. 

Mosses. 

Polytrichum  juniperinum  Willd.  Near  Mt.  Hood  P.  O. ; very  abund- 
ant; on  soil  in  dry  open  woods.  The  most  abundant  of  our  Polytrichaceae 
in  the  Coast  region  of  the  Northwest. 

Polytrichadelphus  LYALLii  Mitt.  On  soil  in  wood ; on  slope  of  Mt.  Hood, 
alt.  3000-4000  feet.  This  is  not  a rare  form  in  high  altitudes  in  the  North- 
west. It  was  here  growing  with  Rhodobryum  lucidum. 

Rhodobryum  lucidum  (E.  G.  B.)  Frye  new  comb.  Mt.  Hood;  alt.  3000- 
4000  feet;  in  fir  and  hemlock  woods,  on  dry  ground,  along  Cloud  Cap 
Inn  trail.  This  splendid  moss,  with  large,  Mnium-like  leaves,  and  very 
large  capsule,  was  abundant  here,  and  was  not  seen  at  any  other  place. 

Mnium  punctatum  Hedw.  Mt.  Hood  P.  O.  ; along  stream  on  wet  soil  in 
damp  woods.  Common.  The  leaves  were  larger  here  than  usual,  and  thus 
attracted  the  attention. 

Hylocomium  robustum  (Hook.)  Kindb.  Mt.  Hood;  in  woods  along  with 
Rhodobryum  lucidum ; alt.  3000-4000  feet ; on  soil  in  fir  and  hemlock 
woods.  This  form  is  found  usually  in  mountains  in  the  Northwest  at  an 
altitude  of  1500-5000  feet.  Usually  Camptothecium  megaptilum  is  associ- 
ated with  it,  but  that  was  not  found  on  Mt  Hood. 

Rhacomitrium  lanuginosum  Brid.  Near  Mt.  Hood  P.  O.  is  an  old  lava 
flow,  perhaps  150  feet  high,  a quarter  of  a mile  wide,  and  5 miles  long,  com- 
posed of  sharp  edged  fragments  of  one-half  to  three  feet  in  diameter.  This 
moss  is  abundant  on  these  rocks  in  places,  and  forms  practically  the  only 
vegetation  at  the  lower  end  of  the  flow.  Alt.  about  2000  feet. 

Grimmia  donniana  Smith.  On  rocks;  Mt.  Hood;  alt.  9000  feet.  This  is 
the  last  plant  noticed  in  the  ascent,  other  than  lichens  and  Sphaerella 
nivalis  “ Red  Snow.”  University  of  Washington. 


FARRANT’S  MEDIUM  FOR  MOUNTING  MOSSES. 

William  B.  Davis. 

Dr.  R.  H.  Ward  once  wrote  that  for  some  objects  of  microscopical  inter- 
est Farrant’s  Medium  nearly  accomplishes  the  paradox  of  enabling  one  to 
mount  specimens  without  the  trouble  of  mounting  them.  It  is  certain,  how- 
ever, that  if  more  workers  with  the  microscope  know  just  how  satisfactory 
this  gum  and  glycerine  medium  was,  that  it  would  be  in  more  demand. 

A great  many  of  us  are  too  busy  to  make-  permanent  glycerine 
or  balsam  mounts.  Frequently  when  working  on  the -mosses  they  are  exam- 
ined in  glycerine ; and  if  of  sufficient  interest,  are  laid  aside  without  being 
sealed,  but  in  this  condition  they  quickly  spoil.  No  further  labor  than 
mounting  in  water  or  glycerine  is  entailed  by  using  the  Farrant’s  Medium. 
The  advantages  are  many.  In  a few  hours  the  gum  hardens  at  the  edges 
and  the  slide  can  be  cleaned  without  risk  of  disturbing  the  specimen.  In 
fact  such  slides  can  be  put  away  for  years  just  as  mounted,  and  then  extra 
fluid  can  be  scraped  away  with  a knife,  when  desired. 

The  following  suggestions  for  those  not  accustomed  to  this  rapid  way  of 
working  may  be  of  use : 

(a)  Do  not  use  too  much  of  the  medium.  With  a little  experience,  an 
amount  sufficient  to  flood  the  object  nicely  to  edge  of  the  cover  glass  will  be 
used.  This  will  do  away  with  the  necessity  of  clearing  away  the  excess ; 
although  such  excess  can  be  cut  away  with  a knife  or  washed  in  a few  hours. 

(b)  Remove  air  bubbles  with  a needle  and  breathe  upon  the  slide  and 
cover  glass  before  making  contact.  This  moistening  of  the  surface  will  often 
prevent  the  entanglement  of  air  bubbles. 

(c)  The  object  may  be  mounted  directly  or  from  water,  glycerine,  or  even 
a weak  alcoholic  solution. 

(d)  If  the  object  is  thick  it  might  be  well  to  keep  in  view  for  a few  days 
and  applying  when  required  a drop  of  the  medium  to  any  air  bubbles  which 
may  show  themselves  at  the  edges. 

By  adopting  this  method  of  permanently  mounting  moss  specimens,  in 
a few  years,  one  may  be  the  possessor  of  a fairly  representative  set  of  micro- 
scopic mounts. 

The  medium  can  generally  be  secured  from  any  of  the  dealers  in  micro- 
scopical materials  for  about  25  cents  a bottle,  but  for  those  who  desire  to  put 
up  their  own,  the  following  recipe  of  Prof.  A.  B.  Aubert  is  given: 

Gum  arabic 1 ounce 

Glycerine 1 ounce 

Water 1 ounce 

Arsenious  oxide 1 ^ grains 

Dissolve  the  oxide  in  water,  then  the  gum,  without  heat;  when  entirely 
dissolved  add  the  glycerine,  take  care  not  to  form  bubbles ; can  be  filtered 
through  fine  flannel.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


— g— 

A SECOND  STATION  FOR  FISSIDENS  CLOSTERI. 

Louise  Holmes  Handy. 

September  27,  1908,  while  getting  specimens  of  Fissidens  minutulus  in 
Tiverton,  Rhode  Island,  near  the  Massachusetts  line,  I saw  on  the  opposite 
bank  of  the  brook  a large  flat  stone  covered  with  a purplish  brown  pro- 
tonema  and  many  straw  colored  specks  that  proved  to  be  a tiny  moss  with 
leaves,  seta  and  capsule.  It  was  impossible  to  take  them  from  the  stone  in 
perfect  condition  but  two  small  stones  with  the  moss  I took  home. 

Under  the  microscope  it  was  very  beautiful ; light  green  leaves,  straw  col- 
ored seta  and  capsule  with  red  peristome;  the  whole  plant,  as  Barnes  gives 
it,  less  than  1 mm.  high.  It  was  found  in  a brook  when  the  water  was  low 
but  the  banks  were  very  damp  and  covered  with  dense  shade.  We  called  it 
Fissidens  Closteri  Aust. , and  were  very  glad  when  Dr.  Grout  confirmed  the 
determination  and  said  that  our  locality  was  the  second  on  record. 

Sullivant  describes  and  figures  it  in  leones  Muse.  Suppl.  p.  44,  t.  29.  If 
others  have  found  it  they  have  not  reported  it,  but  its  small  size  and  fruiting 
in  September  may  account  for  its  being  overlooked.  The  specimens  were  in 
all  stages,  some  having  calyptra,  others  with  all  the  spores  gone  and  the 
leaves  turning  brown.  Fall  River,  Mass. 

A PLEA  AGAINST  ABBREVIATIONS. 

Some  American  writers  and  publishers  of  exsiccati  have  in  recent  years 
fallen  unconsciously  into  the  habit  of  using  geographical  abbreviations.  If  ‘ 
this  has  not  offended,  it  has  certainly  caused  much  annoyance  to  our  foreign 
confreres,  and  a plea  for  reform  in  this  practice  comes  trom  Dr.  Emilio 
Levier,  the  very  genial  German  bryologist  resident  in  Florence,  Italy.  He 
writes  in  part: 

“I  am  often  seriously  embarrassed  to  guess  at  the  meaning  of  the 
abbreviations,  which  of  course  are  easy  enough  for  you  in  America,  but  which 
here  (Europe)  by  no  means  belong  to  the  instruction  in  elementary  branches, 
and  which  I therefore  am  obliged  to  dig  out  laboriously  from  atlas  and  ency- 
clopaedia. I take  at  random  the  label  of  your  No.  70b,  Philonotis  fontana. 
This  reads ; “Selkirk  Mts.,  near  Armstrong,  B.  C.”  Pray  what  does  this 
B.  C.  stands  for  ? In  my  large  atlas  I find  only  that  the  Selkirks  belong  to 
Manitoba , which  can  by  no  possibility  be  abbreviated  to  B.  C.  And  of  Arm- 
strong, not  a trace  in  Manitoba!  These  abbreviations  and  hieroglyphics  in 
labels,  as  I said  before,  are  a despair  to  me. 

“ It  seems  to  me  therefore  that  it  would  be  an  extraordinary  blessing  to 
all  of  us  not  Americans,  if  you,  Dr.  Grout  and  all  others,  would  form  the 
resolution  in  the  future  to  entirely  avoid  such  unintelligable  abbreviations 
on  labels  and  other  publications,  and  to  write  out  in  full  all  names  of  states 
and  geographical  data.” 

Dr.  Levier  then  gives  another  illustration  from  Dr.  Grout’s  exsiccati,  No. 
160,  Plagiothecium  groutii , Hempstead,  L.  I To  his  joy  our  correspond- 
ent found  by  accident  that  L.  I.  stands  for  Long  Island;  but  he  insists  that 
of  one  hundred  or  even  one  thousand  educated  Europeans  not  one  would  at 
sight  know  what  L.  I.  stands  for. 


— 10 — 


The  writer  then  reverses  the  case,  and  assumes  to  send  “ Calymperes 
Somieri  (Broth,  ms  ) Bott.,  Cossyra,  Pa.,  near  a vaporarium.”  Who  in 
America  would  guess  that  Pa.  was  abbreviated  from  Pautellevia,  an  isolated 
islet  between  Sicily  and  Tunis!  “Certainly,”  concludes  the  writer,  “you 
would  have  good,  reason  to  complain  of  such  unreasonable  demand  upon 
your  knowledge  of  geography.” 

I am  satisfied  that  this  is  a very  reasonable  and  just  appeal  for  clearness. 
And  I am  persuaded  that  every  reasonable  American — and  I am  inclined  to 
think  all  are,  though  we  forget  sometimes,  as  here,  to  consider  “ the  other 
man  ” — will  heed  the  request,  and  will  act  on  it. 

John  M.  Holzinger, 
Winona,  Minnesota. 

GEORGIA  GENICULATA  IN  NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

This  essentially  northern  species  was  collected  by  the  writer  at  Water- 
ville,  N.  H.,  during  August,  1908.  It  was  fairly  abundant  at  the  Cascades,  at 
an  altitude  of  1800  ft.  where  it  grew  among  the  overhanging  ledges,  not  inside,^ 
but  around  the  mouths  of  the  little  caves,  and  bore  abundant  capsules,  both 
last  years,  and  immature.  The  best  tufts  had  an  approximately  western  ex- 
posure. 

Georgia  geniculata  (Girgens.)  Lindb.  is  distinguished  from  the  common 
G.  pellucida  (L.)  Rabenh.  by  its  bent  seta,  rough  above.  At  a distance  it 
looks  precisely  like  the  ordinary  species,  but  a careful  inspection  shows  the 
knee-jointed  pedicels,  which  are  equally  conspicuous  on  the  green  setae.  At 
first  sight  the  joint  looks  as  if  it  had  perhaps  been  accidentally  bent,  but  ex- 
amination under  a lens  shows  no  sign  of  an  artificial  bend,  thejointalso  is  lit- 
tle swollen. 

Mrs.  Britton  says  that  this  is  the  first  report  of  G.  geniculata  from 
New  Hampshire.  Its  distribution,  from  references  at  hand,  is  as  follows: 
Japan,  Amur  region,  Siberia,  Alaska,  British  Columbia,  Vancouver,  Wash- 
ington, Idaho,  Cape  Breton,  Nova  Scotia,  “appears  to  be  common  at  Trinity 
Bay,  Newfoundland.”  (Waghorne.) 

The  only  previous  report  from  New  England  is  from  Wenham,  Mass.,1 
collected,  J.  H.  Sears,  in  Herb.  Kennedy. 

When  the  substratum  is  mentioned  in  these  references,  it  is  given  as 
“old  logs”  or  “in  a swamp,”  but  the  writer’s  specimens  were  on  the  ground. 

It  should  be  sought  in  similar  situations  in  other  parts  of  New  England. 
The  Cascades  are  gneiss  and  coarse  granite,  with  no  traces  of  limestone. 
Probably  it  is  abundant  throughout  the  White  Mountains,  but  overlooked, 
G.  pellueida  being  too  common  to  collect.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  note 
will  inspire  other  collectors  to  report  this  interesting  species. 

Hartford,  Connecticut. 


1 J.  F.  Collins,  Rhodora  VIII,  July,  1906.  p.  131. 


— II — 


ANNUAL  REPORTS  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY. 
PRESIDENT’S  REPORT. 

Another  good  year  may  be  recorded  for  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society. 
With  the  constantly  increasing  membership,  a wider  geographical  distribu- 
tion of  its  members,  and  an  even  better  Bryologist  we  may  expect  a still 
more  beneficial  year  to  follow.  An  examination  of  the  list  of  members  with 
regard  to  geographical  distribution  is  rather  striking.  Of  the  forty- six  states 
in  the  Union,  twenty-five  are  represented.  Besides  these  we  have  members 
from  the  District  of  Columbia,  Nova  Scotia,  Canada,  British  Columbia, 
Brazil,  New  Zealand,  Australia,  Philipine  Islands,  Japan,  Syria,  Finland, 
Norway,  Sweden,  Germany,  France,  England,  Ireland.  This  gives  a splen- 
did opportunity  for  the  exchange  of  mosses  from  different  parts  of  the  world. 
This  is  one  feature  of  the  club  of  which  the  writer  believes  that  the  members 
could  take  greater  advantage  than  they  do  at  present;  allowance  must  of 
course  be  made  for  the  interest  of  members  and  the  time  at  their  disposal 
for  “offerings.”  However,  to  determine  mosses,  liverworts  or  lichens,  a good 
herbarium  is  almost  indispensable.  The  Bryologist  has  printed  some  ex- 
cellent articles  this  year,  and  we  expect  these  to  continue.  The  writer  won- 
ders whether  other  members  also  feel  the  lack  of  efficient  keys  to  the  genera 
and  species  of  the  bryophytes  and  lichens,  especially  the  latter.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  that  some  members  may  undertake  the  publication  of  good  keys  to  the 
various  genera,  for  use  by  members  who  are  not  specialists  in  the  work. 

T.  C.  Frye; 


REPORT  OF  THE  SECRETARY. 

The  Sullivant  Moss  Society  had  in  January,  1908,  a membership  roll  of 
172  names.  During  the  year  ten  members  have  withdrawn,  and  two  have 
died,  Mr.  T.  W.  Naylor  Beckett,  of  New  Zealand,  and  Mrs.  Amelia  F.  Eby, 
of  Lancaster,  Pa.  Twenty-four  "hew  members  have  joined  us  so  that  we 
start  out  in  1909  with  184  names  on  our  list  of  members. 

The  Society  Moss  Herbarium  has  been  enriched  by  contributions  from 
various  members.  Owing  to  the  kindness  of  Dr.  William  Trelease,  Director 
of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Gardens,  a place  has  been  found  for  our  Uerbarium 
in  the  nearly  fireproof  quarters  where  the  Garden  Herbarium  is  stored. 

The  Secretary  has  tried  as  far  as  his  time  has  permitted  to  get  in  touch 
with  as  many  members  as  possible,  many  of  whom  display  a great  deal  of 
enthusiasm  and  interest.  Mr.  Chamberlain  has  relieved  the  Secretary  of  a 
great  deal  of  the  work  that  former  secretaries  have  done  by  naming  mosses 
and  securing  the  offerings  for  The  Bryologist. 

During  the  past  year  there  have  been  offered  for  free  distribution  to  the 
members  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society  fifty  species  of  mosses,  exclusive  of 
hapatics  and  lichens,  contributed  by  twenty  different  members.  These  speci- 
mens can  be  secured  by  any  member  for  the  price  of  the  return  postage.  In 
order  to  make  this  possible  for  members  not  resident  in  the  United  States, 
and  hence  compelled  to  pay  a much  greater  postage  rate,  Mr.  Chamberlain 
some  two  or  three  years  ago  undertook  to  secure  specimens  of  all  the  moss 


offerings  for  those  foreign  members  who  cared  to  receive  them,  forwarding 
the  same  twice  each  year.  There  are  now  eight  of  these  members  who  are 
now  regularly  receiving  the  specimens.  Any  member  who  is  not  a resident 
in  the  United  States  can  have  the  specimens  forwarded  upon  notifying  Mr. 
Chamberlain  of  the  wish  to  receive  them.  It  is  hoped  that  such  members 
may  be  able' to  occasionally  offer  to  the  Members  of  the  Society  specimens  of 
the  mosses  common  in  their  own  countries,  but  rare  or  absent  in  this.  Sev- 
eral such  offerings  have  already  been  made,  and  members  who  have  mate- 
rial that  can  be  used  in  this  way  are  urged  to  communicate  with  Mr.  Cham- 
berlain. It  is  hoped  that  more  of  the  species  peculiar  to  North  America  can 
be  offered  in  the  future. 

During  1909  we  hope  to  see  as  many  or  more  offered  to  the  members, 
and  also  hope  that  a larger  number  will  participate  in  this  distribution. 

If  a member  has  twenty  specimens  (ordinary  sized  packets)  of  a given 
species  it  can  be  offered.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson. 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER. 

The  following  statement  for  the  year  beginning  December  r,  1907,  and 


ending  December  1,  1908,  is  respectfully  submitted; 

Receipts. 

By  cash  on  hand  December  1,  1907  $ 73  80 

By  dues  from  members ...  180.75 

$2  54-55' 

Disbursements. 

To  The  Bryologist $169.10 

To  G.  K.  Merrill  Expressage  on  Lichen  Herb,  to  Washington,  D.  C..  1.60 

To  M.  F.  Miller  Herb,  supplies. 2.75 

To  Dr.  Bailey  Expressage  on  Moss  Herb,  to  St.  Louis 7.35 

To  Secretary  for  Postage,  etc. . 4.00 


$184.80 

To  cash  on  han  1 December  r,  1908  69.75 

$254-55 


THE  REPORT  OF  ELECTION. 

The  present  board  of  officers  is  re-elected  for  another  term  of  service. 


Whole  number  of  votes  cast 10 

For  President — Dr.  T.  C.  Frye - 10 

For  Vice-Pres. — Miss  C.  C.  Haynes  10 

For  Secretary — Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson 10 

For  Treasurer — Mrs.  A.  M.  Smith 10 


Respectfully  submitted, 

Harriet  Wheeler. 


-13- 

REPORT  OF  THE  LICHEN  DEPARTMENT. 

The  following  report  dates  from  March,  1908: 

The  Lichen  Herbarium  of  the  Society  contains  at  present  594  specimens, 
representing 48  genera  and  266  species  and  varieties ; 137  specimens  have  been 
added  since  the  above  date,  and  of  these  57  were  new  to  the  Herbarium.  A 
large  number  of  lichens  have  been  sent  in  for  determination  and  it  is  hoped 
that  a great  many  more  will  be  sent  in  during  1909  ! 

Unfortunately,  the  custodian  was  prevented  by  illness  from  doing  much 
botanical  work  for  several  months,  and  so  more  than  half  are  still  unnamed ; 
however,  they  are  now  being  studied  as  rapidly  as  possible,  and  members 
will  receive  the  names  of  their  lichens  more  promptly  during  the  coming  year. 
The  largest  contributions  were  from  Mr.  Bonser,  Miss  Croswell,  Mr.  Wright, 
Mrs.  Lowe,  and  Dr.  Brenckle;  there  are  also  many  smaller  ones  from  other 
members.  Our  thanks  are  due  to  Prof.  Fink  and  Mr.  Merrill  for  kind  assist- 
ance in  determining  the  lichens. 

A duplicate  list  of  all  the  specimens  in  the  Lichen  Herbarium,  up  to 
date,  has  been  prepared,  and  will  be  loaned  to  any  members  who  will  take 
the  trouble  to  send  the  postage  for  it.  Members  may  also  have  the  privilege 
of  borrowing  the  specimens,  if  they  return  them  within  a reasonable  time, 
and  pay  the  cost  of  transportation  to  and  from  their  homes. 

If  all  members  of  the  Society  who  are  interested  in  lichens  will  kindly 
send  in  lists  of  the  species  they  have  collected  in  any  part  of  the  world — and 
especially  in  North  America — a general  list  could  then  be  made  out  and  added 
to,  or  corrected  from  time  to  time, -and  a copy  of  this  general  list  could  then  be 
loaned  to  the  members.  The  carrying  out  of  this  would  certainly  add  much 
to  our  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of  species;  and  the  custodian  will  gladly 
prepare  the  general  list  if  the  members  will  do  their  part. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Mary  F.  Miller. 

REPORT  OF  HEPATIC  DEPARTflENT. 

It  is  delightful  to  make  known  the  generosity  of  members  interested  in 
this  Department.  There  are  new  contributors,  and  a majority  of  the  old  ones 
continue  to  send.  A partial  result  of  their  work  is  shown  in  two  published 
lists  and  others  are  in  preparation.  This  year  Massachusetts  leads  with  one 
hundred  and  twenty-five  specimens  sent  by  two  students,  Miss  Helen  E. 
Greenwood  and  Mr.  C.  C.  Kingman;  seventy-five  numbers  of  these  speci- 
mens are  in  the  Herbarium.  The  following  names  bear  witness  to  the  truth 
of  my  opening  statements,  adding  localities:  Dr,  J.  H.  Brenckle,  North 

Dakota;  Mr.  C.  B.  Chamberlain,  Scandinavia;  Rev.  H.  Dupret,  Canada;  Dr. 
Evans,  Conn.  ; A White  Mt.  set  of  seventy-seven  species,  collected  July, 
1908,  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Committee,  Dr.  Evans,  Chairman;  Mr.  A.  S. 
Foster.  Washington  and  Oregon;  Dr.  T.  C.  Frye,  Washington;  Dr.  Grout, 
North  Carolina;  Mr.  W.  E.  Haydock,  New  Jersey;  C,  C.  Haynes,  2d  issue 
American  Hepatics;  duplicates  of  English,  French  and  Madagascan  species, 
collected  by  Messrs.  Pearson,  Douin  and  l’Abbe  Lacouture;  Mr.  A.  J.  Hill. 


— 14— 


British  Columbia;  Mrs.  J.  D.  Lowe,  Nova  Scotia;  Miss  A.  Lorenz,  New 
Hampshire  and  Connecticut;  Miss  M.  F.  Miller,  Maryland  and  New  York; 
Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  Missouri;  Mr.  W.  E.  Nicholson,  England;  Prof.  Shutai 
O’Kamura,  Japan;  Gen’l  Paris,  Madagascan  species  in  exchange;  Mr.  C.  C. 
Plitt,  Maryland;  Mr.  Severin  Rapp,  Florida;  Dr.  C.  B.  Robinson,  Canada; 
Dr.  J .L.  Sheldon,  West  Virginia  and  Connecticut,  Five  hundred  and  forty- 
one  specimens  were  added  to  our  Herbarium  bringing  the  number  to  one 
thousand,  six  hundred  and  twenty-five  This  consists  of  eighty-eight  genera 
and  four  hundred  and  two  species.  We  are  indebted  to  the  following  for 
'quantities  of  duplicates:  Miss  Miller,  Dr.  Frye,  Messrs.  Chamberlain  and 
Rapp,  and  Rev.  Dupret.  I cannot  close  without  a warm  word  of  gratitude 
to  Dr.  Evans  for  verifications  and  determinations. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Highlands,  New  Jersey.  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes. 


SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  NOTES. 

The  friends  of  Dr.  Grout  will  be  pleased  to  learned  that  he  has  been 
promoted  to  be  First  Assistant  in  Curtis  High  School  on  Staten  Island.  His 
address  in  future  will  be  New  Dorp,  Richmond  Co.,  New  York. 

Since  the  reports  and  list  of  Society  members  were  in  type  two  more 
names  have  heen  sent  in  making  our  membership  on  January  ist  total  186 — 
Mr.  S.  L.  Schumo,  S.  W.  Corner  22d  and  Poplar  streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
and  Mr.  W.  Ralph  Jones,  863  Harlem  ave.,  Baltimore,  Md. 

To  the  Members  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society: 

Dear  Friends  and  Associates:  This  letter  is  written  merely  to  clear  up 

some  misapprehensions  and  to  give  you  a chance  to  express  your  opinion. 

As  many  of  you  know,  I took  a prominent  part  in  the  organization  of  the 
Chapter  and  still  retain  a very  active  interest  in  its  work  though  others  are 
officiating,  as  I hoped  would  be  the  case  when  the  Chapter  was  started.  The 
Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  was  founded  following  the  example  of  the  Linnaean 
Fern  Chapter  of  which  I was  an  early  member. 

When  the  Agassiz  Association  suspended  active  work  some  years  ago 
the  Fern  Chapter  changed  its  name,  and  the  Moss  Chapter  severed  all  rela- 
tions with  the  A.  A.  but  decided  not  to  change  its  name  thinking-it  imma- 
terial or  unnecessary.  The  severance  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  from 
the  A.  A.  was  by  unanimous  consent  of  the  executive  committee,  as  it  was 
thought  no  vote  would  be  necessary  to  sever  a growing  stolon  from  the 
apparently  defuuct  parent  stem.  Since  the  Agassiz  Association  has  been 
revived  or  recreated  some  misapprehension  has  arisen.  While  we  all  wish 
the  new  movement  success  it  is  possible  that  a change  of  name  to  The  Sul- 
livant Moss  Society  would  be  advisable  for  us. 

Let  us  have  the  benefit  of  your  opinion  on  this  question. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

A.  J.  Grout,  Curtis  High  School,  New  Brighton, 

Richmond  Co.,  New  York. 


November  30,  1908. 


-15- 


Obituary. — Mr.  Alvah  A.  Eaton  died  at  North  Easton,  Mass,  on  Sep- 
tember 29th  (1908),  aged  43  years.  He  was  the  author  of  numerous  papers 
on  the  Pteridophyta  and  contributed  the  treatment  of  Equisetum  and  Isotes 
to  the  recently  published  “ Gray’s  New  Manual  of  Botany,’’  seventh  edition. 
For  the  past  six  years  he  had  been  collector  and  assistant  to  Mr.  Oakes  Ames 
of  the  Ames  Botanical  Laboratory  at  North  Easton,  and  in  this  connection 
made  several  expeditions  to  Florida.  He  was  a charter  member  of  the  Sul- 
livant  Moss  Society  and  always  interested  in  its  work. 

Mrs.  Amelia  F.  Eby  died  very  unexpectedly  on  March  4th  (1908)  at  her 
home  in  Lancaster,  Pa.  Her  son  writes  under  recent  date:  “ Mother  was 
born  March  24,  1831,  was  a country  girl  raised  on  the  farm,  and  was  a 
student  of  botany  from  her  girlhood  days.  She  was  one  of  the  pioneer 
women  school  teachers,  teaching  school  in  1848;  she  had  all  the  works  on 
botany  that  were  obtainable  at  that  time  and  collected  a considerable  herb- 
arium. She  dropped  the  work  but  never  lost  interest  in  botanical  study. 
In  1882  she  took  it  up  with  renewed  vigor  and  continued  till  the  time  of 
her  death.  Her  collection  was  made  all  over  the  country  where  ever  she 
had  the  good  fortune  to  go.” 

Mrs.  Eby  was  an  early  member  of  our  SullivantMoss  Society  and  contri- 
buted to  its  herbarium  frequently. 


OFFERINGS. 

(To  Society  Members  only.  For  postage.) 

Mr.  C.  C.  Plitt,  3933  Lowndes  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Md.  Thuidium  inicro- 
phyllum  (S warts.)  Best,  c.fr.  Collected  in  Maryland. 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59  street,  New  York  City.  Hypnu7n 
ciduncum  Hedw.  group  typicum  Ren.,  st.  Collected  in  Vermont  by  Dr. 
Grout. 

Mr.  E.  J.  Winslow,  523^  West  4th  street,  Elmira,  New  York.  Pogonatum 
capillar e Brid.  ; Bryum  roseum  Schreb.  Both  c.fr.  Collected  in  Ver- 
mont. 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509  Cote  Brilliante  Ave..  St.  Louis,  Mo.  Thuidium 
Philiberti  Limpr.  ; Grimmia  Olneyi  Sulliv.  Both  c.fr.  Dicranella 
debilis  L.  & J.  ; Bryum  Muhlenbeckii  B.  & S.  ; B.  pseudotriquetrum 
Schwaegr.  All  collected  in  Missouri. 

Mrs.  B.  J.  Handy,  139  Rock  street,  Fall  River,  Mass.  Brachythecium 
digastrum  C.  M.  & Kindb.  ; Climaciu?n  dendroides  W.  & M.  Both  c.fr. 
Collected  in  Fall  River. 

Mr.  W.  W.  Calkins,  Berwyn,  Cook  Co.,  Illinois.  Brywn  caespiticium  L. ; 
Polytrichum  commune  L.  ; Sphagnum  cojnpactum  Brid,  All  from  Cook 
Co. 

Miss  Alice  L.  Crockett,  Camden,  Maine.  Ephebe  pubescens  Fr.  Collected 
in  Camden. 

Mrs.  Josephine  D.  Lowe,  1827  Eye  street,  N,  W.  Washington,  D.  C.  Cla- 
donia  multiformis  Merrill;  C.  cristatella  Tuckerm.  ; C.  gracillis  (L.) 
Wild.  var.  elongata  (Jacq.)  Flk. ; Ptilidinm  pulcherrimum  (Ach.) 
Hampe;  Scapania  nemorosa  (L.)  Dumort.  ; S.  Bolanderi  Aust.  All  col- 
lected in  Nova  Scotia. 


— 16 — 

Dr.  A.  LeRoy  Andrews,  508  University  avenue,  Ithaca,  New  York,  con- 
templates treating  the  North  American  Species  of  Sphagnum  and  would  be 
glad  to  determine  specimens  from  any  locality  for  members  of  the  Sullivant 
Moss  Society  or  subscribers  of  The  Bryologist. 


Lichens  Novae  Angliae.  An  edition  of  fifty  numbers  (distributed  in 
decades,  postage  extra)  of  New  England  Lichens  is  in  preparation.  The 
first  decade  will  be  ready  for  distribution  in  February,  1909.  The  specimens 
are' to  be  of  exceptional  quality,  and  the  data  absolutely  complete.  Single 
numbers  as  issued  15c  , by  decade  $1.10,  by  set  of  fifty  numbers  complete 
$5.00.  Payment  on  delivery.  Only  twenty- five  sets  will  be  issued  in  the 
first  edition.  Libraries  may  have  their  sets  mounted  and  bound  at  $1.00 
extra.  Address  subscriptions  to  Mr.  R.  Heber  Howe,  Jr. 

Thoreau  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Concord,  Mass. 


An  attempt  has  been  made  below  to  indicate  as  far  as  the  record  goes  the 
interest  of  each  member.  We  are  very  desirous  of  having  this  data  complete 
and  to  that  end  ask  each  person  on  reading  this  note  to  take  a post  card 
and  write  on  it  the  exact  facts  of  past  as  well  as  present  interest  in  the  three 
subjects  treated  of  in  The  Bryologist  and  forward  the  same  to  the  Editor, 

AT  ONCE. 

LIST  OF  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  MEMBERS. 

* Star  Indicates  Charter  Members. 

Adams,  Miss  Carrie  E.,  R.  F.  D.  1..  Hinsdale,  N.  H.  M. 

Adams,  Mr.  F.  M.,  Box  515,  Sharon,  Mass.  M. 

Ames,  Mr.  Oakes,  Ames  Botanical  Laboratory,  North  Easton,  Mass.  M. 
Anderson,  Mr.  John  A.,  20  Arlington  street,  Dubuque,  Iowa.  H. 

Andrews,  A.  LeRoy,  Ph.  D.,  508  University  avenue,  Ithaca,  New  York,  M. 
Bade,  Wm.  Frederic,  Ph.  D.,  2223  Atherton  street,  Berkeley,  California.  M. 
Bailey,  Dr.  John  W.,4541  Fourteenth  Ave.,  N.  E.,  Seattle,  Wash.  H. 

Baker,  Prof.  D.  F.,  Cleremont,  California.  H. 

Banker,  Howard  J.,  Ph.  D.,  DePauw  University,  Greencastle,  Indiana. 
Barker,  Wm.  Torrey,  53  Glen  Road,  Jamaica  Plain.  Mass.  L. 

Barnes,  Prof.  Charles  R.,  Dept.  Botany,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.  M. 
Bassett,  Mr.  Francis  Jackson,  20  Ashland  street,  Taunton,  Mass.  L. 

Best,  Dr.  George  N.,  Rosemont,  New  Jersey.  M. 

Bethel,  Mr.  E.,  270  South  Marion  street,  Denver,  Colorado.  H. 

Bonser,  Prof.  Thomas  A.,  Spokane  College,  Spokane,  Wash.  M.  H.  L. 
Borden,  Miss  Lydia  Prichett,  Manoa,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.  M.  H. 

Brenckle,  Dr.  J.  F.,  Kulm,  North  Dakota.  M.  H.  L. 

Brinkman,  Mr.  A , Box  66,  Stettler,  Alberta,  Canada.  M. 

Bristol,  Mr.  W.  E.,  Syrian  Protestant  College,  Beirut,  Syria.  M.  H. 

^Britton,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  G.,  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Bronx  Park,  N,  Y.  City. 
M.  H. 

Brotherus,  Dr.  V.  F. , Helsingfors,  Finland,  Sweden.  M. 


Browne,  Mrs.  A.  F.,  Sandy  Cove,  Digby  Co.,  Nova  Scotia.  M. 

Bruce,  Mr.  C.  Stanley,  Shelburne,  Nova  Scotia.  M.  H. 

Bryant,  Miss  Elizabeth  B.,  1200  Commonwealth  ave.,  Allston,  Mass.  M. 
Burnham,  Mr.  Stewart  H.,  Geol.  Hall,  Cap.  Mus.,  Albany,  N.  Y.  M.  H.  L. 
Calkins,  Mr.  W.  W. , Berwyn,  Cook  Co  , 111.  M.  L. 

Cardot,  M.  Jules,  Square  Du  Petit  Bois,  Charleville,  Ardennes,  France.  M. 
Carr,  Miss  C.  M.,  R.  F.  D.  3,  South  Framingham,  Mass.  M.  L. 

^Carter,  Mrs.  R H.,  37  Church  street,  Laconia,  N.  H.  M.  H.  L. 
Chamberlain,  Mr  Edward  B.,  38  West  59th  street,  New  York  City.  M.  H. 
Chapin,  Mrs.  Louis  N.,  Hotel  St  George,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  M. 

Chase.  Mr.  Virginius  H.,  Wady  Pedra,  Stark  Co  , 111.  M. 

Chatterton.  Mr.  F W , 227  Townsend  ave.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  M. 

Cheever,  Dr.  Clarence  A.,  1531  Blue  Hill  ave.,  Mattapan,  Mass.  M. 

Choate,  Miss  Alice  D.,  3739  Windsor  Place,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  M. 

Clapp,  Mrs.  J.  B.,  52  Hartford  street,  Dorchester,  Mass,  M.  H.  L. 

Clark,  Mr.  H.  S.,  16  Lynden  Place  Hartford,  Conn.  M. 

Clarke,  Miss  Cora  H.,  91  Mt.  Vernon  street,  Boston,  Mass.  M.  H. 

Coleman,  Rev.  Frederick  W.,  131  Rock  street,  Fall  River,  Mass  M. 
*Collins,  Prof.  J.  Pranklin,  468  Hope  street,  Providence,  R.  I.  M.  H.  L. 
Conklin,  Dr.  George  M.,  1204  To  wer  avenue,  Superior,  Wisconsin.  M.  H. 
Copeland,  Mr.  W.  F. , Ohio  University,  Athens,  Ohio.  H.  L. 

Craig,  Mr.  T.,  F.  R.  M.  S.,  597  Sherbrooke  street,  West.  Montreal,  Can.  M. 
*Crockett.  Miss  Alice  L.,  R.  F.  D.  1,  Camden,  Maine.  M.  H.  L. 

Croswell  Miss  Emily  L.,  20  St.  James  avenue,  Boston,  Mass.  L. 

Curtis,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  B.,  Box  49,  Hendersonville,  North  Carolina.  M. 
Cushman,  Miss  H.  Mary,  300  North  5th  street,  Reading,  Pa.  M. 

*Dacy,  Miss  Alice  E.,  28  Ward  street,  South  Boston,  Mass.  M. 

Dautun,  Mr.  Henry,  139  Franklin  street,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersev.  M.  H.  L. 
Davis,  Mr.  Wm.  B.,  2006  South  College  avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  L. 

Day,  Prof.  Alfred  Ely,  Syrian  Protestant  College,  Beirut,  Syria.  M. 
*Demetrio,  Rev.  C.  H.,  Emma,  Lafayette  Co.,  Mo.  M.  L. 

Dixon,  Mr.  H.  N.,  23  East  Park  Parade,  Northampton,  England.  M. 
Dunham,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  M.,  53  Maple  street,  Auburndale,  Mass.  M.  H. 
Dupret.  Rev.  H.,  Seminary  of  Philosophy,  Montreal,  Canada.  M.  H.  L. 
Eckfeldt,  Dr.  John  W. , 245  North  65th  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Evans,  Alexander  W.,  Ph.  D.,  67  Mansfield  street,  New  Haven,  Conn.  H. 
Fink.  Prof.  Bruce,  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio.  L. 

Pitzpatrick,  Prof.  T.  J.,  Box  434,  Iowa  City,  Iowa.  L. 

Fleischer,  Prof.  Max,  Potsdamerstrasse,  105  A.,  Berlin,  Germany.  M. 
Fletcher,  Mr.  S.  W.,  Pepperell,  Mass.  M. 

Flett,  Prof.  J.  B.,  107  North  Tacoma  ave.,  Tacoma,  Wash.  M.  L. 

Foster,  Mr.  A.  S.,  Aberdeen.  Wash.  M.  H.  L. 

Frye,  Prof.  T.  C.,  University  Station,  Seattle,  Wash.  H. 

Gerritson,  Mr.  Walter,  66  Robbins  street,  Waltham,  Mass.  M. 

Gilman,  Mr.  Charles  W.,  Palisades,  Kockland  Co. , New  York.  M. 

Graves,  Mr.  James  A.,  Lock  Box  126,  Susquehanna,  Pa.  M. 


l8 — 


Gray,  R.  S.,  Esq  , 424  East  14th  street,  Oakland,  California.  H. 

Gray,  Mr.  William,  Mauriceville,  Wairarapa,  New  Zealand. 

Green,  Prof.  H.  A.,  Tryon,  North  Carolina.  M. 

*Greenalch,  Mr.  Wallace,  14  Manning  Boulevard,  North,  Albany,  New 
York.  M. 

Greenwood.  Miss  Helen  E.,  5 Benefit  Terrace,  Worcester,  Mass. 

Greever,  Mr.  C.  O.,  1345  East  Ninth  street,  Des  Moines,  Iowa.  M. 

*Grout,  A.  J.,  Ph.  D.,  New  Dorp,  Richmond  Co.,  New  York,  M.  H. 

Groves,  Mrs.  Clara  A.,  Thorsby  Institute,  Thorsby,  Alabama,  M.  H.  L. 
Hadley,  Mrs.  Sarah  B.,  R.  F.  D.  1,  South  Canterbury,  Conn.  M.  L. 

Hagen,  Dr.  I.,  Natural  History  Museum,  Trondhjem,  Norway.  M.  H. 
Handy,  Mrs.  B.  J.,  139  Rock  street,  Fall  River,  Mass.  M. 

Hansen,  Rev.  James,  St.  John's  University,  Collegeville,  Minn.  L. 

Harris,  Mrs.  Carolyn  W.,  “The  Grafton,”  Washington,  D.  C.  L. 

Hasse,  Dr.  H.  E.,  Box  265,  Sawtelle,  California.  L. 

Haughwout,  Miss  Mary  B.,  Atlantic  Highlands,  New  Jersey.  M. 

Haydock,  Mr.  Wm.  R.,  1328  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  H. 

Haynes,  Miss  C.  C , Highlands,  N.  J.,  and  16  E.  36th  street,  New  York 
City.  H. 

Hebden,  Thomas,  Esq.,  Hainworth  Lane,  Ingrow,  Keighley,  England.  L. 
Henschen,  Mr.  G.,  269  Herr  street,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  H. 

Hill,  Mr.  Albert  J.,  New  Westminster,  British  Columbia.  M.  H.  L. 

Hill,  Mr.  E.  J.,  7100  Eggleston  ave.,  Chicago,  111.  M. 

Holt,  Prof.  Wm.  P.,  2113  Putnam  street,  Toledo,  Ohio.  M. 

*Holzinger,  Prof.  J.  M.,  Winona,  Minnesota.  M,  H. 

Horr,  Mrs.  Ella  L.,  12  State  street,  Worcester,  Mass.  H.  L. 

Howe,  Marshall  A.,  Ph.  D.,  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden,  Bronx  Park,  N.  Y. 
City.  H. 

Howe,  Reginald  Heber,  Jr.,  Thoreau  Museum,  Middlesex  School,  Concord, 
Mass.  L. 

^Huntington,  Mr.  J.  Warren,  Amesbury,  Mass.  M.  H. 

Jackson,  Mr.  A.  Bruce,  346  Kew  Road,  Kew,  Surrey,  England.  M. 

*Jackson,  Mr,  Joseph,  15  Woodland  street,  Worcester,  Mass.  M. 

Jennings,  Mr.  Otto  E.,  Curator  Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburg,  Pa.  H.  L. 
Joline,  Mrs.  Adrian  H.,  “The  Dakota,”  1 West  72d  street,  New  York  City. 
Jones,  Mr.  William,  Lock  Box  632,  Lewistown,  Fulton  Co.,  111.  M.  H.  L. 
Kendall  Miss  Alice  C.,  1230  Amsterdam  ave.,  New  York  City.  M. 

Kennedy,  Dr.  George  G.,  Readville,  Mass.  M. 

Kingman,  Mr.  C.  C.,  n Woburn  street,  Reading,  Mass.  H. 

Kono,  Mr.  Gukuichi,  4th  Buddhist  Middle  School,  Hiroschima,  Japan.  M. 
Krout,  Prof,  A.  F.  K.,  Glenolden,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.  M. 

Lachenaud,  Georges,  Nexon,  Haute-Vienne,  France.  M. 

Lake,  Prof.  E.  R.,  Oregon  State  Agricultural  Coll.,  Corvallis,  Oregon. 
Lamprey,  Mrs.  E.  S.,  2 Guild  street.  Concord,  N.  H.  M. 

Leavitt,  Mrs.  Byron  C.,  Millbrook,  Mass.  M.  H. 

Lett,  Rev.  Canon  H.  W.,  Aghaderg  Glebe,  Louchbrickland  Co.,  Down,  Ire- 
land. H. 


—19— 


*Lippincott,  Charles  D.,  Swedsboro,  New  Jersey,  M. 

Lorenz,  Miss  Annie,  96  Garden  street,  Hartford,  Conn.  H. 

*Lowe,  Mrs.  Josephine  D.,  1827  I street,  Washington,  D.  C.  M.  H.  L. 
Lyman,  Prof.  G.  R.,  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  N.  H. 

Macoun,  Prof.  John,  Sussex  street,  Ottawa,  Canada.  M.  H. 

McKay,  A.  H.,  Ph.  D.,  Education  Office,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia.  M. 
McConnell,  Mrs.  S.  D.,  “Sunset  Farm,”  Easton,  Maryland.  M. 

^McDonald  Mr.  Frank  E.,  417  California  ave.,  Peoria,  111.  M. 

Marshall,  Miss  M.  A..  Still  River,  Worcester  Co.,  Mass.  M. 

Martens,  Mr.  J.  W. , Jr.,  Shrub  Oak,  Westchester  Co.,  New  York.  H. 
*Maxon,  Mr.  Wm.  R , U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  M. 
Merrill,  Mr.  G.  K.,  564  Main  street.  Rockland,  Maine.  L. 

Metcalf,  Mrs  RestE.,  Hinsdale,  New  Hampshire.  M.  L. 

Miller,  Miss  Mary  F.,  1109  M street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  M.  H.  L. 
*Mirick,  Miss  Nellie,  28  East  Walnut  street,  Oneida,  N.  Y.  M, 

Moir,  Mr.  William,  48  Spring  Park  ave.,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.  H. 
Monkemeyer,  W.,  Inspector  Konigl.  Botan.  Gartens,  Leipzig,  Germany.  M. 
Morgan,  Ernest  I.,  Esq.,  314  Main  street,  Worcester,  Mass. 

Naylor,  Prof.  J.  P.,  Greencastle,  Indiana.  M. 

Nelson,  Mr.  N.  L.  T.,  4509  Cote  Brilliante  avenue,  St.  Louis.  Mo. 

Newman,  Rev.  S.  M , Eastern  College,  Front  Royal,  Virginia.  M. 

Nichols,  Mr.  George  E.,  Box  569  Yale  Station,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Nicholson,  Mr.  Wm.  Edward,  Lewes, ^Sussex,  England.  M.  H. 

O’Connor,  Mrs.  J..T.,  Garden  City,  New  York. 

Okamura,  Prof.  Shutai,  1st  Middle  School,  Kdchi,  Tosa,  Japan.  M.  H. 
Oleson,  Mr.  O.  M.,  Fort  Dodge,  Iowa. 

Palmer,  Mrs.  Rebecca  L.,  81  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  New  York.  M. 
Pendleton,  Mr.  George  M.,  Box  163,  Sissons,  Siskiyou  Co.,  California. 
*Perrine,  Miss  Lura  L.,  Valley  City,  North  Dakota.  M. 

Plitt,  Mr.  C.  C,,  3933  Lowndes  ave.,  Baltimore,  Maryland.  M.  H.  L. 

Pollard,  Mr.  Charles  Louis,  Jackson  Park,  New  Brighton,  N.  Y.  City.  M. 
Puffer.  Mrs.  James  J.,  Box  39,  Sudbury,  Mass.  M, 

Rapp,  Mr.  Severin,  Sanford,  Florida.  M.  H. 

Rau,  Mr.  Eugene  A.,  Bethlehem,  Pa.  M. 

Read,  Mrs.  Anne  Lauriet,  399  High  street,  West  Medford  Mass.  M. 
Renauld,  T.,  11  Rue  Adolphe  Tocillon,  Paris,  France.  M, 

Reynolds,  Mr.  L Russell,  Box  [293,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Richardson,  Dr.  G.  F.,  Mt.  Pleasant,  Mich.  M. 

Riddle,  Mr.  Lincoln  W.,  3 Waban  street,  Wellesley,  Mass.  L. 

Robinson,  Mr.  C.  B.,  Bureau  of  Sciences,  Manila,  P.  I.  M.  H. 

Rohrabacher,  Mrs.  L.  E.  C.,  7918  Fifth  ave.,  N.  E.,  Seattle,  Wash. 
Rondthaler,  Miss  E.  W.,  Moravian  Seminary,  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Rugg,  Mr.  Harold  Goddard,  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  N.  H.  L 
Sanborn,  Supt.  H.  C.,  11  Winthrop  street,  Danvers,  Mass.  M. 

Schumacher,  Miss  Rosalie,  Millington,  New  Jersey.  M. 

Scriba,  L.,  Haup  tstrasse,  4,  Hochst-am-Main,  Germany.  L. 


g a s 


— 20 


Seely,  Mrs.  John  A.,  62  Washington  street,  Ogdensburg,  New  York. 
Sheldon,  John  L.,  Ph.D  , West  Virginia  Univ.,  Morgantown,  W.  Va.  H. 
Sherman,  Dr.  Lewis,  446  Jackson  street,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin. 
Sherwood,  Mr.  W.  L.,36  Washington  Place,  New  York  City.  M.  H. 
Shreve,  Mr.  Forrest,  Carnegie  Desert  Laboratory,  Tucson,  Arizona.  M. 
*Smith,  Mrs.  Annie  Merrill,  78  Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  M.  H.  L. 
Smith,  Mrs.  Charles  G.,  286  Marlborough  street,  Boston,  Mass.  M. 
Stevens,  Mrs.  O.  H.,  32  Pleasant  street,  Marlborough,  Mass. 

Streeter,  Mrs.  Hannah,  504  North  Marshall  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Sweetser,  Prof.  Albert  R.,  University  of  Oregon,  Eugene,  Oregon.  L. 
Taylor,  Mrs.  A.  P , Thomasville,  Georgia.  M.  H.  L. 

Theriot,  I.,  1 Rue  Dicquemare,  Havre,  France.  M. 

^Thompson,  Miss  Esther  H.,  Box  407,  Litchfield,  Conn.  M. 

Towle,  Miss  Phebe  M.,  19  Orchard  Terrace,  Burlington,  Vermont.  M. 
Vander  Eike,  Mr.  Paul,  South  Stillwater,  Minnesota.  M. 

Waddell,  Rev.  C.  H.,  The  Nicarrge,  Saintfield,  Co.  Down,  Ireland.  H. 
*Warner,  Miss  Edith  A.,  78  Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  M.  H.  L. 
Watts,  Rev.  W.  W. , 23  York  street,  Sydney,  N.  S.  W.,  Australia.  M. 
Webster,  Mr.  Hollis,  16  Prentiss  street,  North  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Wheeler,  Edward  J.,  Ph.  D.,  76  Chapel  street,  Albany,  New  York.  M.  L. 
Wheeler,  Miss  Harriet,  Chatham,  Columbia  Co.,  New  York.  M. 

Wheeler,  Miss  Jane,  248  Lark  street,  Albany,  New  York.  M. 

Whitehill,  Mr.  M.  H.,  605  South  Broadway,  Baltimore,  Maryland.  L. 
Wight,  Miss  Dorthy  T.,  75  Gates  Avenue,  Montclair,  New  Jersey.  L. 
Williams,  Mrs.  Mary  E.,  “The  Preston,”  Wernersville,  Pa.  M.  H.  L. 
Williams,  Mr.  R.  S.,  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Bronx  Park,  N.  Y.  City.  M.  H, 
Winslow,  Mr.  E,  J.,  523^  West  Fourth  street,  Elmira,  New  York.  M, 
Wright,  Mr,  Wilbur  H,,  6338  Ellis  ave.,  Chicago,  111.  L, 

Young,  Mrs,  Rosalind  W,,  Atlin,  British  Columbia.  L, 


rin_ru  mjTJTnj^njTJxrmjTTLnjirmjTj-uTJXQjxnjxrij^^ 

VOLUME  XII  NUMBER  2 5 


U 


cSdM 


MARCH  1909 


Wife. 

m* 


The  BRYOLOGIST 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


FOUNDED  IN  1898 
By 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D. 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


CONTENTS 

Licheno=Ecologic  Studies  from  Beech  wood  Camp  (fllus.) 

Bruce  Fink  21 

Notes  on  Cephaloziella  (Spruce)  Schiffner  . Annie  Lorenz  25 
Notes  on  Nomenclature,  X Elizabeth  G.  Britton  28 

Lichen  Notes  No.  9 (Parmelia  iatissima)  . . G.  K.  Merrill > 29 

Lichens  of  Mt.  Monadnock  Region,  N.  H.  No.  3 

R.  Heber  Howe , Jr.  31 

Lichens  of  Baltimore  and  Vicinity  . . . Charles  C.  Plitt  33 

Current  Literature  Reviewed 

La  Flore  Bryologique  des  Terres  Magallanique,  Cardot 

John  M , Holzinger  3k 

Bryophytes  of  Connecticut,  Evans  & Nichols  A.  J.  Grout  36 
Reports  of  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Meeting  at  Baltimore  . 37 

Georgia  geniculata  in  New  Hampshire 38 

Hepatics  and  Lichens  Collected  in  Nova  Scotia  Josephine  D.  Lowe  38 
Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes,  Offerings,  etc 41 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail  5 
matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879.  ^ 

Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A.  .3 

rljmJTJTTIJULrUTP-nJTJTJTJTJ-lJLriJTJlJTX^ 

( MAR  5 


PRE88  OF  MCBRIDE  * STERN,  97-99  CLIFF  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

gimxwtMtr  gmmxal 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 
Awarded  Silver  Medal — Universal  Exposition — St.  Louis,  1904 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

Four  Vols.  1898-1901— $1.50  Seven  Vols.  1902-1908—17.00 

Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1909,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  I909 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  . . . . 4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue 
St.  Louts , Mo. 

Ireasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Oj  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  oj  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Of  the  Hepatic  Department  and  Hepatic  Herbariuiti; 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  16  East  36th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Of  the  Lichen  Departtnent  and  Lichen  Herbariutn: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  III.  Beech  wood  Camp.  Rail  fence  and  beech  trees  by  roadside. 
Near  Oxford,  Ohio. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  XII  March  igog  No.  2 


LICHENO=ECOLOGIC  STUDIES  FROM  BEECHWOOD  CAMP. 

(Read  at  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Meeting,  Baltimore,  Dec.  30,  1908.) 

Bruce  Fink 

Beechwood  camp  lies  by  the  roadside,  in  a two-hundred  acre  forest,  four 
and  one-half  miles  from  Oxford,  Ohio.  This  forest,  much  of  it  practically 
undisturbed,  was  obtained  from  the  government  by  the  Hueston  family  and 
is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  third  generation  of  Huestons,  through  whose 
courtesy  the  department  of  botany  of  Miami  University  is  able  to  use  it  dur- 
ing a part  of  each  summer  as  an  outing  place  for  botanical  study.  The 
Hueston  family  of  the  present  generation  takes  great  pride  in  this  forest, 
which  is  known  far  and  wide,  and  every  assurance  is  given  that  it  will  not 
be  destroyed  for  many  years.  A considerable  number  of  the  trees  have 
attained  practically  their  full  size,  and  in  the  portions  where  beeches  abound, 
offer  shade  so  dense  that  very  little  herbaceous  vegetation  exists  under  them. 
Trees  have  fallen  from,  time  to  time  and  have  been  left  undisturbed  so  that 
logs  and  stumps  in  all  stages  of  decay  abound  in  various  portions  of  the 
forest.  With  all  conditions  regarding  light  at  hand;  a few  high  and  nearly 
bare  hills  giving  xerophytic  conditions;  an  abundance  of  streams,  springs, 
ledges  of  rocks,  sandy  banks ; low  flood  plains,  partly  alluvial  and  in  part 
sandy  or  gravelly,  the  environment  of  the  camp  is  quite  ideal  for  ecologic  and 
taxonomic  work. 

The  camp  was  occupied  for  the  first  time  last  August  (rgo8),  and  the 
seed  plants,  the  ferns,  the  mosses,  the  lichens  and  the  fungi  were  all  studied 
more  or  less  from  the  taxonomic  point  of  view.  Nor  was  the  ecologic  work 
initiated  confined  to  the  lichens,  but  was  extended  to  all  kinds  of  plants. 
However,  especial  attention  was  given  to  certain  problems  in  lichen  ecology 
and  to  a beginning  of  tracing  the  succession  of  fungi  on  the  logs  and  stumps. 
It  may  be  questionable  whether  a presentation  of  beginnings  is  at  all  worth 
while,  for  no  data  of  value  have  been  secured.  However,  it  is  the  belief 
of  the  writer  that  the  methods  and  aims,  simple  as  they  are,  are  worth  stating 
with  a view  to  stimulating  others  to  similar  work.  Doubtless  much  of  the 
more  difficult  and  extended  work  that  the  writer  has  undertaken  on  lichen 
ecology  will  not  endure  the'sifting  to  which  ecology  is  now  being  subjected, 
but  it  is  believed  that,  whatever  more  difficult  and  uncertain  lines  of  research 
may  be  undertaken  later  at  the  camp,  the  results  that  may  come  from  the 
simple  experiments  now  in  progress  will  be  secure  and  valuable. 

We  hear  and  see  much  stated  about  the  slow  growth  of  lichens,  and 
occasionally  one  comes  upon  very  opposite  statements,  such  as  the  growth 
of  podetia  and  the  production  of  apothecia  in  certain  Cladonias  in  a single 
season,  and  the  migration  of  Umbilicarias  a half  a dozen  miles  along  a high 
rocky  ledge  in  as  many  years;  but  thus  far  there  seems  to  be  little  if  any 
accurate  knowledge  regarding  such  matters.  We  are  also  sometimes  told 


The  January  BRYOLOGIST  was  issued  December  28,  1908. 


— 22  — 


when  spores  are  most  abundant  in  lichens,  but  this  problem  also  needs  care- 
ful observation.  Not  all  the  problems  of  interest  can  be  worked  out  in  a 
single  place,  and  the  writer  has  begun  work  similar  to  that  at  Beechwood 
camp,  on  the  forest  reserve  of  Berea  College,  in  the  foothills  of  the  Cumber- 
land mountains,  in  Kentucky.  In  the  mountains,  certain  conditions  and 
plants  not  found  in  Ohio  can  be  studied.  Neither  the  matter  of  periodicity 
in  spore  production,  nor  the  ecologic  work  begun  in  Kentucky  will  be  consid- 
ered in  this  paper;  but  it  may  be  suggested  that  studies  in  spore  production 
is  a matter  easily  handled,  and  one  that  would  give  results  of  value. 

In  all  the  ecologic  studies  begun  at  Beechwood  camp,  the  dates  of  study 
are  recorded  and  the  location  of  each  study  carefully  noted.  However,  these 
data  are  of  no  value  in  presentation  and  will  be  omitted.  The  first  study 
undertaken  is  as  follows:  A rectangle  eight  centimeters  square  was  marked 

in  a patch  of  Cladonia  fimbriata , covering  a decorticate  log.  A tack  was 
driven  into  the  log  at  each  corner  of  the  area,  and  small  twine  was  run 
around  the  tacks  to  enclose  the  area.  The  horizontal  thallus  appeared  young, 
having  scattered  squamules,  covering  perhaps  one-sixth  of  the  area  enclosed, 
and  many  of  them  so  small  as  to  be  visible  only  under  a hand  lens.  There 
were  no  podetia  within  the  area,  though  they  were  plentiful  on  other  portions 
of  the  same  log.  The  second  study  is  very  similar,  being  the  same  species 
on  the  same  log,  with  the  horizontal  thallus  better  developed  and  much 
more  thickly  disposed  upon  the  substratum,  but  still  no  podetia.  The  pur- 
pose in  both  is  to  watch  rate  of  development.  The  conditions  as  position 
on  the  log  and  resulting  amounts  of  light  and  moisture  received,  etc.,  are 
all  carefully  noted. 

Studies  number  three  to  seven  inclusive  are  all  being  conducted  to 
ascertain  the  rate  of  growth  and  fruit  production  in  certain  lichens.  The 
positions  with  reference  to  light  and  moisture  are  all  noted  carefully  as  well 
as  the  present  size  of  the  plants  and  condition  as  to  fruiting.  Small  twine  is 
stretched  and  fastened  to  small  nails  in  such  a way  as  to  lie  directly  over  the 
edges  of  the  thalli  at  certain  points,  so  that  a more  certain  way  may  be  had 
for  noting  growth  and  its  direction,  than  mere  measurements.  The  plants 
under  observation  are  Parmelia  caperata , Parmelia  Borreri , Parmelia 
saxatilis , and  Graphis  scripta  in  various  conditions  of  development. 

Study  number  eight  is  as  follows:  A levee  of  limestone  fragments  of 

various  sizes  was  laid  along  a stream  about  thirty  years  age,  and  is  now 
covered  with  the  crustose  lichens  which  commonly  grow  upon  such  rocks 
near  the  soil  in  exposed  places.  A section  of  the  levee  seventy  c.m.  long, 
was  removed  and  replaced  by  similar  limestone  fragments,  taken  from  the 
bed  of  the  stream  and  devoid  of  lichens.  On  either  side  of  the  portion 
removed  the  lichens  are  growing  in  profusion  on  the  rocks  of  the  levee,  and 
the  rate  of  invasion  and  ecesis*  in  the  new  portion  of  the  levee  and  the  succes- 
sions following  first  establishment  may  easily  be  followed.  The  levee  is  on 
low  ground  and  not  over  a half  meter  high  at  any  point.  Therefore  the  rate 
of  invasion,  ecesis*  and  succession  will  doubtless  be  as  rapid  as'could  be  ex- 
pected on  such  rocks  anywhere,  except,  perhaps  in  a shaded  place,  the  levee 
being  in  an  open  field. 

*Ecesis— from  the  Greek  word  meaning  k-The  act  of  coming  to  be  at  home.”  Referr- 
ing to  the  germination  and  establishment  of  plant  invaders. 


—23- 


Fig.  i.  Grimmia  apocarpa  on  rock. 

Study  number  ten  is  a new  sycamore  ( Platanus  occidentalis ) board 
replacing  an  old  board  in  a section  of  board  fence,  whose  other  boards  are 
abundantly  covered  with  Placodium  microphyllinum.  The  new  board  is  the 
second  from  the  top  of  the  fence,  and  the  rate  of  ecesis  and  something  of 
direction  of  invasion  may  be  noted.  Another  study  similar  to  this,  not  yet 
numbered,  is  a new  section  of  picket  fence.  The  old  pickets  were  covered  on 
the  north  side  with  Lecanora  varia,  Physcia  stellaria  and  some  Parmelias 
and  other  lichens.  The  old  pickets  on  either  side  of  the  new  ones  are  now  cov- 
ered with  the  same  lichens  as  is  also  the  horizontal  framework  of  the  fence 
to  which  the  new  pickets  were  nailed.  This  furnishes  a most  excellent  oppor- 
tunity for  observing  the  rate  of  invasion  and  ecesis.  In  both  of  these  stud- 
ies. the  dates  of  repairing  were  obtained  from  the  owner  and  carefully 
recorded  with  other  desirable  data. 

The  studies  described  above  have  to  do  with  lichens  only.  Another 
series  was  begun,  nearly  all  of  which  have  to  do  in  part  or  wholly  with  other 
plants.  A few  of  these  which  concern  lichens  and  mosses  wholly  or  mainly 
will  be  of  interest  The  first  is  as  follows:  A beech  tree,  one-half  meter  in 

diameter  four  feet  from  the  base,  fell  in  a storm  July  sixth,  1907.  On  the 
eighth  of  August,  1908,  when  the  study  began,  the  tree  was  perfectly  sound 
toward  the  base,  but  showed  some  evidence  of  having  rotted  somewhat 
toward  the  top  before  it  fell.  There  was  a considerable  amount  of  a fiyren- 
omycete  on  the  upper  one-fourth  of  the  tree,  and  in  all  probability  this  fungus 
was  growing  before  the  tree  fell.  The  tree  was  uprooted  in  such  a way  that 
the  trunk  was  left  intact  so  that  no  fungi  could  gain  entrance  at  the  base,  and 
at  the  time  of  the  first  study,  none  were  growing  about  the  exposed  roots. 
P armelia  caper ata,  Parmelia  Borreri , and  Trypethelium  virens  were  grow- 
iug  toward  the  base  of  the  tree,  the  foliose  ones  sparingly,  the  crustose  spe- 


-24- 


Fig.  2.  Verrucaria  nigrescens  on  rock. 

cies  abundantly.  The  latter  was  also  growing  abundantly  all  the  way  up  the 
trunk,  nearly  to  the  top,  and  also  on  some  of  the  larger  branches.  A moss 
was  also  growing  rather  sparingly  three-fourths  of  the  way  up  the  trunk  of 
the  tree.  It  was  impossible  to  make  a minute  study  of  the  whole  trunk  of 
the  fallen  tree,  but  an  area  thirty  by  one  hundred  cm.,  and  containing  some 
areas  of  lichens  and  mosses  which  were  carefully  located,  was  marked 
on  the  bark  for  future  detailed  study  of  succession.  Two  other  areas  were 
marked  in  the  same  manner,  using  small  nails  and  cord,  and  making  similar 
records  of  conditions  within  the  areas.  The  study  of  rate  of  decay  of  this 
tree  and  others  similarly  studied,  with  observation  of  successions  of  plants 
upon  them  will  surely  be  interesting  and  it  is  hoped  may  also  contribute  some 
data  of  value.  In  all  such  studies,  specimens  of  the  plants  of  each  succes- 
sion will  be  carefully  preserved. 

For  the  fifth  study  of  the  second  series,  a limestone  rock  was  selected 
one-third  meter  square  and  eight  cm.  thick,  lying  flat  on  the  ground  in  the 
shade  and  densely  covered  on  the  upper  surface  with  Grimmia  apocarpa 
Fig.  i.  A portion  of  the  surface  of  the  rock  was  chipped  off,  one-half  to  two 
cm.  deep,  so  that  any  succession  upon  the  chipped  surface  must  be  a pri- 
mary one.  Study  number  seven  is  a similar  limestone  rock,  but  standing 
nearly  perpendicular,  nearly  all  above  ground,  and  covered  on  the  exposed 
sides  and  edges  with  the  lichen,  Verrucaria  nigrescens.  Fig.  2.  Half  of 
the  surface  was  chipped  in  the  same  manner  as  in  study  number  five,  so 
that  the  rate  and  manner  of  invasion  and  ecesis  may  be  studied. 

Other  studies  were  made  of  lichens  and  mosses  on  ledges  of  rocks  and 
on  large  and  small  boulders  in  varying  conditions  of  environment,  but  enough 
has  been  recorded  to  illustrate  the  methods  employed, 

Miami  University.  Oxford,  Ohio. 


-25- 


NOTES  ON  CEPHALOZIELLA  (SPRUCE)  SCHNIFFNER. 

[Read  at  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Meeting,  Baltimore,  1908.] 

Annie  Lorenz. 

In  one  of  his  “ Bryologische  Fragmente,”  Schiffner  characterizes  the 
above  as  “die  aiisserst  schwierige  Gattung  Cephaloziella a comment 
wherein  he  is  quite  justified,  as  the  dioicous  species,  in  particular,  at  present 
offer  a sufficiently  cheerful  tangle  to  anyone  desirous  of  unravelling  them. 

During  the  past  season  the  writer’s  attention  has  been  called  to  some  of 
the  species  of  this  genus,  which  upon  examination  resolve  themselves  into 
C.  myriantha  (Lindb.)  Schiffn.,  and  forms  of  C.  divaricata  (Sm.)  Schiffn. 
Specimens  of  both  have  been  examined  from  different  parts  of  New  Eng- 
land, C.  divaricata  being  reported  from  all  the  New  England  states,  while  C. 
my  riant  ha  is  as  yet  only  from  N.  H.,  Mass.,  and  Conn.,  as  well  as  N.  Y. 

The  two  have  undoubtedly  been  confused,  probably  from  lack  of  fertile 
material.  This  is  perhaps  the  reason  that  C.  myriantha  has  been  hitherto 
overlooked  in  New  Hampshire,  where  it  is  extremely  common  in  the  proper 
sort  of  stations.  It  is  emphatically  a northern  species,  and  its  southern  range 
is  not  yet  definitely  known.  Its  paroicous  inflorescence  at  once  distinguishes 
it  from  its  New  England  allies. 

Lindberg  first  described  C.  myriantha  in  the  proceedings  of  the  Societas 
pro  Flora  et  Fauna  Fennica,  Vol.  i,  Feb.  6,  1875,  as  follows:  “in  which 
genus  Cephalozia  the  president  has  found  two  which  he  suspected  to  be 
undescribed  species,  one  of  which,  by  him  named  myriantha.  yet  possibly 
could  be  identical  with  J;  rubella  Nees.  This  first  named,  which  he  met 
with  in  various  places  about  Ladoga,  Helsingfors,  Stockholm  and  Ostergoth- 
land,  is  distinguished  without  difficulty,  in  that  it  is  the  smallest  of  the  genus, 
through  simple  plants,  larger  and  broader  leaves,  especially  toward  the  apex 
of  the  stem,  where  they  are  strongly  serrate,  and  consisting  of  rounded, 
strongly  thickened  cells,  together  with  paroicous  inflorescence.” 

Spruce  does  not  pay  very  much  attention  to  C.  myriantha  beyond  quot- 
ing Lindberg’s  northern  stations  for  it,  but  he  describes  C.  Jackii  Limpr.  at 
somewhat  greater  length,  and  quotes  German  stations,  with  notes  concern- 
ing certain  German  specimens  seen  by  him. 

Warnstorf  gives  an  excellent  description  of  C.  Jackii  in  Kryptogamen- 
fiora  der  Mark  Brandenburg,  p.  230,  but  makes  no  mention  of  C.  myriantha. 

Schiffner,  however,  in  Bryologische  Fragmente  No.  7,  discusses  C.  Jackii 
and  C.  myriantha  in  detail,  and  poncludes  that  they  are  identical.  He  says 
that  it  was  first  supposed  that  C.  myriantha  was  the  northern,  and  C.  Jackii 
the  central  European  form,  but  finds  among  his  Norwegian  specimens  some 
labelled  C.  myriantha , which  are  good  C.  Jackii,  according  to  the  descrip- 
tions. 

C.  myriantha  was  first  collected  in  New  Hampshire  by  the  Sullivant 
Moss  Society’s  committee  on  Mt.  Lafayette,  during  the  Appalachian  Moun- 
tain Club’s  meeting  of  July,  1908. 

It  is  common  on  all  the  summits  about  Waterville,  N.  H.,  descending 
also  into  the  valley.  It  is  a true  xerophyte,  growing  on  dry  exposed  barren 


-26- 

soil,  and  on  ledges  of  rock,  mixed  with  Polytricha  and  lichens.  In  its  most 
luxuriant  form  it  is  dark  red,  and  prostrate,  producing  in  great  abundance  its 
capsules,  which  mature  about  the  first  of  August.  The  perianths  are  whitish 
and  hyaline  in  the  upper  part.  A heavily  fruited  patch  is  quite  distinguish- 
able with  the  naked  eye,  with  a little  practice. 

One  of  its  colonies  looks  not  unlike  one  of  Marsupella  ustulata , except 
that  it  is  dark  red  instead  of  almost  black.  With  a lens  the  creeping 
stems  have  the  appearance  -of  little  chains,  like  Temnoma,  the  leaves  on 
robust  stems  being  quite  imbricated. 

The  White  Mountain  specimens  are  much  more  robust  and  deeply  colored 
than  those  from  the  trap  ledges  about  Hartford.  While  equally  common,  it 
is  green,  and  but  little  pigmented,  being  apt,  especially  the  fertile  plants, 
to  grow  mingled  with  tufts  of  Leucobryum. 

Dr.  Evans  says  “the  paroicous  inflorescence  maybe  demonstrated  by 
mounting  astern  with  a perianth  or  2 inflorescence  by  itself,  crushing  it  by 
rubbing  the  cover  glass  gently  to  and  fro,  and  then  examining  the  debris. 
You  will  then  have  little  trouble  in  finding  archegonia,  and  the  antheridia, 
although  empty  and  shriveled,  will  still  show  their  stalks,  consisting  of  a 
single  row  of  cells,  and  their  thin  and  delicate  walls.” 

The  lobes  of  the  involucral  leaves  of  C.  myriantha  are  broad,  with  a nar- 
row sinus,  lobes  jagged-serrate,  and  hardly  bleached  out,  except  on  the  outer- 
most edges.  Cells  very  thick-walled.  The  stem  leaves  of  good  robust  plants 
are  practically  secund,  much  broader  in  outline,  and  with  a much  narrower 
sinus  than  those  of  C.  divaricata . Cellulae  minutulae  pulchre  gut- 
tulatae.  Vegetative  reproduction  by  means  of  oval  gemmae  on  the  tips  of 
sterile  shoots. 

The  writer  has  examined  specimens  of  C.  myriantha  from  Mts.  Lafay- 
ette, Osceola,  Tecumseh,  Sandwich  Dome,  Carrigain,  and  the  Scaur,  from 
altitudes  ranging  from  5300-2300  ft.,  and  from  Connecticut  stations  along  the 
Talcott  Range,  at  an  average  altitute  of  500  ft. 

In  regard  to  C.  divaricata  (Sm.)  Schiffn.  European  writers  differ  as  to 
what  is  the  true  C.  divaricata.  Spruce  includes  in  this  species  many  forms, 
the  two  most  important  of  which,  however,  are  separated  by  Warnstorf  into 
C.  divaricata  (Sm.)  Warnst.  and  C.  byssacea  (Roth.)  Warnst.,  distin- 
guished by  what  would  seem  good  and  sufficient  characters,  as  follows: 

C.  divaricata . Leaf  lobes  divergent  and  cell-walls  thin,  involucral 
bracts,  with  long,  narrow  lobes,  entire  or  subentire,  bleached  only  on  edges, 
inflorescence  elongate-clavate,  underleaves  only  in  the  inflorescence.  Plant 
of  damp  localities. 

C.  byssacea.  Leaf  lobes  broader  and  with  a narrow  sinus,  cell  walls 
rather  thick,  but  not  as  much  so  as  in  C.  myriantha , involucral  bracts  broader 
than  in  C.  divaricata,  spinose-dentate,  hyaline  i’n  the  upper  part,  cells 
thick  walled.  Inflorescence  rosette-shaped.  Underleaves  variable,  but 
present  in  the  inflorescence.  Plant  of  dry  ground. 

Stephani  and  Massalongo  agree  with  Warnstorf,  but  Schiffner  does  not. 
“He  states  that  J.  divaricata  Sm.  —J.  byssacea  Roth.,  and  keeps  Smith’s. 


-27- 


name  for  the  plant  with  spinose-dentate  bracts,  considering  the  two  species 
synonyms,  an  1 this  leaves  Warnstorf’s  C.  divaricata  without  any  name  at 
all.  So  he  names  this  C.  trivialis  Schiffn.  n.  sp.,  and  it  is  so  listed  by  vari- 
ous other  writers.  It  has  not  apparently  been  formally  published.  There- 
fore, at  present,  C.  byssacea  Warnst  — C.  divaricata  Schiffn.  while  C. 
divaricata  Warnst.  =C.  trivialis  Schiffn.” 

Schiffner  says  “the  thickenings  of  the  cell-walls  in  the  species  of  Cepha- 
loziella , according  to  my  previous  investigations,  vary  extraordinarily, 
according  to  the  damper  and  shady,  or  sunny  and  dry  station,  and  cer- 
tainly to  a high  degree  depend  directly  upon  the  station.” 

Spruce  says  of  C.  divaricata  (Sm.)  “ Habitat,  on  the  ground,  on  stones, 
or  decaying  wood,  or  overrunning  other  mosses,  but  always  in  a humid  site, 
whether  shaded  or  exposed.  Probably  dispersed  throughout  the  northern 
temperate  zone,  in  the  southern,  and  between  the  tropics,  replaced  by  closely 
related,  but  distinct  species.  It  abounds  equally  in  plains  and  mountains, 
but  rarely  ascends  above  the  subalpine  region.” 

In  Macoun’s  Catalogue  of  Canadian  Plants,  ParLVII,  1902,  are  given 
numerous  stations  for  C.  divaricata  (Sm.)  Dum.,  ranging  from  Greenland, 
Labrador,  Nova  Scotia,  to  Lake  Superior,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia,  and 
Alaska,  but  there  is  no  mention  of  C.  myriantha. 

As,  however,  in  these  stations  when  the  habitat  is  mentioned,  it  is,  “ wet 
places,  damp  rocks, ’’etc.,  the  specimens  may  be  assumed  to  be  good  C. 
divaricata  (Sm. ) Dum . 

In  preparing  sterile  and  etiolated  forms  of  C.  divaricata  for  examina- 
tion, it  comes  up  in  tufts  of  parallel  stems,  looking,  on  the  slide,  like  minute 
bunches  of  asparagus. 

Underwood,  in  Gray's  Man.  6 Ed.  1889,  does  not  refer  at  all  to  C.  myri- 
antha, but  describes,  p.  712,  C.  divaricata  (Sm.)  according  to  Spruce.  He 
says  however,  “dry  rocks  and  sand,  pine  barrens  of  N.  J.  and  northward” 
which  seems  to  point  to  C.  byssacea  (Roth.)  Warnst. 

All  the  fertile  specimens  collected  by  the  writer  in  Connecticut  appar- 
ently should  be  referred  to  C.  divaricata  according  to  Schiffner  as  they 
have  the  spinose-dentate  bracts,  which  is  the  form  listed  in  the  Report  on 
the  Conn.  Bryophytes.  The  sterile  specimens,  from  damp  rocks,  are  much 
etiolated,  and  might  belong  to  either  form. 

From  the  range  of  stations  given,  these  species  are  obviously  of  those 
who  are  not  unduly  particular  in  the  matter  of  the  geological  substratum  of 
their  habitats.  The  White  Mountains  are  mostly  potassic  rocks,  with  much 
glacial  drift  in  the  valleys,  while  the  trap  rocks  about  Hartford  contains  a 
little  lime. 

Most  of  these  small  and.  to  superficial  observation,  retiring  hepaticae,  are 
most  fastidious  in  their  choice  of  habitat,  but,  when  the  combination  of  char- 
acters requisite  to  their  satisfaction  is  once  worked  out,  the  collector  has  but 
to  put  his  hand  upon  them, 

Schiffner,  in  an  obituary  notice  of  Limpricht,  alludes  to  Bryology  as 
“ diesen  liebenswiirdigsten  Spezialgebiete  der  Scientis  amabilis  welches 
aber  zugleich  zu  den  schwierigsten  gehort.”  Although  this  especial  genus  is 
confused  and  vexatious,  nevertheless,  it  is  far  too  interesting  to  merit  neg- 
lect. Hartford.  Connecticut. 


-28- 


NOTES  ON  NOMENCLATURE  X. 

Elizabeth  G.  Britton. 

Part  231  of  Engler  and  Prantl  Pflanzenfamilien  was  received  on  July 
16th,  1908;  it  includes  pages  1009  and  1056  completing  the  Thuidieae  and 
beginning  the  Hypnaceae.  The  genus  Thuidium  includes  28  species  found 
in  North  America,  separated  into  live  subgenera,  and  Helodium  (Sull.) 
Warnst.  (Eladium  Sull.)  is  maintained  with  three  species. 

The  Hypnaceae  are  divided  into  four  subfamilies  as  follows;  1,  Am- 
blystegieae ; 2,  Hylocomieae ; 3,  Stereodanteae ; 4,  Plagiothecieae , only  the  first 
two  are  included  in  this  part.  The  Amblystegieae  are  divided  into  ten  gen- 
era, all  occurring  in  North  America ; these  are  Amblystegium  with  19  species, 
Amblystegiella  four  species,  Homomallium  two  species,  Hygroainblys- 
tegium  four  species.  Amblystegiuin  Lescurii  Sull.  with  its  thickened  rough 
margin  is  very  properly  transferred  to  the  genus  Sciaromium  founded  on 
three  South  American  species  in  which  this  is  characteristic.  A rigid  interpre- 
tation would  pronounce  Hygroamblystegium  filicinum  the  type  of  C'ra- 
toneuron  Sull.  which  includes  five  of  our  species,  C.  commutatum  being  only 
incidentally  mentioned  by  Sullivant.  Drepanocladus  includes  17  species  and 
is  subdivided  into  seven  sections ; Calliergon  con  tains  seven  and  Acrocladium 
cuspidatum  stands  as  our  only  species.  Hygrohypnum  has  16  species  which 
have  been  familiar  to  us  as  Limnobium.  Campy lium  includes  18  species* 
but  a careful  revision  of  the  genus  would  probably  reduce  this  number. 

The  Hylocomieae  include  a number  of  genera  not  found  in  North  Amer- 
ica. Ctenidium  is  maintained  with  three  of  our  species,  C.  molluscUm 
being  figured.  The  generic  name  Microthamnium  is  retained  in  preference 
to  Stereohypnum  as  used  by  Professor  Fleischer  and  'Mittenothamnium 
Hennings,  a question  which  is  open  to  discussion ; eighteen  species  are 
known  to  be  tropical  American,  one  only  having  been  found  in  Florida. 

Parts  232-233  were  received  December  22d,  1908,  containing  pages  1057- 
1152,  completing  the  Hylocomieae  and  including  the  Stereodonteae,  Plagio- 
thecieae, Leucomiaceae,  Sematophyllaceae , Rhegmatodontaceae  and  part  of 
the  Brachytheciaceae.  Rhytidiopsis  Broth,  is  described  to  include  R. 
robust  a (Hook.)  of  the  western  states,  R.  rugosum  remaining  in  Rhytidium. 
Hylocomium  is  limited  to  four  of  our  species.  Perhaps  the  most  surprising 
result  of  the  subdivision  of  the  Hypnaceae  is  that  the  genus  Hypnum  is 
reduced  to  one  species,  H.  Schreberi  and  that  the'citation  is  Dillenius  Cata- 
logue Gissam  p.  215,  1718.  It  would  seem  more  correct  to  have  cited  it  as 
Hypnum  (Dill.  L.)  as  the  method  of  arriving  at  the^type  has  been  by  exclu- 
sion of  all  the  Linnaean  species  that  have  been  referred  to  other  genera, 
leaving  H.  parietinum  L.  which  raises  the  question  why  this  specific  name 
dating  to  1753  should  not  have  preference  over  H.  Schreberi  of  1787  espe- 
cially since  the  priority  of  the  H.  proliferum  L.  is  recognized ! 

The  Stereodonteae  are  divided  into  eight  genera  of  which  four  are  North 
American.  Ptilium  crista-castrensis  is  the  only  species  in  the  first  genus. 
Ectropothecium  has  seven  of  which  E.  caloosiense  only,  is  known  in  Florida. 
Stereodon  includes  the  “ proper  Hypnums  ” of  Lesquereux  & James’  Manual 


—29— 


and  is  divided  into  four  subgenera  with  35  species  of  Drepanium  a number 
which  can  be  materially  reduced;  three  of  Heterophyllum  and  under  Secjtion 
IV.  Pseudo-Raphidostegium  Brotherus  founds  a new  section  where  we  are 
surprised  to  meet  S.  recurvans  and  S.  delicatiilus . This  transfer  is  open  to 
serious  question  as  there  seems  to  be  no  good  reason  for  not  placing  these 
species  with  their  closely  related  allies  in  the  Sematophyllaceae  in  section 
Cupressinopsis  on  pp.  1109  and  mo,  where  their  inflated  alar  cells  and 
rostrate  lids  properly  place  them ! 

The  P lagiothecieae  are  subdivided  into  Isopterygium  with  22  species ; 
Plagiothecium  with  16  species;  Catagonium  C.  M.  with  one  species  from 
Panama ; Taxithelium  with  three  species  of  which  T.  planum  occurs  in  Florida- 
Vesicularia  C.  M.  is  maintained  as  distinct  from  Ectropothecium  and  V. 
antphibolum  and  V.  vesicularis  are  transferred  to  this  genus. 

The  Leucomiaceae  are  a small  tropical  family  of  two  genera;  two  species 
of  Lecomium  occur  in  the  West  Indies. 

The  Sematophyllaceae  contain  some  questionable  decisions.  It  is  sur- 
prising to  find  that  Pterogonidium  C.  M.  1897  is  described- and  that  Ptero 
goniella  (Sch.)  Jaeger  is  dropped  entirely,  presumably  because  Jaeger 
subdivided  it  into  Meiothecium  and  Potamium . It  is  quite  correct,  however, 
to  separate  Pt.  pulchella  from  Meiothecium  where  Jaeger  placed  it  and  to 
recognize  this  as  a genus  with  three  West  Indian  species  with  Sauloma,  as  used 
by  C.  Muller,  as  a synonym.  Raphidostegium  is  maintained  with  five  sub" 
genera  and  38  species.  Trichosteleum  includes  six  species  and  Semato- 
phyllum  three  species,  all  West  Indian  and  Central  American. 

The  Rhegmatodontaceae,  contains  Rhegmatodon  with  two  Mexican 
species.  The  Brachytheciaceae  are  also  extensively  subdivided  including 
Horn  a lothecie  l la  with  three  North  American  species,  Homalothecium  with  two 
species,  Pleuropus  with  one  West  Indian  species;  Ca7nptothecium  with  three 
subgenera  and  13  species;  Scleropodium  with  seven  species  and  Cirriphyllum 
which  is  not  completed  in  this  part.  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


LICHEN  NOTES  No.  9. 

Parmelia  latissima  Fee  and  Two  Commonly  Associated  Species. 

G.  K.  Merrixl. 

The  lichens  described  below  have  for  the  most  part  been  correlated  under 
the  na'me  of  Parmelia  latissima  Fee  by  our  American  students.  This  view, 
apparently  sanctioned  by  Tuckerman’s,;  Synopsis,  seems  to  have  met  all  the 
requirements  of  our  investigators.  No  explanation  is  ready  at  hand  to  ac- 
count for  Tuckerman’s  failure  to  at  least  record  the  synonymy  for  P. 
latissima,  and  it  may  be  assumed  that  he  considered  the  distinctions  upon 
which  were  based  P.  coralloidea , P.  cristifera , etc.  to  be  ineffective.  A 
comparison  of  the  description  here  undertaken  for  these  plants  will  help  to  a 
proper  comprehension  of  the  group,  and  supply  data  for  more  intelligent 
identification. 

Parmelia  latissima  Fee  Essai  Cryptog.  Suppl,  (1837;  p.  119. 


—30  — 


Reaction  K+>crimson,  K(C)+cortex  alone. 

Thallus  whitish-glaucescent,  expanded,  orbicular,  membranaceous  but 
rigid,  appressed  but  loosely  adherent,  lobate,  the  divisions  broad,  rather 
radiate,  margins  sinuous,  unbroken  at  the  periphery,  where  rounded  and 
depressed;  centrally  uneven  and  puckered,  somewhat  imbricate,  the  bor- 
ders elevato-decurved ; above  smooth,  opaque  or  somewhat  shining,  desti- 
tate  of  soredia,  isidia.  or  cilia;  within  white;  below  black  and  sparsely 
rhizinose,  at  the  circumference  yellowish  or  brownish  and  broadly  glabrous. 
Apothecia  short  pedicillate,  cup-shaped,  disk  reddish,  imperforate,  margin 
entire,  sometimes  incurved  exciple  smooth  or  at  length  scrobiculate.  Spores 
ellipsoid  fi. 

This  is  a tropical  species,  but  should  be  found  within  the  southern  limits 
of  the  United  States  and  in  the  Central  American  region.  There  is  no  record 
of  its  occurrence  in  Continental  North  America  however,  that  may  be  inter- 
preted as  applying  to  the  plant  here  defined. 

Parmelia  coralloidea  (Mey.  & Flot.)  Wainio  Etude  Bresil  I,  p.  33;  P.  per- 
lata  var.  coralloidea  Mey.  & Flot.  in  Act.  Ac.  Leop.  Nat.  Cur.  XIX, 
Suppl.  I (1843),  p.  219;  P.  tinctorum  Despr. ; P.  praetervisa  Mull.;/'. 
per  lata  var.  platylobaM.\i\\. 

Reaction  K+,  C+intense  red,  Wainio. 

Thallus  whitish  or  cinereo-glaucescent,  sometimes  centrally  dirty-ciner- 
eous, broadly  expanded,  orbicular,  rather  appressed  but  not  adherent,  lob- 
ate, the  divisions  ample,  margins  slightly  decurved,  sinuous,  at  the  periphery 
rounded  or  broadly  crenate,  depressed  and  plane,  centrally  confusedly 
uneven  and  puckered;  above  opaque  or  slightly  shining,  destitute  of  soredia, 
or  cilia,  but  more  or  less  isidiose;  within  white;  below  black,  at  the  circumfer- 
ence yellowish-brown  and  glabrous,  smooth  or  minutely  rugose  centrally 
and  here  and  there  slightly  rhizinose.  Apothecia  cup-shaped  at  length  ex- 
planate,  disk  rufescent,  continuous  or  sometimes  perforate,  the  margin  com- 
monly entire  but  sometimes  fissured,  the  exciple  smooth  or  isidiose.  Spores 
//.  Invariably  smaller  than  in  P.  latissima.  As  observed  by  the 
writer  the  greatest  length  for  spores  has  been  18 ju,  that  for  diameter  10 ju. 

The  plant  is  commonly  found  on  trunks  of  trees,  sometimes  on  shrubs, 
and  often  on  fences  and  palings. 

Examined  from  St.  Martinville,  La  , A.  B.  Langlois,  the  specimen  hav- 
ing been  identified  by  Nylander  as  P.  latissima-,  in  another  example  from 
the  same  locality  and  collector,  issued  by  Miss  Cummings  No.  122  L.  B.  A. 
as  P.  latissima  with  the  note  “ differs  from  the  type  in  being  isidiophorous ;” 
Okeefenokee  Swamp  Ga.,  L.  P;  Ricker;  Thomasville,  Ga  , Mrs.  Taylor; 
vicinity  of  Sanford,  Fla.,  S.  Rapp;  and  Island  of  Jamaica,  Miss  C.  E.  Cum- 
mings. Reported  from  Mexico,  Dr.  Maury. 

The  species  strongly  resembles  P.  latissima  in  appearance,  but  may  be 
readily  distinguished  by  the  reaction,  the  isidia,  and  the  smaller  spores. 
Parmelia  cristifera  Tayl.  in  Hook.  Jour.  Bot.  1847,  p.  165;  P.  latissima 
forma  cristifera  (Tay.)  Hue  Lich.  Ex,-Eur.  I,  p.  105.  P.  glaberrima 
Kremplh.  pro  maxima  parte. 


-31- 


Reaction  K+,  Cl,  K(C)+reddish. 

Thallus  white  or  whitish-glaucescent,  expanded,  orbicular,  membran- 
aceous but  rigid,  appressed  but  not  adherent,  lobate,  the  divisions  broad  and 
rather  confusedly  radiating,  sub-imbricate  centrally,  at  the  circumference 
rounded  depressed  and  plane,  the  margins  there  sinuous  or  faintly  crenate, 
centrally  undulate,  cristate-ascendent  and  beset  with  globose  or  limbate  com- 
monly aggregated  soredia;  above  smooth,  opaque  or  somewhat  shining, 
eciliate  and  destitute  of  isidia;  within  white;  below  blackish  or  brownish  and 
sparsely  rhizinose,  at  the  circumference  paler  and  glabrous.  Apothecia  as 
in  P.  latissima  but  often  explanate,  imperforate.  Spores  in  the  few  fertile 
examples  examined  smaller  than  those  for  P.  latissima.  On  old  logs,  trunks 
of  trees,  fence  posts  and  rocks. 

Examined  from  Jacksonville,  Fla. , W.  W.  Calkins ; vicinity  of  Sanford, 
Fla.,  S.  Rapp;  and  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  A.  A.  Heller. 

The  distinctiveness  of  this  plant  specifically,  rests  on  the  reaction,  ele- 
vated margins  of  the  lobes,  and  the  markedly  cristate-aggregated  soredia. 
Another  factor  that  serves  to  separate  the  species  from  P.  latissima  is  fur- 
nished by  the  failure  of  our  southern  collectors  to  discover  anything  recon- 
cilable with  the  latter  as  here  defined.  Rockland,  Maine, 


LICHENS  OF  THE  HOUNT  MONADNOCK  REGION,  N.  H.  No.  3. 

(See  Bryologist,  XI:  March  and  July,  1908). 

Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr, 

Genus:  Parmelia  (Ach.)  DeNot. 

32.  Parmelia  perlata  (L  ) Ach.  Three  fertile  specimens,  two  thus 
labelled,  one  marked  “perferata.”  (Fitzwilliam,  not  uncommon). 

33.  Parmelia  perforata  (Jacq.)  Ach.  One  fertile  specimen  belongs 
here. 

34.  Parmelia  cetrata  Ach.  Two  specimens,  one  labelled  “ perforata'' 
belong  here  (Fitzwilliam,  uncommon.). 

35.  Parmelia  tiliacea  (Hoffm.)  Floerk).  Two  fertile  specimens  labelled 
thus,  and  two  fertile  specimens  labelled  “ Parmelia  Scortea  ” (included 
with  tiliacea  by  Fries),  one  fertile  specimen  at  first  labelled  P.  Russelli ,” 
also  seven  fertile  specimens  unlabelled  belong  here  (Fitzwilliam,  common.). 
All  these  by  chemical  criteria  show  the  following  results:  K+OI,  K(C)+  red, 
which  is  in  no  way  comparable  with  the  results  tabulated  by  Mr.  G .K. 
Merrill  in  his  recent  paper  on  the  genus.  JBry.  XI:  p.  92;  1908.) 

36.  Parmelia  Borreri  rudecta  Tuckerm.  One  specimen  labelled  “ P. 
Russelli  white  fibres.”  Two  fertile  sperimens  labelled  “ P.  Russelli and 
an  unlabeiled  specimen  belongs  here.  (Fitzwilliam,  uncommon.) 

37.  Parmelia  saxatilis  (L.)  Ach.  Three  sterile  specimens,  two  of 
which  are  labeled  “ saxatilis . ” (One  first  labelled  oinphalodesi). 

38.  Parmelia  saxatilis  sulcata  Nyl.  Twelve  specimens,  two  labelled 
“ P . saxatilis  sulcata  ” (one  had  before  been  labelled  “ Physcia  caesia  v. 
stellata  ” and  another  “ Pyxine  Frostii ”)  belong  here.  Also  one  specimen 
t‘ P.  laevigata."  (Fitzwilliam,  common.) 


-32- 


39.  Parmelia  saxatilis  furfuracea  Schaer.  Five  specimens,  three 
fertile,  three  labelled  “ saxatilis ,”  and  two  unlabelled  belong  here.  One 
specimen  labelled  “ P.  saxatilis,  omphalodes ” is  Physcia  pulverulenta 
leucoleiptes . 

40.  Parmelia  physodes  (L.)  Ach.  Six  specimens,  one  fertile.  Four  are 
labelled  enteromorpha,  all  belong  here.  The  forms  platyphylla  and  labrosa 
are  represented  if  recognized.  One  small  unlabelled  specimen  probably 
belongs  here. 

41.  Parmelia  physodes  vittata  Ach.  Two  infertile  specimens,  both 
labelled  enteromorpha  (and  one  specimen  of  the  original  collection  made  in 
April,  1906)  belong  here.  If  the  form  hypotrypodes  Nyl.  be  admitted  these 
belong  with  it: 

(?)  Parmelia  colpodes  (Ach.)  Nyl.  Five  fertile  specimens.  One  had 
been  labelled  ^physodes , and  corrected — though  its  identity  as  no 
spores  are  found  is  still  doubtful.  I do  not  believe  these  speci- 
mens were  collected  in  this  region,  nor  the  following: 

Parmelia  pertusa  (Schrank.)  Schaer.  Six  sterile  specimens.  Five 
are  labelled  “ terebrata,”  and  one  corrected  to  “ pertusa .”  Fourof 
the  above  are  labelled  with  the  remarks  “holes”  or  “ holes  bored.” 

42  Parmelia  olivacea  (L.)  Ach.  Two  fertile  specimens  labelled  thus, 
belong  here.  (Fitzwilliam,  common.) 

43.  Parmelia  olivacea  aspidota  Ach.  Two  fertile  specimens,  one 
labelled  thus,  the  other  “ olivacea,”  belong  here. 

44.  Parmelia  olivacea  panniformis  Nyl.  One  sterile  specimen  thus 
labelled  and  one  labelled  “ aspidota ,”  belong  here. 

45.  Parmelia  olivacea  sorediata  (Ach  ) Nyl.  Two  sterile  specimens, 
(The  specimen  formerly  questionably  referred  here  is  so  worn  that  its  abso- 
lute determination  is  impossible.) 

46.  Parmelia  stygia  (L.)  Ach.  Nine  specimens,  four  fertile,  and 
labelled.  Two  are  from  Monadnock,  one  from  “ Huggins  Hill,”  and  one 
from  “ Mt.  Carrigan.”  (I  collected  on  the  upper  bare  ledges  of  Monadnock, 
on  Nov.  3,  1907,  this  lichen,  No.  571.  It  grows  abundantly  but  I did  not 
find  it  fruited.  Also  reported  from  Mt.  Monadnock,  J.  L.  Russell,  see 
Tuckerm.  Syn.  1882,  p.  .63.) 

47.  Parmelia  caperata  (L.)  Ach.  Four  specimens,  three  labelled,  of 
which  two  are  fertile.  (Fitzwilliam,  common  ). 

48.  Parmelia  conspersa  (Ehrh.)  Ach.  Eight  specimens,  six  fertile. 
Five  are  labelled  “ conspersa four  “ v.  stenophy llaP  one  unlabelled.  Five 
belong  below,  two  of  which  are  referable  to  the  form  as  follows: 

49.  Parmelia  conspersa  isidiata  (Anzi, ) Hue. 

50.  Parmelia  conspersa  stenophylla  Ach.  Three  specimens,  two 
ladelled  thus,  and  one  unlabelled.  (All  three  forms  are  common  in  the  Mo- 
nadnock region.) 

51.  Parmelia  centrifuga  (L.)  Ach.  Six  specimens,  one  fertile,  four 
labelled.  The  fertile  one  is  from  “Monadnock,”  another  from  “ C.  C. 
Frost,”  the  shoemaker  botanist  of  Vermont.  One  specimen  first  labelled 
“ P.  conspersa?  ” afterwards  changed  to  “ P.  incurva ” belong  here. 

52.  Parmelia  incurva  (Pers.)  Fr.  One  specimen,  thus  labelled. 

53.  Parmelia  ambigua  (Wulf.)  Ach.  Three  specimens  all  thus  labelled. 
(There  is  also  a specimen  in  the  Sprague  Collection,  Boston  Society  of 
Natural  History,  from  Monadnock.  These  specimens  labelled  “ Parmelia 
ambigua  albescens  Wahl.”  are  evidently  P.  stellaris.). 

to  be  continued.  Concord,  Mass. 


-33- 


LICHENS  OF  baltimore:and  vicinity. 

(Abstract  of  Talk  given  at  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Meeting,  Baltimore,  1908.) 

Charles  C.  Plitt. 

The  collection  consists  of  148  specimens  representing  30  genera,  contain- 
ing 107  species  and  their  varieties.  Nearly  all  have  been  collected  in  the  im- 
mediate'vicinity  of  Baltimore.  In  the  naming  of  specimens  I have  depended 
a great  deal  upon  our  friend  Mr.  Merrill  who  has  kindly  looked  at  nearly 
everything  I have  collected.  In  the  arrangement  of  specimens  I have  fol- 
lowed Engler  and  Prantl  as  best  I could.  A glance  at  the  series  will  show 
that  Cladonia  alone  is  represented  by  53  specimens,  over  one-third  of  the 
whole.  This  would  seem  to  show  that  Baltimore  is  particularly  well  repre- 
sented in  this  genus.  This  is  true;  but  I think  that  this  high  showing  is  due 
to  a great  extent  to  our  much  better  knowledge  of  the  Cladonias,  and  when 
we  have  a more  thorough  knowledge  of  other  genera  there  will  also  be  a 
marked  increase  in  numbers  of  specimens  representing  them.  To  illustrate; 
the  53  specimens  of  Cladonia  represent  26  species  and  varieties,  Parmelia 
will  show  14  specimens,  representing  12  species;  now  when  we  know  Parme- 
lia better  there  will  also  be  a marked  increase  in  its  varieties. 

A few  words  on  our  most  common  lichen  will  possibly  be'  of  interest. 
Which  is  our  most  common  lichen  will  be  hard  to  decide.  If  one  limited  his 
rambles  to  country  roads  alone,  it  no  doubt  would  be  Parmelia  Borreri\  if  to 
open  woods,  Cladonia  sylvatica ; if  along  railroads,  possibly  Baeomyces 
roseus.  All  three  are  equally  common  and  can  surely  not  have  escaped  the 
eye  of  any  tramper  in  this  vicinity.  Other  more  or  less  common  lichens  will 
be  the  following.  Should  one  go  along  the  banks  of  any  of  our  rocky  rivu- 
lets, one  is  sure  to  be  attracted  by  the  pretty  masses  of  Endocarp07i  miniatum 
growing  on  the  rocks  in  the  stream  sometimes  quite  submerged.  I remem- 
ber the  first  time  that  I noticed  it,  I felt  sure  it  was  Hydrotheria  for  I had 
read  that  Hydrotheria  was  the  only  lichen  that  lived  in  that  way.  but  some- 
how or  other  my  plant  would  not  fit  the  description,  and  I soon  learned  my 
brook-loving  specimen  was  Endocarpon.  Should  one  go  through  the  woods 
the  stains  on  the  tree  trunks  will  surely  attract  attention,  closer  examination 
will  possibly  reveal  Gr aphis  with  its  peculiar  heiroglyphic-like  markings,  or 
Pyrenula  with  its  numerous  little  elevations  as  if  the  bark  were  blistered, 
both  of  which  are  quite  common.  Another  common  lichen  is  Lecidea  albo- 
ccerulescens  found  on  nearly  every  rock  in  our  wooded  areas.  It  belongs  to 
the  crustose  type,  and  may  be  recognized  at  once  by  the  peculiar  oily-like 
appearance  it  gives  to  the  rocks. 

Of  the  Cladonias  our  most  common  is  sylvatica , which  is  so  closely 
allied  to  rangiferina , the  true  reindeer  moss.  How  I have  searched  for  true 
rangiferina — almost  concluding  it  was  not  found  here — finally,  however,  I 
fouud  a little,  but  growing  E'so  sparingly,  as  if  this  climate  did  not  suit  it  at 
all.  Olher  common  Cladonias  are  papillaria;  didymavax.  muscigena;  cris- 
tatella \ soon  recognized  by  its  beautiful  red  fruits;  pyxidata , with  its  funnel- 
like stalks ; and  verticillata , , 

Umbilicaria , so  easily  recognized  when  once  seen,  is  rather  rare  here; 
my  first  find  of  this  genus  being  U.  Dillenii. 


-34- 


Peltigera , that  pretty  green  lichen  with  its  very  broad  thallus  is  quite 
common.  A walk  through  any  wooded  ravine  is  sure  to  be  rewarded  by  the 
finding  of  one  or  more  species  of  this  interesting  lichen  growing  over  mosses 
or  on  the  damp  earth. 

P armelia  as  already  stated  is  well  represented  by  Borreri  var.  rudecta. 
Growing  with  it  one  very  frequently  finds  Pyxine  sorediata.  They  look  very 
much  alike.  I remember  collecting  both  together  thinking  them  one  species, 
but  one  soon  learns  to  know  them  apart,  besides  a little  scratch  on  the  thallus 
soon  tells  that  it  is  Pyxine , if  the  medulla  is  yellow,  and  P armelia  if  it  is 
white.  One  of  my  best  finds,  probably  was  the  finding  of  Parmelia  pertusa. 
It  seems  to  "be  quite  rare. 

Cetraria  in  so  many  respects  similiar  to  Parmelia  is' also  wellrepre- 
sented.  In  our  sandy  pine-covered  regions,  I am  sure  of  finding  ciliaris, 
aleurilis,  and  lacunosa ; but  in  our  hilly  regions  a pretty  find  is  Cetraria 
Okesiana. 

Physcia  is  represented  by  eleven  specimens.  The  most  common  species 
here  is  I believe  tribacia.  It  was  the  trying  to  determine  Physcia  hypo- 
leuca  which  caused  me  to  become  interested  in  the  study  of  lichens. 

Usnea  so  easily  recognized,  is  not  over  common  and  seems  to  be  disap- 
pearing. It  delights  to  grow  in  moisture  laden  regions  and  as  these  disap- 
pear by  the  cutting  down  of  the  trees,  and  the  better  draining  of  the  land, 
Usnea  also  disappears. 

I might  dwell  on  other  and  less  common  species  but  will  come  to  a close 
with  this  pretty  little  plea  for  the  study  of  lichens  by  the  Rev.  J.  S.  Cutler: 
When  all  the  birds  have  left  us  and  flown  away  to  far  off  sunny  climes; 
when  the  last  frost-flowers  have  drooped  and  faded;  and  the  last  withered 
leaf  has  fallen  in  the  silent  woods ; there  still  remains  for  the  true  lover  of 
Nature  a rare  treat  in  the  study  of  those  faithful  little  children  of  the  rough 
and  rugged  places— the  lichens.  No  bitting  frost  can  frighten  them  ; no  bel- 
lowing of  the  north  wind  can  disconcert  them  nor  disturb  their  calm  serenity. 
Steadfast,  undaunted,  brave,  sturdy,  and  faithful,  they  cling  to  the  bare 
flinty  surface  where  they  abide,  to  prove  that,  in  spite  of  winter  and  storm 
and  desolation,  there  is  still  one  warm  spot  in  Nature’s  heart.” 

Baltimore,  Maryland. 


CURRENT  LITERATURE. 

La  Flore  Bryologique  des  Terres  Magellaniques,  de  la  Georgia  du  Sud,  et 
de  l’Antarctide,  par  Jules  Cardot. 

John  M.  Holzinger. 

In  1901  Mr.  Cardot  published  the  “ Flore  Bryologique  des  Terres  Magel- 
laniques.'’ This  was  based  on  the  collections  brought  back  by  the  Belgian 
Antarctic  Expedition,  and  was  briefly  reviewed  by  the  writer  in  The  Bryol- 
ogist,  Feb.  1902,  p.  28.  The  present  work  appearing  in  small  quarto  form 
at  Stockholm,  1908,  is  part  8 of  Vol.  IV,  Botany  on  the  Reports  on  the  Swed- 
ish South  Pole  Expedition  (Schwedische  Siidpolar  Expedition)  of  which  so  far 


-35- 


seven  volumes  have  appeared.  The  expedition  was  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  Otto  Nordenskjold,  and  extended  over  the  years  1901  to  1903.  The 
Antarctic , the  vessel  that  carried  the  expedition,  was  shipwrecked,  resulting 
in  the  loss  of  a good  share  of  the  collections,  including  part  of  the  mosses. 
From  the  material  saved  the  author  determined  not  less  than  201  species,  of 
which  137  belong  to  the  Magellanic  Region  including  the  Fuegian  Archi- 
pelago and  the  Falkland  Islands;  80  belong  to  South  Georgia,  and  23  to  the 
Antarctic  Region  proper.  Of  this  number  65  species  are  new  to  science,  four 
of  these  serving  as  the  types  of  new  genera.  Mr.  Carl  Skottsberg,  the  botan- 
ist of  the  expedition,  is  honored  for  his  courage  and  perseverance  by  having 
dedicated  to  him  one  of  these  genera,  Skottsbergia  paradoxa,  a most  curious 
dicranaceous  moss  with  asymmetric  peristome. 

The  work  0.0 vers  298  pages,  accompanied  by  eleven  plates  superbly  exe. 
cuted  by  the  author  himself,  who  shows  here  again,  as  in  all  his  publications,, 
the  artist  as  well  as  the  scientist,  both  of  the  first  order.  These  plates  illus- 
trate fourteen  of  the  hew  species,  namely;  Andreaea  verrnculosa,  A. 
pumilat  A . heterophylla,  Skottsbergia  paradoxa , Verrucidens  turpis , 
Pseudodistichium  austrogeorgicum,  Grimmia  antarctici*  Orthotrichum  vit- 
talum,  Tayloria  Dubyi,  Bryum  cep  ha  lozioides , Exodokidium  subsymmetri- 
cum,  Bartramia  leucocolea,  Conostomum  perangulatum  and  Breutelia 
Skottsbergii. 

In  addition  61  figures  are  printed  in  the  text,  which  falls  into  three  parts; 

First.  La  Flore  Bryologique  des  Terres  Magellaniques,  pp.  4-187,  estab- 
lishing 243  endemic  species  out  of  444  now  known. 

Second.  La  Flore  Bryologique  de  la  Georgie  du  Sud,  pp.  188-240,  show- 
ing 42  endemic  species  out  of  93  known. 

Third.  La  Flore  Bryologique  de  l’Antarctide,  pp.  241-282,  with  24 
endemic  species  out  of  47  known. 

By  his  keen  analytic  method,  the  author  compares  what  is  known  of 
each  flora,  not  only’  from  the  Swedish  expedition,  but  from  all  prevous 
sources  of  information,  with  the  adjacent  floras  here  discussed,  as  well  as 
with  those  of  Tasmania,  New  Zealand,  Northeastern  Asia  and  our  arctic 
region.  After  the  critical  chapters,  there  follow,  in  each  case,  systematic 
l[sts  of  the  regions  discussed. 

To  enter  into  the  details  of  the  findings  in  their  critical  comparisons  is 
not  possible  in  a short  review.  Suffice  it  here  to  state  that  the  author  shows 
conclusively  that  the  Magellanic  moss  flora  shows  closer  affinity  to  the  Aus- 
tralian moss-flora  than  to  that  of  Patagonia.  And  the  intervening  groups 
of  islands,  of  Falkland,  South  Georgia,  Kerguelan  Land,  together  with  the 
Auckland  and  New  Zealand  groups,  are  probable  the  highest  outcroppings 
above  the  ocean  surface  of  once  continuous  or  nearly  continuous  land- 
mass.  In  summing  up  the  problems  presented  in  the  moss  flora  of  the 
Antarctic  continent,  Mr.  Cardot  closes  thus : 

“ What  are  the  origins  of  this  flora?  The  question  touches  closely  on  the 
problems  of  the  origins  of  the  South  Continental  flora.  Should  one  recognize 
in  the  present  Antarctic  flora  a direct  or  actual  picture,  weakened  to  be  sure. 


- 3^ — 

of  the  plant  life  of  the  ancient  Southern  Continent?  Or  must  one,  on  the 
other  hand,  attribute  to  it  a more  recent  origin  ? The  answer  seems  quite 
difficult.  Yet,  since  it  seems  established  that  South  Georgia,  the  Fuegian 
Archipelgo,  that  of  Falkland  and  Southern  Patagonia,  have  since  the  disap- 
pearance of  the  Southern  Continent!  been  visited  by  one  or  several  glacial 
period,  during  which  these  regions  experienced  climatic  conditions  analogous 
to  those  existing  to-day  .in  the  Antartic  Continent,  one  must  admit  that  in 
the  same  epoch  every  manifestation  of  life  ought  to  be  impossible  in  the 
higher  latitudes.  One  is  led  for  this  reason,  to  consider  the  present  Antarc- 
tic flora  as  a result  of  a slow  re-immigration  [of  the  Southern  (Continental) 
flora,  with  evolution  of  species  under  the  new  climatic  conditions  to  which  it 
needed  to  adapt  itself.  The  character  of  series  rather  than  of  species  which 
several  of  Antarctic  mosses  offer  (as  Dicranum  NordenskjoldiiQ,ax&.,  Bryum 
amblyolepis  Card.,  Poly  trichum  antarcticwn  Card.,  etc.) -ten  d furthermore 
to  confirm  this  hypothesis.” 

It  should  be  stated  that  Mr.  Cardot  had,  previous  to  the  publication  of 
this  comprehensive  work,  published  “ Preliminary  Notes,”  both  in  the  Revue 
Bryologique  and  in  the  Bulletin  de  l’Herbier  Boissier. 

Winona,  Minn. 


REVIEW— THE  BRYOPHYTES  OF  CONNECTICUT. 

By  Alexander  W.  Evans  and  George  E.  Nichols,  being  Bulletin  No.  n of 
the  State  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey  of  Connecticut. 

This  is  a model  for  local  lists  of  plants  of  any  kind.  There  is  a very 
satisfactory  account  of  “The  General  Characteristics  of  the  Bryophytes  ” 
and  a similar  account  of  each  of  the  six  orders:  I.  Marchantiales ; II.  Jun- 
germanniales ; III.  Anthocerotales ; IV.  Sphagnales;  V.  Andrseeales;  VI. 
Bryales;  given  in  clear  language  free  from  unnecessary  technicalities. 

No  descriptions  of  gen  era  or  species  are  given  but  there  are  good  service- 
able keys  to  both.  A list  of  localities  and  distribution  is  given  for  all 
species,  and  exsiccatae  and  references  are  cited  in  case  specimens  from  Con- 
necticut are  distributed  or  refered  to. 

The  arrangement  for  the  most  part  is  that  of  Engler  and  Prantl's  “ Die 
Natiirlichen  Pflanzenfamilien.”  The  principal  exceptions  being  the  hypnoid 
mosses  and  the  Polytrichaceae,  where  Warnstorf’s  treatment  is  followed  to 
some  extent.  The  Polytrichaceae  are  considered  the  most  highly  developed 
of  the  Bryales  and  are  placed'last,  an  arrangement  with  which,  at  present,  I 
am  unable  to  agree  because  of  the  comparatively  simple  nature  of  the  per- 
istome. Neither  am  I able  to  include  Schwetschkeopsis  denticulata  ( Leskea 
denticulata  Sulliv.)  and  Homalothecium  subcapillatum  with  the  Entodon- 
taceae.  Neither  am  I able  to  understand  why  Rhynchostegium  rusciforme 
B.  & S.  is  put  under  Eurynchium  while  Hypnum  serrulatum  Hedw.  is  put 
under  Rhynchostegium . There  are  some  other  things  of  a similar  nature  to 
which  I should  take  exception.  There  are  also  a few  cases  of  ‘-nomencla- 
ture” to  disagree  with.  These  are  minor  matters  as  the  chief  value  of  such 


-37— 


a work  is  in  .the  facts  it  records,  not  in  the  opinions  promulgated  or 
adopted,  a view  which  seems  not  to  be  universally  held  in  such  cases. 

Three  hundred  and  eighty-seven  species  are  listed,  of  which  two  hundred 
and  forty-seven  are  Bryales,  ninety-two  are  Jungermanniales,  and  thirty- 
one  are  Sphagnales.  Of  the  three  hundred  and  eighty-seven  species  only 
sixty-eight  are  peculiar  to  America.  Apparently  great  care  has  been  taken 
to  make  the  list  as  compjete  and  accurate  as  possible.  No  student  of  the 
mosses  of  the  Northern  United  States  can  afford  to  be  without  the  list  and  its 
price  is  merely  nominal  (thirty  cents).  Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to 
George  S.  Godard,  State  Librarian,  Hartford,  Connecticut. 

New  Dorp,  N.  Y.  A.  J.  Grout. 


REPORT  OF  THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  MEETING. 

The  fifth  public  meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  on  Wednesday,  Decem- 
ber 30,  1908,  at  Baltimore,  Maryland,  in  connection  with  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  then  holding  its  sixtieth  meet- 
ing. We  were  assigned  a room  in  the  Eastern  Female  High  School  Building. 
Prof.  Bruce  Fink  presiding,  called  the  meeting  to  order  at  2 P.  M.  At  this 
same  hour  in  a near  Ipy  room  was  a joint  ecological  symposium  of  the  Botan- 
ical Society  of  America  and  Section  G of  the  A.  A.  A S.,  and  Prof.  Fink 
having  a paper  there  was  obliged  to  leave  early  in  our  session.  Miss  Lorenz 
read  her  paper  on  the  “ Genus  Cephaloziella”  which  is  printed  in  this  num- 
ber of  The  Bryologist.  Prof.  Fink  then’called  Dr.  Alexander  W.  Evans  to 
the  chair  and  presented  his  own  paper  on  “ Licheno-ecologic  Notes  from 
Beechwood  Camp  ” also  given  in  this  number',  with  three  illustrations. 

The  third  paper  called  for  was  “Notes  on  the  Structure  of  the  Genus 
Sphaerocarpus,  and  its  place  in  Systematic  Botany,”  by  Miss  Caroline  C. 
Haynes,'  read  for  her  by  Dr.  Evans.  Original  drawings  from  nature  were 
shown  illustrating  all  known  species  of  the  Genus  Sphaerocarpus  (except  one 
from  Chile)  including  a new  species  from  the  State  of  Washington,  here 
referred  to  and  illustrated  for  the  first  time  as  Sphaerocarpus  hians.  These 
drawings  form  part  of  the  work  of  monographing  the  genus,  to  be  published 
later  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club. 

The  fourth  paper  was  read  by  Mr.  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr.  on  “A 
Preliminary  Review  of  the  Genus  Usnea,  as  Represented  in  New  England.” 
This  will  appear  later  in  Torrey  Bulletin.  Mr.  C.  C.  Plitt  followed  with  a 
paper  on  “ The  Lichens  of  Baltimore  and  Vicinity  ” illustrated  with  espe- 
cially prepared  specimens.  The  paper  is  given  in  this  number.  Mrs. 
Carolyn  W.  Harris  then  gave  a most  interesting  talk  on  a series  of  100 
beautifully  mounted  specimens  of  lichens  collected  at  Mt.  Meenahga,  in  the 
Catskill  Mountains  the  past  summer,  made  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  inter- 
esting the  guest  of  the  hotel  in  this  group  of  plants  and  by  their  being  on 
constant  exhibition  there  act  as  a stimulation  to  others  to  make  further  collec- 
tions and  studies,  We  shall  give  this  later  on  with  notes.  The  seventh  and 
last  item  of  the  formal  program  was  a talk  by  Mr.  Wm.  B.  Davis  on  “The 
Preparation  of  Photographs  of  Various  Microscopic  Objects,  and  General 
Technique.” 


-38- 


The  meeting  was  adjourned  at  4 P.  M.  and  resolved  itself  into  an  informa, 
reception  which  was  thoroughly  delightful.  The  various  Exhibits  were  then 
more  closely  inspected.  Miss  Mary  F.  Miller  had  sent  a choice  collection  of 
sheets  from  the  Society  Lichen  Herbarium.  Miss  Lorenz  showed  specimens 
of  Hepatics,  and  her  “ Note  Book  ” containing  a fine  series  of  figures  drawn 
from  nature  of  whole  plants  (Hepatics)  and  microcopical  details.  Some  of 
these  have  been  reproduced  in  The  Bryologist  and  we  are  promised  more 
in  the  future.  Miss  Haynes  showed  sample  pages  and  figures  drawn  from 
nature  prepared  for  a proposed  Manual  of  the  Hepaticae  of  the  Eastern, 
Southern  and  Middle  States  this  side  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Mr.  Plitt  drew  attention  to  the  advantages  of  his  arrangement  of  lichens 
in  glass  boxes  these  permitting  the  upper  and  lower  sides  of  the  specimen  to 
be  easily  observed.  The  little  glass  cases  are  held  together  by  what  are 
known  as  “insect  mounting  strips”  and  can  be  obtained  from  A.  I.  Root& 
Co.,  the  “bee”  people  of  Medina,  Ohio,  who  make  the  well  known  honey 
boxes.  These  boxes  are  made  from  strips  of  wood,  each  box  of  one  strip 
Mrs.  Josephine  D.  Lowe  was  present  and  showed  some  of  her  lichens  and 
hepatics  collected  in  Nova  Scotia,  several  being  very  rare,  and  one,  at  least, 
new  to  North  America.  The  list  is  given  in  this  number.  Mr.  Davis  showed 
a fine  collection  of  Myxomycetes  most  beautifully  mounted.  Copies  of  the 
January  Bryologist  were  distributed  having  been  published  a few  days  in 
advance  for  the  purpose. 

The  attendance  was  smaller  than  at  the  New  York  meeting,  but  the 
members  and  friends  present  expressed  great  pleasure  at  the  opportunity  for 
making  and  renewing  acquaintances  as  well  as  enjoying  the  program 
arranged  for  them.  A number  of  letters  of  regret  were  received  especially  a 
cordial  one  from  our  President,  Dr.  Frye,  also  one  from  Dr.  A.  LeRoy 
Andrews.  Secretary,  pro.  tern. 


GEORGIA  GENICULATA  IN  NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  omission  of  the  name  of  the  author,  Miss  Annie 
Lorenz,  from  the  article  on  “Georgia  geniculata  in  New  Hampshire,”  on 
page  10  of  The  Bryologist  for  January,  1909.  It  was  given  in  the  Table  of 
Contents  on  the  cover,  but  was  overlooked  in  the  article  itself. 

Mr.  N.  H.  Dixon  of  Northampton,  England,  under  date  of  January  15, 
1909,  writes  “To  the  distribution  of  Georgia  geniculata  (Bryologist,  XII, 
p.  10)  may  be  added  Labrador,  as  I have  a specimen  from  L’Anse  au  Clair, 
Labrador,  sent  me  and  collected  by  Rev.  A.  L.  Waghorne.” — Editor. 


HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS  COLLECTED  IN  NOVA  SCOTIA. 

Josephine  D.  Lowe. 

(Presented  at  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Meeting,  Baltimore,  Dec.  30,  1908). 

July,  Augustrand  a part  of  September,  1908,  was  spent  in  Sandy  Cove, 
Nova  Scotia.  This  place  is  situated  on  Di,gby  Neck  about  20  miles  from 
Digby,  and  at  the  narrowest  part  of  the  neck.  The  Bay  of  Fundy  and  St. 
Mary’s  Bay  nearly  meet  at  this  place,  it  being  only  about  fifteen  minutes 
walk  across. 


—39  — 


It  is  very  rocky  and  many  Spruce  and  Cedars  among  the  trees.  The  near- 
ness to  the  two  bays  creates  a climate  that  all  Cryptogams  love.  Such  a 
wealth  of  mosses,  lichens,  and  hepatics  would  be  hard  to  believe  could  exist 
in  so  small  a place  if  not  seen.  My  collections  including  algae,  mosses  and  a 
few  biological  and  geological  specimens  nearly  filled  a barrel  and  I can  truly  say 
they  would  not  be  missed.  I have  not  yet  examined  the  mosses  and  algae 
but  through  the  great  kindness  of  Miss  Haynes,  and  Dr.  Evans  for  the 
hepatics,  and  Miss  Miller  and  Mr.  Merrill  for  the  lichens,  I am  able  to  report 
the  following.  The  species  starred  I have  in  quantity  for  distribution,  the 
postage  averaging  about  one  cent  for  each  specimen  desired. 

Hepatics. 

Porella  platyphylla  (L.)  Lindb. 

* Ptilidium  pulcherrimum  (Web.)  Hampe. 

“ ciliare  (L.)  Nees. 

Microlejeunia  ulicina  (Taylor)  Evans.  This  is  new  to  North  America, 
formerly  known  from  the  British  Isles,  and  the  neighboring  parts  of  the  Con- 
tinent. Lindberg,  in  1875,  reported  this  species  from  North  Carolina,  but 
on  a false  determination. 

* Scapania  nemorosa  (L  ) Dumort. 

“ Bolanderi  Aust. 

Lophozia  porphyroleuca  (Nees)  Schiffn. 

“ barbata  (Schreb.)  Dumort. 

*Lophocolea  heterophylla  (Schrad.)  Dumort. 

* Lej eunea  cavifolia  (Ehrh.)  Lindb. 

* Frullania  Asagrayana  Mont. 

* Frullania  Tarnarisci  (L.)  Dumort. 

*Radula  complanata{lu.)  Dumort. 

Calypogeia  Trichomanis  (L. ) Corda. 

Bazzaiiia  trilob  at  a (L.)  S.  F.  Gray. 

Lichens.  * 

Parmelia  trichotera  Hue.  Equivalent  to  P.  per  lata  in  Nylander’s 
sense,  not  Tuckerman’s.  [Never  been  discriminated  by  name  of  P.  tricho- 
t.era  in  this  qountry  except  by  G.  K.  Merrill.] 

Parmelia  conspercata  (Schau.)  Wainio. 

* Parmelia  physodes  f.  labrosa  (Ach.)Arn. 

Parmelia  saxatilis  (L.)  Ach. 

Parmelia  crinita  f.  pilosella  (Hue)  Merrill. 

Parmelia  rudecta  (Ach.)  Nyl. 

*Peltigera  aphthosa  (L.)  Hoffm). 

*Peltigera  canind  (L.)  Hoffm. 

Peltigera  rufescens  f.  praetextata  Flk. 

[Only  once  recorded  from  America  and  this  is  only  the  second  I have 
received  from  this  continent,  G.  K.  Merrill.] 

* Peltigera  polydactyla  (Neck.)  Hoffm. 


—40— 


* Ramalina  farinacea  f.  pilosella  (Hue)  Merrill. 

* Stereocaulon  coralloides  Fr. 

Stereocaulon paschale  (L.)  Fr. 

Nephroma  laevigatum  Ach. 

* Cladonia  multiformis  Merrill. 

* Cladonia  cristatella  Tuckerm. 

Cladonia  verticillata  v.  evoluta  Fr. 

Cladonia  squamosa  f.  denticollis  (Hoffm. ) Flk. 

Cladonia  gracilis  v.  dilatata  (Hoff m. ) Wain. 

Cladonia  furcata  v.  scabriuscula  f.  adspora  Flk. 

Cladonia  sylvatica  (L.)  Web.  f.  laxiuscula  Del. 

* Cladonia  gracilis  (L.)  Willd.  v.  elongata  (Jacq. ) Flk.  Rare. 

Cladonia  furcata  (Huds.)  Schrad. 

Cladonia  furcata  (Huds.)  Schrad.  v.  pinnata  (Flk.)  Wain.  sub.  w.foho- 
losa  Del. 

* Sticta  pulmonaria  (L.)  Ach. 

* Sticta  fuliginosa  (Dicks.)  Ach.  [Uncommon  but  widely  distributed, 
G.  K.  Merrill.]. 

Sticta  scrobiculata  (Scop.)  Ach. 

* Sticta  amplissima  (Scop.)  Mass. 

* Sticta  crocata  (L.)  Ach. 

Sticta  sylvatica  (L.)  Ach.  [A  plant  so  rare  that  my  herbarium,  contains 
no  North  American  representative,  G.  K.  Merrill.], 

*Physcia  hispida  (Schreb.)  Tuckerm. 

*Physcia  stellaris  (L. ) Tuckerm. 

Physcia  speciosa  (Wulf.  Ach.)  Nyl. 

Usnea  barbata  (L. ) Fr.  between  w.florida  and  v.  dasypoga  Fr. 

* (Jmbilicaria  aphthosa  (L.)  Hoffm.  v.  papulosa  Tuckerm. 

* Leptogium  tremelloides (L.  fib)  Fr. 

* Theloschistes  parietinus  (L. ) Norm. 

The  above  were  determined  by  Mr.  Merrill,  the  following  by  Miss  Miller: 
Cladonia  furcata  scabriuscula  (Del.)  Wainio. 

Cladonia  pyxidata  chlorofhaea  (Spreng.)  Flk. 

Cladonia  sylvatica  (L.)  Hoffm. 

Cladonia  sylvatica  sy Ivestris  (Sed.)  Wain. 

Parmelia'  Borreri  hypomela  Tuckerm. 

Parmelia  pertusa  (Schrank)  Schaer. 

Parmelia  saxatilis  (L .)  Fr. 

Parmelia  saxatilis  sulcata  Nyl. 

Peltigera  polydactyla  (Neck.)  Hoffm. 

Peltigera  scut  at  a (Dicks.)  Leightf. 

Ramalina  pusilla  (Prev.)  Tuckerm. 

Ramalina pusilla  geniculata  Tuckerm. 


Washington,  D.  C, 


SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  NOTES. 

New  Members — The  revised  list  January  ist  gave  186  members,  since 
then  we  add  the  following:  No.  187.  Mr.  D.  Lewis  Dutton,  R.  F.  D.  2, 

Brandon,  Vermont.  No.  188.  Mr.  C.  M.  Goethe,  41 1 J street,  Sacramento, 
California.  No.  189.  Mr.  Arthur  S.  Browne,  Brunswick  School,  Greenwich, 
Connecticut.  No.  190.  Miss  Carlotta  H.  Browne,  871  North  41st  street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.  No.  191.  Miss  Daisy  Levy,  329  West  83d  street,  New 
York  City.  No.  192.  Mr.  W.  H.  VanSickel  2618  North  33d  street,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

The  names  of  Mrs.  J.  B.  Clapp  and  Mrs.  Rebecca  L.  Palmer  are  to  be 
dropped  from  this  year’s  list  as  they  have  withdrawn  for  the  time  being. 

Please  note  change  of  address  for  Mrs.  Josephine  D.  Lowe  to  2622 
Woodly  Place,  Washington,  D.  C , and  Mr.  Hollis  Webster,  to  10  Fairfax 
Hall,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

OFFERINGS. 

(To  Society  Members  only.  For  postage.) 

Mrs.  H.  C.  Dunham,  53  Maple  street,  Auburndale,  Mass.  Dicranum  nn- 
dulatum  Turn.  c.fr.  Collected  in  Maine.  Hypnum  ochraceum  Turn, 
forma  st.  Collected  in  Massachusetts. 

Miss  C.  M Carr,  R.  F.  D.  3,  South  Framingham,  Mass.  Polytrichum  Ohio- 
ense  R.  & C.  Collected  in  Sudbury,  Mass. 

Miss  Emily  L.  Croswell,  20  St.  James  Avenue  Boston,  Mass.  Pottia  trun- 
catula  (L.)  Lindb. 

Mrs.  B.  J.  Handy,  139  Rock  street,  Fall  River,  Mass.  Ulota  Americana 
(Beauv.)  Lindb.  ; Br  achy  the  cium  plumosum  (Sw.)  B.  & L.  ; Bryhnia 
Novae- Angliae  (Sulliv.  & Lesq.)  Grout.  All  c.fr.  and  collected  in  Fall 
River,  Mass. 

Mr.  W.  W.  Calkins,  Berwyn,  111.  Sarbnla  unguicu lata  (Huds.)  Hedw.  ; 

Leskea  polycarpa  Ehrh.  Bothc.fr.  Collected  in  Cook  Co. 

Mr.  E.  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  street,  New  York  City;  Fontinalis 
Kindbergii  R.  & C.  st.  Collected  in  British  Columbia. 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509a  Cote  Brilliante,  St., Louis,  Mo.  Ceratodon pur- 
pureus  Brid.  c fr.  Collected  in  Missouri. 

Rev.  H.  Dupret,  Seminary  of  Philosophy,  Montreal,  Canada.  Thuidium 
paludosum  Rau  & Herv.  st  Collected  near  Montreal.  Ramalina  pol- 
linariella  Nyl.  (=  A\  pusilla geniculata  Tuckerm.)  Buellia geographica 
(L.)  Tuckerm.  Collected  in  Province  of  Quebec. 

Mrs.  Carolyn  W.  Harris,  The  Grafton,  Washington,  D.  C.  Physcia 
caesia  (Hoffm.)  Nyl.  Collected  on  Mt.  Meenahga,  N.  Y.  ; Physcia 
speciosa  (Wulf.)  Nyl.  Collected  at  Lakewood,  New  Jersey. 

Mr.  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr.,  Thoreau  Museum  Middlesex  School, Concord, 
Mass.  Usnea  Virginiana  Ach.  Collected  in  Portland,  Oregon,  by  L. 
H.  Mills.  (Unusually  luxuriant  state.) 

Mrs.  Mary  E.  Williams,  The  Preston,  Warnersville,  Pa.  Cetraria  Islandica 
(L.)  Ach.  Hydrotheria  venosa  Russell.  Collected  in  the  Berkshires, 
alt.  1600  ft.  ; Leskea  gracilescens  Hedw.  Collected  in  Kingston,  New 
York. 

Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  New  York.  Sca- 
pania  nemorosa  (L,)  Dumort..  Porella  platyphylla  (L.)  Lindb.;  Ptili- 
dium  ciliare  (L.)  Nees.  All  collected  at  Chilson  Lake,  Essex  Co.  .New 
York. 


w 


rnjxru  uxnxmj^rmjTJTJTJxnjijTj-uTjxrmjTJiJTJiJiJT.jiJxnjTxm 

VOLUME  XII  NUMBER  3 ^ 


MAY  1909 


st 


The  BRY0L0G1ST 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 


NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 


HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


FOUNDED  IN  1898 
By 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D. 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


CONTENTS 

Lichen  Notes  No.  10  (. Illustrated)  . . G.  K.  Merrill  43 

Method  of  Making  Photo=Micrographs  . Win.  B.  Davis  47 

A Remarkable  Form  of  Funaria  hygrometrica  {Illus.) 

H.  N.  Dixon , M.A.,  F.L.S.  48 


Peculiarity  in  Neckera  Menziesii  ( Illus .) 


T.  C.  Frye  52 


Spore  Dispersal  of  Sphagnum 


Dr.  A.  LeRoy  Andrews  53 


Notes  on  North  Carolina  Bryophytes  . . A.  J.  Grout  54 

Sequence  to  Moss  Growths A.  J.  Hill  54 

Review — The  Bryophytes  of  Connecticut 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes  56 

Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes 53 

Offerings 57 


q Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail 
C matter,  under  Act  of  March  3, 1879. 

C Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 

dnjTjmjTJTJTiJLrmjTjriJinjiJTJTJTJiJiJiJTJiJTm 


PRESS  OF  MCBRIDE  & STERN,  97-99  CLIFF  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


"-V 

3 M9 


"LfLJ  i_TLru~Lr 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

gtfmjcwtMjj  gmtvtml 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 
Awarded  Silver  Medal — Universal  Exposition — St.  Louis,  1904 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

FOUR  VOLS.  1898-1901 — $1.50  Seven  Vols.  1902-1908—17.00 


Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1909,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  I909 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  ....  4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue 
St.  Louis , Mo. 

7 reasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Oj  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Of  the  Hepatic  Department  and  Hepatic  Herbarium; 

Dr.  George  H.  Conklin,  1204  Tower  Ave.,  Superior,  Wisconsin. 
Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  1109  M Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


I 


Plate  IV.  Cladonia  Species. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  XII 


May  1909 


No.  3 


LICHEN  NOTES  No.  10. 

Cladonia  gracilis  a,  verticillata  f.  symphycarpia  Tuck,  and  Cladonia 
symphycarpa  Fr.,  a present  view  of  their  identity. 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

Tuckerman  in  his  Synopsis  writes  of  the  first  plant  of  our  caption,  as 
known  only  from  the  coast  of  Massachusetts.  Henry  Willey  records  it  in 
his  New  Bedford  list  with  the  note  “very  rare,”  and  in  Dr.  Fink’s  Upper 
Mississippi  Valley  list  it  is  reported  from  Minnesota.  Included  in  no  other 
American  catalogue  so  far  as  examined,  the  plant  might  be  considered  as  of 
rare  occurrence  or  else  difficult  of  recognition.  As  a matter  of  fact  the  form 
is  far  from  uncommon,  and  assuming  that  it  has  been  as  copiously  collected 
in  the  past  as  now,  the  name  or  names  under  which  it  may  sojourn  in  our 
American  herbaria  surely  offers  a matter  for  speculative  interest.  Tucker- 
man’s  reason  for  affiliating  the  form  with  Cl.  gracilis  verticillata  is  not  at 
all  obvious  to  one  well  acquainted  with  the  characteristics  of  both.  It  is 
possible  that  the  well  developed  primary  thallus  of  f.  symphycarpia  sug- 
gested affinity  through  the  f.  cervicornis,  or  in  another  way  the  connective 
hint  may  have  been  furnished  by  the  rarely  observed  tendency  of  a.  verti. 
cillata  to  develope  with  obliterated  scyphi.  This  condition  however  is  too 
inconstant  to  be  considered  other  than  a mere  modification,  and  while  sym- 
phycarpeous  states  of  Cladonia  forms  are  often  to  be  noted,  the  writer  has  yet 
to  observe  any  transitional  conditions  that  would  serve  to  conclusively 
ally  f.  symphycarpia  with  any  known  Cladonia  species.  The  podetia  of  f. 
symphycarpia  are  distinctly  club  shaped,  and  with  this  fact  in  view,  it  is 
remarkable  that  Tuckerman  should  have  conceived  of  a relationship  for  the 
form  with  a.  verticillata , a scyphiferous  type,  and  at  the  same  time  deny  to 
C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  a plant  of  much  similarity,  a like  affinity  (so  finally 
assumed  by  Fries)  to  C.  pyxidata.  There  are  three  reasons  for  the  almost 
total  failure  of  American  lichenists  to  recognize  f.  symphycarpia.  The  first 
of  these  is  the  ineffective  description  of  the  plant  offered  by  Tuckerman  in 
the  Synopsis ; the  second  is  the  reallv  excusable  error  that  our  students  have 

* Explanation  of  the  Plate  IV. 

No.  1.  Cladonia  subcariosa  Nyl.  (C.  gracilis  a.  verticillata  f.  symphycarpia 
Tuck.)  the  first  collected  specimen  designated  by  Tuckerman’s  name. 

No.  2.  Cladonia  alpicola  (Flot.)  Wain.  m.  Karelica  Wain,  from  Knox  Co., 
Maine. 

No.  3.  Another  example  of  Cladonia  alpicola  Karelica  from  Central  Village, 
Conn. 

No.  4.  Cladonia  poly  car  pia  Merrill  (Cl.  symphycarpa  Fr.,  “ macrophylline 
state”),  from  the  Tuckerman  collection. 

No.  5.  Cladonia  polycarpia  from  Maryland. 


The  March  Bryologist  was  issued  March  3, 1909. 


-44- 


fallen  into  of  idenifying  the  plant  with  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  ; and  the  third 
is  our  neglect  of  chemical  criteria  as  a means  of  determining  species.  On 
the  loose  description  given  by  Tuckerman  of  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  rests  the 
burden  of  error  in  greater  part.  While  the  two  forms  are  unlike  viewed  with 
the  careful  scrutiny  which  comprehends  all  their  points  of  difference,  if  the 
less  obvious  features  of  diversity  are  ignored  or  overlooked,  the  description 
answers  satisfactorily  for  both.  The  result  is  that  f.  symphycarpia  has  been 
commonly  recognized  as  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  Wainio  seems  to  have  been 
first  to  point  out  the  true  status  of  f . symphycarpia  Tuck,  by  calling  attention  to 
the  fact  that  No.  116  of  Tuckerman’s  exsiccati  as  examined  in  some  European 
copy,  afforded  the  characteristic  reaction  with  KHO  of  C.  subcamosa  Nyl.  The 
earliest  collected  example  of  f.  symphycarpia  in  his  herbarium  as  tested  by 
Tuckerman  himself  affords  similar  testimony,  and  personal  examination  by 
the  writer  of  the  specimens  there  preserved  confirms  Wainio's  opinion  of  its 
identity.  As  C.  subcariosa  the  plant  will  now  be  considered.  Few  of  the 
Cladoniaea  respond  more  satisfactorily  to  the  test  with  KHO  than  this 
species.  The  reaction  is  K-J-at  length  orange-red  and  even  crimson,  If  our 
American  students  desire  to  ascertain  how  many  examples  of  C.  subcariosa 
Nyl.  (nee  f.  symphycarpia  Tuck.)  are  contained  among  their  specimens 
marked  as  C.  symphycarpa  Fr. , the  test  will  demonstrate  most  satisfactorily. 
To  the  distribution  given  by  Dr.  Fink  in  Bryologist  IX,  No.  4 for  C.  sub- 
cariosa is  added:  1.  Rock  Creek,  D C.,  T.  A.  Williams;  2,  Putnam  Co,, 

Ind.,  L.  M.  Underwood;  3.  Thomasville,  Ga.,  Mrs.  Taylor;  4.  Waltham, 
Mass.,  W.  Gerritson;  5.  Sudbury,  Mass.,  Miss  C.  M.  Carr;  6.  Morgantown, 
W.  Va.,  J.  L.  Sheldon;  7.  Catonville,  and  8,  Avalon,  Md.,  C.  C.  Plitt;  9. 
Island  of  Jamaica,  and  10,  Wellesley,  Mass.,  Miss  C.  E Cummings;  n. 
Camden,  Maine,  Miss  A.  L.  Crockett;  12.  Takoma  Park,  D.  C.,  Miss  M.  E. 
Williams;  13,  Central  Village,  Conn.,  J.  L.  Sheldon;  14.  McCall’s  Ferry, 
Pa,,  A.  A.  Heller.  Of  these  No.  1 was  the  only  specimen  rightly  identified 
when  coming  to  the  writer’s  hands.  No.  2 bore  the  name  of  C.  symphycarpa 
Fr.,  likewise  No.  10,  while  No.  11  was  called  its  var.  epiphylla . No.  14  was 
labelled  C.  gracilis.  It  may  be  noted  that  No.  178  Li.  Bo.  Am.  marked  C. 
symphycarpa  Fr.  is  No.  12  of  the  foregoing.  It  is  not  known  who  identified 
No.  12  for  it  was  issued  under  the  joint  names  of  Williams,  Seymour,  and 
Miss  Cummings,  but  No.  10  collected  in  1884  was  sent  out  in  the  early  “ New 
England  Lichens  ” series  of  the  latter.  This  last  originally  marked  C 
cariosa  (Ach.)  Spreng.  is  revised  in  my  copy  in  Miss  Cummings’  handwrit- 
ing and  now  reads  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  Miss  Cummings  enjoyed  an  inti- 
mate acquaintance  with  the  Tuckerman  collection,  and  it  is  difficult  not  to 
believe  that  the  specimens  marked  and  published  as  C.  symphycarpa  or  at 
least  some  of  them  were  compared  with  the  Tuckerman  examples.  If  this 
was  done  and  carefully,  then  those  of  our  lichenists  who  have  not  been  in 
touch  with  authentic  material  but  have  determined  their  symphycarpeous 
Cladonia  specimens  from  Tuckerman’s  description  alone,  scarcely  need  an 
apologist.  A curious  fact  may  be  mentioned  here  that  perhaps  had  some 
weight  in  the  many  erroneous  reference  of  f , symphycarpia ..  According  to  the 


-45— 


“Synopsis  ” and  the  various  lists  examined,  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  is  a widely 
distributed  plant  and  f.  symphycarpia  uncommon.  The  collector  would  with 
knowledge  of  this  reputed  sharp  contrast  in  distribution  be  inclined  to  call 
his  symphycarpeous  plant  an  example  of  the  commoner  species.  But  on  the 
testimony  of  the  writer's  herbarium  it  is  found  that  contrary  to  Tuckerman’s 
experience  and  that  of  some  others,  C.  subcariosa  (f.  symphycarpia)  is 
comparatively  common  and  widely  diffused,  while  the  collection  contains 
no  specimen  marked  by  others  as  C.  symphycarpa  not  referable  else- 
where, but  two  examples  of  that  species  as  elucidated  by  Wainio,  and  only 
two  attributable  to  it  in  a restricted  Tuckermanian  sense. 

A review  of  the  European  synonymy  of  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  scarcely 
aids  to  an  understanding  of  the  American  plant,  being  curiously  contradic- 
tory, To  summarize  the  various  opinions:  Th.  Fries  makes  C.  pyxidata 

var.  symphycarpa  (Ach.)  Nyl.  a synonym  of  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  Coemans 
states  that  C.  symphycarpa  Ach.  is  scarcely  to  be  applied  to  anything  except 
a condition  of  C.  cariosa.  Th.  Fries  affirms  that  the  Acharian  species  is  a 
composite,  one  of  the  elements  being  C.  cariosa.  Wainio’s  view  is  that  the 
species  belongs  with  C.  cariosa  corticata  Wain.,  but  he  asserts  that  C. 
symphycarpia  Ach.  as  interpreted  by  Floerke  in  herb,  and  illustrated  in 
Arnolds  leones  No.  1485,  to  be  C.  alpicola  v.  Karelica  Wain.,  and  C. 
symphycarpa  Fr.  as  published  in  the  Friesian  exsiccati  is  given  a similar 
identity.  If  Wainio’s  reference  is  warranted  1 and  it  is  desired  to  know  just 
what  constitutes  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.,  through  the  lack  of  any  adequate 
diagnosis  his  description  in  the  Monograph  must  be  accepted.  The  follow- 
ing is  an  abbreviated  rendering  : 

C.  alpicola  (Flot.)  Wain.  var.  Karelica  Wain. 

Thallus  persistent  or  subpersistent,  of  scattered  or  crowded  medium 
sized  (2-4  x 1-3  mm.)  olivaceous  squamules,  the  margins  irregularly  incised 
or  incised-crenate;  podetia  4-10  mm.  in  height,  aggregated  or  solitary, 
suberect,  ascyphiferous,  subcylindrical  or  club-shaped,  simple  or  sparsely 
furcate-divided,  laterally  entire  or  at  length  slightly  fissured  or  sulcate, 
cortex  sub-continuous  or  partly  or  wholly  verrucose-areolate,  the  areola 
contiguous,  esorediate  and  esquamulose,  opaque  or  faintly  shining,  olivaceo- 
glaucescent  or  olivaceo-fuscescent;  apothecia  terminal,  medium  or  large, 
confluent  or  conglomerate,  convex  immarginate  and  brown.  KHO — 

A comparison  of  the  foregoing  description  with  that  of  Tuckerman’s 
Synopsis  for  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  will  show  very  clearly,  that  if  Tuckerman 
had  in  mind  the  plant  of  Wainio,  he  diagnosed  it  most  imperfectly.  Indeed 
it  seems  certain  that  his  conception  of  C.  syinphycarpa  comprehended  a 
greater  degree  of  variability  for  the  species  than  is  conceded  by  others,  or 
else  granted  relationship  to  it  forms  of  much  unlikeness.  One  of  the 
numbers  in  the  plate  accompanying  this  note  illustrates  what  Tuckerman 
calls  the  “ macrophylline  state”  of  C.  symphycarpa  and  portrays  a plant 
differing  in  many  particulars  from  C.  alpicola  Karelica.  The  earliest 
collected  specimens  of  C.  syjnphycarpa  contained  in  the  Tuckerman 
herbarium  is  credited  to  Ravenel,  Santee  Canal,  S.  C.,  1864,  The  reaction 


—46— 


for  this  specimen  (and  by  the  way  it  belongs  with  the  “ macrophylline” 
condition),  as  recorded  by  Tuckerman  on  the  mount  is  “ K viridescens.” 
Another  example  from  Beaufort,  S.  C.,  J.  H.  Mellichamp,  1868,  (the  subject 
of  our  illustration)  affords  “ K.  virescit  dein  fusca.”  From  either  of  these 
specimens  and  particularly  the  Beaufort  one,  no  reason  is  found  to  separate 
plants  received  from  Prof.  H.  A.  Green,  of  Tryon,  N.  C.,  and  Mr.  C.  C.  Plitt, 
of  Baltimore,  Md.  Careful  examination  of  this  so-called  state  of  C.  symphy- 
carpa  and  comparison  with  examples  of  C.  alpicola  K are  lie  a,  and  C.  sub~ 
cariosa  leads  the  writer  to  a conviction  of  its  specific  distinctness.  In 
general  configuration  and  habit  it  is  much  nearer  C.  subcariosa  than  C- 
alpicola  Karelica , but  it  may  be  easily  distinguished  from  the  former  by  a 
difference  in  reaction  and  of  the  cortical  characters,  and  from  the  latter  by 
dissimilarity  in  stature  and  the  dimensions  of  the  thalline  squamules.  The 
following  is  a description  of  the  plant,  for  which  the  new  name  is  proposed; 
Cladonia  polycarpia  n.  sp. 

Thallus  persistent,  of  contiguous  or  dispersed  medium  or  large  ( -15mm.) 
rounded  irregular  or  oblong  greenish-glaucescent  squamules,  the  margins 
incised-lobulate  or  crenateor  irregularly  sinuous;  podetia  -25mm.  in  height, 
aggregated  or  solitory,  erect  or  decurved,  the  younger  conditions  club-shaped 
subcylindrical  and  terminated  by  a single  apothecia,  older  states  cylindrical 
or  compressed,  with  abrupt  dilated  short-divided  summits,  an  apothecia  soli- 
tary on  each  branchlet,  or  when  the  divisions  are  not  apparent  the  apothecia 
confluent,  the  podetia  laterally  entire  or  fissured,  cortex  sub-continuous  or 
areolate,  the  areola  contiguous  or  discrete  or  more  or  less  confusedly  rugu- 
lose,  esorediate  but  rarely  and  sparsely  sub-squamulose,  opaque,  greenish- 
glaucescent;  apothecia  yellowish-flesh-colored,  rufescent,  fuscous  or  dark 
brown.  KHO — 

Taken  in  connection  with  the  description  of  C.  subcariosa  given  by  Dr. 
Fink  in  Bryologist  IX,  No.  4,  the  definitions  herein  given  of  C.  alpicola 
Karelica  and  C.  polycarpia  will  furnish  a satisfactory  guide  to  any  enquirer 
into  the  C.  symphycarpa  muddle.  With  regard  to  C\  alpicola  Karelica'Wa.m^ 
in  point  of  place  in  our  flora  nothing  definite  can  be  stated.  It  is  cited  in 
many  local  lists  under  its  synonym  of  C.  symphycarpa  Fr.  but  it  is  mani- 
festly impossible  to  ascertain  whether  the  short,  or  the  “ macrophylline  ” state 
of  Tuckerman's  diagnosis  is  understood.  In  the  writer’s  opinion  the  plant 
mentioned  in  Dr.  Fink’s  paper,  Bryologist  IX,  No.  2,  under  the  name  of 
C.  cariosa  corticata  Wain,  collected  in  Knox  Co.,  Maine,  belongs  with  the 
species.  It  is  well  comparable  with  the  description,  the  reaction  is  unlike 
that  of  C.  cariosa  being  KHO — , while  in  stature  and  habit  it  strongly  resem- 
bles No.  1485  of  Arnold’s  leones,  likewise  KHO — , according  to  that  author. 
The  writer  is  also  in  receipt  of  a similar  plant  from  Central  Village,  Conn. 
Collected  by  J.  L.  Sheldon,  that  is  similarly  referred. 


Rockland,  Maine. 


—47  — 


METHOD  OF  MAKING  PHOTO-MICROGRAPHS  OF  MOSSES 
AND  HEPATICS. 

William  B,  Davis. 

(Abstract  of  Talk  given  at  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Meeting,  Baltimore,  1908.) 

To  the  unitiated  photo-micrography  seems  to  belong  to  the  realms  of 
mystery  and  difficulty.  It  is  safe  to  assume  that  the  majority  of  bryologists 
are  amateur  photographers,  and  use  a compound  microscope  in  their  work. 
The  reason  that  this  form  of  work  is  not  more  common  arises  no  doubt  from 
fancied  rather  than  real  obstacles.  The  paraphernalia  and  manipulation 
required  are  both  simple  and  easy.  While  it  is  not  given  to  all  of  us  to  have 
sufficient  artistic  ability  to  produce  creditable  reproductions  of  what  we  see, 
yet  the  poorest  sort  of  a carpenter  can  build  the  necessary  outfit  for  this 
work.  Again  some  of  our  drawings  are  apt  to  be  colored  with  what  we  think 
we  see.  Given  a fairly  transparent  section  or  mount  (as  most  preparations  of 
the  mosses  and  hepatics  are),  a coal-oil  lamp,  compound  microscope,  and  plate 
camera,  we  can  at  least  have  the  experience  of  something  novel.  Nor  is  the 
possession  of  a suitable  camera  a sine  qua  non.  Obtain  a plate  holder  and 
build  your  camera  somewhat  after  the  plan  of  the  man  who  carried  the  bung- 
hole  to  the  cooper’s  shop  to  have  a barrel  made  for  it.  The  camera  lens  is 
not  used  in  this  work. 

Take  a small  wooden  box,  or  glue  one  together  from  stiff  cardboard ; 
blacken  it  on  the  inside;  cut  a hole  in  the  front,  and  through  the  hole  push  a 
cone  shaped  like  a megaphone.  The  architects’  ingenuity  will  suggesta  way 
to  hold  the  ground  glass  and  plate  holder  at  the  other  end.  Make  the  box 
perfectly  light  tight. 

To  take  the  photograph  bend  the  microscope  over  to  a horizontal  position. 
Lower  or  raise  the  lamp  on  some  books  with  lamp  in  front  of  the  microscope, 
edge  of  flame  towards  the  microscope  and  in  line  with  the  optic  axis ; swing 
the  mirror  out  of  the  way;  place  the  object  (transparent  of  course)  under  the 
spring  clips.  Have  the  camera  box  on  a level  with  the  microscope  and  push 
the  small  end  of  the  cone  over  the  tube  of  the  microscope,  the  eye  piece 
remaining  on,  if  the  home  made  affair  is  used. 

If  using  a plate  camera,  remove  the  lens  and  push  the  tube  into  the 
camera.  By  focusing,  the  clear  image  of  the  object  will  be  seen  on  the 
ground  glass.  Some  folds  of  dark  cloth  should  be  wrapped  about  the  tube 
where  inserted  into  the  camera  in  order  to  keep  out  all  light.  After  the 
sharp  image  has  been  obtained,  care  must  be  exercised  by  pressing  firmly 
with  one  hand  to  make  sure  that  the  apparatus  is  not  disturbed  while  insert- 
ing the  plate  holder. 

Exposure  by  lamp  light  will  require  considerable  time,  perhaps  some 
minutes,  and  experience  at  this  stage  will  be  the  best  guide.  Opaque  objects 
can  be  best  photographed  by  using  ordinary  daylight. 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 


-48- 


Explanation  of  Plate  V. 

i.  Margin  of  bract,  X 25.  2.  Portion  of  margin,  X 80.  3.  Margin  towards 

base  of  bract,  X 160.  4,  5,  6,  do.,  in  transverse  section,  X160.  [N.  B. 

Fig.  1 shows  the  bract  viewed  from  the  back;  Figs.  '2-6  show  marginal 
view,  with  ventral  surface  of  bract  to  right,  dorsal  surface  to  left.] 


—49— 


A REMARKABLE  FORM  OF  FUNARIA  HYGROMETRICA. 

H.  N.  Dixon,  M.A.,  F.L.  S. 

Cases  of  teratology  in  mosses  do  not  seem  common,  and  as  far  as  they 
have  come  under  my  notice  they  appear  usually  to  belong  to  the  sporophyte. 
In  the  oophytic  generation  I have  a leaf  of  Campylopus  which  is  forked, 
nerve  and  all,  for  half  its  length,  and  in  Barbula  convoluta  var.  Sardoa  I 
have  frequently  found  the  hyaline  apical  cell  bifid  or  double.  These  appear 
to  be  cases  of  pure  teratology  of  a more  or  less  pathological  kind.  The 
structure  which  I am  about  to  describe  while  equally  abnormal  is  totally  dif- 
ferent in  its  nature,  and  possibly  functional  rather  than  pathological. 

Among  some  material  of  Physcomitrella  patens  sent  me  by  Mr.  Evans 
for  examination,  collected  on  half  dried  mud  at  the  upper  end  of  Tonduff 
Reservoir,  in  the  Pentland  Hills  of  Midlothian,  by  Mr.  W.  E.  Evans,  in  Oct., 
1908,  was  a taller  Funarioid  moss  which  on  examination  proved  to  be  the  $ 
plant  of  Funaria  hygrometrica.  The  antheridia  were  approximately  ma- 
ture, and  the  lateral  9 shoot  was  just  beginning  to  be  developed  from  the 
axil  of  a lower  leaf.*  The  plants  were  normal  so  far  as  I could  ascertain,  with 
the  exception  of  the  margins  of  the  perigonial  bracts,  which  exhibited  a 
remarkable,  and  in  all  the  material  sent  a constant  structure. 

The  bract  of  the  flower  in  F.  hygrometrica  so  far  as  I am  aware  pre- 
sents normally  the  same  variation  in  marginal  denticulation  as  that  of  the 
ordinary  foliage  leaves,  i.  e.,  they  are  usually  moderately  denticulate  at  the 
apex,  ranging  from  quite  entire  to  distinctly  toothed.  Thus  most  systema- 
tic works  simply  describe  them  as  “denticulate  at  apex,’’ and  they  are  so 
figured  in  the  Bry.  Europse.  Wilson  (Bry.  Britannica)  describes  them  as 
“ denticulate  at  the  apex,  and  still  more  evidently  so  at  the  base;”  and  this  is 
the  only  description  I have  found  in  which  anything  like  an  approach  is 
hinted  at  to  the  peculiar  structure  of  the  bracts  of  the  Tonduff  plant,  and 
certainly  does  not  represent  the  usual  condition  of  the  bracts  in  F.  hygromet- 
rica, which  are  generally  entire  or  nearly  so  in  the  lower  half. 

In  the  Tonduff  plant  the  bracts  presented  a very  striking  appearance, 
the  margins  throughout  almost  their  whole  length  being  furnished  with 
closely  set  and  often  double  serratures,  forming  a very  remarkable  and 
pretty  fringe  or  frill  (cf.  Fig.  1).  The  structure  was  best  marked  on  the  two 
or  three  innermost  bracts,  but  was  present  in  a less  marked  degree  on  the 
succeeding  ones,  the  outermost  only,  like  the  stem  leaves,  being  of  the  normal 
character,  entire,  or  only  slighly  toothed  towards  apex.  At  first  sight  the 
serratures  reminded  one  of  the  double  row  of  teeth  in  Catharinea  or  in  the 
Bi-serratse  section  of  Mnium , only  with  the  teeth  much  more  obtuse  (cf.  Fig. 
2);  closer  examination  however  showed  the  resemblance  to  be  illusive,  the 
structure  being  quite  different  and  more  complex.  The  twin  teeth  in  Cath- 
arinea and  Mnium  spring  from  two  adjacent  cells  of  the  thickened  limb  or 
border,  and  could  scarcely, it  may  be  presumed,  be  developed  from  a unistratose 
border.  In  the  Funaria  the  effect  is  in  part  produced  by  a row  of  turgid 
marginal  cells,  each  spreading  out  from  a narrow  base  into  a sort  of  hammer- 

*Cf.  Boodle,  Annals  of  Botany,  Vol.  XX,  No.  LXXIX,  July,  1906. 


-50- 


head  apex,  frequently  semilunar  above  (comparable  in  form  to  the  section  of 
the  apical  cell  of  lamellae  in  Poly  trichum  commune , but  usually  asymmetri- 
cal); (cf.  Fig.  3a.)  These  cells  are  connected  with  the  adjoining  cells  of  the 
next  row  by  only  a very  narrow  attachment,  the  greater  part  of  their  surface 
being  free;  they  are  frequently  almost  without  chlorophyll  grains  above, 
with  a dense  mass  of  chlorophyll  collected  at  the  extreme  base  or  proximal 
end. 

In  addition  to  this  marginal  row  of  cells,  the  succeeding  rows  (cf.  Figs. 
1,  2),  are  also  frequently  extremely  turgid,  clavate,  and  so  strongly  protuber- 
ent  at  the  upper  or  distal  end  as  to  be  free  from  contact  with  the  adjacent 
cells  except  by  a very  small  proportion  of  their  surface.  The  structure  is 
further  complicated  by  the  recurving  of  the  margin,  which  varies  greatly  in 
extent  in  different  bracts  and  in  different  parts  of  the  same  bract.  When  the 
margin  is  erect,  which  is  usually  the  case  near  the  base  of  the  leaf,  the 
appearance  is  as  at  Fig.  3a;  higher  up  the  bract,  as  it  gradually  recurves, 
the  ventral  surface  of  the  protuberant  subjacent  cells  comes  more  and  more 
into  view,  as  at  Fig.  3c,  d;  and  when  this  protuberance  becomes  strongly 
marked  and  these  adjacent  cells  are  almost  free  at  their  apex  the  appearance 
shown  in  Figs.  1,2,  is  caused,  giving  the  appearance  of  a double  frill  to  the 
bracts.  This  may  be  still  further  enhanced  by  the  margin  becoming  more 
strongly  recurved,  and  by  several  rows  of  subjacent  cells  exhibiting  turges- 
cence  and  protuberance,  though  it  is  never  so  markedly  presented  by  these  as 
by  the  first  and  second  marginal  rows. 

This  structure  is  somewhat  elucidated  by  cutting  transverse  sections  of 
the  bract.  Figs.  4,  5,  6 illustrate  various  points  on  different  bracts,  with 
differing  degrees  of  recurving  of  the  margin.  The  letters  a,  b,  c,  d,  in  Fig.  4, 
correspond  to  the  positions  of  the  equivalent  lettering  in  Fig.  3,  the  sections 
being  taken  at  these  points  (or  at  least  at  corresponding  points,  since  the 
sections  were  not  all  actually  made  from  the  same  bract). 

Figs.  5,  6,  show  the  remarkable  degree  of  recurving  sometimes  attained, 
so  that  the  marginal  cell  is  at  times  in  close  contact  with  three  or  even  more 
rows  of  cells,  and  appears  to  be  and  probably  is  adherent  to  their  cell-walls, 
as  is  often  the  case  in  species  of  Grimmia  and  Barbula , where  the  closely 
recurved  margin  of  the  lower  part  of  the  leaf  gradually  becomes  transformed 
into  the  bi-stratose  thickened  margin  of  the  apical  part. 

The  question  naturally  arises  as  to  what  is  the  genesis  of  this  remark- 
able, perhaps  unique  formation.  Is  it  an  adaptation  to  a special  environ- 
ment, or  a reversion  to  an  ancestral  type,  or  is  it  a merely  fortuitous  sport 
due  to  abnormal  conditions  of  growth  ? I am  not  able  to  give  any  satisfac- 
tory reply:  I can  only  suggest  one  or  two  ideas  which  have  occurred  to  me, 
and  perhaps  some  reader  will  be  able  to  frame  an  explanation. 

There  can  be  but  little  doubt  that  the  primary  end  attained  by  this 
abnormal  cell  development  is  the  storage  of  an  increased  quantity  of  water 
or  at  any  rate  moisture,  an  end  attained  to  some  extent  also  by  thecapillary 
attraction  of  the  recurved  margin.  The  resemblance  of  some  of  the  turgid 
marginal  cells  to  the  “ flask-cells”  of  the  cortical  stem-layer  in  Sphagna , e.g. 
S.  molluscum,  at  once  strikes  the  eye,  and  the  group  of  cells  looked  upon 


Bi- 


as storage  cells  for  water  at  the  base  of  some  Sphagnum  leaves  provides  a 
further  analogy.  Another  point  that  attracts  the  attention  in  examining  a 
flower  of  the  Tonduff  plant  is  the  close  resemblance  between  the  turgid  mar- 
ginal cells  nearest  the  base  of  the  bract  (e.  g.  b,  Fig.  3)  and  the  uppermost 
cell  of  the  swollen  clavate  paraphyses ; so  much  so  that  I have  frequently 
been  in  doubt  whether  I was  looking  at  one  or  the  other.  This  turgescence 
of  the  apical  cell  of  the  paraphyses  of  the  <$  flower  is  characteristic  of  certain 
large  groups  q|  mosses,  and  will  be  found  usually  correlated  with  adioicousor 
autoicous  inflorescence,  large  discrid  $ flowers,  and  lax  areolation.  It  obtains, 
for  instance,  almost  throughout  the  Splachnaceae,  Funariaceae  and 
Mniaceae ; and  its  special  correlation  with  the  male  organs  is  manifested  by 
the  fact  that  not  only  are  the  9 paraphyses  in  these  cases  almost  without 
exception  filiform,  but  even  in  certain  synoicous  species,  e.  g.  of  Mnimn,  the 
paraphyses  surrounding  the  antheridia  are  markedly  clavate,  while  those  in 
proximity  to  the  archegonia  are  of  the  more  usual,  filiform  shape. 

The  paraphyses  in  these  cases  act,  no  doubt,  as  reservoirs  for  keeping 
the  antheridia  properly  moistened.  The  antherozoids,  in  exact  contrast  with 
the  spores  of  the  mature  capsule,  require  conditions  of  moisture  to  perform 
their  proper  functions.  They  are  in  fact  aquatic  organisms,  and  their  con- 
stancy in  this  respect  throughout  whole  groups  of  the  Cryptogamia  suggests 
that  this  feature  is  an  inherited  character  retained  ever  since  the  emergence 
of  their  primeval  algoid  ancestor  from  its  aquatic  home  to  find  a new  envir- 
onment on  terra  Jirma.  May  we  pre-suppose  a primitive  ancestral  Funaria 
with  its  sporophyte  already  well  developed,  but  with  the  vegetative  organs 
as  yet  confined  to  the  protonema  with  its  algoid  structure,  as  in  the  remarka- 
ble Ephemeroftsis  Tjbodensis  of  Java;  having  its  antheridia  surrounded  by 
water  reservoirs  in  the  shape  of  turgid  paraphyses,  possibly  also  with  turgid 
end-cells  to  the  branches  of  the  protonema,  the  “ Assimilations-organen  ” of 
the  Ephemeropsis  ? And  may  we  see  in  these  paraphyses,  or  in  this  pro- 
tonemoid  development,  the  beginning  of  the  structure  afterwards  to  be 
evolved  into  the  foliar  organs,  commencing  with  the  bracts  surrounding  the 
antheridia  ? In  this  case  the  marginal  cells  of  the  newly  evolved  foliar  struc- 
ture would  probably  be  turgid  as  in  the  bracts  of  the  Tonduff  Funaria , and  it 
would  only  be  in  the  later  stages,  as  the  foliar  organs  developed  a greater 
expanse  of  lamina,  that  these  special  reservoir  cells  would  be  dispensed  with, 
and  the  margin  take  the  normal,  simple  structure  of  the  rest  of  the  leaf.  If 
so  we  might  possibly  see  in  the  bracts  of  the  Tonduff  plant  a reversion  to  a 
type  midway  between  the  organs  of  the  supposititious  ancestral  leafless  plant 
and  those  of  the  present  normal  F hygrometrica . 

Whatever  be  the  explanation  of  the  structure,  it  would  appear  from 
Wilson’s  description  quoted  above  that  there  is  a certain  plasticity  about 
the  male  bracts  in  this  species,  as  regards  the  serrature  of  their  margins,  and 
the  student,  would  do  well  to  keep  an  eye  on  them  with  a view  to  throwing 
further  light  on  the  problem  involved. 

I have  to  express  my  thanks  to  Mr.  L.  A.  Boodle,  of  the  Jodrell  Labora- 
tory, Kew,  for  assistance  and  suggestions. 


Northampton,  England. 


-52- 


Plate  VI.  Fig.  i.  Plant  X i.  Fig.  2.  Stoloniform  branch  X 75. 
Fig.  3.  Leaf  X 15.  Magnifications  after  drawing  was  reduced  y2. 


PECULIARITY  IN  NECKERA  MENZIES1I. 

Theodore  C.  Frye. 

Neckera  Menziesii  is  one  of  the  very  common  mosses  on  tree  trunks  and 
horizontal  branches  in  Washington.  It  is  particularly  abundant  on  Acer- 
macrophyllum , the  large-leaved  maple;  whose  trunks  are  sometimes  covered 
with  a dense  jmat  as  much  as  six  inches  thick.  The  lower  green  branches 
frequently  become  stoloniform  at  the  tip  like  those  at  the  base  of  Fig.  1. 
However,  in  February,  1909,  the  writer  found  near  Seattle,  Wash.,  a tree  over 
part  of  which  the  stoloniferous  branches  had  become  densely  branched, 
resembling  even  the  “ Witch’s  Brooms  ” sometimes  found  on  junipers,  hem- 
locks, etc.  ( Fig . /,  a , b ).  This  form  is  very  rare  in  Washington,  for  the 
writer  has  found  it  but  this  once. 


— 53  — 


The  leaves  on  the  stoloniform  branches  are  very  small  as  shown  in  Fig. 
3 in  which  such  a leaf  (d)  is  compared  with  a normal  one.  These  small  leaves 
are  also  veinless  and  have  a more  triangular  form.  The  leaves  are  rela- 
tively far  apart  as  shown  in  Fig.  2,  in  which  c are  paraphyllia. 

It  is  surmised  that  the  branches  serve  as  a means’of  vegetative  propa- 
gation, since  they  are  easily  shaken  off  in  broken  pieces,  and  were  found  in 
a very  fine  habitat  for  this  species.  The  peculiar  form  is  not  a product  of  a 
peculiar  season,  since  the  old  dead  basal  parts  of  the  plants,  certainly 
several  years^>ld,  show  some  of  these  stoloniform  branches  still  attached. 
Eur hynchium  stoloniferum  grows  attenuated  when  pendent  and  such  forms 
have  been  described  as  Eur  hynchium  substoloniferum.  Antitrichia  curti- 
pendu la  sometimes  gets  stoloniform  when  pendent ; but  Neckera  Menziesii 
being  unusually  pendent,  could  not  have  these  branches  due  to  the  position. 
The  great  difference  between  the  normal  and  the  abnormal  branches 
suggests  at  once  a different  function  for  the  latter.  If  there  is  any  physical 
reason  for  their  formation  it  does  not  seem  to  be  known. 

University  of  Washington,  Seattle,  Wash. 


SPORE  DISPERSAL  OF  SPHAGNUM. 

The  interesting  observations  of  Mr.  E.  J.  Winslow  upon  this  subject  in  a 
previous  number  of  The  Bryologist  (X:III.  1907)  may  be  supplemented  by  a 
reference  to  Nawaschin  Flora  83,  151,  ff.  with  PI.  IV.  1897  (not  1867  as 
Warnstorf  gives  it  in  Kryptogamenflora  der  Mark  Brandenburg  I,  313). 
Roth  (Die  europaischen  Torfmoose,  1906)  omits  in  his  bibliography  any 
mention  of  this  very  important  article.  The  phenomenon  of  the  explosive 
discharge  of  the  spores  of  sphagnum  has  long  been  known  to  European 
bryologists.  Nawaschin’s  careful  observations  and  experiments  demonstrate 
the  correctness  of  an  hypothesis  of  Schimper  that  compressed  air  within  the 
capsule  is  the  cause  of  the  explosion.  The  air  within  the  capsule  occupying 
the  place  of  the  columella  which  is  shrivelled  up  when  the  capsule  reaches 
full  maturity  is  compressed  through  a shrinking  of  the  walls  of  the  capsule 
caused  by  drying.  This  shrinkage  affects  only  the  transverse  diameter  of  the 
capsule,  the  longitudinal  one  remaining  constant.  The  normally  globose 
capsule  becomes  then  under  the  effect  of  dryness  cylindrical,  quite  like  a 
cartridge  as  Nawaschin  puts  it,  the  spores  occupying  the  position  of  the  shot? 
the  compressed  air  that  of  the  powder,  the  operculum  corresponding  to  the 
outer  wad,  the  membrane  of  the  spore-sac  to  the  inner  one.  The  operculum 
is  composed  of  a stiff  and  unyielding  membrane  and  the  result  of  the  con- 
traction of  the  capsule-walls  is  eventually  the  bursting  of  the  membrane 
connecting  them  with  the  operculum,  thereby  effecting  the  discharge  of  the 
cartridge.  It  should  be  added  that  the  capsule-walls  in  sphagnum  have 
only  apparently  functionless  pseudo-stomata,  so  that  the  compressed  air  has 
no  means  of  escape  except  the  very  slow  one  of  diffusion  through  the  tissues 
themselves.  Nawaschin  was  able  to  compute  the  pressure  of  the  compressed 
air  in  the  dry  capsule  as  equal  to  from  three  to  five  atmospheres.  This 
sphagnal  air-gun  appears  to  be  “ without  a parallel  among  the  mosses,  if  notin 
the  whole  vegetable  kingdom.”  A.  LeRoy  Andrews. 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. 


( 


-54- 

NOTES  ON  NORTH  CAROLINA  BRYOPHYTES. 

A.  J.  Grout. 

A few  hepatics  were  collected  during  my  summer  at  the  Pink  Beds,  in 
1907,  but  a long  delay  in  identifying  them  has  ^prevented  previous  publication. 
These  listed  below  were  gathered  incidentally  to  the  collection  of  mosses. 
See  The  Bryologist,  XI : March,  1908. 

1.  Bazzania  triangularis  (Schleich.)  Lindb.  On  moist  rocks,  near  Green 

Knob,  alt.  5000  feet.  % 

2.  Calypogeia  Trichomanis  (L.)  Corda.  Same  habitat  as  last  species. 

3.  Cephalozia  curvifolia  (Dicks.)  Dumort.  On  summit  of  Chestnut  Bald, 
alt.  about  6000  feet. 

4.  Diplophylleia  apiculata  Evans.  Collected  with  No.  r. 

5.  Frullania  Asagrayana  Mont.  On  bark  of  young  balsams,  on  summit 
of  Chestnut  Bald. 

6.  Frullania  Eboracensis  Gottsche.  On  summit  of  Chestnut  Bald. 

7.  Geocalyx  graveolens  (Schrad.)  Nees.  Collected  with  No.  3. 

8.  Herberta  adunca  S.  F.  Gray.  On  bark  of  trees  in  the  mountains. 

9.  Lepidozia  sylvatica  Evans.  Collected  with  No.  2. 

10.  Lophozia  gracilis  (Schliech.)  Steph.  Collected  with  No.  3. 

11.  Marchantia  polymorpha  L.  In  the  Pink  Beds. 

12.  Metzgeria  conjugata  Lindb.  On  Chestnut  Bald. 

13.  Odontoschisma  denudatum  (Mart.)  Dumort.  Near  summit  of  Green 
Knob. 

14.  Pellia  epiphylla  (L.)  Corda.  Locality  not  noted. 

15.  Plagiochila  Sullivantii  Gottsche.  Collected  with  No.  5.  Stunted  o 
very  immature. 

16.  Porellaplatyphylla  (L. ) Lindb.  Collected  with  No.  3. 

17.  Riccardia  sp.  Cool  spring  under  rocks,  in  Pink  Beds,  alt.  3300  feet. 

18.  Scapania  sp.  Fragments,  on  bare  cliffs  on  summit  of  Chestnut  Bald. 

19.  Scapania  nemorosa  (L.)  Dumort.  Common. 

20.  Sphenolobus  exs ectus  (Schmid.)  Steph.  Collected  with  No.  3. 

21.  Trichocolea  tomentella  (Ehrh. ) Dumort.  Locality  not  noted. 

On  a moss-coated,  stunted  yellow  birch  on  the  top  of  Chestnut  Bald  the 
following  species  of  mosses  and  hepatics  were  collected:  Dicranum 

fulvum,  D.  longifolium,  Ulota  crispa,  Zygodon  excelsus,  Brachythecium 
oxyclodon  forma,  Entodon  brevisetus,  Homalotheciella  subcapillata , 
Pylaisia  subdenticulata,  P.  intricata , Raphidostegium  recurvans  forma 
flagellata,  Neckera  pennata,  Frullania  Asagrayana , F.  Eboracensis , 
Metzgeria  conjugata , Porella  platyphylla.  New  Dorp,  New  York. 


SEQUENCE  OF  MOSS  GROWTHS. 

[The  following  letter  received  March  27,  was  not  intended  for  publica- 
tion, but  it  seems  to  be  of  sufficient  interest  as  calling  attention  to  phenomena 
possibly  noticed  by  others  in  different  sections  of  the  country.  Mr.  Hill 
wrote  in  a previous  letter  “ The  past  season  has  been  a very  poor  one  for 


55- 


moss  hunters,  indeed  for  several  seasons  the  moss  flora  seems  to  have  almost 
entirely  failed,  at  least  as  far  as  fruiting  is  concerned.  These  cycles  are 
puzzling,  and  they  appear  to  hold  with  several,  possibly  all  departments  of 
our  botany.  In  1904  the  Agarics  were  in  wonderful  profusion  and  variety, 
and  I added  about  150  varieties  to  my  collection,  this  year  not  one.”] 
Dear  Mrs.  Smith; 

At  the  risk  of  appearing  obtuse  and  of  broaching  a subject  trite  to  care- 
ful observers,  permit  me  to  call  your  attention,  and  that  of  Members  of  the 
Society,  to  a few  facts  with  regard  to  alternation  of  moss  growth  that  have 
forced  themselves  upon  my  notice  during  the  years  in  which  I have  taken  an 
interest  in  bryological  study.  Your  attention  has  already  been  called  to  the 
fact  that  only  a small  percentage  of  the  seasons  yields  what  may  be  called  a 
full  exhibition  of  the  Moss  flora  of  this  coast,  but  an  additional  peculiarity  is 
noticeable  in  the  fact  that  alternate  years  exhibit  an  entirely  changed  facies 
in  the  products  of  the  same  locality. 

For  instance,  1904  was  a most  prolific  season  in  our  moss  flora  and  the 
Mniums , in  their  several  varieties,  being  among  the  most  abundant  of  our 
genera,  were  in  evidence  everywhere  and  while  the  smaller  varieties  were 
not  wanting,  Mnium  insigne  was  very  greatly  . in  the  ascendant,  covering 
large  spaces  with  dense  and  luxuriant  growth  in  finest  fruitage.  Such 
patches  could  not  fail  to  catch  the  eye  of  the  collector  and  to  be  permanently 
located  by  him ; but  fancy  the  surprise  when  the  next  season  not  a single 
plant  of  M%  insigne  was  to  be  found,  but  in  its  place,  in  every  instance,  the 
smaller  varieties  were  invariably  substituted. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  know  if  other  students  have  observed  a like 
phenomenon. 

A somewhat  similar  case  is  now  in  evidence  on  an  old  and  neglected 
lawn  in  this  vicinity.  The  soil  is  slightly  damp  and  last  year  was  covered 
with  a dense,  matted  growth  of  minute  and  sterile  Mniums , whereas  this 
season  it  is  as  densely  covered  with  well  developed  Hy locomium  triquetrum , 
also  sterile,  and  not  a Mnium  of  any  variety  is  to  be  seen.  It  is  a patent 
fact  that  not  a plant  of  either  of  these  mosses  occurs  within  considerable 
distances  of  this  old  lawn  and  as  H.  triquetrum  is  well  known  to  be  an 
exceedingly  rare  fruiter,  it  is  a matter  of  wonder  how  these  startling  alter- 
nations of  genera  and  species  can  occur. 

Another  peculiar  fact  presents  itself  in  the  case  of  Funaria  hygromet- 
rica  which  never  fails  to  appear  in  densest  growth  wherever,  in  damp  situa- 
tions, the  soil  has  been  recently  and  thoroughly  burned. 

One  may  be  prepared  to  attribute  the  phenomenon  to  abio-genesis  but  if 
not  to  what  source  can  we  trace  it  ? 

The  same  peculiarity  is  noticeable  in  forest  growth.  While  not  so  much 
in  evidence  on  this  coast  where  practically  all  our  forests  are  evergreen 
without  any  alternation,  it  is  an  invariable  rule  in  our  Eastern  Provinces 
that  the  destruction  of  an  evergreen  forest  is  immediately  succeeded  by  a 
deciduous  growth  and  vice  versa.  It  is  not  unusual  to  see  the  site  of  a 
former  fir  forest,  which  has  been  thoroughly  burned,  spring  up  within  a year 


<» 


— 56— 

to  a dense  growth  of  black  cherry  or  silver  birch  where  no  one  would 
suspect  that  a cherry  pit  could  have  survived  the  conflagration  much  less  the 
fragile  seed  of  the  birch.  Then  where  did  this  multitude  of  cherry  pits 
come  from,  when  to  a certainty  no  cherry  tree  had  existed  in  the  vicinity  for 
a century  at  least,  and  how  could  they  in  any  event  have  escaped  destruc- 
tion in  such  a furnace  as  that  to  which  they  were  necessarily  subjected! 

The  subject  I know  has  been  thrashed  out  from  Aristotle  to  Huxley 
without  reaching  a satisfactory  solution.  Can  any  of  our  members  advance 
a theory  that  will  aid  in  solving  the  problem? 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

Albert  J.  Hill. 

REVIEW— THE  BRYOPHYTES  OF  CONNECTICUT. 

By  Alexander  W.  Evans  and  George  E.  Nichols,  State  Geolegical  and 

Natural  History  Survey,  Bulletin  No.  II. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  overestimate  the  value  of  j this  contribution  to 
Bryology.  Not  only  is  it  a perfect  model  of  what  such  a work  should  be,  but 
its  comprehensiveness  makes  it  so  nearly  a manual  that  it  will  be  of  great 
service  to  students.  Dr.  Grout  having  already  reviewed  the  work1  it  is 
merely  my  intention  to  dwell  upon  some  parts  of  it,  that  is  the  first  three 
orders  comprising  thehepatics:  the  Marchantiales,  the  Jungermanniales,  the 
Anthocerotales.  The  dozen  pages  filled  with  the  general  characteristics  of 
the  Bryophytes  and  the  general  characteristics  of  these  three  groups  are  of 
utmost  value  to  students.  I hope  many  will  obtain  this  Report2  and  study 
these  pages.  There  is  a fine  chapter  devoted  to  the  distribution  of  the 
Bryophytes  in  the  State  according  to  environment  to  which  I also  call  the 
student’s  attention.  This  is  followed  by  another  chapter  on  their  economic 
value  and  then  comes  the  catalogue  in  which  the  one  hundred  and  seven 
species  of  hepatics  fill  thirty-eight  of  the  one  hundred  and  thirty-nine  pages 
and  give  us  the  last  word  in  nomenclature. 

Dr.  Howe  in  his  review  of  the  Report  in  Torreya3  says:  “ The  Bryo~ 

phytes  of  Cannecticut  will  prove  almost  as  useful  in  New  York  and  indeed 
along  the  whole  North  Atlantic  seaboard  as  it  will  in  Connecticut.” 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes. 


SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  NOTES. 

Sullivant  Moss  Society  Members  and  Students  of  the  Hepatics. 

Dr.  George  H.  Conklin,  1204  Tower  Ave.,  Superior,  Wisconsin,  will  now 
take  charge  of  our  Herbarium  and  look  after  the  varied  interests  of  the 
Hepatic  Department.  Specimens  and  inquiries  may  be  addressed  to  him. 
I am  sincere  in  saying  that  I regret  to  be  obliged  to  give  up,  temporarily, 
this  work.  It  has  been  such  a pleasure  to  see  it  grow ; the  herbarium,  for  one 
thing,  is  eleven  times  larger,  and  it  is  good  to  know  of  the  keen  interest  of  a 
number  of  the  members.  There  are  already  long  lists  of  species  from  several 

1.  The  Bryologist,  Vol.  XII:  2. 1909. 

2 No.  II,  thirty  cents,  George  S.  Godard,  State  Librarian,  Hartford,  Conn, 

3.  Torreya  Vol,  IX:  2,  1909. 


-57- 


States  and  I hope -we  shall  all  work  to  have  all  the  States  fully  represented. 
Valuable  data  of  distribution,  etc.,  will  then  be  available  for  those  contem- 
plating listing  species.  The  impetus  given  to  this  kind  of  work  by  the  pub- 
lication of  “The  Bryophytes  of  Connecticut,”  will  b€  productive,  I am  sure, 
of  similar,  much  needed  contributions.  Being  now  at  the  Highlands,  I am 
finishing  the  determinations  of  sets  that  I began  to  study  last  autumn,  and 
will  report  upon  them  as  soon  as  possible.  Of  course  I shall  be  glad  to  hear 
from  any  of  the  members,  I shall  have  more  time  for  this  and  also  for  other 
work  that  I am  doing.  Let  me  add  that  I consider  the  Society  fortunate  in 
getting  Dr.  Conklin  to  carry  on  the  work. 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes. 

New  Members — No.  193.  Miss  Gertrude  Streator,  Clark  Hall,  University 
Station,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Please  note  change  of  address  for  Mr.  Walter  Gerritson,  to  37  Washing- 
ton Avenue,  Waltham,  Mass. 

Our  attention  has  been  called  to  a most  desirable  microscopic  accessory 
for  the  mounting  of  opaque  objects.  Anyone  interested  may  obtain  further 
information  and  a sample  slide,  by  addressing  Mr.  W.  H.  Van  Sickel,  2618 
North  33d  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes  desires  to  call  especial  attention  to  the 
following  items,  first  in  connection  with  the  gift,  by  Dr.  I.  Hagen,  of  a fine 
collection  of  Scandinavian  Hepatics,  to  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society,  which 
through  an  error  was  not  credited  to  him  in  her  Annual,  Report.  We  hope  he 
. will  accept  apologies  and  hearty  thanks  for  the  valuable  set. 

Attention  is  also  called  to  the  series  of  Canadian  Mosses  that  Prof.  John 
Macoun,  whose  genius  for  collecting  is  so  well  known,  is  issuing.  There 
are  to  be  five  hundred  in  all,  three  hundred  having  been  issued.  They  cost 
eight  dollars  a hundred.  Now  is  the  time  to  become  subscribers  before  al^ 
sets  are  taken.  Address  Sussex  St.,  Ontario,  Canada. 

There  are  several  of  our  Society  members  living  in  remote  places  away 
from  Herbaria,  who  would  be  glad  to  have  specimens  of  Mosses,  Hepatics 
and  Lichens.  If  those  having  even  a few  to  contribute  will  send  them  to 
Mrs.  Josephine  D.  Lowe,  2622  Woodly  Place,  Washingion,  D.  C. , she  will  see 
that  proper  distribution  is  made.  Send  all  you  can  spare  and  at  once. 

Mr.  R.  Heber  Howe,  Jr.,  offers  Parts  I and  II,  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis  of 
North  American  Lichens,  1882,  complete  for  $25.00.  Splendid  bran  new 
copies. 

OFFERINGS. 

(To  Society  Members  only.  For  postage.) 

Dr.  J.  F.  Brenckle,  Kulm,  North  Dakota,  wishes  to  call  attention  to  the  fol 
lowing  correction  of  determination  for  two  mosses  sent  out  by  him  in  the 
offerings  for  March,  1908.  No.  1470  should  be  Thuidium  minutulum 
(Hedw.)  B.  & S.,  instead  of  T.  microphyllum  as  named.  No.  1500  is 
nearest  to  Catharinea  angustata  Brid.  and  not  C.  undulata  as  named. 


—58— 


Mr.  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr.,  calls  attention  to  a slip  in  proof  reading  in 
his  offering  in  the  March,  1909  number.  It  should  be  Usnea  longisshna 
Ach.  and  not  U.  Virginiana  as  given. 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  street,  New  York  City. 
Eurhynchium  speciosum  Schimp.  cfr.  and  Thuidium  hystricosum  Mitt, 
st.  Collected  by  Mr.  W.  E.  Nicholson,  Sussex,  England. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Kingman,  11  Woburn  street,  Reading,  Mass.  Sphagnum 
fimbriatum  Wils.  and  S.  Torreyanum  Sulliv.  Collected  in  eastern 
Massachusetts. 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 
Barbu  la  caespitosa  Schwaegr.  cfr.  Collected  in  Missouri;  Bartramia 
Oederi  Schwaegr.  cfr.  Collected  in  Minnesota. 

Mrs.  B.  J.  Handy,  137  Rock  street,  Fall  River,  Mass.  Hypnum  Haldanianum 
Grev.  cfr.;  Se7natophyllum  recurvans  (Rich.)  E.  G.  Britton  cfr.; 
Thuidum  paludosum  (Sulliv.)  Rau  & Herv. ; T.  delicatulum  (L.)  Mitt. 
Collected  in  Fall  River,  Mass. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Plitt,  3933  Lowndes  Avenue,  Baltimore,  Maryland.  Cladonia 
verticillata  evoluta  Th.  Fr.  Collected  in  Maryland. 

Prof.  Thomas  A.  Bonser,  Spokane  College,  Spokane,  Wash.  Grimmia 
montana  B.  & S.,  Cladonia  decorticata  Floerk.  Collected  in  Wash- 
ington. 

Rev.  H.  Dupret,  Seminary  of  Philosophy,  Montreal,  Canada.  Thuidium 
Blandovii  B.  & S.,  and  Timmia  megapolitana  Hedw.  Collected  in 
Montreal. 

Mr.  A.  S.  Foster,  Aberdeen,  Wash.  Frullania  Nisquallense  Sulliv.  ; F. 
franciscana  Marshall  A.  Howe.  Cephaloziella  divaricata  (Sm.)  Schiffn. 
Collected  in  Washington. 

Mr.  W.  W.  Calkins,  Berwyn,  Cook  Co.,  Illinois.  Verrucaria  nigrescens 
Pers.,  Polytrichum  commune  v.  uliginosum  Heubn. ; P.  Ohioense  Ren. 
& Card.  Collected  in  Cook  County. 

Dr.  George  H.  Conklin,  1204  Tower  Ave.,  Superior,  Wisconsin.  Cephalozia 
curvifolia  (Dicks.)  Dumort.  Lepidozia  reptans  (L. ) Dumort.  Jame- 
soniella  autumnalis  (DC)  Steph.  Porella platyphylla  (L.)  Lindb. 


We  call  attention  to  a new  publication,  “ Mycologia,”  edited  by  Dr.  Wm. 
A.  Murrill,  and  published  by  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  in  continu- 
ation of  the  “Journal  of  Mycology ” which  was  suspended  at  the  death  of 
Prof.  W.  A.  Kellerman.  Mycologia  will  have  a department  of  Lichens,  the 
first  number  (January)  containing  an  article  by  Prof.  Bruce  Fink  on  the 
Problems  of  North  American  Lichenology. 


The  BRYOLOGIST 


an  illustrated  bimonthly  devoted  to 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


FOUNDED  IN  1898 
By 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


CONTENTS 


Lichens  of  Mt.  Monadnock  Region,  N.  H.  No.  4. 

(. Illustrated ) . . . , . - R.  H.  Howe , Jr. 


Obituary — Ernest  Everett  Bogue 

Notes  on  Nomenclature  XI.  . . Elizabeth  G.  Britton 

Hepaticae  in  Fiction Annie  Lorenz 

Bryophytes  from  ML  Hood  Region,  Oregon  A . S.  Foster 


59 

61 

62 

63 

64 


An  Enumeration  of  Washington  and  Oregon  Hepaticae,  coll, 
by  A.  S.  Foster  . . . Caroline  Coventry  Haynes 


65 


Lichen  Notes  No.  XL  Parmelia  endoxantha  n.  sp.  P.  oNvacea 
multisporum  n.  comb.  etc.  . , . . G.  K.  Merrill 


Offerings  and  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes 


71 

74 


Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail 
matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879. 


£ Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 

dTJTTlJlJTRJlJlJTJTJlJTnJTJTJXrU^ 

PRESS  OF  MCBRIDE  4 STERN,  338-340  PEARL  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


JUL  3 

A 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

IpmjCrtttM#  gjCrttVtt&t 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 
Awarded  Silver  Medal — Universal  Exposition — St.  Louis,  1904 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

Four  Vols.  1898-1901-11.50  Seven  Vols.  1902-1908— $7.00 

Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1909,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  I909 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington 

Seattle , Wash. 

Vice-President— M 1 ss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  ....  4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue 
St.  Louis,  Mo. 

7 rea surer — Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Oj  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Of  the  Hefatic  Departtnent  and  Hepatic  Herbarium: 

Dr.  George  H.  Conklin,  1204  Tower  Ave.,  Superior,  Wisconsin. 
Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  R.  F.  D.  4,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Mr.  George  Alexander  Wheelock  explaining  his  interpretation  of  the  clay 
beds  at  Keene,  N.  H.,  Oct.,  1899.  Photograph  taken  by  Mr.  M.  L.  W.  Field. 


Plate  VIII.  Physcia  caesia  (Hoffin.)  Nyl. 


Mr.  George  Alexander  Wheelock  explaining  his  interpretation  of  the  clay 
beds  at  Keene,  N.  H.,  Oct.,  1899.  Photograph  taken  by  Mr.  M.  L.  W.  Field. 


Plate  VIII.  Physcia  caesia  (Hoffin.)  Nyl. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


V oi'.'  XI  I July  1909  No.  4 


LICHENS  OF  THE  MOUNT  riONADNOCK  REGIONS,  N.  H.  No.  4. 

(See  BRYOLOGIST,  XI,  March  and  July,  1908,  XII,  March,  1909.) 

By?R.  Heber  Howe,  ] r. 

Genus:  Physcia  (DC.,  Fr.)  Th.  frjc 

54.  Physcia  speciosa  (Wulf. , Ach.)  Nyl.  Five  specimens  thus  labelled 

belong  here.  Three  specimens  first  labelled  “ Parmelia  tribacia ,” 
and  later  corrected,  also  belong  here.  One  fruited  specimen,  first 
labelled  “ Physcia  cassia  v Stellata ,”  later,  corrected  to  “ speciosa  ’’ 
is  P.  tribacia. 

55.  Physcia  hypoleuca  (Muhl.)  Tuck.  Four  fertile  specimen  thus  labelled 

all  belong  here. 

56.  Physcia  aquila  detonsa  Tuck.  Two  specimens,  one  fertile,  labelled 

thus,  beloaghere.  Also  two  specimens  labelled  “ aquila,"  one  fertile 
specimen  labelled  “ Physcia  ciliaris ,”  one  fertile  specimen  first 
labelled  “ P crinita,"  but  corrected  to  this,  and  two  fertile  unla- 
belled specimens.  (Fitzwilliam,  common). 

57.  Physcia  pulverulenta  (Schreb.)  Nyl.  Three  fertile  specimens,  thus 

labelled.  Also  one  fertile  specimen  labelled  '■'-Physcia  aquila 
deto'isa,"  one  fertile  unlabelled  specimen,  and  one  sterile  specimen 
labelled  -'Par.  saxatalis  v.  omphalodesp  in  which  the  cortical  layer 
is  distinctly  parenchymatous  is  referable  to  the  following: 

58.  Phjscia  pulverulenta  leucoleiptes  Tuck.  One  sterile  specimen 

labelled  thus  belongs  here.  Five  specimens,  one  labelled  “ P.  pul- 
verulentaone  “ Physcia  ulothrixp  and  one  “ Physcia  aquila,'> 
appear  to  belong  here,  but  are  too  small  for  sure  determination. 
Also  one  specimen,  sterile,  first  labelled  “ Parmelia  saxatilis 
omphalodesp  but  changed  to  “ PyxineP  (Fitzwilliam,  uncommon). 
Physcia  Leana  Tuck.  One  fertile  specimen,  thus  labelled,  seems  to 
belong  here  though  I have  been  unable  to  obtain  specimens  for  com- 
parison. 

59.  Physcia  stellaris  (L.)  Tuck.  Eight  fertile  specimens,  labelled  thus,. 

of  which  two  may  possibly  be  referable  to  the  form  aipola  Nyl:  also 
eight  fertile  unlabelled  specimens.  One  specimen  labelled  “ Physcia 
squamosa ,”  and  one  “ Physcia  stellaris  expa77saP  later  corrected  to 
“ astroideaP  both  belong  here  Also  one  fertile  specimen  labelled 
“ Physcia  obscuraP  (Fitzwilliam,  common). 

60.  Physcia  tribacia  (Ach.)  Tuck.  Four  fertile  specimens,  labelled  thus, 

belong  here.  One  sterile  specimen  labelled  “ Speciosap  also  three 
unlabelled  specimens,  two  fertile  and  one  sterile,  and  three  speci- 
mens, one  fertile,  labelled  “ Physcia  caesiaP  “ Physcia  astroideaP 
and  “ Parmelia  ambiguav.  albescens.” 

The  May  BRYOLOGIST  was  issued  May  1,  1909. 


— 6o 


Physcia  hispida  (Schreb.,  Fr.)Tuck.  Six  specimens,  all  sterile.  One 
is  labelled  “ Physcia  hispida , Nantucket,”  two  others  “ Physcia 
comosa,  Nantucket.”  There  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  this  group 
of  specimens  came  from  any  other  locality  than  Nantucket. 

61.  Physcia  c.esia  (Hoffm.)  Nyl.  Nine  specimens,  one  fruited,  thus 

labelled,  belong  here.  One  labelled  “ Physcia  caesiasr.  squmulosa ,” 
and  two,  one  fertile,  labelled  “ Parmelia  ambigua  v.  albescens  ” 
also  belong  here,  as  well  as  two  unlabelled  specimens,  one  of 
which  is  doubtful  on  account  of  its  small  size.  (Fitz'william — one 
example,  first  called  Physcia  stellaris  aipola). 

This  species  it  seems  to  me  should  be  much  commoner  in  herbariums 
than  it  is,  and  perhaps  this  is  because  it  is  so  often  confused  with 
P.  tribacia  (Ach.)  Tuck.,  which  species,  if  in  the  typical  state,  itdoes 
notin  the  least  suggest.  It  seems,  however,  to  me  to  be  probably  over- 
looked as  abraded  conditions  of  P.  stellaris , or  the  rare  P.  astroidea. 
Without  attempting  to  be  critical  I am  convinced  that  the  mate- 
rial distributed  (judged  by  the  specimen  I received)  by  Mrs.  C.  W. 
Harris  (Bryologist  — offering  of  March)  is  tribacia  rather  than 
caesia,  and  the  accompanying  illustration  of  a specimen  determined 
by  Prof.  Tuckerman  it  is  hoped  may  help  in  the  further  determination 
oi  material  by  members  of  the  Moss  Society.* 

62.  Physcia  obscura  (Ehrh.)  Nyl.  Nine  specimens,  seven  fertile,  are  all 

labelled  thus,  and  belong  here;  also  one  fertile  specimen  labelled 
“ Physcia  v.  ulothrixp  and  one  unlabelled  sterile  specimen.  (A 
much  reduced  sorediate  state  is  found  on  the  stone  walls  at  Fitz- 
william), 

63.  Physcia  obscura  endochrysea  Nyl.  Six  fertile  specimens,  three  unla- 

belled, one  labelled  “ Physcia  erythrocardiap  one  “ Physcia  endo- 
crysea,”  and  one  “ P.  obscura  v.”  also  belong  here.  (Fitzwilliam , 
common). 

64.  Physcia  setosa  (Ach.)  Nyl.  Two  sterile  specimens  labelled  fhus  belong 

here,  and  five  unlabelled  sterile  specimens.  One  fertile  unlabelled 
specimen  also  belongs  here.  Mounted  with  one  of  these  is  an  unde- 
terminable Physcia . 

Physcia  adglutinata  (Floerk ) Nyl.  Two  specimens,  one  labelled 
“ P.  agglutinata  ” is  possibly  referable  here,  though  it  is  unusually 
large  lobed.  Another  labelled  as  above,  is  Parmelia  Borreri 
rudecta  Tuck. 

A sterile  specimen  labelled  '■'■Physcia  granuliferal ,”  first  labelled 
“ Pannaria  lanuginosa  v.  granulosa  ” appears  to  be  Parmelia 
saxatilis  (L.)  Fr. 

Genus  ; Pypine,  Fr.  Tuck. 

65.  Pyxine-  sorediata  Fr.  Four  specimens,  three  fertile,  thus  labelled, 

belong  here.  (Fitzwilliam,  common).  Concord,  Mass. 

TO  BE  CONTINUED. 

* See  also  fine  colored  figure  in  Hoffman’s  Descriptio  et  Adumbratio  Lichenes,  179U, 
p.  87,  Tab.  Vlll.  fig.  2 a.  b. 


— 6i — 


OBITUARY— ERNEST  EVERETT  BOGUE.  1864-1907. 

Ernest  Everett  Bogue  was  born  January  13,  1864,  in  Orwell,  Ohio.  He 
was  of  French  Huguenot  stock  on  his  father’s  side.  There  were  nine  chil- 
dren in  the  family,  six  of  whom  with  the  mother  are  still  living.  Mr. 
Bogue’s  early  ambition  was  to  gain  a hi'gher  education,  and  to  this  end  he 
constantly  worked,  earning  most  of  the  money  with  which  to  defray  his 
expenses  at  school  and  college.  He  taught  one  term  of  district  school;  spent 
three  years  at  New  Lyme  Institute,  where  he  graduated  in  1888,  and  in  the 
fall  of  1889  entered  Ohio  State  University,  from  which  he  graduated  in  1894 
with  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Horticulture  and  Forestry,  and  in 
June,  1896,  he  received  from  the  same.  University  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Entomology  and  Botany. 

He  loved  trees,  plants  and  music,  and  the  home  surroundings  and  asso- 
ciations and  education  in  the  University  all  tended  in  the  same  direction. 

He  married  on  March  25,  1896,  Miss.Myra  V.  Wilcox  of  Columbus,  Ohio, 
and  went  immediately  to  Oklahoma  as  head  of  the  department  of  Botany 
and  Entomology  of  the  State  Agricultural  College,  resigning  in  the  spring  of 
1900,  after  teaching  four  years,  to  take  post  graduate  work  at  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, from  which  institution  he  received  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in 
June,  1902.  In  September  of  that  year  he  accepted  the  new  chair  of  Forestery 
in  Michigan  Agricultural  College,  where  his  skill,  originality,  ingenuity  and 
genial  ways  soon  attracted  a large  class  of  students.  He  took  great  interest 
in  the  subject  of  Forestry  throughout  the  State,  visiting  many  of  the  leading 
farmers  to  encourage  and  help  them  in  plans  for  the  correct  management  of 
their  wood  lots,  and  in  starting  original  plantations.  A map  of  the  State 
hung  in  his  office  well  dotted  with  red  spots  showing  the  localities  of  these 
early  efforts  by  farmers  of  Michigan.  He  was  likewise  much  interested  in 
plans  to  improve  stump  lands  in  the  north  part  of  the  State,  and  in  experi- 
menting on  the  wild  lands  of  the  college  located  in  the  same  region. 

He  started  a forest  nursery,  a part  of  the  plan  of  which  was  to  furnish 
young  trees  at  cost  for  the  farmers  to  plant.  For  the  beautiful  home  erected 
he  selected  a congenial  spot  near  the  papaw  bushes,  sloping  to  the  bank  of 
the  Red  Cedar,  where  the  dam  below  made  a delightful  place  for  rowing  for 
over  a mile  in  extent.  Pitcher  plants,  orchids  and  numerous  wild  plants  of 
his  selection  occupied  suitable  spots  between  the  house  and  river.  With 
excellent  judgment,  he  selected  a nice  variety  of  trees  and  planted  about  his 
new  home,  among  them  a fine  grove  of  Norway  Spruces,  with  the  view  of 
furnishing  Christmas  trees'  to  the  neighborhood  when  they  should  attain 
suitable  size.  The  chief  charm  of  the  location,  as  he  righly  viewed  it.  was 
just  across  the  river  on  the  farm,  a virgin  forest  of  maples,  beeches,  bass- 
woods, elms  and  others  delighting  in  such  surroundings. 

After  a protracted  illness,  he  died  August  19,  1907,  in  the  midst  of  a 
promising  career  of  usefulness,-  as  a man,  as  a citizen  and  a teacher.  [Taken 
from  10th  Report,  Michigrn  Academy  of  Science,  1908,  Ann  Arbor]. 


— 62- 


NOTES  ON  NOMENCLATURE  XL 

Elizabeth  G,  Britton. 

Parts  234-235  of  Engler  and  Prantl,  Pflanzenfamilien,  was  received 
April  16,  1909,  and  includes  pages  1153-1246  with  a reprint  of  pages  699-702 
to  replace  the  ones  already  issued.  These  parts  conclude  the’  mosses,  give 
title-pages,  table  of  contents,  generic  index  and  dates  of  publication  and  sup- 
plement. The  genus  Cirriphyllum  is  completed  with  4 North  American 
species  and  C.  Boscii  is  misspelled ; Oxyrhynchium  includes  one  Mexican 
species,  and  O.  rusciforme  (Neck.)  Warnst.  Eurhynchium  six  North 
American  species  and  Bryhnia  three,  Rigodium  is  represented  by  one 
species  from  Costa  Rica,  Rhynchostegiella  by  one  species  and  Ryhnchoste- 
gium  by  six. 

In  the  appendix  we  find  a number  of  additions  and  changes  which  will 
affect  the  card  catalogue  which  we  have  kept  at  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden  of  the  North  American  species  of  mosses;  the  following  are  noted: 
Pleuridium  Bakeri\  Seligeria  subcampylopoda ; 5.  patula  and  var.  tris- 
tichoides\  Dicranella  substenocarpa-,  Cynodontium  Treleasii\  Dichodon- 
tium  Nelsoni\  Holomitrium  Maxoni\  Leucoloma  Dussianum\  Dicranum 
hispidulum ; D.  subjiage Hare  and  D.  subulifpUum ; FissiUens arcticus,  F. 
He  Her  i,  F.  Bushii  and  F rochensis ; Syrrhopodon  Dussii , S.  martinicensis 
and  S.  Pit  tier  i\  Calymperes  Heribaudi  and  C.  portoricense ; Gysnostomum 
laeve\  Trichostomum  cuspidatissimum  and  Leptodontium  excelsum. 

On  page  1190  Brotherus  has  dedicated  a new  genus  to  Mr.  R.  S. 
Williams  to  include  a Bolivian  species  which  has  been  described  as  Syrrho- 
podon tricolor.  Only  a year  before  a small  tree  of  the  Rubiaceae  had  been 
named  for  Mr.  Williams  by  Elmer  D.  Merrill  in  the  Phillippine  Journal  of 
Science  3:  165,  1908.  This  moss  may  therefore  very  properly  be  called 
W ILLIAMSIELLA  TRICOLOR  (nom.  nOV.) 

Other  species  of  the  Pottiacqae  are  Hyophila  riparia , H.  mollis  and  H. 
guadeloupensis , and  Barbula  Bakeri , B.  Treleasii,  B.  rigens,  B. 
andrecieoides  and  B.  subandreceoides  as  well  as  Phascum  hyalitrichumr 
Pottia  nevadensis  and  Tortula  Bushii , T.  brachypoda  and  T.  macrotricha. 

Of  the  Grimmiaceae , Glyphomitrium  Leibergii  and  eight  species  of 
Grimmia  are  also  added;  Orthotrichaceae , 0.  sordidum , 0.  minutum  and 
LJlota  alaskana  are  listed.  Of  the  Splachnaceae,  Tetraplodon  australis  and 
Splachnum  australe  are  listed,  as  well  as  Physcomitrum  rufipes , Funaria 
spathulifolia  and  F.polaris  in  the  Funarieae.  Of  Bryums  there  are  forty- 
five  species  added,  principally  from  Arctic  and  Subarctic  America.  One 
Mnium  and  one  Meesia , three  species  of  Philonotis  and  one  of  Poly  trichum 
are  additions. 

Of  the  Pleurocarpous  mosses,  two  species  of  Fontinalis  are  added,  and 
a number  of  recent  changes  and  corrections  are  accepted,  notably  in 
Frpodium}  Brachelyma , Dendropogonella,  Dendroalsia  and  Pseudo- 
cryphaea.  Papillaria  martinicensis  and  Barbella  pendula  occur  within 
our  limits,  and  Tripterocladium  includes  T.  Brewerianum  and  T.  Howei 


according  to  Fleischer.  In  the  Entodontaceae , Orthothecium  acuminatum 
Bryhn  and  0.  trie hophy llum  (Sw.)  Fleischer  are  listed.  I cannot  agree  with 
this  last.decision,  for  although  the  moss  which  has  been  known  heretofore  as 
Lepyrodon  trichophyllus  is  undoubtedly  not  correctly  placed  in  the  genus 
Lepyrodon  on  account  of  its  double  peristome,  it  does  not  seem  to  me  to 
belong  with  the  Orthotheciums.  The  genus  Pilotrichum  includes  six  new 
species,  Cyclodictyon  three  and  Rhynchostegiopsis  one.  Stereohypnum  is 
accepted  for  Microthamnium  and  Plagiothecium  fallax  is  added  for  Alaska. 
A list  of  fossil  mosses  is  appended  in  which  we  do  not  find  included  any  of 
the  American  species  listed  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club  34: 
139-142,  pi.  9,  1907,  including  the  two  recently  described  species  Rhynchos- 
tegium  Knowltoni  and  Glyphomitrium  Cocke.relleae.  The  index  includes 
families  and  genera  only,  so  that  unless  the  plan  followed  by  us  of  underlin- 
ing the  N.  A.  species  and  indicating  on  the  margins  the  sectional 
divisions  is  adopted,  the  student  will  search  a weary  while  ere  he 
find  the  species  he  is  looking  for,  unless  he  has  a card  catalogue  as  well. 
We  congratulate  Dr.  Brotherus  on  the  completion  of  this  work  and  hope  that 
he  may  not  be  hindered  with  too  many  miscellaneous  collections  to  name  as  a 
reward  of  his  labors,  but  that  ho  will  find  time  to  undertake  the  revision  of 
some  of  the  geliera  which  are  greatly  in  need  of  further  critical  study.  We 
may  not,  and  probably  all  do  not,  agree  with  some  of  the  dispositions  he  has 
made  of  genera  and  species,  nor  the  names  he  has  adopted,  but  we  are  grate- 
ful to  him  for  a modern  and  comprehensive  treatment  of  a large  and  difficult 
group  of  plants,  and  we  feel  that  such  a.  vast  undertaking  could  not  have 
been  better  done  by  any  one  else  in  so  short  a time — 1901-1909. 

New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


HEPATICAE  IN  FICTION. 

Annie  Lorenz. 

References  to  the  Hepaticae  are  rare  in  general  fiction,  but  the  following 
appears  in  Charles  Lever’s  “Harry  Lorrequer,”  c apter  four.  (Harry 
Lorrequer,  a rollicking  young  officer,  is  visiting  at  an  Irish  castle,  and  is  in 
high  favor  with  the  ladies.  They  are  showing  him  through  the  conservator- 
ies, and  ask  his  opinion  of  some  new  plants.) 

“ Get  Smith’s  book  there,”  said  Lady  Callonby,  rising,  “ and  let  me  have 
your  arm;  and  now,  young  ladies,  come  along,  and  learn  something,  if  you 
can.”  Here  her  ladyship  pointed  to  a little  scrubby  thing,  that  looked  like  a 
birch  rod,  I proceeded  to  examine  it  most  minutely,  while  Collins  (the  head 
gardener)  waited  with  all  the  intense  anxiety  of  a man  whose  character 
depended  on  the  sentence. 

“ Collins  will  have  it  a Jungermania,”  said  she.  “And  Collins  is  right,” 
said  I,  not  trusting  myself  with  the  pronunciation  of  the  awful  word  her 
ladyship  uttered'. 


-64- 


Collins  looked  ridiculously  happy. 

“ Now  that  is  so  delightful,”  said  Lady  Callonby,  as  she  stopped,  to  look 
for  another  puzzle.” 

Smith’s  English  Flora,  to  which  allusion  is  made  above,  was  the  book  in 
general  use  at  that  time.  But  while  Charles  Lever  presumably  knew  as  much 
of  botany  as  Harry  himself,  he  had  evidently  heard  of  Hooker’s  magnificent 
“ British  Jungermanniaceae,”  which  appeared  in  1816. 

We  are,  however,  at  a loss  to  know  to  what  species  to  refer  the  above- 
mentioned  ! Hartford,  Connecticut. 


BRYOPHYTES  FROM  MOUNT  HOOD  REGION,  OREGON. 

A.  S.  Foster. 

It  may  be  of  interest  to  add  the  following  list  of  bryophytes  collected 
from  much  the  same  locality  as  that  given  by  Dr.  T.  C.  Frye  in  The  Bryol- 
ogist  for  January,  1909.  Two  trips  were  made,  the  first  on  Aug.  26-27,  1906, 
on  the  north  side  of  MountHood,  near  “ Cloud-Cap  Inn,”  and  thesecond  June 
18-21,  1907,  on  the  south  side  near  ‘‘Government  Camp.”  The  determina- 
tions were  made  by  Prof.  Holzinger,  Dr.  Grout,  Mr.  Chamberlain  and  Dr. 
Bailey. 

From  near  Cloud-Cap  Inn:  Mosses — Dicranella  falcatum  pumelum 

Limpr. , Hypnum  ochraceum  Turn,  var.?,  Grimmici  Muhlenbeckii  Schimp., 
P hilonotis  fontana  (L.)  Brid.,  Poly  trichum  gracile  Menz. , P.  piliferum 
Schreb.,  Pseudoleskea  sp.  ? 

Hepatics — Lophozia  ventricosa  (Dicks.)  Dum. 

Lichens — Alectoria  ochroleuca  (Ehrh.)  Nyl.,  A.  Fremont ii  Tucker m. , A. 
jubata  prolixa  Ach. , Cetraria  ciliaris  (Ach.)  Tuckerm.,  Parmelia  lanata 
(L.)  Wallr.,  Umbilicaria  hyperborea  Hoffm. 

From  near  Government  Camp.  Mosses — Alsia  abietina  Sulliv.,  Bar- 
tramia  ithyphylla  Brid.,  Bryum  nutans  Schreb.,  Camptothecium  pinnati- 
fidum{ Sulliv.  & Lesq.)  Jeag.,  Dicranum  Starkii  Web.  & Mohr.,  Eurhynchium 
strigosum  (Hoffm.)  B.  & S'.,  Fontinalis  chrysophylla  Cardot,  Grimmia 
torquata  Grev.,  G.  gracilis  Schleich.,  Hypnum  cordifolium  Hedw.  var . fon- 
tinaloides  Lange,  Rhacomitrium  -heterostrichum  Brid.,  Rhodobryum 
lucidum  (E.  G.  Britton)  Frye,  Tayloria  serrata  B.  & S.,  Neckera  Menziesii 
Dum. 

Hepatics — Lophozia  incisa  (Schrad.)  Dum.,  Marsupella  emarginata 
(Ehrh.)  Dum,  Ptilidium  Calif ornicum  (Aust.)  Underw.  & Cook. 

Lichens —Alectoria  ochroleuca  (Ehrh.)  Nyl.,  Buellia  geographica  (Z.) 
Tuckerm,,  Solorina  crocea  (L.)  Ach.,  Stereocaulon  tomentosum  Fr., 
Parmelia  lanata  (L.)  Wallr.,  Umbilicaria  hyperborea  Hoffm.,  Usnea 
barbata  ceratina  Schaer.  Aberdeen,  Washington. 


—65— 


AN  ENUMERATION  OF  THE  WASHINGTON  AND  OREGON 
HEPATICAE  COLLECTED  BY  MR.  A.  S.  FOSTER, 
1904-1909. 

Caroline  Coventry  Haynes. 

This  collection  is  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society.  It  has 
given  me  much  pleasure  to  determine  these  specimens  collected  by  Mr 
Fos‘ter  at  various  times  during  the  past  six  years.  When  I add  that  the 
great  majority  of  them  were  found  in  full  maturity,  an  idea  of  the  value  of 
the  collection  becomes  evident.  Thanks  are  due  to  Dr.  Evans  and  Miss 
Lois  Clark  for  verifying,  and  in  several  instances,  correcting,  my  determina- 
tions. 

Nardia  obovata  (Lyell)  Carringt. , and  Mvlia  anomcila  (Hook.)  S.  F. 
Gray  were,  when  collected,  new  to  Washington. 

The  fallowing  species  are  generally  found  in  colonies:  Radula  com- 

planata , R . Bolanderi , Scapania  Bolanderi  and  Porellanavicularis,  grow- 
ing indifferently  on  live  or  decayed  wood  and  rocks.  Riccardia  latifrons , 
Scapania  umbrosa , Lophozia  incisa , Cepholozia  lunulaefolia , C.  bicuspi- 
data , Lepidozia  reptans  and  Calypogeia  Trichomanis , growing  on  old  damp 
logs,  shaded. 

Ricciaceae. 

1.  Ricciocarpus  natans  (L.)  Corda  (terrestial  form). 

(344)  On  soil  among  stones  in  protected  position  below  Wallula  Gorge, 
Columbia  River,  Wash.,  Feb.  25,  1906.  (757)  In  pond  near  Hoquian,  Wash. , 

May  20,  1908.  Det.  A.  S.  Foster. 

Harchantiaceae. 

2.  Targionia  hypophylla  L. 

(343)  On  soil  among  stones,  always  moist  but  with  good  drainage,  Stoney 
Butte,  alt.  500  ft.  (East)  Portland,  Oregon,  April  23,  1906.  (488)  On  humus 

of  rocks  in  crevices  of  bluffs,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Feb.  10,  1907. 

3.  Asterella  GRACiLis_(Web  f. ) Underw. 

(343)  On  so.  1 among  rocks,  Stoney  Butte,  alt.  500  ft.  Portland,  Oregon, 
April  23,  1906.  (513)  On  humus  of  ledges,  bluff  below  Cathlamet,  Wash., 

March  24,  1907. 

4.  CONOCEPHALUM  CONICUM  L. 

On  decaying  log,  forest  back  of  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  16,  1907. 

5.  Marchantia  polymorpha  L. 

On  wet  banks,  plentiful,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Dec.  20,  1904,  (412)  In 

boggy  place,  canon  back  of  Rainier,  Oregon,  May  16,  1906.  (516)  Floating 

in  ponds,  or  on  mud  of  margins,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  24,  1907.  (Com- 
mon along  brooks  in  forests  west  of  Cascades). 

6.  Marchantia  polymorpha  var.  aquatica  L. 

(F  3)  On  end  of  log,  in  splash  of  a small  “fall”  near  Rooster  Rock, 
Bridal  Veil,  Oregon,  Aug.  9,  1905.  Det.  Miss  Clark. 


-66— 


Hetzgeriaceae. 

7.  Riccardia  latifrons  Lindb. 

(A)  On  rotten  logs  with  mosses  and  other  hepatics,  Hamilton,  Wash.. 
Feb.  11,  1905.  (X)  On  end  of  old  log,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  1,  1905  (T 

in  part)  On  end  of  log,  roadside  below  ferry,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  15, 
1905.  (494)  On  decaying  log,  open  forest,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Sept.  22,  1906. 

8.  RiccARDiA  multifida  (L.)  Carruth 

(945)  On  trunks  of  shrubs,  vine  maples,  alders  etc.  near  Aberdeen, 
Wash.,  Feb.  18,  1909.  (906  in  part).  On  alders,  bank  of  Wishkah  River, 

near  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Nov.  10,  1908. 

9.  Riccardia  palm  at  a (Hedw.)  S.  F.  Gray 

(927)  End  of  rotten  log,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Dec.  20,  1908.  (911  in  part) 

Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Dec.  15,  1908. 

10.  Riccardia  pinguis  (L.)  S.  F.  Gray 

On  cobbles,  spring  branch,  dense  timber,  Biddle’s  Ranch,  above  Van- 
couver, Wash.,  June  18,  1905.  Det.  Dr.  Evans. 

11.  Riccadia  sinuata  (Dicks.)  Trevis. 

(932  in  part)  On  log,  plants  submerged,  Sequalitchew  Lake,  near 
Takoma,  Wash.,  June  6,  1906. 

12.  Metzgeria  conjugata  Lindb. 

(P)  In  crevice  of  rocks,  protected,  Merryette  Falls,  Hamilton,  Wash., 
March  18,  1905.  (S)  On  granite  rock,  deep  shade,  Iron  Mountains,  alt. 

1800  ft.  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  8,  1905.  (W)  On  rock  in  timber  of  Cumber- 
land Creek  Canon,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  15,  1905.  (Z)  On  rock,  Hamil- 
ton, Wash.,  April  15,  1905.  (496)  On  rocks  by  roadside,  Cathlamet,  Wash., 

Sept.  30,  1906.  (5 1 1)  At  base  of  alders.  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  5,  1907. 

(905b)  On  decaying  stump,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Nov.  10,  1908.  (944)  On 

trunks  of  shrubs,  vine  maple,  alders  etc.  in  dense  thickets,  near  Aberdeen, 
Wash.,  Feb.  18,  1909. 

13.  Pellia  epiphylla  (L.)  Lindb. 

(514)  On  rotten  “ties”  old  skid  road,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  22, 
1907.  Det.  Miss  Clark. 

14.  Pellia  Neesiana  (Gottsche)  Limpr. 

(514b)  Side  of  decaying  log,  Birnie  Creek,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  6, 
1907.  Det.  Dr.  Evans.  On  wet  ground,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  March  20,  1909. 

15.  Blasia  pusilla  L. 

(g  3)  On  moist  soil,  bank  of  Willamette  River,  Magoon's  Park,  near 
Portland,  Oregon,  Aug.  7,  1905.  (41 1)  O11  soil  under  leaky  flume,  Rainier, 

Oregon,  May  16,  1906.  (887)  Bluffs  on  bank  of  Wishkah  River,  Chehalis 

Co.,  Wash.,  Sept.  20,  1908. 

Jungermanniaceae. 

16.  *Marsupella  emarginata  (Ehrh.)  Lindb. 

On  boulders  everywhere  from  1500-3500  ft.  alt.  Mount  Hood  Region. 

* Marsupella  emarginata , Cephalozia  leucantha , Frullania  franciscana  and  Anthoceros 
fusiformis  were  sent  to  Miss  Clark  and  determined  bv  her. 


—67 


17-  Nardia  crenulata  (Smith)  Lindb. 

On  wet  banks,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Dec.  20,  1904.  Det.  Dr.  Evans,  who 
“suspects  that  these  specimens  represent  an  aquatic  or  subaquatic  form  of 
above  species.”  (N)  On  sandstone,  roadside,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  29, 
1905.  (512)  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  2,  1907.  (904b)  On  wall  of  sand- 
stone bed-rock,  near  Aberdeen,  Wash.,,  Nov.  10,  190S.  (932)  Clayey  soil, 

Wishkah  River,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Feb.  16,  1909.  (930)  Clayey  soil,  in  the 

open,  Aberdeen,  Wash  , March  20,  1909. 

18.  * Nardia  obovata  (Lyell)  Carringt. 

(Q)  On  sandstone,  roadside,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  29,  1905. 

19.  Gyrothyra  Under*woodiana  M.  A.  Howe 

(E  No.  2)  On  rocks  of  bluff,  below  ferry,  northern  exposure,  Hamilton, 
Wash  , April  15,  1905.  Det.  Dr.  Evans. 

20.  JUNGERMANNIA  LANCEOLATA  L. 

(V  in  part)  On  wall  of  rocky  bluff,  below  ferry,  northern  exposure, 
Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  15,  1905.  Det  Dr.  Evans. 

21.  Jungermannia  atrovirens  (Schleich. ) Dumort. 

(888)  On  soft  sandstone.  Wishkah 'River  bluff,  near  Aberdeen,  W9.SI1., 
Oct.  3,  1908. 

22.  Lophozia  inflata  var.  heterostipa  (Huds.)  Lindb. 

(E  in  part)  In  sphagnum  marsh,  Hamilton,  Wash. , April  2,  1905.  (E) 

In  sphagnum  swamp,  three  miles  from  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Sept.  16,  1904. 
Det.  Dr.  Evans. 

23.  Lophozia  incisa  (Schrad.)  Dumort. 

(X  in  part)  On  end  of  old  log,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  1,  1905.  (Y) 

On  old  log  in  protected  position,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  2,  1905.  (S  in  part) 
On  granite  rock,  deep  shade,  Iron  Mountains,  alt.  1800  ft.  Hamilton,  Wash., 
April  18,  1905.  (2  B)  On  log,  protected,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  May  12,  1905. 

(493)  On  decaying  hemlock  stump  up  river,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Feb.  io,  1907^ 
(909)  Rotten  chunk,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Dec.  15,  1908. 

24.  Lophozia  ovata  (Dicks.)  M.  A.  Howe 

(J  2)  On  tree,  Clatsop  Beach,  Seaside.  Oregon,  Aug.  20,  1905. 

25.  Lophozia  porphyroleuca  (Nees)  Schffn. 

(J  2 in  part)  On  tree,  Clatsop  Beach,  Seaside,  Oregon,  Aug.  20,  1905. 

26.  Lophozia  ventricosa  (Dicks  ) Dumort. 

(421)  On  humus  of  rocks  in  Canon  “ Cloud  Cap  Inn  ” Mt.  Hood,  Oregon, 
alt.  7862  ft.  July  26,  1906. 

27.  Pla'giochila  asplenioides  (L.)  Dumort. 

(J)  On  northern  face,  rocky  bluff,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  25,  1905. 
(H  2)  On  old  log  in  shady  timber,  Magoon’s  Park,  near  Portland,  Oregon, 
Aug.,  1905  (416)  On  soil  in  shade,  foot  of  bluffs,  Southern  Pacific  Ry. , 

Oregon  City,  Oregon,  June  25,  1906. 

28.  Mylia  anomala  (Hook.)  S.  F.  Gray 

(E)  In  sphagnum  marsh,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  2,  1905.  Det.  Dr. 
Evans. 


—68  — 


2g.  Lophocolea  cuspidata  (Nees)  Limpr. 

(H)  On  upturned  root,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  March  io,  1905.  (Etc.  in  part) 

On  log  in  thicket,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  22,  1905.  (342)  On  north  side  big 

stone,  “Rocky  Butte”  (East)  Portland,  Oregon,  April  23,  1906. 

30.  Chiloscyphus  pallescens  (Ehrh.)  Dumort. 

(J  in  part)  On  northern  face  bluff,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  25,  1905. 
(W)  On  log  across  trout  brook,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  1,  1905. 

31.  Chiloscyphus  polyanthus  (L.)  Corda  rivularis  Nees. 

(F)  On  side  of  O.  R.  & N.  Ry.  near  Latourelle  Falls,  Oregon,  in  ice 
cold  water,  (Note.  Fresh  water  crustaceae  devour  this  greedily.)  Aug.  12, 

1904.  (932)  Tacoma,  Wash.,  June  6,  1908. 

32.  Cephalozia  bicuspidata  (L.)  Dumort. 

(A)  On  rotten  logs  with  mosses,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  ir,  1905.  (T) 

On  end  of  log,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  15,  1905.  (Etc.)  On  log  in  thicket, 
Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  22,  1905.  (495)  On  decaying  chunk  in  slough  on 

bluff,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Sept.  22,  1906.  (910)  End  of  log,  Aberdeen, 

Wash.,  Dec.  15,  1908. 

33.  Cephaloziella  uivaricata  (Sm.)  Dumort. 

(408)  On  decaying  log,  Mt.  Taber,  Portland,  Oregon.  April  29,  1906. 
(947)  On  decaying  logs,  near  Aberdeen.  Wash.,  March  10,  1909. 

34.  Cephaloziella  divarcata  var.  scabra  M.  A.  Howe 

(409)  On  bluffs,  near  A.  & C.  Ry.  above  Rainier,  Oregon,  May  16,  1906. 

35.  Cephalozta  leucantha  Spruce. 

Sphagnum  bog,  near  Westport,  Wash.,  April  29,  1908.  Det.  Miss  Clark. 

36.  Cephalozia  lunulaefolia  Dumort. 

(A  in  part)  On  rotten  logs  with  mosses,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  11.  1905- 
(Y  in  part)  On  old  log  in  protected  position,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  2,  1905. 
(X  in  part)  On  end  of  old  log,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  1,  1905. 

37.  Cephalozia  pleniceps  (Aust.)  Lindb. 

(I)  On  old  log  roadside,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  22,  1905. 

38.  Calypogeia  suecica  (Arn.  & Perss.)  C.  Mull. 

(892)  Decaying  wood,  Chehalis  Co.  Wash.,  May  28,  1908. 

39.  Calypogeia  Trichomanis  (L.)  Corda 

(2  B in  part)  On  log,  protected,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  May  12,  1905- 

40.  Bazzania  tricrenata  (Wahl  ) Trevis. 

(H)  On  inside  of  rotten  stump,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Jan.  21,  1905.  (I) 

On  rotten  log,  Iron  Mountains.  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  2,  1905.  (O!)  In 

slanting  crevice  of  rocky  bluff,  moist,  well  protected,  light  supply  one-half  or 
less,  Merryette  Falls,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  March  18,  1905.  (9°7)  Trunk  bark 

hemlock,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Nov,  30,  1908. 

41.  Lepidozia  reptans  (L.)  Dumort. 

(Y  in  part)  On  old  log  in  protected  position,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  2, 

1905.  (952)  Near  Aberdeen,  Wash  , April  3,  1909. 


—69— 

42.  Blepharostoma  trichophyllum  (L.)  Dumort. 

(V)  On  wall  of  rocky  bluff,  northern  exposure,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April 

15,  1905. 

43.  Ptilidium  californicum  Aust. 

(R)  On  logs  and  at  base  of  trees,  Iron  Mountains,  Alt.  1800  ft.  (Not 
found  at  foot  of  mountain.)  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  8,  1905.  Note.  At  the 
base  of  trees;  alt.  1500-3500  ft.  abundant  at  the  higher  elevation.  (908)  Old 
logs,  in  deserted  claim,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Dec.  15,  1908. 

44.  Diplophylleia  albicans  (L.)  Trevis, 

(B  2)  On  soil  base  of  boulders,  Iron  Mountains,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  May 
6,  1905. 

45.  Diplophylleia  taxifolia  (Wahl.)  Trevis. 

(B  2 in  part)  On  soil  base  of  boulders,  Iron  Mountains,  Hamilton, 
Wash.,  May  6,  1905.  (510)  On  soil,  roadside,  old  mill,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,. 

March  12,  1907. 

46.  SCAPANIA  BoLANDERI  Aust. 

(A  in  part)  On  rotten  logs  with  mosses,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  n, 
1905.  (K  in  part)  Qn  rotten  log,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  March  13,  1905.  On 
rocks  in  edge  of  trickling  water,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  1905.  (Q)  On  end  of 

rotten  log.  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  1,  1605.  (413)  On  trunks  of  trees,  con- 
iferous woods,  Rainier,  Oregon,  May  16,  1906.  (911)  On  shady  log,  Aber- 

deen, Wash.,  Dec.  15,  1908. 

47.  Scapania  curta  (Mart.)  Dumont. 

(421)  On  humus  rocks  in  canon  “ Cloud  Cap  Inn  ” Mount  Hood,  Oregon, 
at  7862  ft.  alt.,  July  26,  1906.  * 

48.  Scapania  nemorosa  (L.)  Dumort. 

(N)  On  rocks,  in  tufts,  Merryette  Falls,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  March  18, 
1905.  (I  in  part)  On  rotten  log,  side  of  Iron  Mountain.  “ Fissidens  Cas- 
cade” Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  2,  1905.  (497^)  On  humus  in  open  forest, 

Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Oct.  20,  1906. 

49.  Scapania  dentata  Dumort.  var.  Oakesii  Aust. 

(M)  In  tufts  on  rocks,  Merryette  Falls,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  March  i8r 
1905. 

50.  Scapania  umbrosa  (Schrad.)  Dumort. 

(X  in  part)  On  end  of  old  log,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  April  1,  1905.  On 
leaning  alder,  deep  shade,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  30.  1907.  (911  in  part) 

On  log,  shady,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  Dec.  15,  1908. 

51.  Scapania  undulata  (L.)  Dumort. 

(L  in  part)  On  shrubs  along  slough,  quite  wet,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb. 
25,  1905.  (g  No.  2)  On  bank  of  river  below  ferry,  in  edge  of  stream,  Hamil- 
ton, Wash.,  April  15,  1905. 

52.  Radula  Bolanderi  Gottsche 

(929  and  945  B)  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  March  13,  1909.  (A  in  part)  On 
rotten  logs  with  mosses,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  11,  1905.  (497)  Bark  of 


—70  - 


young  spruce,  bluffs  below  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Sept.  23,  1906.  (511  in  part) 

At  base  of  alders,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  5,  1907.  (492b)  Cathlamet, 

Wash.,  Jan.  26,  1907. 

53.  Radula  complanata  (L.)  Dumort. 

(K)  On  rotten  log  in  shelter,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  March  13,  1905.  (No. 

C 2)  On  vine  maple,  near  Town  Hall,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  May  24,  1905. 
(492  C)  On  willow  in  swampy  tide-flat  below  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Oct.  29, 
1906.  (492)  On  bark  of  alder  trees,  open  woods,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Feb. 

16,  1907. 

54.  Porella  navicularis  (Lehm.  et  Lindenb.)  Lindb. 

(C)  On  trees,  brush,  etc  abundant,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Oct.  20,  1904. 
(Abundant  everywhere  west  of  the  Cascades,  Foster).  (931)  On  shrubs,  in 
thickets,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  March  20,  1909.  Another  specimen  collected 
same  locality,  March  13,  1909.  These  two  last  mentioned  specimens  show 
this  species  possessing  the  modification  due,  Dr.  Howe  believes,  to  the  influ- 
ence of  an  epiphytic  fungus.  “The  leaves  were  bilobed  rather  than  bipar- 
tite, the  union  of  the  lobes  resembling  that  of  Lejeunea  or  Radula.  The 
ventral  lobes  were  shortened  so  that  their  longer  axils  was  nearly  parallel  to 
the  dorsal  lobe  and  were  conspicuously  inflated  as  in  most  of  the  Lej euneae. 
The  underleaves  were  also  shortened  and  often  ventricose.”  For  fuller 
details  see  Howe:  The  Hepaticae  and  Anthocerotes  of  California,  page  168. 
This  Washington  species  was  found  growning  with  Radula  complanata  and 
Radula  Bo  lander  i , a fact  Dr.  Howe  mentions  in  connection  with  those  found 
in  California. 

55.  Porella  rivularis  (Nees)  Trevis. 

(L)  On  shrubs  along  slough,  quite  moist,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  Feb.  25, 
1905.  On  leaning  alder,  deep  shade,  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  March  30,  1907. 
Det.  Miss  Clark.  (931)  On  shrubs  in  thicket,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  March  20, 
1909. 

56.  Porella  Roellii  Steph, 

(339)  On  ledge  of  loose  stones,  McCleay  Canon,  Portland,  Oregon, 
April  9,  1906.  (340)  On  rocks  in  shade,  high  bluffs,  Oregon  City,  Oregon, 

April  16,  1906.  (K  2)  On  basaltic  bluff  overlooking  Bridal  Veil  Falls,  80 
ft.  high,  Bridal  Veil,  Oregon,  28  miles  from  Portland,  Oregon,  by  O.  R.  & N. 
Ry.  up  Columbia  River,  Aug.  9,  1905. 

57.  Frullania  Bolanderi  Aust. 

(702)  On  trunk  of  Populus  tremuloides , Henry  Island,  facing  “ Canal 
de  Haro”  Puget  Sound,  Wash.,  July  ir,  1907.  Det.  Miss  Clark. 

58.  Frullania  californica  Aust. 

(341)  On  porphyritic  wall,  northern  exposure,  Cliffs,  ‘‘Stoney  Butte” 
(East)  Portland,  Oregon,  April  23,  1906. 

59.  Frullania  franciscana  M.  A.  Howe 

On  Pinus  contorta , Westport,  Wash.,  April  15,  1908.  Det.  Miss  Clark. 


- 7i  — 


60.  Frullania  Nisquallensis  Sulliv. 

(D)  On  trees,  shrubs,  etc.  not  abundant,  Hamilton,  Wash.,  March  11-20,. 

1904.  (J  26)  On  trees,  Oregon,  Aug.  20.  1905.  (497  in  part)  Bark  of  young 

spruce,  bluffs  below  Cathlamet,  Wash.,  Sept.  23,  1906.  (515)  On  bark  of 

tree  trunks,  chunks,  sometimes  on  rocky  face  of  wall,  Cathlamet,  Wash., 
abundant,  Jan.  20,  1907.  (410)  On  live  hemlock,  hills  back  of  Rainier,  Ore- 
gon, May  16,  1906.  (806)  Alders  back  of  Wishkah  River  near  Aberdeen, 

Wash.,  Nov.  10,  1908.  Another  specimen,  same  locality,  March  13,  1909. 

A n thocerotaceae . 

61.  Anthocerso  Pearsoni  M.  A.  Howe 

(407)  On  Pinus  contort  a,  Clatsop  Beach,  Seaside,  Oregon,  Aug.  19, 

1905.  ' 

62.  Anthoceros  punctatus  L. 

On  soil  in  Canon,  Balch  Creek  Road,  Portland,  Oregon,  July  3,  1905. 
Det.  A.  S.  Foster. 

63.  Anthoceros  fusiformis  Aust. 

Clay  soil  cuts,  Carson  Heights,  Portland,  Oregon,  June,  1906.  Det.  Miss 
Clark,  Highlands,  New  Jersey. 


LICHEN  NOTES  No.  11. 

Describing  Parmelia  endoxantha,  a new  species;  Parmelia  olivacea 
multisporum,  a new  combination;  and  three  little  known 
Parmelia  species  hitherto  inadequately  diagnosed. 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

Parmelia  sulfur  at  a Nees  et  Flot.  in  Linnaea,  1834  p.  501. 

Reaction  Kljl  fulvescent,  C+  but  faintly. 

Thallus  glaucescent,  ashy-white  or  whitish,  expanded,  orbicular,  loosely 
appressed,  lobed,  divisions  irregularly  developing  with  more  or  less  recurved 
ascendant  borders,  peripherally  the  lobes  rather  more  depressed  and  broader, 
with  the  margins  entire  or  crenate;  destitute  of  cilia,  centrally  thinly 
isidiose,  rarely  subglobose  sorediate  marginally;  above  somewhat  shining^ 
or  nearly  opaque,  and  here  and  there  complicate-rugulose ; within  yellow  or 
whitish-sulphureous ; below  black  and  interruptedly  short-rhizinose  centrally, 
but  broadly  glabrous  or  yellowish-brown  at  the  circumference.  Apothecia 
cup-shaped,  pedicellate,  medium,  disk  yellowish- red,  the  margin  faintly 
erose-crenulate.  Spores  20-26  X 9-12/^ 

On  trunks  of  forest  trees. 

Examined  from  Tampico,  Mexico,  C.  G.  Pringle,  and  Island  of  Jamaica, 
Miss  C.  E.  Cummings.  Variously  reported  from  our  Southern  States  and 
the  West  Indian  Islands.  The  species  somewhat  resembles  P.  cristiferc 
Tayl.  and  P.  corralloidea  (Mey  & Flot.)  Wain.,  and  in  its  sorediate  condi- 
tions is  sufficiently  like  P . perlata  of  Tuckerman’s  conception  to  be  readily 


— 72  - 


mistaken  for  that  plant.  The  lobes  are  broader  than  in  the  other  Parmelia 
species  with  a colored  medulla.  P.  immiscens  Nyl.  Flora,  1885.  p.  606,  is 
somewhat  similar  to  the  present.  The  medulla  is  yellow  or  sometimes  white, 
apothecia  crowded,  spores  small,  and  the  reaction  is  distinctly  K+  for  the 
medulla. 

P.  persulfurata  Nyl.  in  Flora,  1885,  p.  606. 

Reaction  Kt,  C~. 

Thallus  ochroleucous,  greenish  or  yellowish-green,  somewhat  expanded  in 
old  plants,  loosely  attached,  irregularly  orbicular,  membranaceous-cartilagin- 
eous,  lobate,  the  lobes  moderately  divided,  axils  acute,  and  of  medium  width, 
irregularly  radiant,  contiguous  and  subimbricate,  confusedly  plicate  and 
sometimes  subcoalescent  centrally,  where  also  more  or  less  exasperate- 
lobulate,  borders  of  the  major  divisions  crenate,  decurved  or  sub-ascendant, 
but  appressed  and  plane  at  the  tips,  the  lobuli  both  ascendant  and  depressed 
with  the  margins  rather  incised-crenate,  sparsely  sub  sorediate  on  the 
borders  of  the  lobes,  the  margins  somewhat  isidiose,  likewise  the  surface  of 
the  thallus  sparingly,  and  the  margins  of  the  lobuli  copiously;  above  opaque 
and  interruptedly  rugulose;  within  distinctly  sulfureous;  below  exactly  as 
in  P.  sulfur  at  a.  Apothecia  not  seen. 

On  trunks  in  tropical  forest. 

Examined  from  Sanford,  Florida,  S.  Rapp.  Reported  from  Louisiana, 
Mexico  and  Cuba. 

Crombie  states  that  Tuckerman  failed  to  distingished  this  species  from 
P.  sulfur ata,  but  the  plants  are  absolutely  unlike  in  color  and  in  some  other 
particulars  as  a comparison  of  the  descriptions  will  show. 

P.  AURULENTA  Tuck.  Suppl.  I,  p.  424. 

Reaction  K+,  C+  orange. 

Thallus  glaucous,  glaucescent  or  ashy-glaucescent,  moderate  in  size, 
orbicular,  loosely  attached,  submembranaceous,  laciniate,  variably  divided, 
the  axils  rounded,  laciniae  subimbricate,  borders  sinuous  or  crenate,  tips 
retuse  or  markedly  incised-crenate,  in  typical  states  displaying  sub-margin- 
ally,  exasperate,  rounded  or  sometimes  confluent  sub-isidiose  soredia,  but 
other  conditions  observed  that  are  merely  papillose-isidiose ; above  rugulose 
and  opaque;  within  yellowish;  below  black  except  narrowly  brownish  at  the 
margins,  with  concolorous  rather  abundant  short  rhizinae.  Apothecia 
medium,  short-pedicelled,  cup-shaped,  disk  pale-chestnut  or  darker,  with  a 
distinctly  tuberculate-crenate  inflexed  margin,  the  exciple  papillose-isidiosej 
isidio-sorediate,  or  at  times  smooth.  Spores  ellipsoid  9-17  X 4-7//. 

On  trunks  of  trees  and  on  rocks. 

Examined  from  Ottawa,  Ontario,  J.  Macoun;  from  the  vicinity  of  Balti- 
more, Maryland,  C.  C.  Plitt.  Reported  from  various  Eastern  States  and  from 
Newfoundland,  but  apparently  not  found  in  the  West. 

The  configuration  of  the  laciniae,  rounded  axils,  and  black  rhizinose 
under  surface  serve  to  ally  this  species  with  P.  laevigata  of  Europe,  but  its 
distinctness  is  now  admitted  on  all  hands.  P.  laevigata  of  Tuckerman’s 


-73- 


Synopsis  describes'the  European  plant  of  that  name,  but  the  cited  specimen 
from  Louisiana  as  examined  in  his  herbarium  is  not  in  accord  with  the 
description,  nor  is  it  in  agreement  with  the  beautiful  and  strongly  differenti- 
ated tropical  plant  recognized  by  Wainio  and  others  as  P.  laevigata . A 
plant  of  some  similarity  to  both  P.  aurule7ita  and  P.  laevigata  is  P.  isi- 
diocera  Nyl.  Syn.  p.  382.  It  is  white  within  as  in  P.  laevigata , is  here  and 
there  isidiose  particularly  at  the  margins  of  the  laciniae,  the  isidia  being 
yellow  within.  The  species  is  only  known  from  Arctic  America. 

P.  endoxantha  Merrill  sp  nov. 

Reaction  K+  faint,  C+  orange,  K(C)1  orange. 

Thallus  yellowish-glaucescent,  moderately  expanded,  appressed,  and 
somewhat  adherent,  irregularly  orbicular,  sub-membranaceous,  laciniate, 
the  laciniae  confusedly  imbricated,  moderately  divided,  somewhat  pinnately 
cleft,  the  axils  both  major  and  minor  rounded,  laciniae  convex  but  plane  at 
the. tips,  borders  sinuous,  incised-crenate  and  retuse  at  the  tips;  destitute  of 
soredia,  or  cilia;  above  opaque,  commonly  smooth  but  sometimes 
rugulose,  or  rarely  and  sparsely  papillose-isidiose ; within  pale  or  distinctly 
yellow ; below  brown  or  black  and  moderately  provided  with  short  concolor- 
ons  rhizinae.  Apothecia  centrally  situated,  appressed.  small  to  medium,  disk 
plane  or  slighly  concave,  chestnut  or  reddish-chestnut,  with  a thin  rather 
erect  crenate  or  annulate  margin.  Spores  ellipsoid  10- n X 7M,  8 in  each 
thekb. 

On  Palmetto  logs  in  Hammock.  Sanford,  Florida,  S.  Rapp,  July,  1907. 

Comparable  with  the  European  forms  of  P.  tiliacea.  but  a more  robust 
plant  than  are  the  American  representatives  of  that  species.  P.  endoxantha 
is  irreconcilable  with  what  Tuckerman  designated  as  A*,  tiliacea  d.  sulfurosa , 
for  that  form  is  likened  to  his  b.  sublaevigata , and  furthermore  it  is  said  to 
be  microphylline.  P.  x ant  homy  e la  Nyl  a European  species  provided  with  a 
yellow  medulla  is  comparable  with  A.  laevigata , and  its  nearest  American 
affinity  is  P.  aurulenta.  Tuckerman  says  of  the  Parmelia  species  with  a 
yellow  medulla  that  “ It  appears  impossible  in  any  large  view  whether  of  P. 
sulfurata,  P.  aurulenta  or  P.  tiliacea  sulfurosa  to  assign  any  other  than  a 
subordinate  value  of  the  modifications  in  these  lichens  of  the  medullary 
color.”  Such  an  opinion  might  be  assented  to  if  the  medullary  color  consti- 
tuted the  only  factor  of  difference,  but  in  each  of  the  several  species  here 
described  other  and  piarked  elements  of  diverseness  help  to  dissociate  the 
plants  and  confirm  specific  identity. 

P.  oiivacea  var.  multisporum  (Schneider)  Merrill  comb.  nov. 

P.  multisporum  Schneider.  Guide,  p.  254. 

Reaction.  Not  affected  by  either  K or  C. 

Thallus  olivaceous  or  brown,  small,  appressed,  rather  adherent,  orbicu- 
lar when  space  occupied  permits,  submembranaceous,  lobate-laciniate, 
moderately  divided,  narrowed  and  confusedly-imbricate  centrally,  usually 
platypliylline  at  the  circumference,  borders  sinuous  but  crenate  at  the  tips; 
typically  without  soredia,  cilia,  or  isidia;  above  opaque  or  sub-shining,  smooth 


— 74— 


orrugulose;  within  white;  below  black  and  short  rhizinose.  Apothecia  very 
numerous,  small  or  medium,  short  pedicelled,  disk  concave,  chestnut  or  dark 
brown,  shining  or  opaque,  with  a concolorous  slightly  elevated  dentate  or 
crenate  or  verrucose  at  times  inflexed  margin,  the  exciple  at  length  rugu- 
lose.  Spores  variable  in  number,  at  times  only  8 in  each  theke.  and  again 
in  the  same  thecium  affording  others  with  12,  16,  22.  24,  28,  32,  and  accord- 
ing to  Schneider  50  or  100  spores.  The  dimensions  of  the  spores  in  the  plants 
of  my  examination  are  5~gX5~7ju  but  Schneider  records  5x4//,  and  states  that 
the  spores  are  ellipsoid.  Within  my  observations  the  spores  are  as  often 
rounded  as  ellipsoid. 

Examined  from  Cathlamet,  Washington,  A.  S.  Foster,  found  on  Acer 
circinatum  and  Crataegits  sp.  ; Spokane,  Wash.,  T.  A.  Bonser  on  Crataegus 
Douglasii.  Reported  from  Washington,  Idaho  and  Utah. 

There  can  be  no  question  of  the  affinity  of  this  plant  with  P . olivacect 
rather  than  with  P.  taeniata  as  conjectured  by  Schneider.  P.  taeniata  is  a 
plant  of  the  stock  of  P.  ( Anzia ) colpodes . Rockland,  Maine. 


SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  NOTES. 

New  Members. — No  194.  Mr-  Fred.  J.  Lazell,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa.  No. 
195.  Miss  Margaret  Flockton,  Botanic  Gardens,  Sydney.  N.  S.  W.,  Aus- 
tralia. No.  196.  Signor  Egidio  Corti.  67  Corso  Magenta,  Milan,  Italy. 

Any  of  our  members  having  good  fruiting  specimens  of  North  American 
mosses  which  they  would  like  to  exchange  for  those  of  northern  Italy,  please 
communicate  with  our  new  member  Egidio  Corti,  67  Corso  Magenta,  Milan, 
Italy.  He  offers  some  one  hundred  species. 

Note  change  of  address  for  Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  to  R.  F.  U.  4,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 


OFFERINGS. 

(To  Society  Members  only.  For  postage.) 

Mr.  W.  W.  Calkins,  Berwyn,  111.,  wishes  to  call  attention  to  a correction  of 
determination  for  Leskea  polycarpa  Ehrh.,  offered  by  him  in  March. 
1909.  It  is  probably  a depauperate  form  of  Leskea  obscura  Hedw. , cer- 
tainly not  L.  polycarpa. 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  R.  F.  D.  4,  Washington,  D.  C.  Peltigera  aphthosa 
(L.)  Hoffm.  Collected  Cabin  John,  Maryland. 

Mr.  R.  H.  Howe,  Jr.,  Thoreau  Museum,  Middlesex  School,  Concord,  Mass. 

Ramalma  reticulata  (Neohd.)  Kremph.  Collected  in  California. 

Mr.  E.  B.  Chamberlain,  Cumberland  Center,  Maine.  Dolichomitra  cymbi- 
folia  (Ldbg.)  Broth,  cfr.,  and  Venfitriella  Japonica  (Mitt.)  Broth,  cfr. 
( =Erpodium  Japonicum  Mitt.).  Collected  in  the  Province  of  K6chi 
Japan,  by  Prof.  Okamura. 

Rev.  James  Hansen,  St.  John's  University,  Collegeviile,  Minnesota.  Platy- 
gyrium  repens  (Brid  ) B.  & S.  cfr.  Collected  Collegeviile. 

Prof.  Thomas  A.  Bonser,  Spokane  College,  Spokane,  Wash.  Pogonatum 
alpinum  (L.)  Roehl. , collected  British  Columbia;  Porella  rivulans 
(Nees)  Trev.  Collected  Liberty  Creek,  Wash. 

Mr.  D.  Lewis  Dutton,  R.  F.  D.  2,  Brandon,  Vermont.  Pellia  epiphylla  (L.) 
Corda;  Sphagnum  Warnstorffii  Russ.  Collected  Vermont. 


rnjuTj  uTjrnjTJT.njTJTnjTJiJTJT.riJ'UTJTJTJTJxnjxnnjiJT^^ 

VOLUME  XII  NUMBER  5 | 


Lr  ' 


Sits* 


SEPTEMBER  7909  ^ 


The  6RY0L0GI5T 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


FOUNDED  IN  1898 

By 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Ph.D. 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


CONTENTS 

Leo  Lesquereux  Portrait  and  Bibliography 

Asexual  Reproduction  of  Leucobryum  glaucum 


Mrs.  Smith 


( Illustrated ) 

A Blunder  in  Nomenclature 
Musci  flexicani 


Charles  C.  Plitt 
/.  Hagen 
Elizabeth  G.  Britton 


Current  Literature  and  Reviews  .... 

Edward  B.  Chamberlain  and  Mrs : Smith 

Sphagnum  Faxonii:  An  Addition  to  Flora  of  New  England 

Carl  Warns  to f 

The  Type  Locality  of  Sphagnum  Faxonii  Harley  H.  Bartlett 


Lichen  Notes  No.  XII. 

Boreali-A  meric  ani  ’ 

Offerings  . 


The  Cladonia  Specimens  of  “ Lichen es 
G.  K.  Merrill 


79 

82 

83 

84 

88 

89 

90 

94 


Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail 
matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879. 


luir. 


Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 
■jTJTJiJTJTriJ-tJxririJTrLnjTJiJinj^ 

PRE88  OF  MCBRIDE  * STERN,  338-340  PEARL  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


tit 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

gxnxmxtMtf  gjouvixal  ' 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 
Awarded  Silver  Medal — Universal  Exposition — St.  Louis,  1904 


Subscription,  $1.00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

FOUR  VOLS.  1898-1901 — $1.50  Seven  Vols.  1902-1908— $7.00 


Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1909,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  I909 

President— Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington 

Seattle . Wash. 

Vice-President— mss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  . . . . 4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue 
St.  Lotus , Mo. 

Treasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Of  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509a  Cote  Brilliante  Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Of  the  Hepatic  Department  and  Hepatic  Herbarium ; 

Dr.  George  H.  Conklin,  1204  Tower  Ave.,  Superior,  Wisconsin. 
Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  K.  F.  D.  4,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  IX. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  XII  September  1909  No.  5 


LEO  LESQUEREUX  1806-1889. 

Annie  Morrill  Smith. 

For  a number  of  years  we  have  been  trying  to  obtain  data  for  a reasona- 
bly full  account  of  the  life  and  work  of  Leo  Lesquereux,  but  the  material  on 
which  to  base  such  a sketch  seems  most  difficult  to  obtain.  There  is  an 
interesting  article  in  The  Popular  Science  Monthly,  for  April,  1887,  Vol.  30, 
No.  6,  by  L.  R.  McCabe,  which  is  a report  of  a personal  visit  to  Dr. 
Lesquereux  in  his  home,  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  made  not  so  long  before 
his  death  which  took  place  on  October  25,  1889.  One  reason  why  the 
botanical  journals  of  the  time  failed  to  record  his  death  is  that  for  so  many 
years  his  time  had  been  given  exclusively  to  Paleobotany  and  hence  the 
omission  by  botanists  to  notice  his  passing.  The  following  is  based  on 
McCabe’s  article, 

Charles  Leo  Lesquereux  was  born  at  Fleurier,  Neufchatel,  Switzerland, 
November  18,  1806.  His  immediate  ancestors  were  French  Huguenots.  His 
father  was  a manufacturer  of  watch  springs  and  wished  his  son  to  follow  the 
same  trade,  but  his  mother  favored  the  ministry  as  her  son’s  health  was  deli- 
cate. The  love  of  nature  was  already  deep  in  his  heart  and  circumstances 
later  determined  his  preference  for  another  persuit.  After  finishing  his 
studies  at  the  Academy  of  Neufchatel  he  went  to  Weimer.  Here  he  met 
the  lady  who  later  became  his  wife,  and  brought  her  back  to  live  at  Fleurier, 
where  he  began  the  study  of  mosses  and  later  of  fossil  botany.  It  was  at 
this  period  that  he  became  interested  in  peat,  its  formation,  and  possible 
reproduction.  The  protection  of  the  peat-bogs,  the  principal  fuel  of  Switz- 
erland, was  then  a matter  of  great  importance  to  the  government. 
Lesquereux  published  some  memoirs  of  his  investigations,  and  these 
attracted  the  attention  of  Agassiz,  then  occupying  the  chair  of  Natural 
History  in  the  Academy  of  Neufchatel.  He  invited  the  author  to  visit  him 
for  a consultation  on  the  theories  set  forth,  and  thus  a friendship  was  started 
which  ended  only  with  Agassiz’s  death.  Later  a prize  was  offered  by  the- 
government  for  the  best  popular  treatise  on  the  formation  and  reproduction 
of  peat,  and  the  memoir  by  Lesquereux  won  the  gold  metal  and  gained  wide 
j-eputation  for  the  author,  and  it  is  still  quoted  as  one  of  the  best  authorities, 
on  the  subject.  The  author  subsequently  explored  the  peat-bogs  of  north- 
ern Europe  becoming  master  of  the  botany,  physics,  chemistry,  and  geology 
of  those  districts,  and  was  led  to  think  that  the  theory  he  had  formulated  might: 
be  applied  to  the  coal  seams  of  our  country.  To  the  New  World  he  now- 
transferred  his  labors,  coming  in  1848,  when  having  become  totally  deaf,  in 
the  prime  of  life,  he  also  found  himself  deprived  of  scientific  employment  at 
home  in  consequence  of  the  political  changes  following  the  revolution. 


The  July  BRYOLOGIST  was  issued  July  1,  1909. 


— 76— 


He  came  to  Boston,  and  became  an  inmate  of  the  Agassiz  household, 
working  on  the  botanical  part  of  Agassiz’s  “ Journey  to  Lake  Superior”  until 
Christmas  Eve.,  1848,  when  at  the  invitation  of  William  Starling  Sullivant  he 
went  to  Columbus,  Ohio,  and,  entering  that  eminent  bryologist’s  laboratory, 
continued  the  study  of  mosses.  , 

At  the  close  of  the  year  1849,  under  the  advice  and  with  the  co-operation 
of  Mr.  Sullivant.  he  made  a tour  of  exploration  among  the  mountains 
of  the  Southern  States,  for  the  collection  of  plant  specimens,  and 
secured  a great  variety  of  plants,  which  found  a ready  sale  among 
scientific  students.  He  was  particularly  successful  in  the  collection 
of  mosses.  The  preparation  of  the  specimens,  their  determination  and 
distribution,  gave  him  employment  for  two  years,  and  resulted  in  one  of  the 
most  valuable  contributions  to  American  bryology — the  “ Musci  Americani 
Exsiccati,”  by  W.  S.  Sullivant  and  L.  Lesquereux.  The  expense  of  prepa- 
ration and  publication  of  this  work  was  defrayed  by  Mr.  Sullivant,  who 
allowed  his  colleague  the  benefit  of  the  sales.  Using  that  author’s  library 
and  herbarium — now  the  property  of  Harvard  College  — for  their  common 
studies,  Lesquereux  lent  most  valuable  assistance  to  the  preparation  of  Mr. 
Sullivant’s  works  on  the  mosses  of  the  Wilkes’  South  Pacific  Exploring 
Expedition,  Whipple’s  Pacific  Railroad  Exploration,  and  the  “leones  Mus- 
corum.”  The  publication  of  Brongniart’s  “ Prodrome,”  and  the  commence- 
ment of  the  “ Histoire  des  Vegetaux  Fossils,”  in  1828,  laid  the  solid  basis 
upon  which  the  science  of  paleobotany  has  been  erected.  Lesquereux  began 
to  write  in  1845,  and  his  studies  in  America  have  been  directed  especially  in 
the  line  of  fossil  botany.  His  most  valuable  researches,  beginning  in  1850, 
lay  in  the  study  of  coal  formations  of  Ohio,  Pennsylvania,  Illinois,  Ken- 
tucky, and  Arkansas,  and  his  reports  appear  in  the  geological  surveys  of 
all  these  States.  Particularly  important  are  his  studies  of  the  coal  flora  of 
Pennsylvania,  published  in  the  report  of  H.  D.  Rogers  in  1858,  together  with 
a “ Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Plants  which  have  been  named  or  described  from 
the  Coal-Measures  of  North  America.”  Lesquereux  also  worked  up  the  coal 
flora  in  the  second  geological  survey  of  Pennsylvania.  The  fruit  of  this 
labor  was  two  volumes  of  text  and  an  atlas,  published  in  1880 — -the  most  im- 
portant work  on  carboniferous  plants  that  has  been  produced  in  America. 
Geological  work,  especially  researches  on  fossil  botany,  in  connection  with 
the  United  States  Geological  Surveys  of  the  Territories,  began  in  1868  to 
absorb  his  attention.  He  was  employed  to  work  up  the  collection  of  -Dr.  F. 
V.  Hayden’s  surveys  of  the  Territories,  and  important  papers  on  the  subject 
appeared  in  the  annual  reports  of  the  surveys  from  1870  to  1874  inclu- 
sive. Lesquereux  was  frequently  called  to  Cambridge  to  determine  the 
specimens  of  fossil  plants  in  Professor  Agassiz’s  museum,  where  he  was  a 
guest  in  the  naturalist’s  household  for  weeks  and  months  at  a time,  and  his 
attachment  to  him  grew  very  strong. 

The  fraternal  bond  that  binds  the  scientific  world  is  very  strong  as  was 
witnessed  by  his  attachment  to  Guyot  and  Agassiz,  the  former  coming  to  this 
country  at  the  same  time  as  Lesquereux,  and  both  only  two  years  after 
Agassiz  arrived. 


-77- 


List  of  Works  and  Memoirs  Published  by  Professor  Leo  Lesquereux. 

1.  Catalogue  of  the  Mosses  of  Switzerland  and  Mennirs.  Natural  History 

Society.  Neufchatel.  1840. 

2.  Explorations  of  Peat-Bogs.  Received  gold  medal  prize  from  the  Gov- 

ernment of  Neufchatel. 

3.  Directions  for  the  Exploration  of  Peat  Bogs.  1844. 

4.  Letters  written  on  Germany.  1846. 

5.  Letters  written  on  America.  1849-1855. 

6.  Botany  of  Agassiz's  Lake  Superior.  1848. 

7.  New  Species  of  Fossil  Plants.  Boston  Journal  of  Natural  History.  1854. 

8.  Paleontological  Report.  Pennsylvania  Geological  Report.  1857. 

9.  Paleontological  Report.  Kentucky  Geological  Report,  vol.  iii.  1857. 

10.  Paleontological  Report.  Kentucky  Geological  Report,  vol.  iv.  1861. 

11.  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Plants  of  the  Coal-Measures  of  Pennsylvania. 

1858. 

12.  Paleontological  and  Botanical  Report.  Arkansas  Geological  Report,, 

i860. 

13.  Paleontological  and  Geological  Report  of  Indiana.  1862. 

14.  Paleontological  Report  of  Illinois.  Worthen’s  Geological  Report,  vol.  ii. 

1866. 

15.  Paleontological  Report  of  Illinois.  Worthen’s  Geological  Report,  vol.  iv. 

1870. 

16.  Catalogue  of  California  Mosses.  Transactions  of  American  Philosophi- 

cal Society,  vol.  xiii.  1864. 

17.  On  Tertiary  Fossil  Plants  of  Mississippi.  Transactions  of  American 

Philosophical  Society,  vol.  xiii.  1864. 

16.  On  Fucoids  in  the  Coal.  Transactions  of  American  Philosophical 

Society,  vol.  xiii.  1864. 

17.  On  Pacific  Coast  Mosses  in  California.  Academy  of  Sciences.  1868. 

18.  Musci  Exsiccati,  first  edition.  In  association  with  W.  S.  Sullivant.  1856. 

19.  Musci  Exsiccati,  second  edition.  1865. 

22.  Report  to  Hayden.  United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Sur- 
vey of  the  Territories.  1870. 

23-26.  Report  to  Hayden.  1871-1873. 

27.  Monograph  of  the  Cretaceous  Flora  of  the  Dakota  Group.  1874. 

28.  Review  of  the  Fossil  Flora  of  North  America.  (Republished,  with  cor- 

rections, in  the  Penn  Monthly),  1875. 

29.  Article  on  Coal  and  Coal  Flora.  Encyclopaedia  of  North  America. 

30.  Text  (Latin)  of  Sullivant’s  Supplement  to  the  leones.  1874. 


—78  — 

31.  On  Some  New  Species  of  Fossil  Plants,  Tertiary.  Bulletin  52,  second 

series  of  Hayden.  1875. 

On  Some  New  Species  of  Fossil  Plants,  Cretaceous.  1875. 

32.  Report  on  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  Floras  of  Western  Territories. 

Hayden’s  Report,  and  separate  copies.  1874. 

33.  Species  of  Fossil  Marine  Plants  found  in  the  Carboniferous  Measures. 

Geological  Survey  of  Indiana,  Seventh  Annual  Report.  1876. 

34.  Plants  of  the  Silurian.  Proceedings  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of 

Philadelphia.  1877. 

35.  Contributions  to  the  Fossil  Flora  of  the  Western  Territories.  United 

States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey. 

The  Tertiary  Flora.  1877. 

36.  Pliocene  Flora  of  the  Auriferous  Gravel  of  California.  Museum  of  Com- 

parative Zoology,  Cambridge.  1878. 

37.  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Plants  of  the  Tertiary  and  of  the  Cretaceous. 

Hayden’s  Report.  1878. 

38.  On  Cordaites.  American  Philosophical  Society.  1878. 

-39.  On  a Branch  of  Cordaites  bearing  Fruit.  American  Philosophical 
Society.  1879. 

40  The  Coal  Flora  (Atlas).  Second  Pennsylvania  Geological  Survey.  1879- 
1884. 

41.  The  Coal  Flora  (Text).  Three  volumes.  1880-1884. 

42.  Manual  of  the  American  Mosses.  With  Collaboration  of  Thomas  P. 

James.  1884. 

43.  Monograph}7  of  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  Flora  of  the  United  States. 

Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Territories,  vol.  viii.  1883. 

44.  Principles  of  Paloeozoic  Botany.  Geological  Report  of  Indiana.  1884. 
45-  Vegetable  Origin  of  Coal.  Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. 1885. 

46.  Divers  Questions  concerning  Coal.  Silliman’s  Journal,  i860. 

On  the  Fossil  Fruits  of  the  Lignites  of  Brandon.  1861. 

On  Some  Fossil  Plants  of  the  Recent  Formations.  1859. 

On  Some  Fossil  Plants  of  John  Evans.  1859. 

On  the  Origin  and  Formation  of  the  Prairies.  1865. 

On  the  Formation  of  Lignite  Beds.  1874. 

On  Land  Plants  in  the  Lower  Silurian.  1874. 


See  further  articles  in  Am.  Jour.  Science,  III,  38:  499-500,  1889.  Bot. 
Gaz.  15:  16-19,  1890.  Ann.  Bot.  3:  467-470,  1890.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  25:  320- 
324,  1890.  Am.  Geol.  5;  291,  292,  1890.  Monog.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  17:  15- 
18,  1892. 


—79— 


Fig.  2.  A.  Underside  of  perichaetial  leaf,  showing  a row  of  rhizoids- 
producing  cells. 

B,  C.  D.  Cross  sections  through  the  apex  of  the  ordinary  leaves, 
chlorophyll  bearing  cells  marked  X (After  Correns). 

ASEXUAL  REPRODUCTION  OF  LEUCOBRYUfl  GLAUCUM. 

Charles  C.  Plitt. 

In  the  fall  of  1907,  and  then  in  the  early  spring  of  1908  I found  a peculiar 
looking  Leucobryum  glaucum . There  was  no  doubting  the  moss  to  be  Z. 
glaucum,  but  the  apical  portion  of  nearly  all  the  specimens  of  the  patch 
seemed  to  be  attacked  by  a fungus.  Being  more  particularly  interested  in  the 
lichens,  I thought  at  first  that  I possibly  had  made  some  interesting  and  per- 
haps rare  find  in  lichen  study.  Expecting  to  find  some  apothecia  among 
the  many  fungus  masses,  I examined  them  most  carefully  with  a hand  lens, 
but  none  were  found,  nor  any  likewise  later  when  looked  at  under  the  micro- 
scope. A sample  of  the  first  specimen  was  sent  to  Mrs.  Smith  and  the 
remaining  portion  laid  aside  for  the  time  being. 

Some  time  later,  Mrs.  Smith  wrote  the  following  and  referred  me  to  Cor- 
rens:*  . . . “It  is  not  attacked  by  a fungus  as  you  queried,  but  it  is  the  regu- 
lar asexual  propagation,  which  is  more  or  less  common  though  this  is  the 
first  time  I have  seen  it.”  . . . Examining  this  apparently  “ fungus”  growth 
with  a microscope,  one  gets  the  impression  that  one  was  looking  at  a tangled 
mass  of  root  hairs.  Braithwaite,  according  to  Dr.  Grout, f states  that  this 
species  (Z.  g laucum)  often  produces  on  the  upper  leaves  of  the  female  plants 
minute  tufts  of  “radicular  tomentum”  with  young  plants  which  fall  off  and 
serve  to  reproduce  the  plant  which  produces  spores  rather  infrequently. 

* Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Vermehrung  der  Laubmoose  durch  Brutorgane  und 
Stecklinge,  by  Dr.  Carl  Correns. 

t Mosses  with  Hand-lens  and  Microscope,  p.  109,  and  Mosses  with  a Hand-lens  p.  50. 


— 8o — 


These  root-hair  like  threads  fork  frequently,  intertwine  one  with  another 
and  thus  form  the  impenetrable  fungus-like  masses ; they  are  of  an  almost 
uniform  diameter,  averaging  6jli  although  some  are  found  as  small  as  3 ju  and 
some  as  large  as  gju  (Figure  1). 

According  to  Correns  (1.  c.  p.  45),  it  has  long  been  known  that  the  leaves 
can  produce  rhizoids.  Schimper,  as  early  as  1848,  saw  them  mainly  at  the 
apex  of  the  bracts  surrounding  the  reproductive  organs.  These  rhizoids 
intertwine  and  form  a thick  felt,  which  prevents  any  further  development  of 
the  stem.  Upon  this  felt  plantlets  develop,  after  which  the  entire  tuft  is 
covered  with  them,  decays,  and  forms  a substrate  for  the  new  plants.  He 
states,  that  this  mode  of  reproduction  happens  so  frequently,  that  the  spread- 
ing of  this  seldom  fruiting  moss  depends  upon  it.  Berggren,  on  the  other 
hand,  found  rhizoids  at  the  apex  of  the  lower  leaves,  but  seldom  found  any 
young  plants  developing,  at  any  rate  as  long  as  the  leaves  remained  attached 
to  the  parent  plants.  However,  he  observed,  that  when  the  leaves  for  some 
to  him  unknown  cause,  perhaps  due  to  age,  began  to  fall,  often  lying  in 
masses  around  the  tuft,  that,  not  only  from  the  apices  but  also  from  the  bases 
of  these  leaves,  rhizoids  developed  and  also  green  protonemata,  and  upon 
both  young  plants  developed.  Upon  attached  leaves,  he  never  found  pro- 
tonema. 

To  the  above  two  modes,  Correns  adds  still  a third  mode  of  asexual  re- 
production and  classifies  them  as  follows: 

1.  The  formation  of  rhizoids  at  the  apex  of  attached  normal  leaves. 

2.  The  formation  of  rhizoids  upon  attached  perichaetial  leaves.  (Found  only 

on  female  plants). 

3.  The  formation  of  leaves  readily  breakable  from  the  parent  stem.  (Brut- 

blatter). 

First — The  formation  of  rhizoids  at  the  apex  of  attached  leaves,  so  far  as 
Correns  was  able  to  learn,  took  place  rather  late  in  the  life  of  the  leaf, probably 
in  its  second  year,  when  it  was  some  distance  down  the  stem  and  took  no 
longer  an  active  part  in  assimilation.  In  all  the  cases  he  examined  the 
formation  of  rhizoids  was  limited  to  the  upper  surface  of  the  apex  of  the  leaf. 
It  is  well  known  that  the  leaf  of  this  moss  is  composed  of  two  kinds  of  cells,  of 
living  chlorophyll  bearing  assimilative  cells,  and  of  dead  transparent  water 
bearing  cells,  the  latter  surrounding  the  former.  Of  course  the  rhizoids  can 
not  arise  from  the  transparent  cells.  Close  examination  reveals  the  fact,  that 
although  the  green  cells  are  surrounded  by  the  transparent  ones,  yet  near 
the  apex  one  finds,  almost  constantly,  especially  on  the  upper  surface,  the 
green  cells,  right  at  the  surface.  It  is  from  these  cells  that  the  rhizoids  ori- 
ginate. (Fig.  2.  B,  C,  and  D). 

Second — The  formation  of  rhizoids  upon  perichaetial  leaves,  Correns 
finds  only  upon  unfertilized  female  blossoms.  They  take  their  origin  from 
rows  of  chlorophyll-bearing  cells  lying  between  hyaline  cells  on  the  back  of 
the  leaf  (Fig.  2.  A).  It  is  mainly  the  innermost  leaves  that  produce  the 
rhizoids.  These  intertwine  and  form  quite  a thick  grey  felt  and  may  grow 
from  stem  to  stem.  Protonemata  he  never  found  upon  them  nor  ever  any 
young  plantlets. 


-81- 

Third — Brutblatter  (brood-leaves),  according  to  Correns  arise  on  special 
shoots  which  may  occur  upon  the  same  plant  year  after  year.  The  leaves 
upon  any  one  shoot  diminish  gradually  in  size  from  base  to  apex.  At  the 
base  they  run  into  the  ordinary  leaves.  In  shape  they  resemble  ordinary 
leaves.  They  are  composed  of  three  layers  of  cells  (a  net  work  of  chloro- 
phyll bearing  cells  lying  in  between  an  upper  and  a lower  layer  of  hyaline 
water  bearing  cells)  quite  like  a thin  ordinary  Leucobryum  leaf,  but  are  pro- 
vided with  chlorophyll  bearing  cells  superficially  arranged  upon  the  upper 
side  at  the  tip  and  upon  the  under  side  at  the  base  which  function  as  rhizoid 
producers,  producing  the  latter  sometimes  only  at  the  apex,  sometimes  only 
at  the  base.  Experimenting  with  the  “ Brutblatter  ” in  nutrient  solution 
Correns  observed  that  protonemata  were  produced  quite  quickly  sometimes 
from  both  apex  and  base,  sometimes  from  base  alone.  Within  a month  very 
many  young  plants  had  formed. 

Correns  states,  that  apparently  this  last  mode  of  asexual  reproduction 
has  not  as  yet  been  observed  but  that  it  occurs  quite  frequently.  Since  hav- 
ing my  attention  called  to  the  fact,  I have  noticed  that  in  the  case  of  many 
tufts  of  this  moss  very  many  small  leaves  are  made  to  fly  off  by  simply  rub- 
bing the  hand  lightly  over  the  top  of  the  tuft;  no  doubt  these  are  the  Brut- 
blatter Correns  refers  to. 

Comparing  the  three  modes,  we  note  that  in  all  cases,  rhizoids  are  pro- 
duced ; in  the  case  of  the  ordinary  leaves,  they  arise  from  the  upper  side  near 
the  apex;  in  the  case  of  perichaetial  leaves,  from  the  under  side  near  the 
middle ; and  in  the  case  of  the  Brutblatter  from  the  under  side  at  the  base. 

Both  the  specimens  found  are  examples  of  the  second  mode  of  asexual 
reproduction,  but  although  one  was  found  a few  months  later  than  the  other, 
I do  not  observe  the  slightest  difference  between  them.  As  already  stated, 
this  mode  is  said  to  be  quite  common,  but  thus  far, I have  observed  it  but  twice, 
in  spite,  too,  of  the  fact  that  during  the  past  year  I made  especial  effort  to 
find  more  cases.  Others,  also,  to  whom  I have  shown  specimens,  have  never 
seen  it,  so  possibly  it  may  not  be  so  very  common  after  all.  I would  be 
pleased  to  hear  from  those  who  have  observed  it. 

Correns  never  found:  any  protonemata  upon  the  rhizoids  nor  ever  any 
plantlets,  nor  were  either  found  upon  any  of  my  specimens. 

In  Dr. Grout’s  “ Mosses  with  Hand-lens  and  Microscope,”  there  is  an  illus- 
tration (Plate  II)  taken  from  Schimper’s  “ Recherches,”  showing  this  particu- 
lar mode  of  reproduction.  Those  interested  in  the  asexual  reproduction  of 
mosses  should  read  this  chapter  in  Dr.  Grout’s  book,  and  also  Dr.  Best’s  arti- 
cle on  “ Vegetative  Reproduction  of  Mosses  ” in  the  Bryologist  for  January, 
1901. 

Any  member  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society,  wishing  to  have  a small  speci- 
men of  the  Leucobryian  glaucum  showing  this  interesting  “ radicular  tomen- 
tum  ” may  get  one  by  sending  a self-addressed  envelope  to  the  writer. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith  for  her  many  courtesies. 

3933  Lowndes  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 


—82  — 


A BLUNDER  IN  NOMENCLATURE. 

I.  Hagen. 

Among  the  synonyms  of  Neckera  co?npIanata  we  find  Eleuter a ornitho- 
podioides Stuntz.  Mr.  S.  C.  Stuntz  established  this  combination  (Torrey 
Bulletin,  Vol.  27,  April,  1900),  because  Hypnum  complanatu7n  L.  as  pub- 
lished in  1763  was  superseded  by  Hpynum  ornithopodioides  Scop.  1760. 

This  conclusion  was  based  upon  quite  false  premises. 

At  first  sight  those  acquainted  with  the  early  literature  of  the  subject 
will  consider  it  suspicious  that  a binary  name  was  used  by  Scopoli  in  1760. 
In  the  first  edition  of  his  Flora  Carniolica  issued  that  year,  he  had  not  yet 
accepted  the  Linnean  nomenclature;  it  is  only  in  the  second  edition  (that  of 
1772)  that  he  employes  binary  names.  In  fact,  by  examining  the  two  edi- 
tions, it  proves  that  the  name  Hypnum  ornithopodioides  is  not  to  be  found  in 
the  first  of  them,  but  in  the  second  there  is  described  on  page  320  an  Hypnum 
ornithopodioides  for  which  he  quotes  as  synonym  Hypnum  fronde  sub- 
pinnata  ramosa,  foliis  pellucidis  acutis  planis  FI.  Carn.  ed.  I,  p.  150.  This 
species  is  not,  in  ed.  I,  designated  by  any  binary  name;  the  latter  dates  con- 
sequently from  1772.  It  is  possible  that  this  Hypnum  ornithopodioides  is 
really  H.  complanatum  L.,  as  Bridel  indicates,  nothing  in  the  imperfect  de- 
scription preventing  this  supposition.  But  this  identity  does  not  appear 
from  the  synonyms  quoted  by  Scopoli,  among  which  one  of  Dillenius’s  and 
one  of  Linne’s  refer  to  an  exotic  plant  which  is  Rhacopilum  tomentosum 
according  to  other  authors. 

Thus,  apart  from  the  circumstance  that  Hypnum  ornithopodioides  Scop. 
1772,  is  antedated  by  H.  ornithopodioides  L.  1753  and  H.  ornithopodioides 
Huds.  1762,  the  illicitness  of  rejecting  the  name  complanatu7n  and  substi- 
tuting that  of  ornithopodioides  is  sufficiently  pointed  out.  But  the  situ- 
ation becomes  still  more  unfavorable  for  Mr.  Stuntz  when  taking  into 
consideration  the  fact  that  H.  complctnatui7i  L.  was  published  not  only  in 
1763,  but  already  in  1753,  in  the  first  of  edition  Species  Plantarum. 

Mr.  Stuntz  quotes: 

Hypmi7n  ornithopodioides  Scop.  FI.  Carn.  p.  104  (1760). 

Hypnu77i  C07npla7iatu77i  L.  Sp.  PI.  p.  1588  (1763)  instead  of  Hypnu77i 
C07nplanatu7n  L.  Sp.  PL,  ed.  I,  p.  1123  (1753). 

Hypnwn  fro7ide  subpi7i7iata  ra77iosa,  foliis  pellucidis  acutis  planis  Scop. 
FI.  Carn.,  ed.  I,  p.  150  (1760). 

Hyp7iu7n  ornithopodioides  (nec.  L.  nec.  Huds.)  Scop.  FI.  Carn.,  ed.  2, 
II,  p.  329  (1772).  (The  last  two  on  the  authority  of  Bridel). 

The  moral  of  this  is  to  avoid  second-hand  quotations.  Precaution  is 
especially  needed  in  using  the  early  literature,  which  teems  with  incorrect 
quotations;  when  using  it  uncritically,  that  is,  without  going  back  to  the  ori- 
ginals, it  is  easy  to  compromise  one’s  self. 


Trondhjem,  Norway. 


-83  - 


MUSCl  MEXICANI. 

Elizabeth  G.  Britton. 

The  first  Century  of  C.  G.  Pringle’s  Mosses  of  Mexico  was  received  on 
July  15th.  It  includes  ninety-four  species  of  which  thirty-one  are  new  and 
four  belong  to  new  genera,  three  are  new  combinations  and  five  are  new 
varieties  and  two  new  records  for  Mexico;  a remarkable  series  of  novelties  as 
M.  Cardot,  who  has  named  most  of  the  new  species,  claims  them  to  be!  The 
specimens  number  one  hundred  and  twenty-two,  in  some  cases  as  many  as 
four  numbers  are  given  for  one  species,  they  are  generous  in  quantity  and 
generally  in  good  fruiting  condition,  thus  constituting  a valuable  and  most 
interesting  addition  to  American  Exsiccatae.  But  we  are  surprised  to  see 
that  the  labels  are  headed  P'lantae  Mexicanae  and  not  Musci  Mexicani  as 
the  list  issued  with  the  set  calls  for,  and  the  numbers  are  the  collection 
numbers. 

The  new  genera  are  Dactylhymenium  P ring  lei  (Britt.)  Card., 
Husnotiella  revoluta  Card.,  P ringleella  pleuridioides  Card,  and  Synthe- 
todontium  Pringlei  Cardot  which  would  at  first  sight  be  taken  for  a 
Tortula. 

The  new  combinations  are  Metzleria  leptocarpa  (Sch.)  Cardot  which  is 
the  same  as  Atractylocarpus  mexicanus  Mitt.  ; Octodiceras  mexicana 
(Sch.)  ( Conomitrium  mexicanum ) and  Symblep/iaris  Schimperiana  (Par.) 
Card. 

The  two  new  records  for  Mexico  are  Fissidens  asplenioides  and  Poly- 
trichum commune.  Diphyscium foliosum  and  Hymenostylium  curvirostre 
also  seem  to  be  extension  of  ranges. 

Of  the  thirty  one  new  species  it  is  impossible  to  give  a quick  verdict,  as 
they  will  necessarily  require  some  study  and  comparison;  but  Trematodon 
Lozanoi  is  most  interesting,  belonging  close  to  the  South  American  T.  gym- 
nostomum  Lindb.  but  differing  in  size,  annulus,  etc.  One  of  the  most  inter- 
esting species  of  the  old  ones  is  Bryoxiphium  mexicanum  which  for  the  first 
time  is  issued  in  fruit.  The  capsules  agree  in  all  essentials  with  those  of 
Br.  Norvegicum. 

Two  interesting  reductions  are  made,  Poly  trichum  j uniperiforme  Sch. 
and  P.  Ghiesbreghtii  Besch.  are  reduced  to  P . juniperinum.  A few  typo- 
graphical errors  have  been  made  in  the  labels  and  list,  and  a few  differences 
of  usage  in  generic  names  as  A trichum  and  Diphyscium  are  noted. 

We  heartily  recommend  this  set  to  all  students  of  American  mosses. 

New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


Wanted. — Miss  Caroline  C.  Haynes  will  be  grateful  for  fruiting  speci- 
mens of  the  genus  Sphaerocarpus  from  tropical  European  and  American 
stations.  These  will  be  returned  to  the  owners,  or  exchanged  for  local 
species.  Address  Highlands,  New  Jersey. 


-84- 


CURRENT  LITERATURE. 

As  some  of  our  readers  may  not  see  “ Science”  we  quote  from  the  issue 
for  March  27,  1908,  the  opening  paragraphs  from  a review  by  A.  F. 
Blakeslee,  on  the  recent  work  of  the  Marchals  “ Aposporie  et  Sexualite  chez 
les  Mousses.”  El.  and  Em.  Marchal.  Bull.  Ac.  Roy.  Belg.  Cl.  Sciences,  No. 
7,  pp.  765-7S9. 

“ In  a paper  already  reviewed  in  “ Science,”  the  Marchals  have  shown  that 
the  individual  capsules  of  certain  dioecious  mosses,  contain  both  male  and 
female  spores  and  that  regenerations  from  the  leaves,  protonemata  or  from 
other  parts  of  the  gametophyte  give  rise  to  the  same  sex  as  the  plant  from 
which  they  were  derived.  In  the  present  paper  they  give  the  results  of  a 
careful  investigation  by  means  of  pure  cultures  of  the  sexual  condition  in 
the  sporophytes  of  the  dioecious  mosses — Bryum  caespiticium,  Mnium 
hornum  and  Bryum  argenteum.  They  find  that  regenerations  from  the 
capsules  or  from  its  stalk,  i.  e.,  from  any  part  of  the  sporophyte,  give  rise  to 
the  bisexual  protonemata  from  each  of  which  are  developed  three  types  of 
leafy  axes:  (1)  Those  apparently  male  containing  only  antheridia,  (2) 

those  obviously  hermaphroditic  containing  both  antheridia  and  archegonia, 
(3)  those  apparently  female  containing  only  archegonia.  Shoots  with  only 
antheridia  were  most  common,  those  with  both  antheridia  and  archegonia 
were  considerably  less  abundant  while  those  with  only  archegonia  were  dis- 
tinctly rare.  That  the  three  different  types  of  shoots  were  potentially  herma- 
phroditic was  shown  by  regenerations  from  their  leaves.  These  gave  in 
repeated  cultures  of  Bryum  caespiticium  approximately  the  same  ratio  of 
shoots  apparently  male,  hermaphroditic  and  female  as  were  obtained  directly 
by  regeneration  from  the  sporophyte  and  it  is  concluded  that  the  herma- 
phroditic condition  can  be  thus  indefinitely  propagated  by  vegetative 
means.” 


We  quote  the  following  from  “Science,”  April  16,  1909.  The  article  is 
headed  “Lieutenant  Shackleton’s  Antarctic  Expedition.”  It  says  “The 
Wellington,  New  Zealand,  correspondent  of  the  London  Times  has  cabled 
some  details  of  the  Shackleton  Expedition.  The  frozen  glacier-eroded  lakes 
near  Cape  Royds  abound  in  diatoms,  rotifers,  water  bears  and  infusoria. 
Numbers  of  rotifer  which  were  examined  microscopically  had  been  frozen 
into  the  ice  at  temperatures  below  zero  for  three  years;  yet  after  a few 
minutes’  thawing  out  they  suddenly  revived  and  began  eagerly  devouring 
the  fungus  which  abounds  in  these  lakes.  In  some  cases  only  the  body,  not 
the  head,  of  the  rotifer  apparently  came  to  life.  Several  rotifers  were  similar 
to  those  already  described  by  Murray  as  having  been  found  at  Spitzbergen, 
Franz  Joseph  Land.  The  water  bears  came  to  life  in  the  same  manner. 

“ On  the  black  lava  rocks  of  Mount  Erebus  which  had  absorbed  the  sun’s 
heat  the  snow  melted  at  temperatures  below  zero  and  at  a height  of  9000  feet. 
This  explains  how  lichens  and  similar  plant  life  are  enabled  to  flourish  in  the 
Antarctic  regions.” 


-85- 


In  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club  for  April,  1909,  Vol.  36,  No. 
4,  there  will  be  found  an  article  on  “Sex  in  dioecious  plants”  by  Chester 
Arthur  Darling,  with  three  plates.  It  is  a most  important  contribution  to  the 
study  of  the  general  problems  connected  with  the  determination  of  sex  in 
plants.  Experiments  with  two  mosses  Barbula  uhguiculata  and  Cerato- 
don  purpureus  are  described  as  well  as  with  other  Bryophyta,  such  as 
Marchantia  polymorpha,  a Mucor  and  so  on  through  the  flowering  plants. 

The  paper  concludes  with  a list  of  the  literature  consulted. 


Mr.  W.  E.  Nicholson,  Lewes,  Sussex,  England,  has  published  in  the 
“ Hastings  and  East  Sussex  Naturalist,”  January,  1908,  Vol.  I,  No.  3,  a paper 
on  “The  Mossesof  Sussex,”  pp.  79-110.  It  contains  much  of  general  inter- 
est and  is  also  a model  for  similar  work  which  could  well  be  undertaken  by  a 
number  of  our  Society  members  in  their  home  localities. 

In  the  “Revue  Bryologique”  for  January,  1909,  Mr.  Nicholson  has  eight 
pages  of  “ Notes  on  Mosses  from  South  Tyrol  and  Carinthia.”  In  the  same 
publication  for  March,  1909,  is  a paper  on  “ Distichophyllum  carinatum 
Dixon  and  Nicholson,  a species  and  genus  of  Mosses  new  to  Europe,”  also 
“A  Contribution  to  the  Bryology  of  Tornean,  Lapland;  with  a discussion  on 
the  relationship  of  Mnium  hymenophyllum  and  Mnium  hymenophy lloides  ” 
by  H.  N.  Dixon. 

The  Third  Biennial  Report  of  the  Commissioners  of  the  State  Geological 
and  Natural  History  Society  of  the  State  of  Connecticut  has  been  issued.  It 
is  to  be  obtained  by  addressing  William  North  Rice,  Hartford,  Conn.  It 
gives  the  plan  and  scope  of  the  work  and  much  valuable  information. 


We  have  been  asked  a number  of  times  to  give  approximate  figures  for 
the  different  classes  of  plant  life.  This  has  been  done  stating  the  authority 
quoted.  In  a recent  number  of  “The  Ohio  Naturalist,”  April,  1909,  in  an  arti- 
cle by  John  H.  Schaffner  on  The  Classification  of  Plants,  Part  V.,  he  gives  an 
interesting  account  of  the  classification  of  the  plant  kingdom.  We  refer  our 
readers  to  the  article  from  which  we  take  the  following  summary. 

The  phyla  with  their  classes  and  approximate  number  of  species,  maybe 
characterized  as  follows : 

1.  Schizophyta.  Fission  Plants.  2,400  species. 

2.  Myxophyta.  Slime  Moulds.  400  species. 

3.  Diatom'eae  Diatomes.  3,000  species. 

4.  Conjugata.  1,200  species. 

5.  Gonidiophyta.  2,000  species. 

6.  Phaeophyta.  Brown  Algae.  1,000  species. 

7.  Rhodophyta.  Red  Algae.  2,000  species. 

8.  Chareae.  Stoneworts.  160  species. 

9.  Mycophyta.  47,000  species. 

10.  Bryophyta.  Hepaticeae,  Sphagneae,  Andreaeae,  Musci,  Antho- 
cerotes.  17,000  species. 


—86— 


11.  Pterophyta.  Ferns  and  Isotes.  4,500  species. 

12.  Calamophyta.  Equiseteae,  etc.  25  species. 

13.  Lepidophyta,  Lycopodieae  and  Selaginelleae.  660  species. 

14.  Cycadophyta.  90  specif. 

15.  Strobilophyta.  Conifers,  etc.  400  species. 

16.  Anthophyta.  Flowering  Plants,  Monocotylae,  Dicotylae,  125,000 

species. 

Making  a total  of  206,835  species. 


Forarbejdertil  en  Norsk  Lovmosfloraav  I.  Hagen.  (Det.Kgl.  Videnskabers 
Selskabs  Skrifter.  1907.  No.  13)  Trondhjem,  Norway,  1 908. 

Part  I.  Orthotrichaceae. 

This  pamphlet  of  100  pages  will  be  interesting  in  many  ways  to  those 
North  American  moss  students  who  are  able  to  read  Norwegian,  owing  to 
the  large  number  of  species  common  to  the  two  countries.  The  genera 
treated  are:  Zygodon  (2  spp.),  Ulota  (9  spp.),  Orthotrichum  (37  spp.), 

Stroemia  (2  spp.),  and  Aulacomitrmm  (1  sp.).  Latin  keys  are  given  under 
each  genus,  as  well  as  Latin  diagnoses  of  all  new  forms.  The  most  of  the 
text,  however,  is  in  Norwegian  and  confined  to  notes  upon  the  variations, 
historical  treatment,  and  other  points  of  interest  connected  with  each  species. 
A full  list  of  localities  are  given.  Detailed  descriptions  are  given  for  all 
parts  of  Orthotrichum  abbreviatum  Gronv.  to  which  O.  Sardagnae  Vent,  is 
reduced.  The  following  new  combinations  are  made:  Zygodon  viridissimus 
(Dicks.)  R.  Br. , var.  Stirtoni  (Schimp  ) Hag.  {Z.  Stirtoni  Schimp.);  Aula, 
comitrium  Daviesii  Dicks,)  Hag.  ( G lypho m itri um  Daviesii  Brid. ).  The 
following  are  described  as  new:  Ulota  Drummondii  (H  & G.)  Brid.,  var. 

anceps  Hagen;  Orthotrichum  nudum  Dicks.,  var.  norvegica  Hagen;  C. 
Killiasii  Muell.-Hal. , var,  transitoria  Hagen  The  genus  Stroemia  is  pro- 

posed for  the  section  Obtusifolia  of  Orthotrichum,  comprising  the  species  S. 
gymnostoma  (Bruch)  Hagen,  and  S.  obtusifolia  (Schrad.)  Hagen. 

An  index  of  the  genera  and  species  mentioned  concludes  the  work. 

Edward  B.  Chamberlain. 

A second  pamphlet  of  one  hundred  and  twenty- two  pages  with  the  above 
title,  under  date  1908,  No.  9,  was  received  in  June  of  this  year.  It  contains 
the  following  sections  : II.  Meeseaceae,  III.  Georgiaceae,  IV.  Disceliaceae, 

V.  Neckeraceae,  VI.  Pseudoleskeaceae,  VII.  Thuidiaceae,  and  VIII.  Leskea- 
ceae.  More  of  the  text  is  in  French  than  in  the  first  part,  reviewed  by  Mr. 
Chamberlain,  the  change  being  made  at  the  suggestion  of  M.  Theriot,  who 
has  also  read  the  proof  for  this  portion. 

As  stated  in  the  preface  of  the  first  part,  it  is  the  intention  of  Dr.  Hagen 
to  issue  a series  of  papers  on  the  mossflora  of  Norway  based  on  a study  of  the 
material  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  Natural  History  Museum  of  Trondhjem,  of 
which  he  is  Director.  There  is  a large  collection,  and  will  require  a vast 
amount  of  work  with  the  microscope,  and  revision  of  critical  groups,  so  it  is 
evident  that  the  work  will  take  a number  of  years  to  accomplish.  It  is  hoped 
to  issue  at  least  one  pamphlet  each  year. 


-87- 


Fra  E.  Ryan’s  Mosherbarium  af  I.  Hagen  (Det.Kgl.  Norske  Videnskabers 
Skrifter,  1907.  No.  I.),  Trondhjem,  1907. 

This  pamphlet  of  thirty-six  pages  contains  an  account  of  the  life  and 
work  of  Elling  Ryan,  with  his  portrait.  The  collections  made  by  this  gen- 
tleman during  his  many  years  of  graveling  in  Norway  and  Sweden  were, 
after  his  death,  given  by  his  wife,  Fru  Annette  Ryan,  to  the  Herbarium  of 
the  Natural  History  Museum  in  Trondhjem,  and  forms  the  basis  for  the 
moss  flora  of  these  countries,  the  results  being  published  from  time  to  time 
as  indicated  in  Forarbejder  Til  En  Norsk  Lovmosflora  by  Dr.  Hagen,  already 
reviewed. 

Elling  Ryan  was  born  October  24,  1849.  After  he  finished  in  the  ele- 
mentary schools  he  began  to  study  for  a pharmacist  and  while  a college 
student  took  great  interest  in  botany  and  learned  to  know  the  flowering  plants 
with  thoroughness.  In  1874  he  become  a partner  in  a concern  which  manu- 
factured oxalic  acid,  and  was  thus  engaged  until  his  death,  April  25,  1905. 
His  home  was  near  Fredrikstad.  He  died  at  Buchsweiler,  Elsass,  while 
away  on  a business  trip. 

His  list  of  writings  comprise  few  numbers  owing  partly  to  his  absorp- 
tion in  business,  and  partly  to  his  aversion  to  literary  work.  A detailed 
account  is  given  of  the  various  localities  where  the  collections  were  made 
and  will  be  needed  for  all  who  use  the  results  of  the  study  as  given  in  the 
series  of  papers  to  be  issued  by  Dr.  Hagen,  as  it  will  take  some  study  to 
understand  the  localities  referred  to  on  our  maps,  the  spelling  being  given 
in  Norwegian. 

The  Mosses  and  Hepatics  of  Prince  Charles  Foreland,  Spitzbergen,  Dr.  I. 

Hagen,  Trondhjem.  Reprinted  from  Trans.  Bot.  Soc.  Edin.,  XXlli, 
1908. 

The  collections  described  were  made  by  Dr.  W.  S.  Bruce,  while  explor- 
ing the  Spitsbergen  Archipelago  in  the  summers  of  1906  and  1907,  and  sent  to 
Dr.  Hagen  for  determination.  The  list  of  species  is  a short  one,  nineteen 
mosses  and  four  hepatics,  but  one  is  a new  variety  namely  Hypnum  uncin- 
atum  Hedw.  n.  var.  foeneum  and  one  a new  station  for  Dicranum  spadiceum. 
The  account  of  the  habit  of  growth  of  plants  in  this  north  country  will  be 
found  most  interesting. 

Mousses  Nouvelles,  par  Dr.  1.  Hagen.  Det.  Kgl.  Norske  Videnskabers 
Selskabs  Skrifter.  1908.  No.  3.  Trondhjem,  Norway. 

This  is  a pamphlet  of  forty-four  pages,  and  two  double  plates.  The  text 
is  in  French  with  the  descriptions  in  latin.  Sixteen  new  species  or  varieties 
are  described,  those  with  the  star  prefixed  being  illustrated.  Brachythecium 
coruscum.  * Brachythecium  udum , *Bryum  arduum,  *B.  bernense,  *B. 
Bornmuelleri  Ruthe  mss.,  *B.  Bryhnii , *B.  camurum , B.  castaneum 
Hag.  var.  Bomanssonii , B.  humectum , *B.  Islandicum , *B.  Kaalaasii,  *B. 
pedemontanum , *B.  rhexodon,  B.  riparium,  * B.  s pis  sum,  *B.  umbratumy 
Fontinalis  Bryhnii  Limpr.  in  litt.  ad  Bryhn  9/1,  1894,  et  3/9.  1901. 

Annie  Morrill  Smith. 


— 88- 


SPHAGNUM  FAXONII  ; AN  ADDITION  TO  THE  FLORA  OF 
NEW  ENGLAND. 

Carl  Warnstorf. 

We  give  this  article  from  the  well  known  authority  on  Sphagna  by  per- 
mission of  the  Editors  of,  Rhodora,  and  follow  it  with  one  from  H.  H. 
Bartlett  on  the  Type  Locality.  The  first  article  is  from  Rhodora,  March, 
1908,  and  the  second  from  Rhodora,  June,  1908.  A number  of  our  students 
are  devoting  time  to  the  Sphagna  so  that  notes  on  the  subject  will  be  in 
order.  Editor. 

Since  my  friend  the  late  Edwin  Faxon  was  one  of  the  original  members 
of  the  New  England  Botanical  Club,  it  seems  fitting  that  the  Sphagnum 
which  I have  recently  named  in  his  memory  should  be  brought  to  the  atten- 
tion of  his  old  associates  by  publishing  in  Rhodora  a translation  of  the 
original  description.*  I wish  to  say,  by  way  of  preface,  that  Mr.  Faxon,  an 
indomitable  - collector  of  Sphagna,  sent  me  for  investigation  during  the 
nineties  thousands  of  specimens  from  New  England,  all  prepared  with  the 
most  pains-taking  care.  To  many  others  than  myself  “ Sphagna  Boreali- 
Americani  Exsiccata,”  an  extremely  noteworthy  collection  of  one  hundred 
seventy-two  representative  specimens  of  American  peat  mosses  issued 
by  Faxon  in  collaboration  with  Professor  D.  C.  Eaton,  stands  as  testimonial 
to  his  persevering  and  accurate  work  as  a collector.  Faxon  was  preemi- 
nently lovable, unselfish  and  modest, — such  a man  as  I have  but  seldom  come 
in  contact  with  during  my  life.  He  translated  my  “Contributions  to  the 
Knowledge  of  the  North  American  Sphagna”  for  publication  in  the  Botani- 
cal Gazette,  f but  although  I urged  him  to  do  so,  he  did  not  associate  his  own 
name  with  the  articles.  I hope  that  in  describing  the  following  moss  I have 
permanently  connected  the  name  of  this  truly  exceptional  man  with  his 
favorite  genus. 

Sphagnum  Faxonii  Warnst.  Forming  closely  compacted  tufts  as  much 
as  12  cm.  deep,  below  grayish  brown,  above  pale  yellowish,  in  habit  similar  to 
a weak  Sph.  cuspidatum  var.  plumosum.  Cortex  of  two  or  three  layers  of 
cells,  plainly  differentiated  from  the  strong,  pale  or  yellowish  woody  axis. 
Prosenchvma  cells  widened  and  thick-walled.  Stem  leaves  (both  dry  and 
moist)  spreading,  isosceles-triangular  or  in  part  almost  triangular-linguiform, 
0.75-1.00  mm.  long  and  0.50-0.60  mm.  broad,  at  the  narrow  truncate  apex 
minutely  denticulate,  otherwise  entire,  with  broad  margins  which  are  greatly 
expanded  below  the  middle.  Hyaline  cells  either  not  at  all  or  only  occasion- 
ally septate,  fibrillose  in  the  upper  third  or  even  to  the  middle  of  the  leaf,  on 
the  inner  surface  mostly  with  a few  unringed  pores  between  the  fibrils,  on 
the  outer  surface,  toward  the  apex,  with  a few  small  corner-pores.  Fascicles 
moderately  crowded,  generally  three-  but  occasionally  four-branched. 
Branches  almost  equally  strong  and  spreading,  up  to  12  mm.  in  length, 

* Neue  europSische  und  aussereuropaische  Torfmoose.  Hedwigia  XLVII,  p.  117, 
,(1908). 

+ Bot.  Gaz.  XV,  pp.  127—140,  189-198,  217—127,  242—255  (1890). 


-89- 


attenuated  toward  the  apex ; their  leaves  crowded,  when  dry  not  or  hardly' 
at  all  undulate,  when  moist  slightly  turned  to  one  side,  lanceolate,  on  the 
average  i. 40-1.45  mm.  long  and  0.30-0.35  mm.  wide,  at  the  broad  truncate 
apex  coarsely  three-  or  four- toothed,  narrowly  margined  by  two  or  three  rows, 
of  elongated  cells,  involute  clear  to  the  base  so  as  to  be  almost  tubular,  entire. 
Hyaline  cells  reenforced  by  numerous  fibril-bands,  on  the  inner  surface  of' 
the  leaf  with  comparatively  few  generally  unringed  medium  sized  pores  in* 
the  cell  angles,  on  the  outer  surface  with  hardly  any  spores  except  in  the- 
lower  cell  angles,  but  occasionally  weakly  ringed  pseudo-pores  occur  in  short 
rows  along  the  commissures  of  scattered  cells.  Chlorophyll  cells  in  cross-sec- 
tion usually  trapezoidal  and  exposed  on  both  sides  of  the  leaf,  with  the- 
longer  of  the  parallel  sides  exposed  on  the  outer  surface,  but  triangular  cells- 
occur  sporadically,  in  which  case  they  are  enclosed  on  the  inner  surface  of 
the  leaf  by  the  strongly  under-arching  hyaline  cells. — Massachusetts,  i6> 
Sept..  1891,  leg.  Faxon. 

This  species  may  be  distinguished  from  Sph.  cuspidatum  by  the  very- 
narrowly  margined  branch  leaves,  from  Sph.  angustilimbatum  by  much 
smaller  stem  leaves  which  are  not  fibrillose  to  the  base,  and  which  have 
the  margins  broadened  below,  as  well  as  by  the  mostly  three-branched  fasci- 
cles with  equally  divergent  branches. 

Friendenau,  25  Feb.  1908. 

THE  TYPE  LOCALITY  OF  SPHAGNUM  FAXONII. 

Harley  Harris  Bartlett. 

The  March  number  of  Rhodora  contains  a translation  ffom  Hedwigia  of 
the  original  description  of  Sphagnum  Faxonii  Warnst.  There  only  the  fol- 
lowing meagre  information  is  given  as  to  the  origin  of  the  type  specimen  : 
“Massachusetts,  16  Sept.,  1891,  leg.  Faxon.”  Warnstorf  has  been  so  kind 
as  to  send  me  part  of  his  type  material  in  order  that  I might  match  it  with 
more  accurately  labeled  specimens  in  the  duplicate  collection  of  Faxon 
Sphagna  at  the  Harvard  Cryptogamic  Herbarium,  and  thus  gain  accurate- 
knowledge  as  to  the  type  locality.  Search  for  plants  collected  on  16  Sept.,. 
1891,  proved  successful, — enough  were  found  to  prove  beyond  peradventure 
that  on  that  date  Mr.  Faxon  collected  at  Streeter  Pond  in  Lisbon,  New 
Hampshire.  Furthermore,  on  that  date  he  collected  no  peat  moss  more- 
closely  allied  to  Sphagnum  cuspidatum  (the  nearest  affinity  of  Sphagnum 
Faxonii  is  with  this  species)  than  Sphagnum  recurvum  var.  parvifolium. 
It  seems  necessary  to  conclude,  therefore,  that  both  the  locality  and  date 
given  in  Warnstorf’s  article  are  incorrect. 

An  examination  of  all  the  Sphagnum  cuspidatum  and  allied  species  in 
the  Faxon  collection  showed  but  one  number  which  matched  the  type  mate- 
rial of  Sphagnum  Faxonii  sent  by  Warnstorf,  namely  no.  1049,  collected  at 
Sunken  Heath,  Mt.  Desert  Island,  Maine,  29  June,  1891,  by  Mr.  Faxon,  in 
company  with  Mr.  Rand.  This  number  agrees  with  the  type  not  only  in 
structural  details,  but  also  in  those  elusive  characters  of  habit  which  so 
often  give  individuality  to  all  the  material  of  the  same  collection.  In  the 


-go- 


present  case  the  identification  of  the  Mt.  Desert  plant  as  the  original  source 
of  Warnstorf’s  type  is  strongly  confirmed  by  the  presence,  intermingled  with 
both  specimens,  of  the  same  hepatic,  which  has  been  determined  by  Prof. 
Evans  as  Lophozici  inflata  (Huds.)  M.  A,  Howe.  It  may  be  mentioned  in 
passing,  although  it  must  be  admitted  that  in  view  of  the  small  number  of 
botanists  who  collect  hepatics  it  is  at  least  a doubtful  argument  in  favor  of 
Mt.  Desert  as  the  type  locality  of  Sphagnum  Faxonii , that  Lophozia  inflata 
has  never  been  reported  from  Massachusetts. 

As  a check  upon  the  accuracy  of  the  data  accompanying  the  specimens 
at  the  Harvard  Cryptogamic  Herbarium,  Mr.  Rand’s  Mt.  Desert  herbarium 
was  examined,  and,  as  expected,  still  more  of  the  characteristic  material  of 
Sphagnum  Faxonii  was  found,  again  intermingled  with  Lophozia  inflata. 
Mr.  Rand’s  herbarium  afforded,  also,  two  additional  stations  for  the  plant  on 
•or  near  Mt.  Desert, — Great  Marsh  Heath,  Sea  Wall  and  Great  Cranberry 
Isle.  In  two  cases  the  labels  gave  the  habitat  as  “ shallow  pools.”  The  local 
use  of  the  word  “Heath  ” on  Mt.  Desert  is  explained  in  the  introduction  to 
Rand  and  Redfield’s  “Flora  of  Mt.  Desert  Island,  Maine.”  Here  will  also 
be  found  citation  of  all  the  specimens  now  referred  to  Sphagnum  Faxonii , 
catalogued  under  vars.  plumulosum , submersum  and falcatum  of  Sphagnum 
cuspidatum. 

To  determine  the  relationship  of  Sphagnum  Faxonii  with  other  mem- 
bers of  the  Cuspidata , which  occur  in  the  same  region,  should  prove  an  in- 
teresting problem  to  the  bryologists  of  the  Josselyn  Botanical  Society  during 
their  annual  meeting  at  Mt.  Desert  in  August. 

Cambridge,  Mass. 


LICHEN  NOTES  NO.  12. 

The  Cladonia  Specimens  of  “ Lichenes  BoreaIi=Americani.” 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

An  attempt  is  here  made  to  assign  to  the  Cladonia  specimens  of  Miss 
Cummings’  “ Lichenes  Boreali-Americani,”  their  nomenclatural  equivalents 
as  recognized  by  Wainio  in  his  Monographia  Cladoniarum,  Part  III.  The 
same  inquiry  is  extended  to  those  examples  of  the  “North  American 
Lichens”  series  in  my  possession.  The  greater  part  of  the  Cladonia  mate- 
rial published  in  the  two  series  is  satisfactorily  determined  where  one  accepts 
Tuckerman  as  a guide,  but  the  thought  of  the  elder  Fries  whom  Tuckerman 
follows  in  his  disposition  of  the  Cladonias  has  long  been  out  of  fashion  with 
the  European  Lichenographers,  and  the  tendency  has  been  to  make  the 
genus  more  recondite  than  simple.  One  hears  now  and  then  that  Wainio’s 
Monograph  is  burdened  with  too  much  knowledge.  The  diligent  and  ex- 
haustive inquirer  seldom  offers  this  criticism  however,  but  welcomes  informa- 
tion and  puts  up  with  the  hardships  of  obtaining  it.  If  it  be  desirable  to 
know  anything  at  all  of  the  subject,  it  is  equally  so  to  know  as  much  as  pos- 
sible, and  it  would  certainly  be  no  disadvantage  to  American  Lichenology 
to  have  our  Cladonia  forms  interpreted  in  the  Wainian  point  of  view,  even  as 


—91- 


in  the  fragment  here  offered.  Criticism  or  revision  of  published  exsiccatae  is 
attended  with  some  risk,  for  it  is  well  known  that  exsiccati  frequently  fur- 
nish variable  lexhibits  under  the  same  number  or  name.  There  is  every 
reason  to  believe  that  diversity  of  this  sort  may  be  found  in  both  the  Cum- 
mings’ series,  indeed  it  could  scarcely  be  otherwise,  determined  as  they  were 
on  Tuckerman’s  phytographical  conceptions.  I am  able  to  state  however, 
from  having  in  my  possession  many  of  what  may  be  called  the  type  exam- 
ples of  the  various  Cladonia  numbers,  such  being  the  material  made  use  of 
by  Miss  Cummings  and  Mr.  Williams  in  their  examinations  for  and  discus- 
sions of  identifications,  that  there  is  marked  agreement  with  the  material 
published. 

•Cladonia  rangiferina  (L.)  Hoffm.  No.  62  L.  B.  A.,  and  No.  30  N.  A.  L.  both 
from  Wellesley,  Mass  -==Cladondia  rangiferina  (L.)  Web.  Wainio  Mon. 
Pt.  Ill  p.  222.  The  specimens  characteristic,  K+ 

Cladonia  rangiferina  b.  sylvatica  L.  No.  63  L.  B.  A.  Vineland,  N.  J.,and 
No.  31  N.  A.  L.  Wellesley,  N.a$s.  = Cladonia  sylvatica  (L. ) Rabenh.  f. 
laxiuscula  Del.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  222.  K — 

Cladonia  rangiferina  c.  alpestris  L.  No.  64  L.  B.  A.  Wellesley,  Mass.— 
Cladonia  alpestris  (L.)  Rabenh.  Wainio  Mon.  Pt.  I.  p.  41.  It  is  im- 
possible for  me  to  associate  C.  alpestris  of  common  occurrence  with  any 
one  of  the  modifications  indicated  for  the  species  in  Pt.  Ill  of  the  Mono- 
graph p.  223.  K — 

Cladonia  papillaria  (Ehrh.)  Hoffm.  No.  59  L.  B.  A.  Chester,  S.  C . = Cla- 
donia  papillaria  (Ehrh.)  Hoffm.  m.  papillosa  Fr.  Wainio  Mon.  Pt.  III. 
p.  224.  Another  specimen  under  the  same  number  is  equivalent  to  f. 
stipata  Flk.  Clad.  Comm.  p.  6.  K-j-  yellowish. 

Cladonia  papillaria  b.  molariformis  Hoffm.  No.  247  L.  B.  A.  Rock  Creek, 
D.  C.  — Cladonia  papillaria  m.  molariformis  (Hoffm.)  Schaer.  Wainio 
1.  c.  p.  224. 

Cladonia  digitata  (L.)  Hoffm.  No.  142  N.  A.  L.  St.  Francis,  Me.  = Ctadonia 
digitata  Schaer,  f.  monsirosa  ( Ach.)  Wain.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  228.  The  re- 
action is  K -|- 

Cladonia  cornucopioides  (L.)  Fr.  No.  245  L.  B.  A.  Mt.  Moosilauke, 
Franconia  Mts.,  N.  H . — Cladonia  coccifera  (L.)  Willd.  v.  stem- 
matina  Ach.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  228.  K-(-  faint  yellow. 

Cladonia  cornucopioides  b.  pleurota  Schaer.  No.  306  N.  A.  L.  “character- 
ized by  very  long  podetia,”  same  locality  as  the  foregoing,  in  my  copy 
consists  in  part  of  Cladonia  coccifera  stemmatina  and  (the  plants  with 
“long  podetia”)  C.  deformis  extensa.  Variation  pleurota  (Flk.) 
Schaer.  of  C.  coccifera  is  sorediate,  not  verruculose. 

Cladonia  deformis  Hoffm.  No.  141  N.  A.  L St.  Francis,  M ^.—Cladonia  de- 
formis Hoffm.  m.  extensa  (Hoffm.)  Wain.  Wainio  1.  c p.  231.  K-f  faint 
yellow. 

Cladonia  cristatella  Tuck,  No.  67  L.  B.  A.  Wellesley,  Mass.  = Cladonia 
cristatella  f.  Beauvoisii  ( Del.)  Wain.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  231.  K — 


—92—= 


Cladonia  leporina  Fr.  No.  14;  L.  B.  A.  Auburn,  Ala.,  is  one  of  the  few 
species  remaining  unmolested  by  lichenological  reviewers. 

Cladonia  uncialis  (L.)  Web.  No.  271  L.  B.  A.  Mt.  Moosilauke,  N.  H.== 
Cladonia  uncialis  f.  biuncialis  (Hoffm.)  Harmand  in  Cat.  Lich.  Lor- 
raine, p.  1 16.  The  perplexities  of  C.  uncialis  are  in  no  degree 
cleared  up  by  Wainio’s  subdivisions.  In  his  Schema  Mon.  Pt.  Ill, 
he  ignores  C.  ■ uncialis  adunca , a long  recognized  form  of  the 
species,  and  it,  with  the  plant  illustrated  by  No.  271,  is  absolutely  with- 
out place  or  name.  Form  biuncialis  is  representative  of  a maximum  of 
development  for  the  plant  commonly  recognized  in  this  country  as  typi- 
cal C.  uncialis , and  the  name  in  the  writer's  estimation  may  best 
stand  as  a convenient  designation  for  indicating  extent  of  develop- 
ment, in  the  same  way  that  major , extensa , valida,  grandis , etc.,  find 
a use  in  other  Cladonia  species.  For  the  less  developed  exhibits  of 
that  uncialis  type  to  which  f.  biu7icialis  is  referable,  the  designation 
humilior  Fr.  may  well  be  employed.  Wainio  states  that  Lichen  un- 
cialis L.  is  equivalent  to  C.  uncialis  Fr.  This  would  be  the  var.  a.  Fries 
Li.  Eur.  Ref.  and  it  comprehends  v.  adunca  Ach.,  biuncialis  Hoffm.  and 
all  the  minor  conditions  of  the  two.  Variety  b.  humilior  Fr.  is  now 
known  to  be  one  of  these  minor  states  with  affinity  to  biuncialis.  It 
thus  appears  that  no  one  of  the  sub-forms  of  C.  uncialis  may  be  defi- 
nitely established  as  a historical  type  for  the  species.  K — 

Cladonia  uncialis  (L.)  Fr.  No.  18 1 L.  B.  A.  Brewster,  Mass.  = C.  uncialis 
(L.)  Web.  f.  obtusata  Ach.  Wainio  Mon.  Pt.  III.  p.  233.  The  specimen 
is  by  no  means  well  characterized  but  has  the  dilated  summits  of  the 

form. 

Cladonia  Boryi  Tuck.  No.  65  L.  B.  A.  Annisquam,  Mass.  = C.  reticulata 
(Russell)  Wain.  f.  reticulata  (Bor.)  Wain.  Wainio  Pt.  III.  p.  234.  Tuck- 
erman's  name  should  be  preserved  for  this  plant  for  he  was  first  to  main- 
tain its  specific  identity.  No.  65  is  not  var.  b.  lacunosa  Bory  of 
Tuckerman’s  1848  Synopsis,  hence  not  form  lacunosa  (Bor.)  Wain,  of  the 
Monograph.  Rendering  justice  to  all  parties  the  name  for  the  plant 
represented  by  No.  65  should  stand  as  C.  Boryi  Tuck.  f.  reticulata 
(Russell)  Merrill,  comb.  nov.  K — 

Cladonia  delicata  (Ehrh.)  Flk.  No.  192  L.  B.  A.  Rock  Creek  Park,  D.  C.= 
C,  delicata  (Ehrh.)  Flk.  f.  quercina  (Pers.)  Wain.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  238. 

Cladonia  furcata  (Huds.)  Fr.  v.  racemosa  (Hoffm.)  Flk.  No.  243  N.  A.  L. 
North  Woodstock,  N.  H . = C.  furcata  (Huds.)  Schrad.  v.  racemosa 
(Hoffm.)  Flk.  f.  corymbosa  (Ach.)  Nyl.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  239.  While  No. 
243  is  satisfactorily  racemosa  Flk.  there  is  considerable  doubt  regarding 
its  referableness  to  racemosa  Hoffm.  Wainio  unites  under  his  v.  race- 
mosa corymbosa  all  the  fertile  and  some  of  the  unievtWe  furcata  modifi- 
cations of  Floerke  and  later  authors.  The  f.  corymbosa  of  Nylander’s 
recognition  comprehends  the  stout  rigid  moderately  fissured  copiously 
fruited  furcata  that  Floerke  makes  a sub-variety  of  hisv.^JJ^  under  the- 


-93- 


name  of  arbuscula.  No.  243  is  not  form  corymbosa  in  any  except 
Wainio’s  sense.  It  is  not  Floerke’s  v.  ftssa  nor  its  sub-variety  racemo- 
sella , and  it  is  best  disposed  of  under  racemosa  Flk.  K — 

Cladonia  squamosa  Hoffm.  No.  60a  L.  B.  A.  North  Woodstock,  N.  H.  and 
No.  60b  L.  B.  A.  Norton,  Va.  = C.  squamosa  (Scop.)  Hoffm.  f.  denticollis 
(Hoffm.)  Flk.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  242.  Most  of  the  innumerable  squamosa 
subdivisions  of  recent  European  proposal  are  as  yet  undetected  in  this 
country.  To  a great  extent  this  is  due  to  the  indifference  of  our  investi- 
gators rather  than  lack  of  material.  K — 

Cladonia  turgida  (Ehrh.)  Hoffm.  No.  182  L.  B.  A.  North  Woodstock.  N.  H. 
= C.  turgida  (Ehrh.)  Hoffm.  m.  stricta  Nyl.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  245.  K — or 
faint  -j- 

Cladonia  mitrula  Tuck.  No.  56  L.  B.  A.  Wellesley,  Mass.,  and  No.  187  of 
the  same  series  Chevy  Chase,  Md.  = C.  mitrula  Tuck.  f.  imbricatula 
Nyl.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  247.  K — 

Cladonia  symphycarpa  Fr.  No.  178  L.  B.  A.  Takoma  Park,  Md . = C.  sub- 
cariosa  (Nyl.)  Wain.  f.  evoluta  Wain.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  247.  'K-f-  at 
length  crimson. 

Cladonia  cariosa  (Ach.)  Spreng.  No.  57  L.  B.  A.  St.  Francis,  Me.=C. 
cariosa  (Ach.)  Spreng.  f.  cribosa  (Wallr.)  Wain.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  248.  In 
my  copy  only  one  podetia  characteristic  of  the  form.  No.  28  N.  A.  L. 
Wellesley,  Mass.,  marked  by  Miss  Cummings  as  C.  cariosa  is  with  diffi- 
culty referable  to  the  species.  The  primary  thallus  is  not  unlike  that  of 
C.  cariosa , and  the  reaction  is  similar, ®but  the  whole  habit  of  the  podetia 
is  much  like  that  of  C.  strepsilis  f.  glabrata  Wain,  only  larger.  It  is  in- 
teresting to  note  here,  that  C.  strepsilis  has  by  many  authors  been 
referred  to  C.  cariosa.  No.  28  is  distinctly  atypical  and  irreconcilable 
with  any  described  C.  cariosa  form  in  my  copy,  whatever  a study  of  the 
the  other  material  distributed  under  that  number  may  demonstrate.  K-|- 

Cladonia  gracilis  (L.)  Willd.)  v.  chordalis  (Flk.)  Scbaer.  No.  272  L.  B.  A. 
and  No.  140  N.  A.  L.  Mt.  Moosilauke,  N.  H.  = C amaurocraea  (Flk.) 
Schaer.)  celotea  Ach.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  232.  The  burden  of  error  in  this 
determination  must  in  part  rest  with  the  late  Mr.  T.  A.  Williams.  The 
original  specimen  submitted  to  Mr.  Williams  by  Miss  Cummings, 
now  in  my  herbarium,  is  indorsed  in  the  handwriting  of  the  former, 

‘ ‘ C.  gracils  v.  e long  at  a Fr.  cups  almost  obsolete.  ” It  seems  very  odd  that 
Miss  Cummings  should  have  accepted  this  view,  for  in  her  early  New 
England  Lichen  series  the  same  plant  was  issued  as  C.  amaurocraea. 
K— 

Cladonia  gracilis  (L.)  Nyl.  a.  verticillata  Fr.  No.  162  L.  B.  A.  Takoma 
Park,  Md.=t7.  verticillata  Hoffm.  v.  evoluta  Th.  Fr.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  258. 
K — 

Cladonia  pyxidata  (L.)  Fr.  No.  58  L.  B.  A.  Allaguash  Plantation,  Me.  = C. 
pyxidata  (L.)  Fr.  v.  neglecta  (Flk.)  Mass.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  252.  The 


—94— 


apothecia  in  my  copy  rather  pale,  and  the  podetia  less  verrucose  than  in 
typical  v.  neglecta , but  the  interior  of  the  scyphi  are  strongly  verrucose- 
corticate.  K— 

Cladonia  fimbriata  (L.)  v.  radiata  (Schreb.)  Coem.  No.  345  N.  A.  L.  Lake 
Wellington,  Colo.  = (7.  fimbriata  (L.)  Fr.  f.  cornutoradiata  Coem.  sub- 
forma radiata  (Schreb.)  Coem.  Wainio  1.  c.  p.  253,  and  is  entirely  char- 
acteristic. 

Cladonia  fimbriata  (L.)  Fr.  v.  coniocraea  (Flk.)  Wain.  No.  268  L.  B.  A.  Lake 
Wellington,  Colo.  In  my  copy  the  podetia  are  whitish  and  farinose 
sorediate  throughout  and  not  corticated  basally,  hence  do  not  belong  with 
C.  ochrochlora  Flk.  of  which  the  habit  of  the  podetia  in  its  v.  cerotodes 
Flk.  resembles  that  of  our  specimen.  No.  268  on  the  evidence  of  its  char, 
acters  as  presented  in  my  copy,  seems  to  be  a plant  uniting  the  features 
of  sub-forma  subulata  (L.)  Wain,  with  those  of  sub-forma  fibula  Ach. 
Wainio  1.  c.  p.  253.  Rockland,  Maine. 


OFFERINGS. 

.(To  Society  Members  only.  For  postage.) 

Mr.  W.  W.  Calkins,  Berwyn,  Cook  Co.  Illinois.  Anomodon  attenuatus 
(Schreb.)  Huebn.:  Sphagnum  compactum  and  S.  acutifoliwn  var. 

Schimperi.  All  collected  Cook  Co. 

Dr.  A.  F.  K.  Krout,  Glenolden,  Delaware  Co.  Pa.  pungermannia  exeisa 
Dicks.  ; Reboulia  hemispherica  Raddi.  Collected  near  Philadelphia. 

Mr.  D,  Lewis  Dutton,  R.  F.  D.,  2 Brandon,  Vermont.  Sphagnum  Girgen - 
sohnu  Russ. ; S’.  Girgensohnu  var.  coryphaeum  Russ.  Collected  Vermont. 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  4509  a Cote  Brilliante  Ave.,  St,  Louis.  Mo.  Cy lindro- 
thecium  seductrix  Sulliv.  cfr.  Collected  Missouri.  Climacium  Ameri- 
canum  Brid.  cfr.  Collected  Colorado. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Plitt,  3933  Lowndes  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Maryland.  Leucobryum 
glaucum.  See  article  in  this  number. 

Miss  Gertrude  Streator,  Clark  Hall,  University  Station,  Seattle,  Wash. 
Tayloria  s err  at  a B.  & S.  Collected  Menlo  Park  near  Steilacoon,  Wash. : 
Rhacomitrum  canescens war.  ericoides  B.  & S.  st. 

Mr.  George  M.  Pendleton,  Sisson,  California.  Mniuin  medium  B.  & S. 

Miss  Alice  C.  Kendall,  Holden,  Mass.  Mnium  cinclidioides  (Blytt.)  Huebn. 
Collected  Holden. 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  Cumberland  Center,  Maine.  Brachythecium 
rivulare  B.  & S.  cfr. ; Bryum  Lapponicum  Kaur.  cfr.  Both  collected 
by  Dr.  ,V.  F.  Brotherus,  in  Finland. 

Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  Highlands,  New  Jersey.  Anthelia  rivalis  Sw.  ( =An - 
thelia  Juratzkana  Limpr.)  Trevis ; Lophozia  politus  Nees.  Collected, 
Dr.  V.  F.  Brotherus,  in  Lapland. 

Dr.  George  H.  Conklin,  1204  Tower  Avenue,  Superior,  Wisconsin.  Scapa7iia 
irrigua  (Nees)  Dumort;  Lophozia  Lyoni  (Tayl.)  Steph.  ; Lophozia  bar- 
bula  (Schliech.)  Evans.  Collected  Superior,  Wis. 


rlJUU  U-mjxaJinJTJTJTJTJTJXnjTJTJTJTJTJTJTJT.JOJlJTJT.jri^^ 

VOLUME  XII  NUMBER  6 5 


NOVEMBER  1909 


m 


The  BRYOLOGIST 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  BIMONTHLY  DEVOTED  TO 

NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES 

HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 


FOUNDED  IN  1898 
By 

ABEL  JOEL  GROUT,  Pli.D. 


EDITOR 

ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


CONTENTS 

Notes  on  Amblystegium  {Illustrated)  . . A.  /.  Grout  95 

Additions  to  the  Lichen  Flora  of  Southern  California  No.  2 

H.  E.  Hasse  101 

Some  Rare  Abnormalities  in  Liverworts  ( Illustrated ) 

W.  C.  Coker  10/+ 

Arctic  Mosses Elizabeth  G.  Britton  106 

Lichen  Notes  No.  14.  Three  New  Forms  of  Calicium 

G.  K.  Merrill  107 

Note  on  Amblystegium  noterophilum  . . E.  J.  Hill  108 

Boston  Meeting  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society  . . . io9 

Sullivant  Moss  Society  Notes no 

Election  of  Sullivant  Moss  Society  Officers  for  1910  . ill 

Offerings,  etc.  . ........  m 


^ Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  April  2,  1900,  as  second  class  of  mail 
h matter,  under  Act  of  March  3,  1879. 

h Published  by  the  Editor,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 

dxmcrruiJTrLnjxrmjTnjTrLrijiJiJTJiJTJiJTJT^^ 


PRESS  OF  MCBRIDE  * STERN,  338-340  PEARL  STREET.  NEW  YORK 


'Civ 


nr. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

gimmxttxXaj  gjcrnstml 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
MOSSES,  HEPATICS  AND  LICHENS 

ALSO  OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF 

THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 
Awarded  Silver  Medal — Universal  Exposition — St.  Louis,  1904 


Subscription,  $1,00  a Year  in  U.  S.  Single  Copies,  20  cents 

“ 1.25  to  all  other  countries. 

Four  Vols.  1898-1901—11.50  Seven  Vols.  1902-1908—17.00 

Vol.  II.  out  of  print — Prices  remain  the  same. 

Address  manuscript,  advertisements,  subscriptions  and  all  communications 
to  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Requests  for 
Separates  must  accompany  manuscript.  Checks,  except  on  New  York  City,  must 
contain  10  cents  extra  for  Clearing  House  charges. 

Copyright,  1909,  by  Annie  Morrill  Smith 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY 

Invites  all  interested  in  the  study  of  Mosses,  Hepatics  and  Lichens, 
to  join.  Dues,  $1.10  a year  — this  includes  a subscription  to  The 
Bryologist.  Send  dues  direct  to  Treasurer.  For  further  information 
address  the  Secretary. 

OFFICERS  FOR  I909 

President—  Dr.  T.  C.  Frye, University  of  Washington 

Seattle . Wash. 

Vice-President— Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  16  East  36th  Street 
New  York  City 

Secretary— Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson, Des  Moines  College 

Des  Moines , Iowa 

7 reasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith 78  Orange  Street 

Brooklyn , N.  Y. 


IN  CHARGE 

Oj  the  Moss  Department  and  Custodian  of  the  Moss  Herbarium: 

Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  Des  Moines  College,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Of  the  Hepatic  Department  and  Hepatic  Herbarium; 

Dr.  George  H.  Conklin,  1204  Tower  Ave.,  Superior,  Wisconsin. 
Of  the  Lichen  Department  and  Lichen  Herbarium: 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  R.  F.  D.  4,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Of  Foreign  Exchanges: 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain,  38  West  59th  St.,  New  York  City. 


Plate  XI.  Amblystegieae. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


VOL.  XII 


November  1909 


No.  6 


NOTES  ON  AMBLYSTEGIUM. 

By  A.  J.  Grout. 

The  preparation  of  the  treatment  of  Amblystegium  for  Part  V.  of  my 
“ Mosses  with  Hand- Lens  and  Microscope"  has  been  a much  dreaded  task 
because  of  the  difficulty  of  getting  any  adequate  idea  of  the  species  from 
any  published  literature  or  from  any  accessible  collections. 

The  task  has  proved  as  difficult  as  expected  and  I have  seen  all  too 
numerous  specimens  that  I cannot  assign  with  certainty  to  any  single 
species,  though  it  is  evident  that  each  belongs  to  one  or  the  other  of  two 
closely  related  and  intergrading  species. 

Brotherus’  treatment  of  the  genus  in  “ Die  Naturliche7i  Planzenfami- 
iien'}  I have  found  the  most  satisfactory  of  any,  although  following  Loeske 
largely  .he  fails  to  understand  one  or  two  of  our  American  species,  notably 
Amblystegium  orthoclado7i. 

I have  found  also  that  European  authorities  do  not  understand  all  the 
difficult  and  disputed  forms,  especially  hygrophilu77i,radicale,  orthocladon , 
and  Kochii.  Indeed  the  types  must  all  be  seen  by  one  competent  author  to 
settle  exactly  what  these  species  are.  I have  made  my  decisions  by  the  best 
light  I could  obtain  and  I hereby  return  thanks  to  many  of  my  European 
and  American  correspondents  for  the  help  the^  have  so  freely  given  in  plac- 
ing disputed  plants.  They  have  not  always  agreed  but  their  very  disagree- 
ments were  helpful  in  explaining  some  of  the  worst  puzzles. 

This  article  is  written  with  the  idea  that  some  of  the  facts  discovered, 
and  some  of  the  opinions  formed,  will  be  helpful  if  expressed  more  at 
length  than  will  be  possible  in  the  book. 

It  has  long  seemed  evident  that  the  minute  ecostate  species  do  not 
belong  with  the  others.  Brotherus  and  Loeske  still  retain  them  in  the 
A?nblystegieae  but  I believe  they  belong  more  properly  in  the  Hyp7ieae. 

The  remaining  unicostate  species  can  readily  be  divided  into  four 
groups,  two  of  which  are  made  genera  by  Brotherus. 

The  first  subgenus,  Eua7nblystegiwn  Broth,  is  characterized  by  the 
short  broad  leaf  cells,  and  costa  slender  for  the  genus,  ending  at  the 
middle  or  somewhat  above,  percurrent  in  compactu77i  and  Holzingeri only. 
This  includes  serpens  (L.)  B.  & S.,  Juratzkanu7n  Schimp.,  Kochii  B.  & S., 
C07npactu77i  (C.  M.)  Aust.,  and  Holzingerii  Grout  sp.  nov.  Brotherus  includes 
varium  with  orthocladon  as  a subspecies  but  to  my  mind  variu7n,  while 
intermediate  between  this  group  and  the  next  is.  much  more  closely  allied 
with  irriguimi  than  any  other  species,  while  orthocladon  as  I understand  it 
is  most  pronouncedly  of  the  latter  type  and  closer  to  irrigmwi  than  to 
varium.  He  also  places  here  A.  radicale  (P.  B.)  Mitt,  but  according  to 
Cardot  and  Cheney  this  =Hypnu7n  Berge7iense  Aust.  which  is  the  same  as 


The  September  Bryologist  was  issued  September  1,  1909. 


-96- 


much  of  the  material  known  in  Europe  as  A.  hygrophilum  (Jur.)  Schimp. 
A.  hygrophilum  of  Limprich’s  Bry.  Siles.  No.  345  in  Herb.  Columbia  Univ. 
—Hypnum  Bergenense  without  a doubt,  but  Husnot’s  Muse.  Gall.  No.  939  in 
my  collection,  issued  as  A.  hygrophilum  is  not  H.  Bergenense  at  all  but  what 
several  American  and  European  authors  have  termed  A.  Kochii.  This 
species  is  not  at  all  the  Hypnum  radicale  of  the  L.  & J.  Manual,  that  is  a 
form  of  varium.  In  my  opinion  Hypnum  Bergenense  is  a Campy lium, 
as  it  was  in  the  opinion  of  Austin,  and  Limpricht’s  No.  345  was  issued  as  a 
Campy  lium.  Austin’s  specimens  are  labelled  as  a var.  of  C.  chry  sophy  llum 
and  the  stem  leaves  are  much  like  those  of  that  species,  broadly  cordate- 
ovate  and  abruptly  and  longly  acuminate,  decurrent  and  subclasping  at  base 
so  that  the  leaf  will  not  lie  fiat  at  base , when  removed  and  mounted.  Tbe 
alar  cells  are  thin-walled , hyaline  and  conspicuously  broader  than  those 
above.  The  leaves  are  also  entire,  costate  to  middle  with  median  leaf  cells 
6-10: 1,  thin- walled  and  less  chlorophyllose  as  a rule  than  in  most  Ambly- 
stegia.  It  differs  from  Campy  lium  chry  sophy  llum  in  the  much  more  distant 
leaves,  little  branched  stems,  more  lax  general  habit  and  resemblance  to  the 
Amblystegia  in  appearance.  A.  Kochii  while  associated  with  A.  riparium 
by  Brotherus  is  apparently  often  confused  with  Campy  limn  radicale.  Its 
leaves  spread  directly  from  the  flat  base  and  are  flat  throughout  with  shorter 
leaf  cells  having  thicker  walls. 

A.  serpens  a comparatively  well  known  and  understood  species  grades 
into  A.  Juratzkanum,  which  appears  to  me  at  most  merely  a robust  variety  of 
serpens  with  larger,  more  spreading  leaves  having  a less  distinctly  marked 
area  of  quadrate  alar  cells.  The  alar  cells  are  more  likely  to  be  all  longer 
than  broad  than  in  serpens , but  this  distinction  does  not  always  hold  and  I 
am  inclined  to  think  it  a matter  of  habitat  for  I have  found  leaves  with. the 
alar  cells  of  A.  serpens  on  one  side  and  A.  Juratzkanum  on  the  other. 

There  is  a western  moss  with  the  size  of  A.  Juratzkamim  and  alar  cells 
of  A.  serpens , having  the  leaves  proportionately  broader  and  more  shortly 
acuminate  than  in  serpens.  This  I have  not  found  described.  It  appears  to  be 
common  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  until  further  light  is  shed  on  the  problem 
I propose  the  name  A.  serpens  var.  giganteum  var.  nov.  for  it.  Were  it  not  for 
its  peculiarly  distinct  quadrate  alar  cells  it  might  be  put  with  forms  of  Kochii 
into  which  Juratzkanum  seems  to  me  to  grade.  Kochii  being  distinguished 
by  its  larger  size,  laxer  basal  areolation  and  larger  cells.  Cheney  speaks  of 
A , Kochii  as  not  common,  but  the  form  I have  referred  to  A.  Kochii  is 
abundant  in  the  East.  Amblystegium  Kochii  is  distinguished  from  small 
forms  of  A.  riparium  by  its  usually  spreading  leaves,  more  slenderly 
acuminate  and  sometimes  serrulate  and  its  wide  short  leaf  cells,  3-6:  1.  Small 
poorly  developed  forms  of  A.  varium  having  the  costa  end  below  apex  are 
sometimes  confused  with  a A.  Kochii , but  the  costa  is  much  thicker  and  the 
leaf  cells  as  a rule  shorter  and  broader.  Amblystegium  Kochii , as  I find  it, 
has  the  leaves  ovate-lanceolate  and  narrower  than  figured  in  the  Bry.  Eur. 
where  it  was  originally  described,  also  less  contracted  at  base,  but  my 
material  agrees  well  with  authentic  European  material  and  has  been  identi- 


—97— 


fled  as  Kochii  by  European  experts.  Sometimes  forms  which  I would  refer 
to  Kochii  are  found  in  collections  labeled  hygrophilum , mistakenly  so  I 
think,  but  the  types  of  both  need  to  be  seen  to  make  certain. 

A.  comp  actum  is  about  the  size  of  serpens,  light  green,  yellowish  within 
the  dense  tufts  which  may  be  25  mm.  deep  but  are  usually  thinner.  Leaves 
erect  open,  about  1 mm.  long,  narrowly  decurrent,  lanceolate  to  ovate  lance- 
olate, gradually  long  acuminate,  finely  denticulate  throughout,  teeth  at  base 
frequently  recurved;  “ teeth  formed  of  a single  or  a double  papilla  over  the 
transverse  wall  or  by  the  protrusion  of  the  adjoining  corners  of  the  marginal 
cells.”  Costa  percurrent  or  nearly  so,  broad  but  thin  and  sometimes  almost 
discontinuous,  frequently  bearing  delicate  brood  filaments  from  the  back  or 
apex;  branch  leaves  narrower  and  smaller.  Seta  short;  capsule  small,  erect 
or  slightly  inclined,  nearly  or  quite  symmetric.  Mr.  Dixon  thinks  A.  dissiti- 
folium  Lindb.,  A . subcompactum  Kind,  and  Brachythecium  densum  Milde 
are  synonyms  of  this  species. 

Amblystegium  Holzingeri  sp.  nov.  Plants  growing  in  rather  thick 
wide  mats,  light  olive  green,  closely  allied  to  Amblystegium  compactnm  but 
about  twice  as  large,  lighter  colored  and  lacking  the  dense  cespitose  habit 
typical  of  that  species;  stems  2-3  cm.  long,  irregularly  to  supinnately 
branching,  bearing  numerous  multiform  paraphyllia;  stem-leaves  spreading 
to  subsquarrose  when  dry;  ovate- lanceolate  and  gradually  long-acuminate, 
about  1 Xo. 3-0.4  mm.,  somewhat  narrowed  to  the  insertion,  strongly  and 
longly  decurrent,  concave,  with  basal  margins  more  or  less  reflexed,  serru- 
late all  around,  costa  percurrent  or  vanishing  in  the  apex,  stronger  than  in 
Amblystegium  compactum\  median  leaf  cells  linear-vermicular,  becoming 
shorter  and  broader  toward  the  base,  cells  of  basal  angles  subrectangular  to 
quadrate;  branch  leaves  smaller;  minutely  scabrous  protonema  frequent  on 
costa  of  stem  leaves,  slender  brood  Aliments  not  rare.  Collected  at  Trem- 
pealean  Ridge,  Wisconsin,  June  20,  1904,  by  Prof.  J.  M.  Holzinger.  Type 
in  Herb.  A.  J.  G.  ; cotypes  will  be  distributed  as  No.  335  of  North  American 
Musci  Pleurocarpi. 

The  type  locality  is  about  ten  miles  south  of  Winona,  on  the  Mississippi 
River.  Prof.  Holzinger  says  this  locality  has  produced  many  rare  things. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  Amblystegium  compactum  and  often 
has  the  peculiar  teeth  at  base  of  leaves  characteristic  of  that  species,  but  its 
larger  size,  lighter  color,  and  numerous  paraphyllia,  combined  with  several 
minor  characters,  sufficiently  distinguish  it. 

The  type  collection  is  sterile  and  might  easily  be  referred  to  Brachythe- 
cium. The  brood  bodies  are  not  like  any  figured  by  Correns  but  I have  seen 
similar  ones  on  Amblystegium  compactum. 

The  second  subgenus,  Hygroamblystegium  Loesk.  (Published  as 
a genus,)  contains  A.  varium  (Hedw.)  Lindb.,  A.  fiuviatile  (Sw.)  B.  &S., 
A.  irriguum  (Wils.)  B.  &S.,  A.  orthocladonifi . B.)  Kindb.,M.  noterophilum 
(Sulliv.)  Warnst.  and  A.  filicinum  (L.)  De  Not.  (Treated  on  p.  3x5  of  Mosses 
with  Hand-Lens  and  Microscope  as  a Cratoneuron. ) With  the  exception 
of  varium  and  filicinum  this  subgenus  is  aquatic  when  growing  normally. 


-98- 


Amblystegium  filicinum  not  infrequently  grows  in  water,  A.  varium 
typically  grows  in  wet  places.  The  plants  when  aquatic  are  usually 
dark  to  blackish  green  and  have  a very  stout  percurrent  costa  and  in 
some  species  paraphyllia  are  present.  When  aquatic  the  members  of  this 
subgenus  are  found  on  stones  in  brooks  and  springs.  The  leaf  cells  are 
typically  very  broad  and  short,  2-4:  1,  much  longer  in  large  forms  of  A. 
fiuviatile  and  A.  irriguum  approaching  respectively  A.  noterophilum  and 
A.  irriguum  var.  spinifolium,  and  in  those  forms  themselves. 

It  is  in  this  group  that  the  greatest  difficulties  are  met  as  the  species 
vary  greatly  and  undoubtedly  intergrade.  A.  fiuviatile  forma  typica 
Boulay  is  exactly  illustrated  by  the  plate  (567)  of  the  Bryologia  Europea, 
except  possibly  that  the  costa  usually  appears  stronger  at  the  apex.  The 
leaves  are  oblong  to  ovate-oblong,  gradually  narrowed  to  a rather  blunt 
point;  costa  exceedingly  stout  and  percurrent,  nearly  as  wide  at  apex  as  at 
base;  the  upper  leaf  cells  are  elongated  (for  the  group)  and  thick  walled,  in 
the  lower  1/5  of  the  leaf  broader  and  subrectangular.  A.  fiuviatile  forma 
brevifolia  Boulay,  which  is  more  like  the  form  figured  by  Cardot  as  the  type 
(See  fig.  4)  has  shorter  leaves,  oblong-ovate  to  ovate,  with  fewer  lax  cells 
at  base  and  these  often  brown,  with  very  thick  walls,  becoming  opaque 
with  age. 

Through  forma  brevifiolia,  fiuviatile  grades  into  what  I,  in  common 
with  several  authors  both  European  and  American,  think  to  be  the  true 
orthocladon  of  Palisot  (not  of  many  other  authors).  In  this  the  leaves  are 
cordate-ovate,  shortly  and  rather  bluntly  acuminate,  with  very  short  thick 
walled  cells  (2-3  : 1)  with  a few  larger  thick  walled  brown  and  opaque  cells  at 
the  base  in  fully  developed  leaves.  This  I find  to  be  not  uncommon  in  the 
brooks  of  the  East.  A.  irriguum  (Wils.)  B.  & S.  has  forms  which  come 
very  close  to  orthocladon  but  in  general  most  of  our  forms  have  ovate- 
lanceolate,  longly  acuminate  leaves  with  costa  more  tapering  to  the  nar- 
rower apex.  Amblystegium  irriguum  also  has  larger  laxer  floating  forms 
which  are  to  the  commoner  form  what  forma  typica  is  to  forma  brevifolia 
in  A.  fiuviatile.  Such  in  particular  are  plants  collected  by  M.  Dupret 
“ On  stones  in  bed  of  a spring”  Seminary  of  Philosophy”  Montreal. 

This  form  of  Amblystegium  irriguum  approaches  the  var.  spinifolium 
and  has  the  large  elongated  cells  and  laxer  basal  areolation  of  that  variety. 
In  the  Montreal  plants,  at  least,  paraphyllia  were  so  numerous  that  at  first  I 
thought  it  a form  of  A.  filicinum , and  indeed  these  two  species  also  seem  to 
intergrade  so  that  the  inflorescense  alone  will  decide  the  relationship  of  some 
forms;  if  indeed  this  is  ever  decisive  in  the  Hypnaceae. 

A.  irriguum  also  appears  to  grade  into  varium , which  typically  is  a less 
aquatic  plant  with  more  short  cells  at  the  marginal  base  of  the  leaf;  leaves 
more  ovate  at  base,  more  contacted  to  the  insertion  and  more  abruptly 
acuminate  with  a much  more  slender  costa.  The  harshness  and  rigidity 
attributed  to  irriguum  I have  been  unable  to  verify  as  a specific  character, 
for  most  species  of  the  group  are  harsh  and  more  or  less  gritty.  A. 
irriguum  vox.  flacidum  De  Not.  is  an  attenuate  floating  form  with  very  dis- 
tant and  small  leaves. 


A.  varium  forma  ovata  f.  nov.  has  smaller  stem  leaves  which  are  more 
concave,  round-ovate,  abruptly  and  narrowly  short-acuminate  with  nearly 
the  outline  of  the  leaves  of  Thelia  asprella\  quadrate  alar  cells  very  num- 
erous, extending-  up  1/3  the  margin  of  the  leaf.  Type  in  my  herbarium 
from  near  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  growing  with  Eurhynchium  hians  and  Mnium 
cuspidatum.  In  a way  this  parallels  A.  orthocladon  but  differs  from  it  in  its 
more  slender  costa,  more  slender  acumen  and  lack  of  highly  colored  opaque 
basal  cells,  as  well  as  in  habitat. 

A.  noterophilum  is  to  fiuviatile  what  var.  spinifolium  is  to  irriguum, 
a very  large  form  with  larger,  more  elongated  leaf  cells  and  strongly  excur- 
rent  costa.  In  Europe  a corresponding  form  of  filicinum,  A.  fallax  (Brid.) 
Milde,  or  perhaps  better  known  as  filicinum  var.  Vallis  clausae,  is  found,  and 
it  is  not  unlikely  that  it  may  occur  here  also. 

The  third  subgenus  Leptodictyum  Schimp.  has  been  raised  to  the  rank 
of  a genus  by  Warnstorf.  The  species  are  apparently  mostly  derivatives  of 
A.  ripariu7n  (L.)  B.  & S.,  and  besides  this  species  includes  A.  vacillans 
Sulliv.,  A.  Floridanum  R.  & C.  and  three  recently  described  species 
of  Cardot  and  Theriot,  A.  brachyphyllum  and  A.  brevipes  from  Minne- 
sota, laxirete  from  Missiouri.  As  the  three  species  are  admittedly 
closely  related  to  the  polymorphous  A.  riparium,  it  is  probable  that  most 
authors  would  regard  them  merely  as  varieties.  A . vacillans  is  a rare 
plant  with  long  slender  stem  leaves  having  a subobtuse  apex  and  short 
apical  cells.  I do  not  believe  the  large  specimens  from  Georgia  and  Florida 
that  have  been  referred  here  (N.  Am.  Musci  Pleurocarpi  269)  really  belong 
with  the  northern  plant. 

For  the  convenience  of  students  I will  cite  corrections  of  my  N.  Am.  Muse. 

PI. 

No.  48  issued  as  Hypnum  chry  sophy  llum  is  my  idea  of  a common  form 
of  A.  Kochii  and  has  so  been  determined  by  several  eminent  authorities. 
No.  243  contains  the  same  with  some  A.  varium.  No.  180  issued  as  A. 
fiuviatile  I believe  to  be  A.  orthocladon.  No.  149  issued  as  irriguum  is 
probably  the  same.  Cheney  called  it  irriguum  but  Renaud  (Fide  Dupret) 
thought  a similar  form  belonged  rather  to  fiuviatile. 

No.  177  and  No.  266.  as  A.  varium  appear  to  me  to  be  aquatic  forms  of 
filicinum  nearer  to  irriguum  than  varium. 

No.  291  issued  as  varium  orthocladon  and  No.  247  issued  as  irriguum  are 
the  large  form  of  irriguum  approaching  var.  spinifolium  and  certain  forms 
of  filicinum.  No.  130  issued  as  A.  compaction  is  in  my  opinion  a cespitose 
form  of  serpens.  This  had  been  examined  and  named  by  people  who  ought 
to  know  and  it  may  be  mixed.  My  set  is  certainly  not  compactU7n. 

The  fourth  group  includes  A.  Lescurii  (Sulliv.)  only  of  our  species. 
This  is  characterized  by  its  strongly  bordered  leaves,  but  for  this  it 
would  sometimes  be  difficult  to  distinguish  it  from  A.  orthocladon.  It 
rightfully  belongs  to  another  genus  and  should  be  called  Sciarmonium 
Lescurii  (Sulliv. ) Broth. 


— IOO— 


Explanation  of  Plate  XI. 

Fig.  i.  Hypnum  orthocladon  P.  B.  a,  Four  leaves  X 30,  from  a specimen 
in  the  herbarium  of  Schwaegrichen  from  North  America  and  communi- 
cated by  Palisot.  b,  Two  leaves  X 30  from  a specimen  in  the  herbarium 
of  Schwaegrichen;  collected  by  Muhlenberg  in  North  America, 
c,  Two  leaves  X 30  from  a specimen  in  the  herbarium  of  Schwaegrichen  ; 
collected  in  Cuba  by  Poppig.  d,  Lower  portion  of  a leaf  X 135. 

Fig.  2.  Leskea  varia  Hedw.  from  Pennsylvania  (Muhlenberg),  a,  A leaf 
X 30.  b,  Lower  part  of  the  same  X 135.  (From  an  “original”  specimen.) 
Fig.  4.  Hypnum  fluviatile  Sw.  a,  Two  leaves  X 30.  b,  Lower  portion  of 
one  of  these  leaves  X 135.  (From  an  “original”  specimen  communi- 
cated to  Hedwig  by  Schwartz  and  preserved  in  the  herbarium  of  the 
former.) 

Fig.  8.  Hypnum  radicale  P.  B.  from  North  America  (Palisot  and  Richard), 
a.  Three  leaves  X 30.  b,  Lower  portion  of  one  of  these  leaves  X 135. 
c,  Cells  from  the  middle  portion  of  the  same  X 135.  (From  specimens 
in  the  herbarium  of  Schwaegrichen.) 

Fig.  9.  Hypnum  Bergenense  Austin,  from  Closter,  New  Jersey.  (Austin 
“original”  specimen.)  a,  Two  leaves  X 30.  b,  Middle  portion  of  one 
of  these  leaves  X 135. 

Fig.  10.  Amblystegium  hy grophil l um  Sch.  from  Germany,  a,  Two  leaves 
X 30.  b,  Middle  portion  of  one  of  these  leaves  X 135. 

These  figures  and  their  descriptions  are  taken  from  M.  Cardot’s  valuable 
“Revision  of  the  Types  of  Hedwig  and  Schwaegrichen  ” published  in  the 
“ Bulletin  de  Vherbier  Boissier in  1899.  The  specimens  marked  as 
“ original  ” were  evidently  communicated  or  furnished  by  the  authors  and 
though  not  types  in  every  case  certainly  should  be  regarded  as  authentic. 
It  should  be  remembered,  however,  that  in  those  early  days  of  inferior 
microscopes  material  was  often  mixed  and  the  authors  of  species  themselves 
had  mixtures  in  their  types.  M.  Cardot’s  figures  have  been  presented  as 
being  as  near  authenticity  as  anything  available.  The  figure  H ’.  Bergenense 
fails  to  show  the  characteristic  concavity  of  the  base  as  shown  in  Austin's 
Musci  Appalachiani  No.  391. 

Cheney  has  studied  Palisot’s  types,  and  has  come  to  somewhat  different 
conclusions  concerning  several  matters  as  noted  under  different  species,  but 
I personally  sent  specimens  which  I consider  typical  A.  orthocladon  to 
Cheney  and  he  called  them  A.  irriguum  in  most  cases,  although  he  states 
positively  that  Palisot’s  type  is  A.  fluviatile.  I hazard  a guess  that  the 
specimen  Cheney  commented  on  is  a form  of  A.  orthocladon  approaching 
forma  brevifolia  of  fluviatile. 


New  Dorp,  New  Vork. 


— IOI  — 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  LICHEN-FLORA  OF  SOUTHERN 
CALIFORNIA.  No.  2. 

H.  E.  Hasse. 

(First  paper  see  BryolOGIST  XT:  1,  1908.) 

Sclerophyton  Californicum  (Tuck.)  Hasse  comb.  nov. 

Chiodecton  Californicum  Tuck.  Syn.  N.  A.  Li.  Part  II,  1888,  p.  135. 

Sclerophyton  Eschw.  A.  Zahlbruckner  “ Ascolichenes  ” in  Engler  & 

Prantl,  Die  Natiirl.  Pflazenf.  1907,  p.  105. 

Thallus  “pale  ochroleucous,”  thickly  crustaceous,  darkening  with  age. 
Apothecia  numerous,  crowded,  the  thecial  structure  composed  of  a stroma 
of  several  apothecia  surrounded  by  a turgid,  persistent  thalline  margin; 
disk  dull  black  but  densely  pruinose  and  so  concolorous  with  the  thallus, 
from  round  to  angular,  variously  difform;  thallus  at  the  circumference 
inclining  to  become  lobular  and  limited  by  a dull  black  hypothalline  line; 
epithecium  subgranulose  and  but  little  darker  than  the  thecium;  this  latter 
is  o.  140//  high,  pale  sordid  yellow  giving  no  reaction  with  iodine ; paraphyses 
interwoven,  slender;  hypothecium  dark  brown;  asci  clavate,  thick  walled; 
spores  in  eight’s,  oblong  ellipsoid  with  blunted  ends,  brown,  6 to  8 locular, 
the  cells  cylindric,  length  of  spores  0.020  to  0.030//  and  0.005  to  0.007 h thick. 
The  gonidial  layer  is  composed  of  Chroolepus , a algae,  the  cells  are  irregu- 
larly round  or  oblong,  forming  a branching  structure.  Thallus  with  KHO 
no  reaction,  with  Ca  (Cl  O)  2 the  cortex  gives  a reddish,  the  medullary  layer 
no  reaction. 

Type  locality  “San  Diego,  Dr.  E.  Palmer.’’  It  occurs  near  Newport, 
Orange  Co.,  on  Lycium  Californicum  Nutt.,  and  the  writer  recently  found 
it  on  the  same  host  at  Point  Loma  near  San  Diego,  possibly  Dr.  Palmer's 
locality.  Like  its  relatives  Roccella , Dendrographa  and  Dirina,  it  evinces 
a predilection  for  a maritime  location  (A.  Zahlbruckner,  Bulletin  Torrey 
Bot.  Club,  27,  Dec.  1900,  p.  642  and  O.  V.  Darbishire,  Monographic  Rocel- 
lorum,  1898,  40). 

Pertusaria  nolens  Nyl. 

Leighton  Li.  Flor.  Gr.  Brit.  3d.  ed.  1879,  p.  235. 

A.  Hue  Addenda  Nova,  1886,  No.  834. 

Crombie  Brit.  Lich.  I.  1894,  p.  508. 

Thallus  thin,  smooth,  leaden,  grey  or  dull  ashy-grey,  finely  rimose, 
areolate,no  reaction  with  KHO  or  Ca  (Cl  O)  2,  with  determinate  outline  and 
a pale  hypothallus;  apothecia  one  or  sometimes  two  in  an  areole,  slightly 
elevated,  minutely  crateriform,  roundish  or  mostly  irregular  in  shape,  and  by 
the  fissured  thalline  marginappearing  stellate ; disk  black ; thecium  colorless; 
paraphyses  slender,  branched  and  interwoven;  asci  cylindric-oblong,  0.120 
to  0.140//  long,  0.032  to  0.036//  thick;  spores  in  eight’s,  ellipsoid,  pointed  or 
acuminate  at  each  end,  0.032  to  0.042//  long  and  0.014  to  0.022//  thick,  the 
endospore  mostly  smooth  or  scarcely  wrinkled ; reaction  of  paraphyses  with 
iodine  yellow  and  only  the  asci  blue. 

On  schistose  rocks  in  Sepulveda  and  Rustic  Canon,  Santa  Monica  Moun- 


— 102- 


tains.  From  its  similarity  to  Lecanora  laevata  Nyl.  it  is  easily  overlooked 
and  so  far  as  known,  has  not  heretofore  been  reported  from  North  America. 
LEcroEA  (Section  Biatora ) fuscescens  Sommerf. 

Lecidea  (Biatora)  fuscescens  Sommerf.  Fries  Li.  Scand.  I,  1871,  p.  461. 

Biatoria fuscescens  (Sommerf.)  Th.  Fr.  Tuck.  Syn.  II,  p.  25. 

Thallus  crustaceous  of  minute,  whitish  or  ashy  grey,  separate,  flat 
scales  scattered  over  a dark  hypothallus;  apothecia  small,  0.3  to  0.5  mm. 
wide,  disk  dull  black,  when  moistened  dull  brown,  the  margin  thin,  erect, 
dark  ash  colored  or  brownish  black  but  finally  disappearing  and  the  disk 
then  convex:  epithecium  subcontinuous,  bluish-grey;  thecium  0.048//  high; 
paraphyses  loosely  coherent,  hypothecium  colorless;  asci  cuneate,  0.042// 
long  and  0.010//  thick;  spores  ip  eight’s,  colorless,  simple,  ovoid-ellipsoid  or 
semi-globular,  0.006  to  0.010// long,  and  0.004  to  0.007// thick ; hymenial  gela- 
tine blue  with  iodine  changing  to  sordid  greenish-blue. 

On  bark  of  Ribes  hesprium  in  canons  of  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Lecidea  (Section  Biatora)  cadubriea  (Mass)  Nyl. 

Th.  M.  Fr.  Li.  Scand.  I,  1871,  p.  468. 

Thallus  white,  thin,  effuse,  subgranulose ; apothecia  sessile,  small,  flat, 
black  with  a shade  of  red-brown,  margin  persistent,  black;  epithecium 
brown,  granulose;  thecium  colorless,  0.060//  high;  paraphyses  coherent, 
slightly  capitate  and  brown  at  the  tips;  hypothecium  colorless;  asci  nar- 
rowly clavate,  about  0.044//  high;  spores  in  eight’s,  ellipsoid,  0.008  to  0.010// 
long,  and  0.0035  to  0.0040//  thick ; hymenial  gelatine  blue  with  iodine,  the 
globular  heads  of  the  paraphyses  retaining  their  brown  color. 

On  Salix,  Topanga  Canon,  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Catillaria  (Section  Biatorina)  lenticularis  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr.  var.  vulgaris 

(Korb.)  Th.  Fr. 

Lecidea  lenticularis  Ach.  f.  vulgaris  (Korb.)  Leighton  Li.  Flor.  Gr. 

Brit.  3d.  ed.  1879,  p.  335. 

Catillaria  ( Biatorina ) lenticularis  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr.  a.  vulgaris  (Korb.) 

Th.  Fr.  Th.  M.  Fr.  Lich.  Scand.  I,  1871,  p.  568. 

Thallus  crustaceous,  dusky  grayish-brown,  thin,  indeterminate,  surface 
granular,  no  reaction  with  KHO  or  Ca(Cl  O)  2:  apothecia  dull  brownish- 
black,  sessile,  disk  flat  with  a thin,  slightly  elevated,  entire,  concolorous 
margin,  finally  convex  and  immarginate;  epithecium  granulose,  brownish- 
black;  thecium  colorless,  0.060//  high,  stained  blue  with  iodine,  but  epithe- 
cium and  hypothecium  retaining  their  natural  color;  paraphyses  subcoherent 
and  finally  free,  with  globular,  dark  brown  heads ; hypothecium  brown  of 
lighter  shade  than  the  epithecium;  asci  clavate;  spores  in  eight’s,  bilocular, 
narrowly-  or  fusiform-ellipsoid,  acuminate  at  both  ends,  0.007  to  0.012//  long 
and  0.002  to  0.004//  thick.  Medullary  hyphae  not  stained  by  iodine. 

On  schistose  rock,  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Catillaria  glauco=nigrans  (Tuck.)  Hasse  n.  comb. 

Biatora  glauco-nigrans  Tuck.  Syn.  N.  A.  Lich.  II,  1888,  p.  31.  Asco- 

lichenes  A.  Zahlbruckner  in  Engler  & Prantl,  1907,  p.  129. 


—103  — 


Thallus  ash  colored  with  a shade  of  brown,  crustaceous,  indistinctly  sub- 
granulose;  hypothallus  obscure;  apothecia  closely  sessile,  black,  minute  to 
small,  the  larger  plano-convex  with  a concolorous,  persistent  margin;  epi- 
thecium  of  discrete,  blackish-brown  globules;  thecium  from  0,060  to  0.064// 
high,  colorless,  reacting  blue  with  iodine;  paraphyses  free,  some  of  them 
thickened  at  the  tips  and  with  dark,  globular  heads;  hypothecium  brown,  of 
lighter  shade  than  the  epithecium;  asci  clavate,  0.040  to  0.044 //  long  and 
0.007  to  0.008//  thick;  spores  in  eight’s,  colorless,  bilocular,  ellipsoid, 0.006  to 
0.011  //  long  and  0.002  to  0.003 M thick. 

On  Rhus  diversiloba  T.  & G.  in  canons  of  the  Santa  Monica  Mts.  The 
similarity  in  the  color  of  the  thallus  with  that  of  the  bark  of  the  host  and  the 
minute  apothecia  tend  to  make  this  a very  inconspicuous  plant. 

Bacidia  endoleuca  (Nyl.)  Kicix, 

Lecidea  mil  liar  ia  Fr.  var.  endoleuca  Leight.  Leighton  Li.  Flor.  Gr. 

Brit.  3d.  edit.  1879,  P-  3^3- 

Biatora  atrogrisea  (Delis.)  Hepp.  Tuck.  Syn.  Li.  N.  A.  II.  1888,  p.  44. 

Bacidia  (Section  Eubacidia  A.  Zahlbr.)  endoleuca  (Nyl.)  Kickx.  Asco- 

lichenes  A.  Zahlbr.  in  Engler  & Prantl,  1907,  p.  136. 

Thallus  smooth,  rimose,  light  greenish-greyish,  indeterminate,  epi- 
phlaeoida;  hypothallus  indistinct;  apothecia  small,  brown,  darkening  to 
brownish-black  and  from  flat  to  convex;  margin  indistinct;  when  moist  the 
disk  is  light  brown  to  brown  and  appears  semi-translucent.  Epithecium 
continuous,  a thin,  ' pale,  bluish-grey  line  that  with  IvHO  is  tinted  a 
violaceous;  thecium  0.052  to  0.060//  high,  with  iodine  it  and  the  epithecium 
are  stained  blue  then  reddish  brown;  paraphyses  loosely  coherent,  clavate 
at  the  apices;  hypothecium  yellow;  asci  clavate;  spores  in  eight’s,  acicular 
straight,  one  end  slightly  thickened,  indistinctly  four  to  plurilocular,  0.028 
to  0.042//  long  and  0.005  to  0.003//  thick. 

On  Acer  macrophyllum  Pursh.  in  canons  of  the  San  Gabriel  Mts. 
Acarospora  glebosa  Korb. 

Acarospora  glebosa  Korb.  Th.  M.  Fr.  Lich.  Scand.  I,  1871,  p.  214. 

Acarospora  glebosa  Korb.  Ascolichenes  A.  Zahlbr.  in  Engl.  & Prantl, 
1907,  153. 

Thallus  composed  of  round,  reddish-brown,  convex  squamules  not 
exceeding  one  millimeter  in  width,  somewhat  scattered  or  approximate  and 
then  the  squamules  angular  and  rimose;  apothecia  small,  punctiform, 
depressed,  mostly  single  at  the  apex  of  the  squamule,  seldom  two,  or  the 
disk  is  slightly  enlarged  and  then  concave,  dull  black  with  a rim  of  thalline 
margin;  epithecium  continuous,  dark  reddish  brown;  thecium  colorless, 
0.0120 //  high,  stained  blue  with  iodine,  particularly  the  hypothecium,  being 
dark  blue  while  the  epithecium  gives  no  reaction ; paraphyses  moderately 
stout,  loosely  coherent  but  adglutinated  at  the  tips;  hypothecium  colorless; 
asci  ventricose;  the  sac  thickened  at  the  top,  0.100//  long,  0.036//  thick; 
spores  24  in  each  asci,  bluntly  ellipsoid,  0.011  to  0.018//  long,  and  0.005  to 
0.008//  thick;  the  Protococeus  gonidia  form  a thick  subcortical  layer  that  also 
extends  under  the  hypothecium  throughout. 


—104— 


On  sand  stone,  Santa  Monica  Mts.  Perhaps  not  heretofore  reported 
from  North  America. 

Superficially  greatly  like  some  of  our  saxicolous  Heppioe. 

Buellia  retrovertens  Tuckerm.  Syn.  N.  A.  Li.  II,  1888,  p.  89. 

Thallus  of  small,  whitish,  round  to  angular  convex  squamules,  separate 
and  even  more  or  less  scattered,  their  circumference  sometimes  crenulate  or 
sublobular.  Reaction  of  cortex  with  KHO  yellow,  Ca  (Cl  O)  2 gives  no 
reaction;  hypothallus  black;  apothecia  one  half  to  one  millimeter  wide,  sub- 
immersed, becoming  sessile ; disk  black,  naked,  from  flat  with  a thin  sub- 
crenulate,  concolorous  margin,  becoming  convex  and  the  margin  obscured; 
epithecium  subcontinuous,  dark  brown;  thecium  colorless,  with  iodine  blue; 
paraphyses  coherent,  clavate  at  the  brown  tips;  hypothecium  brown,  nearly 
as  dark  as  the  epithecium;  asci  inflated  clavate  to  subventricose ; spores  in 
eight's,  bilocular,  ellipsoid  and  oblong-ellipsoid,  brown,  0.013  to  o.oi6yU  long, 
0.006  to  o.oo8yU  thick. 

On  trap  rock,  Santa  Monica  Mts. 

Sawtelle,  California. 


SOME  RARE  ABNORMALITIES  IN  LIVERWORTS. 

W.  C.  Coker. 

In  looking  over  hundreds  of  young  sporophytes  from  a luxuriant  colony 
of  Amur  a pinguis  at  Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina,  I found  two  cases  where 
two  sporophytes  were  enclosed  in  a single  calyptra.  A longitudinal  section 
of  one  of  these  twin  sporophytes,  represented  in  Fig.  1.,  shows  clearly  that 
the  calyptra  is  compound,  originating  from  two  fertilized  archegonia  stand- 
ing close  together.  The  necks  of  the  archegonia  are  still  plainly  visible 
and  there  is  a partition  between  the  sporophytes  extending  from  the  top  to 
about  half  way  down.  When  we  consider  the  manner  in  which  the  calyptra 
of  Amur  a originates  the  absence  of  a partition  below  is  easy  to  under- 
stand. It  is  known  that  the  venter  of  the  archegonium  contributes  but 
slightly  to  the  calyptra  in  this  species,  the  larger  part  being  formed  by  an 
upgrowth  of  the  “ torus”  tissue  on  which  the  archegonia  were  borne. 

The  tissue  which  at  first  completely  separated  the  young  sporophytes 
was  pierced  at  a certain  stage  by  their  approach  to  each  other  below. 
Continued  growth  at  the  base  of  the  calyptra  then  elevated  the  partition 
leaving  the  lower  parts  of  the  sporophytes  in  a common  cavity.  It  is 
evident,  therefore,  that  this  abnormality  did  not  originate  from  a single 
archegonium  which  contained  two  eggs,  such  as  I have  described  for  Mnium 
(Bot.  Gazette,  Vol.  35,  1903)  and  Miss  Bliss,  for  Polytrichum  (Bot.  Gazette, 
Vol.  36,  1903).* 

*For  examples  of  two  capsules  or  two  entire  sporophytes  from  one  archegonium  in 
mosses,  and  reference  to  literature  see  Gyorffy  in  Hedwigia  Vol.  46,  p.  262,  1907. 

For  many  abnormalities  in  the  archegonia  of  Mnium  see  Holferty  in  Bot.  Gaz.  Vol. 
37,  p.  106,  1904. 


-105- 


Fig.  2. 

In  the  same  colony  of  Aneura  in  which 
the  plant  above  mentioned  grew  was  another 
which  showed  a decided  growth  in  one  of  the 
unfertilized  archegonia  which  were  carried  up 
the  calyptra  by  its  basal  growth.  This  arche- 
gonium  was  about  one-third  the  size  of  the 
pjg.  T calyptra  on  which  it  grew,  and  projected  at 

right  angles  from  it  at  about  its  middle  point. 
On  sectioning  it  was  seen  that  this  archegonium  contained  no  sporophyte 
and  had  scarcely  a trace  of  the  egg  and  neck  cavity.  Its  growth  seemed 
to  be  induced  by  a sympathetic  response  to  the  vitalizing  influence  of  the 
adjoining  sporophyte. 

A second  very  unusual  but  entirely  different  case  of  fasciation  I have 
met  with  in  Preissia  quadrata.  While  collecting  at  Ithaca,  New  York,  a 
plant  was  found  showing  a double  archegoniophore.  A photograph  of  it  is 
shown  in  Fig.  2.  The  stalk  is  almost  exactly  twice  as  wide  as  in  the  single 
archegoniophore  shown  in  the  same  figure. 

Univ.  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 


FiG.  1.  Twin  sporophyte  in  Aneura  pinguis  X 15. 

Fig.  2.  Double  archegoniophore  in  Preissia  quadrata . Natural  size. 


— io6 — 


ARCTIC  MOSSES. 

Elizabeth  G.  Britton. 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  sent  to  the  New  York 
Botanical  Garden  for  determination,  the  plants  collected  by  Lieutenant 
Peary  in  Grant  Land  8i°  40'  in  1902,  and  by  Dr.  L.  J.  Wolf  at  Wrangle  Bay, 
Lincoln  Bay  and  Grant  Land  82°  27 ' in  1906. 

The  mosses  were  sent  to  Dr.  Bryhn,  a specialist  on  Arctic  mosses  who 
has  also  determined  the  mosses  of  the  Amundsen  Expedition  of  1903-1906 
and  published  the  combined  results  in  Christiana,  Norway,  under  the  title  of 
Bryophytorum  Arcticorum.* 

The  Peary  collection  included  62  bryophytes  of  which  57  were  mosses 
and  5 hepatics.  Of  the  mosses  one  species  and  two  varieties  were  new, 
Bryum  Pearyanum  being  dedicated  to  the  commander  of  the  expedition. 

Some  of  the  species  are  peculiar  to  arctic  regions,  all  are  depauperate 
and  much  mixed,  and  are  remarkable  as  growing  further  north  than  those 
of  any  previous  collection. 

Only  four  of  the  mosses  were  fruiting,  Tetraplodon  mnioides , Voitia 
hyperborea,  Bryum  pendulum  and  Polytrichum  alpinum.  The  sterile 
species  were;  Dichodontium  pellucidum,  Dicranum  spadiceum  obtusum  n. 
var .,Cercttodon  purpureus , Ditrichum flexicaule,  Distichium  capillarceum, 
Didymodon  rubellus , D.  alpigena , Tortitla  ruralis , T.  norvegica, 
Encalypta  commutatci,  E.  rhabdocarpa , Pohlia  nutans , P.  commutata, 
Bryum  calophyllum,  B.  Pearyanum  n.  sp.,  B.  nitidulum,  B.  teres , B . 
cyclophyllum , B.  obtusifolium , B.  pallens,  B.  ventricosum , B.  crispulum , 
Cinclidium  subrotundum,  C.  hymenophyllum , Philonotis  tomentella , 
Meesea  triquetra , Aulacomnium  palustre,  A.  turgidum , Timmia 
austriaca,  T.  norvegica , Myurella  julacea,  M.  apiculata,  Holmgrenia 
chrysea , H.  stricta,  Brachytheciu m salebrosum  var.  arcticum.  Isopterygium 
pulchellum , Amblystegium  Sprucei , Campy  lium  stellatum , Hypnum 
filicinum , H.  stramineum , 7/.  giganteum,  H.  sarmentosum  var.  acumin- 
atum ^ Drepanocladus  revolvers , Z>.  intermedius , D.  brevifolius , Z>. 
uncinatus,  D.  polycarpus , Z>.  exannuiatus  polaris  n.  var.,  Z>.  fiuitans , 
Stereodon  Bambergeri,  S.  Vaucheri , 5.  revolutus , and  A.  hamulosus. 

The  Hepatics  were;  Arne  Ilia  fennica,  Lophozia  ventricosa,  Cephalo- 
ziella  verrucosa , Blepharostoma  trichophyllum , and  D iplophy  llum 
incurvum.  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


*iV.  Bryhn:  Ad  Cognitionem  Bryophytorum  Arcticorum.  Christiana  Vid.  Selsk.  Forh. 
iqo8,  no.  5,  pp.  13-2r. 


-107- 

LICHEN  NOTES  No.  14. 

Three  New  Forms  of  Calicium. 

G.  K.  Merrill. 

Calicium  obscurum,  Merrill,  sp.  nov. 

Thallus  indistinguishable.  Apothecia  scattered,  rather  slender,  aver- 
aging 0.8  mm.  in  height,  variously  directed,  straight  or  flexuous,  cylin- 
drical, brown  or  brownish-black,  cortex  commonly  opaque,  but  sometimes 
sub-shining,  rather  abruptly  expanding  into  a turbinate  capitulum  which  in 
the  younger  states  is  flat-topped  or  concave,  but  finally  when  the  extrusion 
of  the  sporal  mass  takes  place  becoming  somewhat  convex,  sporal  mass 
umbrine  or  fuscescent,  epruinose  for  the  most  part,  but  sometimes  grayish- 
suffused  just  below  the  capitulum.  Spores  spherical  or  very  slightly  elon- 
gated, simple,  walls  distinct,  pale,  but  not  hyaline,  4-6/^in  diameter.  Two 
forms  of  algae  are  found,  Cystococcus , and  a cylindrical  articulated  form  that 
I am  unable  to  name. 

On  dead  Polyporei,  trunks  of  decadent  young  pines  in  shaded  woods. 
Rockland,  Knox  Co.,  Maine,  Sept.  5,  1909. 

The  stipes  arise  indifferently  from  both  surfaces  of  the  host,  but  are 
most  abundant  near  the  extreme  edge  of  the  upper.  C.  obscurum  seems 
referable  to  Nylander’s  subgenus  Allodium  Flora,  1880,  p.  392,  but  this 
conclusion  is  made  tentative  by  the  presence  of  two  algal  symbionts.  The 
Calicium  referred  to  by  Willey  in  his  Enumeration  of  New  Bedford  Lichens, 
p.  34,  as  found  on  a Polyporus  on  Hemlock  Spruce,  and  identified  by  Tuck- 
erman  as  C.  trichiale  may  possibly  prove  to  be  identical  with  the  present. 
The  plant  here  described  may  be  distinguished  from  C.  trichiale  however, 
by  its  lack  of  thallus,  its  two  forms  of  algae,  pale  spores,  almost  entire 
absence  of  pruina  on  stipes  and  capitulum,  and  the  differences  of  stipital 
coloration. 

Calicium  minutissimum  Merrill,  sp.  nov.  sub-genus  Stenocybe. 

Thallus  spreading,  both  hypophloeous  and  epiphloeous,  manifested  to 
the  eye  as  a pale  determinate  white-edged  area  of  lighter  color  than  the  bark 
surrounding.  Apothecia  scattered,  stipes  minute,  commonly  less  than 
0.5  mm.  in  height,  erect,  usually  straight,  cylindrical,  blackish,  cortex 
opaque  or  faintly  shining,  rather  gradually  dilating  into  a truncated  obconi- 
cal  capitulum,  the  margin  indexed  and  disk  depressed.  Spores  sub-fusiform, 
sometimes  simple,  one — two— but  typically  three-septate,  usually  slightly 
constricted  at  the  septa,  brownish  or  livid-brownish,  14-30  X4-7/C  No  algae 
were  detected  in  either  stipes  or  thallus.  The  epithallus  appears  to  be 
without  structure.  A faint  reaction  noted  on  application  of  potassic  hydrate. 

On  smooth  bark  of  young  oaks,  summit  of  Mt.  Battie,  Camden,  Knox 
Co.,  Maine,  Aug.  22,  1909,  G.  K.  Merrill. 

From  the  minuteness  of  the  stipes  the  plant  is  scarcely  distinguishable 
except  to  acute  vision.  Allied  to  C.  byssaceum  Fr.  but  sufficiently  differ- 
enced by  the  determinate  thallus  and  typically  three-septate  spores, 
Calicium  Curtisii  Tuck.  var.  splendidula  Merrill,  Lichenes  Exsiccati  No. 

24,  June,  1909. 


— io8 — 


Thallus  variable  in  expansion  but  sometimes  spreading,  both  hypo- 
phloeous  and  epiphloeous,  indicated  to  the  eye  by  a filmy  determinate  area 
lighter  in  color  than  the  surrounding  bark.  Apothecia  sparse  and  scattered, 
or  abundant,  the  stipes  relatively  stout,  averaging  0.5  mm.  in  height,  erect, 
cylindrical,  black,  cortex  smooth  and  shining,  abruptly  dilating  into  a 
turbinate  or  sub-globose  capitulum  likewise  shining,  the  sporal  mass  not 
noticeably  extruded,  epruinose  or  rarely  slightly  suffused  at  the  apex  of  the 
capitulum.  Spores  ellipsoid,  brown,  simple  or  indistinctly  bilocular  11-15 
X §-7 in  linear  cylindrical  thekes. 

On  the  main  stems  and  larger  branches  of  Rhus  typhina,  Rockland, 
Knox  Co.,  Maine,  May  28,  1909,  G.  K.  Merrill,  and  on  same  substratum 
Ottawa,  Ontario,  J.  Macoun. 

Tuckerman  in  Genera  p.  241  remarks  that  C.  CurtisuXs  associable  with 
the  cluster  which  shall  include  C , byssacetim  Fr. , but  the  plant  here 
described  presents  no  characters  in  common  with  Stenocybe.  The  thallus  of 
the  present  is  not  unlike  that  of  C.  minutissimum  above  described,  but  it  is 
likewise  similar  to  the  visible  thallus  of  many  of  the  obscure  forms  of 
Arthoiiia  and  Pyrenula  found  growing  on  smooth  barks. 

Rockland,  Maine. 


NOTE  ON  AMBLYSTEGlUn  NOTEROPH1LUM. 

(The  following’  extract  from  Mr.  Hill’s  letter  will  explain  itself.) 

I am  now  able  to  offer  fruiting  specimens  of  Amblystegium  notero- 
philum  (Sulliv. ) Holzinger,  this  being  the  first  time  I have  found  it  in  fruit. 
1 was  led  to  anticipate  the  date  by  finding  plants  in  August,  1908,  with  both 
archegonia  and  antheridia  numerous  and  well  developed.  As  the  station  is 
nearly  forty  miles  from  my  home  I could  not  keep  in  close  touch  with  their 
development,  but  went  after  them  when  it  seemed  probable  they  would  be  in 
fruit.  This,  as  the  label  shows,  was  June  25th,  1909.  I found  them  fruiting 
freely,  but  should  have  been  two  weeks  earlier.  However  they  show  the 
peristome  very  well,  and  so  I offer  them. 

Its  time  of  maturation  as  shown  by  this  is  early  June.  I assume  that 
fruiting  plants  are  quite  rare;  you  will  recall  that  it  is  the  only  species  whose 
sporophyte  is  figured  by  Cheney  in  his  article  on  North  American  Species  of 
Amblystegium  (Bot.  Gaz.  24;  236,  1897)  as  he  did  not  know  of  any  figure  of 
the  capsule  published  elsewhere. 

I have  collected  the  moss  in  three  more  localities  in  small  tributaries  of 
the  Desplains  river,  but  they  have  been  the  submerged  form.  It  is  com- 
monly plentiful  where  it  grows  forming  tufts  adhering  to  stones  and  with  a 
Iiabit  quite  like  a Fontinalis,  and  may  easily  be  taken  for  one  at  first  sight. 
The  water  it  frequents  is  commonly  cold,  usually  in  the  outlet  of  springs  or 
in  their  neigborhood,  or  in  spring-fed  streams,  the  water  calcareous. 

Several  years  ago  I collected  it  at  Boyne  Falls,  Michigan.  It  was  there 
attached  to  logs  and  sticks  in  Boyne  river,  associated  with  Fissidens  grandi- 
frons . It  was  in  an  Arbor  Vitae  wood,  the  water  cold,  and  abounding  in 


speckled  trout.  In  one  of  my  stations  here  near  Lamont  in  the  outlet  of  a 
spring  and  the  contiguous  brook,  it  is  closely  associated  with  Amblystegium 
irriguum  spinifolium.  This  not  unfrequently  fruits  in  the  less  submerged 
forms.  In  Rock  Run,  about  four  miles  west  of  Joliet,  Illinois,  is  another 
station  where  it  is  associated  with  A mblystegium  riparium  or  a form,  or 
variety  of  it,  the  long  stems  clinging  to  the  stones  in  the  rapidly  flowing 
water  just  like  the  A.  noterophilum.  But  when  they  fruit  the  stems  become 
shorter,  more  closely  branched  and  less  submerged.  In  Sugar  Run,  in  the 
city  of  Joliet,  it  grows  in  the  bed  of  the  stream  attached  to  the  calcareous 
rocks  over  which  the  water  flows  with  a rapid  current,  and  by  the  margin 
takes  a more  upright  form  growing  with  Drepanocladns  aduncus. 

The  plants  I send  grow  on  the  nearly  vertical  face  of  a quarry  in  a 
portion  not  now  in  use.  The  cold  water  from  a spring,  or  running  out  of  rock 
crevices,  passes  through  the  tufts  freely  or  drips  from  them,  so  that  they  are 
always  wet,  at  least  the  basal  part  of  the  stems.  They  become  encrusted 
with  lime,  almost  petrified  below.  This  makes  them  brittle  and  they  may 
get  broken  in  transmitting  by  mail.  There  is  also  considerable  iron  in  the 
water,  the  rocks  around  the  water’s  edge  being  stained  yellow. 

E.  J.  Hill,  Chicago,  Illnois. 


BOSTON  MEETING  OF  THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY. 

The  sixth  meeting  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society  in  connection  with  the 
American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  will  be  held  in  Boston, 
on  December  29th  or  30th.  The  date  cannot  be  definitely  fixed  till  the  Local 
Committee  has  arranged  for  the  larger  meetings,  as  we  wish  to  avoid  if 
possible  having  our  session  at  the  same  hour  at  which  they  occur.  This  is 
extremely  difficult  to  arrange,  as  changes  are  apt  to  be  made  at  the  last 
moment.  However  we  will  do  our  best. 

At  this  time,  therefore,  only  the  general  notice  can  be  given,  that  we  will 
hold  a meeting,  having  a room  set  aside  for  our  use  for  the  entire  day.  It  is 
planned  to  have  a reception  committee  on  hand  all  the  morning  and  you  are 
cordially  invited  to  spend  as  much  time  as  possible  with  us,  getting 
acquainted  and  enjoying  an  informal  inspection  of  such  exhibits  as  are  con- 
tributed for  use  at  this  time. 

The  formal  program  will  begin  at  2 P.  M.  followed  by  a social  hour. 

Postal  cards  giving  details  will  be  mailed  as  early  as  possible  in 
December.  In  the  meanwhile  please  do  your  part  by  planning  to  be  present 
and  make  such  contribution  in  the  way  of  papers,  exhibits,  etc.  as  is 
possible,  sending  title  of  your  intended  paper,  with  a statement  of  access- 
ories needed,  lantern,  black-board,  etc.  to  Mrs.  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  to- 
whom  all  inquiries  should  be  addressed. 


SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  NOTES. 

It  may  not  be  generally  known  to  the  members  of  the  Sullivant  Moss 
Society  that  Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes  has  given  to  the  Herbarium  of 
the  Hepatic  Department  a “ Gift  Book,”  with  the  hope  that  it  may  prove  the 
nucleus  of  a future  library  to  accompany  the  valuable  collection  of  the 
herbarium. 

The  book  contains  Dr.  Alexander  W.  Evans’  “ Bryophytes  of  Connec- 
ticut” (Bull.  No.  n.  Conn.  Survey);  his  monograph  on  (now  out 

of  print)  and  his  articles  on  Diplophylleia  apiculata,  Fossombronia  Salina 
and  Lopholejeunia  Muelleriana  in  Florida ; Dr.  Marshall  A.  Howe’s 
“North  American  Species  of  Porella  ” and  Dr.  L.  M.  Underwood’s  “Unde- 
scribed Hepatics  from  California”  and  Prof.  John  Macoun's  “Catalog  of 
Canadian  Plants.” 

This  “ Gift  Book”  was  a godsend  to  the  writer,  and  will  be  found 
invaluable  to  the  custodian,  especially  if  located  far  from  a university 
center.  It  has  been  suggested  that  other  books  could  be  added  if  those 
interested  in  the  herbarium  would  send  added  copies  of  publications  con- 
taining helpful  hepatic  literature.  These  could  be  bound,  indexed,  and 
rendered  available  not  only  for  use  by  the  custodian  but  could  be  loaned 
to  members  of  the  Society.  George  H.  Conklin,  M.D. 

Superior,  Wisconsin. 


Mr.  A.  LeRoy  Andrews  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  “ Carl  Warnstorf 
has  sold  his  collection  of  Sphagnums  to  the  Berlin  Botanical  Museum.  Herr 
Warnstorf  is  engaged  upon  a monograph  of  this  genus  of  mosses  to  appear 
soon  in  Engler’s  Pflanzenreich.” 

Attention  is  again  called  to  the  wish  of  Miss  C.  C.  Haynes  regarding  the 
use  or  exchange  of  tropical  specimens  of  the  genus  Sphaerocarpus.  See 
Bryologist,  September,  1909,  p.  83. 

Miss  Emily  L.  Croswell  wishes  to  call  the  attention  of  Society  members 
to  the  fact  that  her  offering  in  the  March  number  is  probably  Physcomi- 
trium  turbinatum  (Michx.)  Brid.,  instead  of  Pottia  truncatula  (L.)  Lindb. 

New  members  since  July;  No.  194.  Mr.  Fred.  J.  Lazell,  Cedar  Rapids, 
Iowa.  No.  195.  Miss  Margarget  L.  Flockton,  Botanical  Gardens,  Sydney, 
New  South  Wales.  No.  196.  Mr.  Egidio  Corti,  67  Corso  Magenta,  Milan, 
Italy.  No.  197.  Dr.  H.  S.  Jewett,  15  West  Monument  Avenue,  Dayton, 
Ohio. 


Notice. — Professor  Bruce  Fink,  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio,  would 
like  to  correspond  with  lichenists  regarding  exchange  by  selection  of 
desiderata  from  lists  of  species  which  could  be  given. 


— Ill — 


NOTICE.— ELECTION  OF  SULLIVANT  MOSS  SOCIETY  OFFICERS 

FOR  1910. 

Members  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Society  are  requested  to  send  ballots 
at  once  to  Miss  Edith  A.  Warner,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  Judge  of 
Elections.  Polls  close  November  30th. 

For  President — Prof.  Bruce  Fink,  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio. 

For  Vice-President — Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  Highlands  and  New  York  City. 

For  Secretary — Mr.  N.  L.  T.  Nelson,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

For  Treasurer — Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


OFFERINGS  FOR  NOVEMBER. 

(To  Society  Members  only. — For  postage.) 

Rev.  James  Hansen,  St.  John’s  Abby,  Collegeville,  Minnesota.  Amblyste- 
gium  varium  (Hedw.)  Lindb. ; Anomodon  minor  (Beauv.)  Fuern.=^4. 
obtusifolius  B.  & S.  Anomodon  ro stratus  (Hedw.)  Schimp. 

Mr.  Walter  Gerritson,  37  Washington  Ave.,  Waltham,  Mass.  Sphagnum 
Russonii  Warnst. , Sphagnum  inundatum  Russ.  cfr.  Collected,  York 
Beach,  Maine. 

Miss  Caroline  Coventry  Haynes,  Highlands,  N.  J.,  and  New  York.  Mar- 
tineilia  uliginosa  Lindb .=Scapina  uliginosa  (Sw.)  Dumort.  Collected 
by  V.  F.  Brotherus  in  Lapland;  Cololejeunea  Jooriana  (Aust.)  Evans. 
Collected  by  Severin  Rapp,  in  Florida. 

Mr.  E.  J.  Hill,  71  Eggleston  Ave.,  Chicago,  Illinois.  Amblystegium  noter- 
ophilum  (Sulliv.)  Holzinger.  Collected  near  Chicago. 

Mr.  D.  Lewis  Dutton,  R.  F.  D.  2,  Brandon,  Vermont.  Cetraria  Islandica 
(L.)  Ach.  Collected  in  Vermont. 

Miss  Mary  F.  Miller,  Lyonhurst,  R.  F.  D.  4,  Washington,  D.  C.  Cladonia 
caespitica  (Pers.)  Floerk.  ; Cladonia  uncialis  (L.)  Web.  Collected  in 
Virginia ; Cladonia  furcata  fissa  Floerk.  Collected  by  Carolyn  W. 
Harris  in  New  York. 

Mrs.  B.  J.  Handy,  139  Rock  Street,  Fall  River,  Mass.  Hypnum  imponens 
Hedw.  Collected  in  Massachusetts. 

Mr.  George  E.  Nichols,  Box  569,  Yale  Station,  New  Haven,  Conn.  Neckera 
pennata  Hedw. ; Dicranum  viride  Schimp. 

Superintendent  H.  C.  Sanborn,  11  Winthrop  Street,  Danvers,  Mass.  Pohlia 
nutans  (Schreb.)  Lind. ; Leucobryum  glaucum  (L.)  Schimp.  Collected, 
New  Hampshire. 

Mr.  Frank  E.  McDonald,  417  California  Ave.,  Peoria,  Illinois.  Funaria 
hygrojnetrica  (L.)Sibth. ; Hypnum  aduncum  gracilescens  B.  & S. 

Mrs.  A.  M.  Smith,  78  Orange  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Heterodea  Muelleri 
(Hpe.)  Nyl.  Collected  by  Miss  M.  L.  Flockton  in  New  South  Wales. 


— 1 1 2 — 


Notice. — Mr.  R.  Heber  Howe,  Jr.,  Middlesex  School,  Concord,  Mass., 
wishes  it  known  that  16  sets  of  his  Lichenes  Novae  Angliae  have  been  sub- 
scribe for  leaving  9 sets  only  still  on  hand.  Two  decades  have  been 
distributed  and  two  more  are  to  go  out  early  in  October,  with  the  last  in 
November.  Persons  desiring  to  subscribe  are  urged  to  do  so  at  once. 


Notice. — Botany  labels  as  good  as  the  best  and  as  cheap  as  the  cheapest. 
85  cents  a thousand,  postpaid.  For  further  particulars  write  to  D.  Lewis 
Dutton,  Brandon,  Vermont. 


LICHENES  EXSICCATE 

Fascicle  No.  1 of  this  publication  now  ready  for  distribution.  Among 
the  interesting  plants  included  in  the  first  fascicle  may  be  mentioned: 
Cetraria  chlorophylla  (Humb.)  Merrill;  C.  arctica  (Hook.)  Tuck.;  C. 
aculeata  (Schreb.)  Fr.  ; Cladonia  ceratophylla  (Sw.)  Spreng. ; Graphis 
lobata  (Eck.)  Mull.  ; Lacanora  punicea  Ach.  ; Physcia  leucomelaena  var. 
angustifolia  (Mont.)  Miill.;  R amalina  Manni  Tuck.:  Calicium  Curtisii  var. 
splendidula  Merrill,  var.  nov.  ; and  Sticta  limbata  var.  anomala  Merrill, 
var.  nov.  Fascicle  No.  2 will  be  ready  for  distribution  in  September,  and 
continuations  thereafter  whenever  practicable.  The  series  will  contain  much 
of  interest  to  both  students  and  advanced  workers.  The  price  is  $1.75  for 
each  fascicle  of  25  numbers.  Subscriptions  solicited. 

G.  K.  Merrill,  Rockland,  Maine. 


For  Sale. — Part  I.  Tuckerman’s  Synopsis  for  $10.  Address  R.  Heber 
Howe,  Jr. , Middlesex  School,  Concord,  Mass. 


How  to  obtain 


FREE  SUBSCRIPTION 

— TO — 

THE  GUIDE  TO  NATURE 

SOUND  BEACH,  CONN. 


Send  $3.00  for  ST.  NICHOLAS  to  be  mailed  one  year 
to  some  boy  or  girl,  and  THE  GUIDE  TO  NATURE  will  be 
sent  one  year  free  per  following  combination  offer. 

“St.  Nicholas  ” (one  year)  .....  $3.00 

* FOR  YOUNG  FOLKS 

“The  Guide  to  Nature  ......  1.00 

FOR  MEN  AND  WOMEN 

$4.00 

Both  one  year  for  only  $3.00 


Address  and  make  all  checks  and  money  orders  payable  to 
THE  AGASSIZ  ASSOCIATION 


Arcadia 


Sound  Beach,  Connecticut 


Please  write  for  particulars 


For  Sale. — The  Herbarium  of  K.  A.  Th.  Seth  Conservator  of  the 
Botanical  Museum  of  the  University  Institute  at  Uppsala  is  offered  for  sale 
at  a moderate  price.  It  includes  a large  collection  of  mosses.  Lists  and 
prices  may  be  had  on  application  to  Prof.  R.  Sernander,  Uppsala,  Sweden. 


PART  IV. 


MOSSES  WITH  HAND-LENS  AND 
MICROSCOPE 

8opp.  4to.  Plates  56-76,  Figures  134-164.  Sample  pages  on  application 

Leskeacese — Hypnacese  now  ready  $1.25. 

Parts  1-4,  326  pp.,  80  full  page  plates,  210  figures  in  the  text,  $5.00 
Part  5 will  complete  the  work. 


MOSSES  WITH  A HAND-LENS 

second  edition,  8vo. , 224  pp.,  39  full  page  plates  and  151  cuts  in  the  text. 
Describes  169  species  of  Mosses  and  54  species  of  Hepatics,  $1.75. 

Sample  pages  on  application.  A.  J.  Grout,  New  Dorp,  Richmond  Co.,  N.Y. 


WILL  BE  READY  IN  DECEMBER 

Index  to  the  first  ten  volumes  of  The  Bryologist,  1898-1907  inclusive. 
Generic  index,  General  index  and  also  full  index  of  plates  and  cuts  in  the  text. 
Bound  in  stiff  paper  covers.  Price  One  Dollar, 

Address:  Mrs.  ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 
78  ORANGE  ST.,  BROOKLYN,  N.  Y. 


SEVEN  YEARS  AGO 

We  began  publishing  THE  AMERICAN  BOTANIST  and  it  would  not  be  here  now  if  it  had 
failed  to  find  favor  with  the  public.  It  is  the  only  American  magazine  devoted  principally 
to  ECOLOGY  and  ECONOMIC  BOTANY  and  it  is  simply  a mine  of  information  for  the  bot- 
anist, the  teacher  and  the  lover  of  outdoors.  The  back  numbers  are  just  as  valuable  as 
when  first  issued  because  the  matter  they  contain  is  of  permanent  interest.  A set  of  the 
14  volumes,  unbound,  will  be  sent  for  $6.  00  and  your  money  refunded  if  they  fail  to  please. 
You  run  no  risk  in  investigating.  Subscription  75c.  a year.  Do  not  let  another  season 
pass  without  this  valuable  aid  to  botanizing.  Get  a sample. 

THE  FERN  BULLETIN  is  now  16  years  old.  The  only  magazine  in  the  world  devoted 
to  ferns  and  all  the  latest  information  about  them  for  75c.  a year.  A sample  will  show  you 
and  is  free.  Address 

WILLARD  N.  CLUTE  & CO.  Joliet,  111. 


i/innru 


an-P  JTJiJTJTrLrLrLn  jtjtjtjtjtjtjtjt.  jxrnnjTJTJTnxi  nn  rm.  n_n  run  rmjnrunrmjn.njnrirm^^ 

PUBLICATIONS  OF  5 

THE  TORREY  BOTANICAL  CLUB 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  TORREY  BOTANICAL  CLUB 

Monthly;  established  1870.  Each  issue  averages  nearly 
60  pages  and  2 or  3 plates.  Devoted  to  botanical  contri- 
butions of  the  widest  range;  morphological,  physiologi- 
cal, systematic,  ecological  and  geographic.  $3.00  a year. 

TORREYA 

A monthly  journal  of  botanical  notes  and  news  : estab- 
lished 1901.  About  20  pages  in  each  issue.  $1.00  a year. 

MEMOIRS  OF  THE  TORREY  BOTANICAL  CLUB 

issued  at  irregular  intervals  since.  1889.  Consisting  of 
/paper  too  long  for  publication  in  the  Bulletin.  Eleven 
volumes  completed.  $3.00  a volume. 


;■  > . • *4. : 

: i 

All  subscriptions  s' 


frb:  a4dresse4  f,t0';  1 tve^Ifea  surer 
of  the  Torrey  Botanicctl % 'll 

WILLIAM  MAN^ELD  = J 


College  of  Pharmacy 


1 15  West  68thv^^et,  New  York 


FOR  SALE 


ONE  OF  THE  LARGEST  PRIVATE  COLLECTIONS 
OF  MOSSES  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES,  ABOUT 
TEN  THOUSAND  SPECIMENS,  NEARLY  ALL 
NORTH  AMERICAN.  PRIVILEGE  OF  EXAMIN- 
ATION. THIS  COLLECTION  BELONGS  TO  A 
MAN  WHO  HAS  GIVEN  UP  MOSS  STUDY  FOR 
OTHER  BOTANICAL  WORK.  : : : 

Address  A.  J.  GROUT, 

NEW  DORP,  RICHMOND  CO.,  NEW  YORK 


JLru 


xnrLrLTinjTJTiiJirLJTJuxrajTJTjaiTJxrijTjTjTjTnjTjruijijijTju^ 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  LIBRARIES 


3 9088  01541  2810